sv1
As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on
March 31, 2011
UNITED STATES SECURITIES AND
EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C.
20549
Form S-1
REGISTRATION
STATEMENT
UNDER
THE SECURITIES ACT OF
1933
Oiltanking Partners,
L.P.
(Exact Name of Registrant as
Specified in Its Charter)
|
|
|
|
|
Delaware
|
|
4610
|
|
45-0684578
|
(State or Other Jurisdiction
of
Incorporation or Organization)
|
|
(Primary Standard Industrial
Classification Code Number)
|
|
(I.R.S. Employer
Identification Number)
|
15631 Jacintoport Blvd.
Houston, Texas 77015
(281) 457-7900
(Address, Including Zip Code,
and Telephone Number,
Including Area Code, of
Registrants Principal Executive Offices)
Carlin G. Conner
15631 Jacintoport Blvd.
Houston, Texas 77015
(281) 457-7900
(Name, Address, Including Zip
Code, and Telephone Number,
Including Area Code, of Agent
for Service)
Copies to:
|
|
|
David Palmer Oelman
Gillian A. Hobson
|
|
G. Michael OLeary
Gislar Donnenberg
|
Vinson & Elkins L.L.P.
|
|
Andrews Kurth LLP
|
1001 Fannin Street, Suite 2500
|
|
600 Travis Street, Suite 4200
|
Houston, Texas 77002
|
|
Houston, Texas 77002
|
Tel:
(713) 758-2222
|
|
Tel: (713) 220-4200
|
Fax:
(713) 758-2346
|
|
Fax: (713) 220-4285
|
Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the
public: As soon as practicable after this
Registration Statement becomes effective.
If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be
offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to
Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, check the
following
box. o
If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an
offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act,
check the following box and list the Securities Act registration
statement number of the earlier effective registration statement
for the same
offering. o
If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to
Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following
box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of
the earlier effective registration statement for the same
offering. o
If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to
Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following
box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of
the earlier effective registration statement for the same
offering. o
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large
accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated
filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of
large accelerated filer, accelerated
filer and smaller reporting company in Rule
12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):
|
|
|
|
Large
accelerated
filer o
|
Accelerated
filer o
|
Non-accelerated
filer þ
|
Smaller
reporting
company o
|
(Do not check if a smaller reporting company)
CALCULATION
OF REGISTRATION FEE
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Proposed Maximum
|
|
|
|
Title of Each Class of
|
|
|
Aggregate Offering
|
|
|
Amount of Registration
|
Securities To Be Registered
|
|
|
Price(1)(2)
|
|
|
Fee
|
Common units representing limited partner interests
|
|
|
$200,000,000
|
|
|
$23,220
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1)
|
Includes common units issuable upon exercise of the
underwriters option to purchase additional common units.
|
|
(2)
|
Estimated solely for the purpose of calculating the registration
fee pursuant to Rule 457(o).
|
The Registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on
such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective
date until the Registrant shall file a further amendment which
specifically states that this Registration Statement shall
thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a)
of the Securities Act of 1933 or until the Registration
Statement shall become effective on such date as the Securities
and Exchange Commission, acting pursuant to said
Section 8(a), may determine.
The
information in this preliminary prospectus is not complete and
may be changed. We may not sell these securities until the
registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange
Commission becomes effective. This preliminary prospectus is not
an offer to sell these securities and we are not soliciting an
offer to buy these securities in any jurisdiction where the
offer or sale is not permitted.
|
SUBJECT TO COMPLETION, DATED
MARCH 31, 2011
PRELIMINARY PROSPECTUS
Common Units
Representing Limited Partner
Interests
Oiltanking Partners,
L.P.
This is the initial public offering of our common units
representing limited partner interests. We are
offering common
units. Prior to this offering, there has been no public market
for our common units. We currently expect the initial public
offering price to be between $ and
$ per common unit. We intend to
apply to list our common units on the New York Stock Exchange
under the symbol OTLP.
Investing in our common units involves risks. See
Risk Factors beginning on page 19.
These risks include the following:
|
|
|
|
|
We may not have sufficient cash from operations following the
establishment of cash reserves and payment of costs and
expenses, including cost reimbursements to our general partner,
to enable us to pay the minimum quarterly distribution to our
unitholders.
|
|
|
|
Our business would be adversely affected if the operations of
our customers experienced significant interruptions. In certain
circumstances, the obligations of many of our key customers
under their terminal services agreements may be reduced or
suspended, which would adversely affect our financial condition
and results of operations
|
|
|
|
Our financial results depend on the demand for the crude oil,
refined petroleum products and liquefied petroleum gas that we
transport, store and distribute, among other factors, and the
current economic downturn could result in lower demand for these
products for a sustained period of time.
|
|
|
|
Oiltanking Holding Americas, Inc., or OTA, owns and controls our
general partner, which has sole responsibility for conducting
our business and managing our operations. Our general partner
and its affiliates, including OTA, have conflicts of interest
with us and limited fiduciary duties, and they may favor their
own interests to the detriment of us and our unitholders.
|
|
|
|
Holders of our common units have limited voting rights and are
not entitled to elect our general partner or its directors,
which could reduce the price at which the common units will
trade.
|
|
|
|
Unitholders will experience immediate and substantial dilution
of $ per common unit.
|
|
|
|
There is no existing market for our common units, and a trading
market that will provide you with adequate liquidity may not
develop. The price of our common units may fluctuate
significantly, and unitholders could lose all or part of their
investment.
|
|
|
|
Unitholders share of our income will be taxable to them
for U.S. federal income tax purposes even if they do not
receive any cash distributions from us.
|
Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state
securities commission has approved or disapproved of these
securities or determined if this prospectus is truthful or
complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal
offense.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Per Common Unit
|
|
Total
|
|
Public Offering Price
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
Underwriting Discount(1)
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
Proceeds to Oiltanking Partners, L.P. (before expenses)
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1)
|
|
Excludes a structuring fee
of % of the gross offering proceeds
payable to Citigroup Global Markets Inc. Please see
Underwriting.
|
The underwriters may purchase up to an
additional common
units from us at the public offering price, less the
underwriting discount, within 30 days from the date of this
prospectus to cover over-allotments.
The underwriters expect to deliver the common units to
purchasers on or
about ,
2011 through the book-entry facilities of The Depository
Trust Company.
Citi
,
2011
You should rely only on the information contained in this
prospectus, any free writing prospectus prepared by or on behalf
of us or any other information to which we have referred you in
connection with this offering. We have not, and the underwriters
have not, authorized any other person to provide you with
information different from that contained in this prospectus.
Neither the delivery of this prospectus nor sale of our common
units means that information contained in this prospectus is
correct after the date of this prospectus. This prospectus is
not an offer to sell or solicitation of an offer to buy our
common units in any circumstances under which the offer or
solicitation is unlawful.
Table of
Contents
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
|
5
|
|
|
|
|
5
|
|
|
|
|
6
|
|
|
|
|
7
|
|
|
|
|
7
|
|
|
|
|
8
|
|
|
|
|
8
|
|
|
|
|
8
|
|
|
|
|
10
|
|
|
|
|
11
|
|
|
|
|
15
|
|
|
|
|
17
|
|
|
|
|
19
|
|
|
|
|
19
|
|
|
|
|
27
|
|
|
|
|
35
|
|
|
|
|
39
|
|
|
|
|
40
|
|
|
|
|
41
|
|
|
|
|
43
|
|
|
|
|
43
|
|
|
|
|
44
|
|
|
|
|
46
|
|
|
|
|
46
|
|
|
|
|
48
|
|
|
|
|
53
|
|
|
|
|
53
|
|
|
|
|
54
|
|
|
|
|
56
|
|
|
|
|
57
|
|
|
|
|
59
|
|
|
|
|
59
|
|
|
|
|
59
|
|
|
|
|
60
|
|
|
|
|
60
|
|
|
|
|
62
|
|
|
|
|
63
|
|
i
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
64
|
|
|
|
|
66
|
|
|
|
|
69
|
|
|
|
|
69
|
|
|
|
|
70
|
|
|
|
|
70
|
|
|
|
|
72
|
|
|
|
|
72
|
|
|
|
|
74
|
|
|
|
|
75
|
|
|
|
|
79
|
|
|
|
|
80
|
|
|
|
|
85
|
|
|
|
|
85
|
|
|
|
|
86
|
|
|
|
|
87
|
|
|
|
|
88
|
|
|
|
|
88
|
|
|
|
|
90
|
|
|
|
|
90
|
|
|
|
|
91
|
|
|
|
|
91
|
|
|
|
|
92
|
|
|
|
|
92
|
|
|
|
|
94
|
|
|
|
|
94
|
|
|
|
|
94
|
|
|
|
|
98
|
|
|
|
|
99
|
|
|
|
|
101
|
|
|
|
|
101
|
|
|
|
|
102
|
|
|
|
|
102
|
|
|
|
|
102
|
|
|
|
|
103
|
|
|
|
|
106
|
|
|
|
|
106
|
|
|
|
|
107
|
|
|
|
|
107
|
|
|
|
|
107
|
|
|
|
|
108
|
|
|
|
|
108
|
|
|
|
|
108
|
|
|
|
|
110
|
|
|
|
|
110
|
|
|
|
|
112
|
|
|
|
|
112
|
|
|
|
|
115
|
|
ii
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
115
|
|
|
|
|
116
|
|
|
|
|
117
|
|
|
|
|
117
|
|
|
|
|
118
|
|
|
|
|
120
|
|
|
|
|
125
|
|
|
|
|
125
|
|
|
|
|
130
|
|
|
|
|
132
|
|
|
|
|
132
|
|
|
|
|
132
|
|
|
|
|
132
|
|
|
|
|
133
|
|
|
|
|
133
|
|
|
|
|
133
|
|
|
|
|
133
|
|
|
|
|
133
|
|
|
|
|
134
|
|
|
|
|
135
|
|
|
|
|
135
|
|
|
|
|
136
|
|
|
|
|
136
|
|
|
|
|
138
|
|
|
|
|
139
|
|
|
|
|
139
|
|
|
|
|
139
|
|
|
|
|
140
|
|
|
|
|
141
|
|
|
|
|
141
|
|
|
|
|
141
|
|
|
|
|
141
|
|
|
|
|
142
|
|
|
|
|
142
|
|
|
|
|
143
|
|
|
|
|
143
|
|
|
|
|
143
|
|
|
|
|
144
|
|
|
|
|
144
|
|
|
|
|
144
|
|
|
|
|
145
|
|
|
|
|
145
|
|
|
|
|
146
|
|
|
|
|
147
|
|
|
|
|
147
|
|
|
|
|
148
|
|
|
|
|
153
|
|
|
|
|
153
|
|
|
|
|
155
|
|
iii
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
156
|
|
|
|
|
156
|
|
|
|
|
159
|
|
|
|
|
160
|
|
|
|
|
161
|
|
|
|
|
164
|
|
|
|
|
164
|
|
|
|
|
164
|
|
|
|
|
164
|
|
|
|
|
F-1
|
|
APPENDIX A AMENDED AND RESTATED AGREEMENT OF
LIMITED PARTNERSHIP OF OILTANKING PARTNERS, L.P.
|
|
|
A-1
|
|
APPENDIX B GLOSSARY OF TERMS.
|
|
|
B-1
|
|
EX-3.1 |
EX-3.2 |
EX-3.4 |
EX-3.5 |
EX-23.1 |
Until ,
2011 (25 days after the date of this prospectus), all
dealers that buy, sell or trade our common units, whether or not
participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a
prospectus. This is in addition to the dealers obligation
to deliver a prospectus when acting as underwriters and with
respect to their unsold allotments or subscriptions.
iv
SUMMARY
This summary highlights information contained elsewhere in
this prospectus. You should read the entire prospectus
carefully, including the historical and pro forma condensed
combined financial statements and the notes to those financial
statements, before investing in our common units. The
information presented in this prospectus assumes (1) an
initial public offering price of $
per common unit (the midpoint of the price range set forth on
the cover page of this prospectus) and (2) unless otherwise
indicated, that the underwriters option to purchase
additional common units is not exercised. You should read
Risk Factors beginning on page 19 for
information about important risks that you should consider
before buying our common units.
References in this prospectus to Oiltanking Partners,
L.P., the partnership, we,
our, us or like terms when used in a
historical context refer to the businesses of Oiltanking
Houston, L.P., a Texas limited partnership, and Oiltanking
Beaumont Partners, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership, each of
which our parent, Oiltanking Holding Americas, Inc., a Delaware
corporation, is contributing to Oiltanking Partners, L.P. in
connection with this offering. When used in the present tense or
prospectively, those terms refer to Oiltanking Partners, L.P., a
Delaware limited partnership, and its subsidiaries. References
in this prospectus to our general partner refer to
OTLP GP, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company and the
general partner of the partnership. References in this
prospectus to OTA refer to Oiltanking Holding
Americas, Inc., our North American parent and owner of our
general partner. References in this prospectus to
Oiltanking GmbH refer to Oiltanking GmbH, our German
foreign parent and the sole owner of OTA. Unless the context
indicates otherwise, references to the Oiltanking
Group refer to Oiltanking GmbH and its subsidiaries, other
than us and our future subsidiaries. We include a glossary of
some of the terms used in this prospectus as Appendix B.
Oiltanking
Partners, L.P.
Overview
We are a growth-oriented Delaware limited partnership formed in
March 2011 to engage in the terminaling, storage and
transportation of crude oil, refined petroleum products and
liquefied petroleum gas. Within the energy industry, storage and
terminaling services are the critical logistical midstream link
between the exploration and production sector and the refining
sector. The owner of our general partner is Oiltanking Holding
Americas, Inc., a wholly owned subsidiary of Oiltanking GmbH,
the worlds second largest independent storage provider for
crude oil, refined products, liquid chemicals and gases.
Oiltanking GmbH intends for us to be its growth vehicle in the
United States to acquire, own and operate terminaling, storage
and pipeline assets that generate stable cash flows. Our core
assets are located along the upper Gulf Coast of the United
States on the Houston Ship Channel and in Beaumont, Texas.
Our primary business objective is to generate stable cash flows
to enable us to pay quarterly distributions to our unitholders
and to increase our quarterly cash distributions over time. We
intend to achieve that objective by anticipating long-term
infrastructure needs in the areas we serve and by growing our
tank terminal network and pipelines through construction in new
markets, the expansion of existing facilities, acquisitions from
the Oiltanking Group and strategic acquisitions from third
parties.
Initially, we will pay our common unitholders distributions of
$ per common unit per quarter, or
$ per common unit annually, to the
extent we have sufficient cash from our operations after the
establishment of cash reserves and payment of fees and expenses,
including reimbursements to our general partner and its
affiliates, before we pay any distributions to our subordinated
unitholders.
Our cash flows are primarily generated by fee-based storage,
terminaling and transportation services that we perform under
multi-year contracts with our customers. We do not take title to
any of the products we store or handle on behalf of our
customers and, as a result, are not directly exposed to changes
in commodity prices. For the year ended December 31, 2010,
we generated approximately 75% of our revenues from storage
services fees, which our customers pay to reserve the storage
space in our tanks and to compensate us for handling up to a
fixed amount of product volumes, or throughput, at our
terminals. These fees are owed to us regardless of the actual
storage capacity utilized by our customers or the volume of
products that we receive. We generate the remainder of our
revenues from (i) throughput fees independent of or
incremental to those included as part of our storage services
and (ii) ancillary services fees, charged to our storage
customers for services such as heating, mixing and blending
their products stored in our tanks, transferring their products
between our tanks and marine vapor recovery. As of
March 31, 2011, 99% of our active storage capacity was
under
1
contract, and our customer contracts had a weighted-average life
of 6.3 years. In the five year period ended March 31,
2011, our customer retention rate was more than 97%.
Our
Business and Properties
Our terminal assets are strategically located along the upper
Gulf Coast of the United States. Our Houston and Beaumont
terminals provide deep-water access and significant
interconnectivity to refineries, chemical and petrochemical
companies, common carrier and dedicated pipelines and production
facilities and have international marketing and distribution
capabilities. Our facilities are directly connected to 18
refineries, storage and production facilities along the upper
Gulf Coast area through dedicated pipelines, and, through both
dedicated and common carrier pipelines, to end markets along the
Gulf Coast and to the Cushing storage interchange in Oklahoma.
Certain of our facilities were designed and constructed
specifically for our customers needs. These dedicated
assets as well as our substantial connectivity combine to make
us an important part of many of our customers supply
chains, and we believe that their costs associated with
arranging for alternative terminaling or storage would be
substantial.
Refiners and chemical companies typically use our terminals
because their facilities may not have adequate storage capacity
or sufficient dock infrastructure or do not meet specialized
handling requirements for a particular product. We also provide
storage services to marketers and traders that require access to
large, strategically located storage capacity. Our combination
of geographic location, efficient and well-maintained storage
assets, deep-water access and extensive distribution
interconnectivity give us the flexibility to meet the evolving
demands of our existing customers as well as those of
prospective customers seeking terminaling and storage services
along the upper Gulf Coast.
Our primary assets are our terminal facilities and related
infrastructure at our Houston and Beaumont terminals,
information with regard to which is set forth below as of
March 31, 2011:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Active
|
|
|
Existing
|
|
|
|
|
% of Active
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Storage
|
|
|
Expansion
|
|
|
|
|
Storage
|
|
Weighted-
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Capacity
|
|
|
Capacity
|
|
|
No. of
|
|
Capacity
|
|
Average
|
|
Composition of
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(shell
|
|
|
(shell
|
|
|
Active
|
|
under
|
|
Contract Life
|
|
Contracted Storage
|
|
Supply
|
|
Delivery
|
Location
|
|
mmbbls)
|
|
|
mmbls)
|
|
|
Tanks
|
|
Contract
|
|
(years)(1)
|
|
Capacity
|
|
Modes
|
|
Modes
|
|
Houston
|
|
|
12.1
|
(2)
|
|
|
7.0
|
(3)
|
|
60
|
|
99.8%
|
|
7.1
|
|
64% crude oil, 26%
heavy petrochemical
feedstocks,
7% clean petroleum
products,
3% fuel oil
|
|
Vessel,
Barge,
Pipeline
|
|
Vessel,
Barge,
Pipeline,
Railcars,
Tank
Trucks
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Beaumont
|
|
|
5.7
|
|
|
|
5.4
|
(4)
|
|
74
|
|
97.4%
|
|
4.4
|
|
59% clean petroleum
products, 40%
vacuum gas oil,
1% fuel oil
|
|
Vessel,
Barge,
Pipeline
|
|
Vessel,
Barge,
Pipeline
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
17.8
|
(2)
|
|
|
12.4
|
|
|
134
|
|
99.0%
|
|
6.3
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
Weighted based upon 2010 fiscal year revenues. |
|
(2) |
|
Includes 1.0 million barrels of storage capacity supported
by multi-year contracts with two customers that we are in the
process of constructing and expect to place into service in the
next 12 months. We expect these two contracts will generate
approximately $5.7 million in revenue on an annual basis
once placed into service. |
|
(3) |
|
Includes storage capacity that can be constructed on
63 acres we currently hold under a long-term lease expiring
in 2035. We have an option to acquire this acreage prior to
December 2020 for a price of $6.0 million to
$6.7 million. |
|
(4) |
|
Does not include more than 20.0 million barrels of
additional storage capacity which we have sufficient acreage to
construct on the remote side of our terminal complex with
pipeline connections to our waterfront, to the extent that we
identify sufficient market demand to do so. |
In addition to our existing business and operations, we believe
that current and planned expansion projects of other companies
will, if completed as planned, allow us to take advantage of the
service needs for significant new crude oil supplies expected to
enter the upper Gulf Coast through a number of announced
pipeline projects:
|
|
|
|
|
TransCanadas Keystone Pipeline, which is expected to
transport crude oil from the Alberta oil sands and the Bakken
Shale formation to the Gulf Coast region for refining at a rate
of up to 900,000 barrels per day within the next two years;
|
2
|
|
|
|
|
Enbridges Monarch Pipeline, which is expected to transport
crude oil from the Cushing storage interchange in Oklahoma to
Houston at a rate of up to 350,000 barrels per day within
the next two years;
|
|
|
|
Enterprise Products Partners proposed pair of pipelines,
which are expected to transport crude oil from the Eagle Ford
Shale in south Texas to Houston at a rate of up to
350,000 barrels per day within the next
18 months; and
|
|
|
|
Magellan Midstream Partners reversal and conversion of its
Longhorn pipeline, which is expected to transport crude oil from
El Paso to Houston at a rate of up to 200,000 barrels
per day within 18 to 24 months upon approval of the project.
|
As indicated above, these pipelines are expected to transport
additional crude oil volumes from the Canadian oil sands, the
Bakken Shale formation in North Dakota and Montana, the Eagle
Ford Shale in south Texas as well as other crude oil development
and exploitation projects throughout the western and central
United States. We believe these supplies will create additional
volumes of Gulf Coast crude oil for local refiners necessitating
additional storage capacity.
In addition to the increases in crude oil supplies from these
pipeline projects, we also have received a number of inquiries
from merchant trading firms seeking to secure significant
storage capacity in order to continue trading operations
following the implementation of the Dodd Frank Act.
Because of the strategic location of our assets, our deep-water
access and our integrated distribution network, as well as
significant barriers to entry for potential competitors, we
believe that we are well positioned to capitalize on these
market trends and expand our existing operations in the Gulf
Coast region. We own or lease with an option to acquire the land
and
rights-of-way
necessary to significantly increase our current storage capacity
by constructing tanks adjacent to our current facilities with an
aggregate additional storage capacity of 12.4 million
barrels. Additionally and to the extent we identify sufficient
market demand to do so, we could construct more than
20.0 million barrels of additional storage capacity on the
remote side of our terminal complex in Beaumont with pipeline
connections to our waterfront.
Houston
Terminal
We operate one of the largest third-party crude oil and refined
petroleum products terminals on the Houston Ship Channel. Our
facility has an aggregate active storage capacity of
approximately 12.1 million barrels and provides integrated
terminaling services to a variety of customers, including major
integrated oil companies, marketers, distributors and chemical
companies. This capacity includes an additional 1.0 million
barrels of storage capacity supported by multi-year contracts
with two customers that we are in the process of constructing
and expect to place into service within the next 12 months. We
expect these two contracts will generate approximately
$5.7 million in revenue on an annual basis once placed into
service. The principal products handled at our Houston terminal
complex are crude oil, the inputs for chemical production (such
as naphtha and condensate), which are referred to as chemical
feedstocks, liquefied petroleum gas and clean petroleum
products, such as gasoline and distillates, with crude oil
accounting for approximately 64% of our active storage capacity.
Our storage and distribution network is highly integrated with
the greater Houston petrochemical and refining complex. The
facility handles products through a number of transportation
modes, primarily through proprietary pipelines interconnected to
local refineries and production facilities, including Lyondell
Chemical Companys refinery in Houston, PetroBras
refinery in Pasadena, Texas and ExxonMobils refinery in
Baytown, Texas, which is the largest refinery in the United
States.
Our Houston terminal also handles products through third-party
crude oil, refined petroleum products and liquified petroleum
gas tankers and barges arriving at our deep-water docks. Our
waterfront capabilities consist of six deep-water ship docks,
allowing for the dockage of vessels with up to 130,000
deadweight tons, or dwt, of cargo and vessel capacity, and two
barge docks, allowing for barges with up to 20,000 dwt of cargo
and barge capacity. Our deep-water ship docks can accommodate
vessels with up to a 45 foot draft, including Suezmax tankers,
which are the largest tankers that can navigate the Houston Ship
Channel. The size and structure of our waterfront at the Houston
terminal allows us not only to receive and unload crude oil and
refined petroleum products for our storage customers, but also
to contract with customers for the rights to use our docks for
their own activities. For example, for the year ended
December 31, 2010, we generated 21% of our Houston terminal
revenues from throughput fees charged to non-storage customers
that utilize our waterfront to export and import liquefied
petroleum gas and distillates under multi-year throughput
agreements. In addition, our largest non-storage customer has
recently announced plans to nearly double its export capacity at
our Houston terminal by the second half of 2012. To the extent
this expansion occurs and this additional capacity is utilized,
we expect to generate
3
additional throughput fees with only minimal incremental
operating costs or capital expenditures related to this planned
expansion.
We believe our Houston terminal is well positioned to take
advantage of changing crude oil logistics in the Gulf Coast as a
result of pipeline construction projects that, in the aggregate,
would transport nearly two million barrels of oil per day into
the Gulf Coast region if completed as planned. To capitalize on
these expected new sources of crude oil supply, we own or lease
with an option to acquire the land and
rights-of-way
necessary to construct an additional 7.0 million barrels of
crude storage capacity on existing property connected to our
Houston terminal and to construct interconnections to one or
more of the proposed pipelines. Under a lease agreement, which
terminates in 2035, we are permitted to construct additional
storage tanks on 63 acres of property near our Houston terminal.
We have the option to acquire this acreage until December 2020
for a price of $6.0 million to $6.7 million. In
addition, we own approximately 24 acres at the Crossroads
Interchange approximately six miles from our Houston terminal
and the
rights-of-way
necessary to connect the acreage to our Houston terminal. While
any further expansion will be based upon the needs of our
customers, we would expect any new storage tanks at our Houston
terminal to be operational prior to completion of the announced
pipeline construction projects.
As of March 31, 2011, we had firm contracts for nearly 100%
of our 11.1 million barrels of storage capacity at our
Houston terminal, with a weighted-average contract life of
7.1 years.
Beaumont
Terminal
Our Beaumont terminal serves as a regional strategic and trading
hub for vacuum gas oil and clean petroleum products for
refineries located in the upper Gulf Coast region. Our facility
has an aggregate active storage capacity of approximately
5.7 million barrels and provides integrated terminaling
services to a variety of customers, including major integrated
oil companies, distributors, marketers and chemical and
petrochemical companies. The principal products handled at our
Beaumont terminal complex are clean petroleum products and
vacuum gas oil, a heavy distillate produced in the refining
process, which accounted for approximately 59% and 40%,
respectively, of our active storage capacity as of
March 31, 2011.
Our storage and distribution network is highly integrated with
the Beaumont/Port Arthur petrochemical and refining complex, and
provides our customers with the additional services of mixing,
blending, heating and marine vapor recovery. Our Beaumont
facility handles products through a number of transportation
modes, primarily through third-party pipelines interconnected to
local refineries and production facilities, through our own
dedicated pipeline system to Huntsmans chemical production
facility in Port Neches, and through third-party crude and
refined products tankers and barges arriving at our deep-water
docks, which can accommodate vessels with drafts of up to
40 feet and barges with drafts of up to 12 feet. Our
waterfront capabilities currently consist of two ship docks,
allowing for vessel sizes up to 130,000 dwt, and one barge dock,
allowing for barge sizes up to 20,000 dwt. We have begun
construction on a second barge dock that will accommodate barges
up to 20,000 dwt with drafts of up to 12 feet. We also own
waterfront acreage adjacent to our terminal sufficient to
accommodate two additional deep-water docks and a new barge
dock. The additional waterfront acreage, if developed, would
approximately double our dock capacity.
We own acreage adjacent to our waterfront on which we can
construct tanks with an additional 5.4 million barrels of
storage capacity. Additionally and to the extent we identify
sufficient market demand to do so, we could construct more than
20.0 million additional barrels of storage capacity on the
remote side of our terminal complex with pipeline connections to
our waterfront. We believe that we have the existing acreage and
potential for connectivity with major pipelines to rapidly and
efficiently expand our Beaumont terminal if increasing crude oil
supplies or other changing market trends create favorable
conditions for growth.
As of March 31, 2011, we had firm contracts for 97% of our
5.7 million barrels of storage capacity at our Beaumont
terminal, with a weighted-average contract life of
4.4 years.
Our
Operations
We provide integrated terminaling, storage, pipeline and related
services for third-party companies engaged in the production,
distribution and marketing of crude oil, refined petroleum
products and liquefied petroleum gas. We generate our revenues
exclusively through the provision of fee-based services to our
customers. The types of fees we charge are:
|
|
|
|
|
Storage Services Fees. For the year ended
December 31, 2010, we generated approximately 75% of our
revenues from fixed monthly fees for storage services, which our
customers pay (i) to reserve storage space in our tanks and
|
4
|
|
|
|
|
(ii) to compensate us for receiving an agreed upon average
periodic amount of product volume, or throughput, on their
behalf. These fees are owed to us regardless of the actual
storage capacity utilized by our customers or the amount of
throughput that we receive.
|
|
|
|
|
|
Throughput Fees. For the year ended
December 31, 2010, we generated approximately 20% of our
revenues from throughput fees, which our customers who do not
store products at our facilities, who we refer to as our
non-storage customers, pay us to receive or deliver volumes of
products on their behalf to designated pipelines, third-party
storage facilities or waterborne transportation. In addition,
our customers who store products at our facilities, who we refer
to as our storage customers, pay us throughput fees when we
receive volumes of products on their behalf that exceed the base
throughput contemplated in their agreed upon monthly storage
services fee. The revenues we generate from throughput fees vary
based upon the volumes of products accepted at or withdrawn from
our terminals.
|
|
|
|
Ancillary Services Fees. For the year ended
December 31, 2010, we generated approximately 5% of our
revenues from fees associated with ancillary services such as
heating, mixing and blending our storage customers
products that are stored in our tanks, transferring our storage
customers products between our tanks and marine vapor
recovery. The revenues we generate from ancillary services fees
vary based upon the activity levels of our customers.
|
We believe that the high percentage of fixed storage services
fees generated from multi-year contracts with a diverse
portfolio of customers creates stable cash flow and
substantially mitigates our exposure to volatility in supply and
demand and other market factors. For additional information
about our contracts, please read Business
Contracts beginning on page 102.
Our
Business Strategies
Our primary business objective is to generate stable cash flows
to enable us to pay quarterly distributions to our unitholders
and to increase our quarterly cash distributions over time. We
intend to accomplish this objective by executing the following
business strategies:
|
|
|
|
|
Capitalize on organic growth opportunities.
|
|
|
|
Pursue accretive strategic acquisitions.
|
|
|
|
Maintain and develop strong customer relationships based upon a
high quality of service, reliability, the efficiency of our
existing assets and operations and our global marketing and
relationship network.
|
|
|
|
Maintain sound financial practices to ensure our long-term
viability.
|
Our
Competitive Strengths
We believe that we are well positioned to execute our business
strategies successfully because of the following competitive
strengths:
|
|
|
|
|
Well-positioned and highly integrated terminal assets creating
high barriers of entry for potential competitors.
|
|
|
|
Established relationships with customers generating multi-year
contracts and stable cash flows.
|
|
|
|
Expansive waterfront and dock capacity, allowing for efficient
receipt of cargoes.
|
|
|
|
Flexible, efficient and well-maintained assets that can be
expanded at competitive costs.
|
|
|
|
Financial flexibility to fund growth.
|
|
|
|
Our relationship with the Oiltanking Group.
|
|
|
|
Experienced management team and operational expertise.
|
For a more detailed description of our business strategies and
competitive strengths, please read Business
Our Business Strategies beginning on page 98 and
Business Our Competitive Strengths
beginning on page 99.
5
Risk
Factors
An investment in our common units involves risks. You should
carefully consider the following risk factors, those other risks
described in Risk Factors and the other information
in this prospectus, before deciding whether to invest in our
common units. The following risks are discussed in more detail
in Risk Factors beginning on page 19.
Risks
Inherent in Our Business
|
|
|
|
|
We may not have sufficient cash from operations following the
establishment of cash reserves and payment of costs and
expenses, including cost reimbursements to our general partner,
to enable us to pay the minimum quarterly distribution to our
unitholders.
|
|
|
|
The assumptions underlying our forecast of cash available for
distribution included in Cash Distribution Policy and
Restrictions on Distributions are inherently uncertain and
subject to significant business, economic, financial, regulatory
and competitive risks and uncertainties that could cause cash
available for distribution to differ materially from our
estimates.
|
|
|
|
Our business would be adversely affected if the operations of
our customers experienced significant interruptions. In certain
circumstances, the obligations of many of our key customers
under their terminal services agreements may be reduced or
suspended, which would adversely affect our financial condition
and results of operations.
|
|
|
|
Our financial results depend on the demand for the crude oil,
refined petroleum products and liquified petroleum gas that we
transport, store and distribute, among other factors, and the
current economic downturn could result in lower demand for these
products for a sustained period of time.
|
|
|
|
Restrictions in our debt agreements could adversely affect our
business, financial condition or results of operations.
|
|
|
|
Our operations are subject to operational hazards and unforeseen
interruptions, including interruptions from hurricanes or
floods, for which we may not be adequately insured.
|
|
|
|
Reduced volatility in energy prices or new government
regulations could discourage our storage customers from holding
positions in crude oil or refined petroleum products, which
could adversely affect the demand for our storage services.
|
|
|
|
Some of our current terminal services agreements are
automatically renewing on a short-term basis, and may be
terminated at the end of the current renewal term upon requisite
notice. If one or more of our current terminal services
agreements is terminated and we are unable to secure comparable
alternative arrangements, our financial condition and results of
operations will be adversely affected.
|
|
|
|
Competition from other terminals that are able to supply our
customers with comparable storage capacity at a lower price
could adversely affect our financial condition and results of
operations.
|
|
|
|
The expected introduction of significant new crude oil supplies
to the Gulf Coast region upon the completion of planned pipeline
construction projects could decrease our customers
dependence on waterborne crude oil imports and lead to a
reduction in the demand for our marine terminal services.
|
|
|
|
Our expansion of existing assets and construction of new assets
may not result in revenue increases and will be subject to
regulatory, environmental, political, legal and economic risks,
which could adversely affect our operations and financial
condition.
|
|
|
|
If we are unable to make acquisitions on economically acceptable
terms, our future growth would be limited, and any acquisitions
we make may reduce, rather than increase, our cash generated
from operations on a per unit basis.
|
Risks
Inherent in an Investment in Us
|
|
|
|
|
OTA owns and controls our general partner, which has sole
responsibility for conducting our business and managing our
operations. Our general partner and its affiliates, including
OTA, have conflicts of interest with us and limited fiduciary
duties, and they may favor their own interests to the detriment
of us and our unitholders.
|
|
|
|
OTA and other affiliates of our general partner may compete with
us.
|
|
|
|
Holders of our common units have limited voting rights and are
not entitled to elect our general partner or its directors,
which could reduce the price at which our common units will
trade.
|
|
|
|
Unitholders will experience immediate and substantial dilution
of $ per common unit.
|
6
|
|
|
|
|
There is no existing market for our common units, and a trading
market that will provide you with adequate liquidity may not
develop. The price of our common units may fluctuate
significantly, and unitholders could lose all or part of their
investment.
|
Tax
Risks to Common Unitholders
|
|
|
|
|
Our tax treatment depends on our status as a partnership for
U.S. federal income tax purposes, as well as our not being
subject to a material amount of entity-level taxation by
individual states. If the IRS were to treat us as a corporation
for federal income tax purposes or we were to become subject to
material additional amounts of entity-level taxation for state
tax purposes, then our cash available for distribution to you
could be substantially reduced.
|
|
|
|
The tax treatment of publicly traded partnerships or an
investment in our common units could be subject to potential
legislative, judicial or administrative changes and differing
interpretations, possibly on a retroactive basis.
|
|
|
|
You will be required to pay taxes on your share of our income
even if you do not receive any cash distributions from us.
|
|
|
|
One of our subsidiaries conducts activities that may not
generate qualifying income. If the income generated by this
subsidiary disproportionately increases as a percentage of our
total gross income, we may choose to have this subsidiary
treated as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax
purposes.
|
Our
Management
We are managed and operated by the board of directors and
executive officers of our general partner, OTLP GP, LLC, a
wholly owned subsidiary of OTA. Following this offering, OTA
will own, directly or indirectly,
approximately % of our outstanding
common units and all of our outstanding subordinated units and
incentive distribution rights. As a result of owning our general
partner, OTA will have the right to appoint all members of the
board of directors of our general partner, including at least
three independent directors meeting the independence standards
established by the New York Stock Exchange, or NYSE. At least
one of our independent directors will be appointed prior to the
date our common units are listed for trading on the NYSE. OTA
will appoint our second independent director within three months
of the date our common units begin trading on the NYSE, and our
third independent director within one year from such date. Our
unitholders will not be entitled to elect our general partner or
its directors or otherwise directly participate in our
management or operations. For more information about the
executive officers and directors of our general partner, please
read Management beginning on page 108.
Following the consummation of this offering, neither our general
partner nor OTA will receive any management fee or other
compensation in connection with our general partners
management of our business, but we will reimburse our general
partner and its affiliates, including OTA, for all expenses they
incur and payments they make on our behalf. Our partnership
agreement does not set a limit on the amount of expenses for
which our general partner and its affiliates may be reimbursed.
These expenses include salary, bonus, incentive compensation and
other amounts paid to persons who perform services for us or on
our behalf and expenses allocated to our general partner by its
affiliates. Our partnership agreement provides that our general
partner will determine in good faith the expenses that are
allocable to us. Please read Certain Relationships and
Related Transactions Agreements with Affiliates in
Connection with the Transactions beginning on
page 118.
The
Oiltanking Group
One of our principal strengths is our relationship with the
Oiltanking Group, the worlds second largest independent
storage provider for crude oil, refined products, liquid
chemicals and gases. With 71 terminals located throughout 22
countries in North America, Europe, Asia, the Middle East and
Central and South America, the Oiltanking Group leverages its
international marketing networks and a brand that is widely
recognized in the energy industry. Oiltanking GmbH is a wholly
owned subsidiary of Marquard & Bahls AG, a privately
held German company, with three core activities: (i) oil
trading, (ii) aviation fueling and (iii) storage and
terminaling of crude oil, refined petroleum products, chemicals
and gases. All three activities are pooled in separate holdings,
but they are financed and managed individually.
Oiltanking GmbH intends for us to be its growth vehicle in the
United States to acquire, own and operate terminaling, storage
and pipeline assets that generate stable qualifying income under
Section 7704 of the Internal Revenue Code. For a discussion of
qualifying income, please read Material U.S. Federal
Income Tax Consequences Taxation of the
Partnership beginning on page 147. We believe that as the
indirect owner of our general partner, all of our incentive
7
distribution rights and a % limited
partner in us, Oiltanking GmbH will be motivated to promote and
support the successful execution of our business plan and to
pursue projects that enhance the value of our business.
In addition, during 2003, the Oiltanking Group enacted a policy
of centrally financing the expansion and growth of its global
holdings of terminaling subsidiaries and in 2008, established
Oiltanking Finance B.V., a wholly owned finance company located
in Amsterdam, the Netherlands. Oiltanking Finance B.V. now
serves as the global bank for the Oiltanking Groups
terminal holdings, including ours, and arranges loans at market
rates and terms for approved terminal construction projects. We
believe this relationship has historically provided us with
access to debt capital on terms that are consistent with or
better than what would have been available to us from third
parties. We believe this relationship could continue to provide
us with access to capital at competitive rates.
Summary
of Conflicts of Interest and Fiduciary Duties
Our general partner has a legal duty to manage us in a manner
beneficial to us and the holders of our common and subordinated
units. This legal duty commonly is referred to as a
fiduciary duty. However, the officers and directors
of our general partner also have fiduciary duties to manage our
general partner in a manner beneficial to its owner, OTA.
Additionally, each of our executive officers and certain of our
directors are also officers of OTA. As a result, conflicts of
interest may arise in the future between us and our unitholders,
on the one hand, and OTA and our general partner, on the other
hand.
Delaware law provides that Delaware limited partnerships may, in
their partnership agreements, restrict, eliminate or expand the
fiduciary duties owed by the general partner to limited partners
and the partnership. Our partnership agreement limits the
liability of, and reduces the fiduciary duties owed by, our
general partner to our common unitholders. Our partnership
agreement also restricts the remedies available to our
unitholders for actions that might otherwise constitute a breach
of fiduciary duty by our general partner or its officers and
directors. By purchasing a common unit, the purchaser agrees to
be bound by the terms of our partnership agreement, and each
unitholder is treated as having consented to various actions and
potential conflicts of interest contemplated in the partnership
agreement that might otherwise be considered a breach of
fiduciary or other duties under applicable state law.
While Oiltanking GmbH intends for us to be its growth vehicle in
the United States to acquire, own and operate terminaling,
storage and pipeline assets that generate stable cash flows, and
we believe the Oiltanking Group, including OTA and its
affiliates, are incentivized to promote our growth, OTA and its
affiliates will not be restricted, under either our partnership
agreement or any other agreement, from competing with us.
For a more detailed description of the conflicts of interest and
the fiduciary duties of our general partner, please read
Conflicts of Interest and Fiduciary Duties beginning
on page 125. For a description of other relationships with
our affiliates, please read Certain Relationships and
Related Transactions beginning on page 117.
Principal
Executive Offices
Our principal executive offices are located at 15631 Jacintoport
Blvd., Houston, Texas 77015, and our telephone number is
(281) 457-7900.
Our website address will be www.oiltankingpartners.com.
We intend to make our periodic reports and other information
filed with or furnished to the Securities and Exchange
Commission, or SEC, available, free of charge, through our
website, as soon as reasonably practicable after those reports
and other information are electronically filed with or furnished
to the SEC. Information on our website or any other website is
not incorporated by reference into this prospectus and does not
constitute a part of this prospectus.
Formation
Transactions and Partnership Structure
We are a Delaware limited partnership formed in March 2011 by
OTA to own and operate the businesses that have historically
been conducted by Oiltanking Houston, L.P. and Oiltanking
Beaumont Partners, L.P.
In connection with the closing of this offering, the following
will occur:
|
|
|
|
|
OTA will contribute all of its equity interests in Oiltanking
Houston, L.P. and Oiltanking Beaumont Partners, L.P. to us;
|
|
|
|
OTLP GP, LLC will maintain its 2.0% general partner interest in
us. We also will issue to our general partner the incentive
distribution rights, which entitle the holder to increasing
percentages, up to a maximum of 48.0%, of the
|
8
|
|
|
|
|
cash we distribute in excess of our minimum quarterly
distribution of $ per unit per
quarter, as described under Cash Distribution Policy and
Restrictions on Distributions beginning on page 43;
|
|
|
|
|
|
we will
issue common
units to the public
(
common units if the underwriters exercise their option in full)
and will use the net proceeds from this offering as described
under Use of Proceeds beginning on page 39;
|
|
|
|
we will issue to OTA an aggregate
of common
units
and subordinated
units and, to the extent the underwriters do not exercise their
option to purchase additional common units, we will issue those
common units to OTA for no additional consideration other than
OTAs contribution of equity interests in Oiltanking
Houston, L.P. and Oiltanking Beaumont Partners, L.P. to us in
connection with the closing of this offering;
|
|
|
|
we expect to enter into a new $50.0 million revolving line
of credit with Oiltanking Finance B.V., a wholly owned
subsidiary of Oiltanking GmbH; and
|
|
|
|
we will also enter into agreements with OTA and certain of its
affiliates, pursuant to which we will agree upon certain aspects
of our relationship with them, including the provision by OTA or
one of its subsidiaries to us of certain selling, general and
administrative services and employees, our agreement to
reimburse OTA or one of its subsidiaries for the cost of such
services and employees, certain indemnification obligations, the
use by us of the name Oiltanking and related marks,
and other matters. Please read Certain Relationships and
Related Transactions Agreements with Affiliates in
Connection with the Transactions beginning on page 118.
|
9
Organizational
Structure
The following is a simplified diagram of our ownership structure
after giving effect to this offering and the related
transactions.
|
|
|
|
|
Public Common Units
|
|
|
|
%
|
Interests of OTA:
|
|
|
|
|
Common Units
|
|
|
|
%
|
Subordinated Units
|
|
|
49.0
|
%
|
General Partner Interest
|
|
|
2.0
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
100.0
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
10
The
Offering
|
|
|
Common units offered to the public |
|
common
units. |
|
|
|
common
units if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase
additional common units in full. |
|
Units outstanding after this offering |
|
common
units1
and subordinated
units for a total
of limited
partner units. If and to the extent the underwriters exercise
their option to purchase additional common units, the number of
common units purchased by the underwriters pursuant to such
exercise will be issued to the public and the remainder, if any,
will be issued to OTA. Any such units issued to OTA will be
issued for no consideration other than OTAs contribution
of equity interests in Oiltanking Houston, L.P. and Oiltanking
Beaumont Partners, L.P. to us in connection with the closing of
this offering. If the underwriters do not exercise their option
to purchase additional common units, we will
issue common
units to OTA upon the options expiration. Accordingly, the
exercise of the underwriters option will not affect the
total number of common units outstanding. In addition, our
general partner will own a 2.0% general partner interest in us. |
|
Use of proceeds |
|
We intend to use the estimated net proceeds of approximately
$ million from this offering
(based on an assumed initial offering price of
$ per common unit, the midpoint of
the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus),
after deducting the estimated underwriting discount and offering
expenses, to: |
|
|
|
repay intercompany indebtedness owed to Oiltanking
Finance B.V. in the amount of approximately
$125 million;
|
|
|
|
reimburse Oiltanking Finance B.V. for approximately
$ million of fees incurred in
connection with our repayment of such indebtedness;
|
|
|
|
make a distribution to OTA in the amount of
$ million; and
|
|
|
|
replenish our working capital following the
retention of $ million in
cash, cash equivalents and receivables by OTA in connection with
the formation transactions.
|
|
|
|
If the underwriters exercise their option to
purchase
additional common units in full, the additional net proceeds
would be approximately
$ million (based upon the
midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this
prospectus). The net proceeds from any exercise of such option
will be used to make a distribution to OTA. See Use of
Proceeds beginning on page 39. |
|
Cash distributions |
|
Upon completion of this offering, our general partner will
establish a minimum quarterly distribution of
$ per common unit and subordinated
unit ($ per common unit and
subordinated unit on an annualized basis) to the extent we have
sufficient cash after establishment of reserves and payment of
fees and expenses, including payments to our general partner and
its affiliates. We refer to this cash as available
cash, and it is defined in our partnership agreement
included in this prospectus as Appendix A and in the
glossary included in this prospectus as Appendix B. Our
ability to pay the minimum quarterly distribution is subject to
various restrictions and other factors |
1 Excludes
common units subject to issuance under our Long-Term Incentive
Plan. Please read Executive Officer Compensation
Compensation Discussion and Analysis beginning
on page 112.
11
|
|
|
|
|
described in more detail under the caption Cash
Distribution Policy and Restrictions on Distributions
beginning on page 43. |
|
|
|
For the first quarter that we are publicly traded, we will pay
investors in this offering a prorated distribution covering the
period from the completion of this offering
through ,
2011, based on the actual length of that period. |
|
|
|
Our partnership agreement requires us to distribute all of our
available cash each quarter in the following manner: |
|
|
|
first, 98.0% to the holders of our common
units and 2.0% to our general partner, until each common unit
has received the minimum quarterly distribution of
$ plus any arrearages from prior
quarters; and
|
|
|
|
second, 98.0% to the holders of our
subordinated units and 2.0% to our general partner, until each
subordinated unit has received the minimum quarterly
distribution of $ .
|
|
|
|
If cash distributions to our unitholders exceed
$ per common unit and subordinated
unit in any quarter, our unitholders and our general partner
will receive distributions according to the following percentage
allocations: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Marginal Percentage
|
|
Total Quarterly Distribution
|
|
|
Interest in Distributions
|
|
Target Amount
|
|
|
Unitholders
|
|
|
General Partner
|
|
|
above $ up to $
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
98.0
|
%
|
|
|
2.0
|
%
|
above $ up to $
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
85.0
|
%
|
|
|
15.0
|
%
|
above $ up to $
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
75.0
|
%
|
|
|
25.0
|
%
|
above $
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
50.0
|
%
|
|
|
50.0
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
The percentage interests shown for our general partner include
its 2.0% general partner interest. We refer to the additional
increasing distributions to our general partner in excess of
2.0% as incentive distributions. Please read
Provisions of Our Partnership Agreement Relating to Cash
Distributions General Partner Interest and Incentive
Distribution Rights beginning on page 59. |
|
|
|
We believe, based on our financial forecast and related
assumptions included in Cash Distribution Policy and
Restrictions on Distributions, that we will have
sufficient available cash to pay the minimum quarterly
distribution of $ on all of our
common units and subordinated units and the corresponding
distribution on our general partners 2.0% interest for
each quarter in the twelve months ending March 31, 2012.
Please read Cash Distribution Policy and Restrictions on
Distributions beginning on page 43. |
|
Subordinated units |
|
OTA initially will own, directly or indirectly, all of our
subordinated units. The principal difference between our common
units and subordinated units is that in any quarter during the
subordination period, holders of the subordinated units are not
entitled to receive any distribution until the common units have
received the minimum quarterly distribution plus any arrearages
in the payment of the minimum quarterly distribution from prior
quarters. Subordinated units will not accrue arrearages. |
|
Conversion of subordinated units |
|
The subordination period will end on the first business day
after we have earned and paid at least
(1) $ (the minimum quarterly
distribution on an annualized basis) on each outstanding common
unit and subordinated unit and the corresponding distribution on
our general partners 2.0% interest for each of three
consecutive, non-overlapping four quarter periods ending on or
after |
12
|
|
|
|
|
, 2014 or (2) $ (150.0% of the
annualized minimum quarterly distribution) on each outstanding
common unit and subordinated unit and the corresponding
distributions on our general partners 2.0% interest and
the related distribution on the incentive distribution rights
for the four-quarter period immediately preceding that date, in
each case provided there are no arrearages on our common units
at that time. |
|
|
|
The subordination period also will end upon the removal of our
general partner other than for cause if no subordinated units or
common units held by the holder(s) of subordinated units or
their affiliates are voted in favor of that removal. |
|
|
|
When the subordination period ends, all subordinated units will
convert into common units on a
one-for-one
basis, and thereafter no common units will be entitled to
arrearages. |
|
General partners right to reset the target distribution
levels |
|
Our general partner, as the initial holder of all of our
incentive distribution rights, has the right, at any time when
there are no subordinated units outstanding and it has received
incentive distributions at the highest level to which it is
entitled (48.0%, in addition to distributions paid on its 2.0%
general partner interest) for the prior four consecutive whole
fiscal quarters, to reset the initial target distribution levels
at higher levels based on our cash distributions at the time of
the exercise of the reset election. If our general partner
transfers all or a portion of our incentive distribution rights
in the future, then the holder or holders of a majority of our
incentive distribution rights will be entitled to exercise this
right. The following assumes that our general partner holds all
of the incentive distribution rights at the time that a reset
election is made. Following a reset election, the minimum
quarterly distribution will be adjusted to equal the reset
minimum quarterly distribution, and the target distribution
levels will be reset to correspondingly higher levels based on
the same percentage increases above the reset minimum quarterly
distribution as the current target distribution levels. |
|
|
|
If our general partner elects to reset the target distribution
levels, it will be entitled to receive a number of common units
and a general partner interest necessary to maintain its general
partner interest in us immediately prior to the reset election.
The number of common units to be issued to our general partner
will equal the number of common units that would have entitled
the holder to an average aggregate quarterly cash distribution
in the prior two quarters equal to the average of the
distributions to our general partner on the incentive
distribution rights in such prior two quarters. Please read
Provisions of Our Partnership Agreement Relating to Cash
Distributions General Partners Right to Reset
Incentive Distribution Levels beginning on page 60. |
|
Issuance of additional units |
|
Our partnership agreement authorizes us to issue an unlimited
number of additional units without the approval of our
unitholders. Please read Units Eligible for Future
Sale beginning on page 146 and The Partnership
Agreement Issuance of Additional Interests
beginning on page 136. |
|
Limited voting rights |
|
Our general partner will manage and operate us. Unlike the
holders of common stock in a corporation, our unitholders will
have only limited voting rights on matters affecting our
business. Our unitholders will have no right to elect our
general partner or its directors on an annual or other
continuing basis. Our general partner may not be removed except
by a vote of the holders of at least
662/3%
of the outstanding units, including any units owned by our
general |
13
|
|
|
|
|
partner and its affiliates, voting together as a single class.
Upon consummation of this offering, OTA will own an aggregate
of % of our outstanding voting
units (or % of our outstanding
voting units, if the underwriters exercise their option to
purchase additional common units in full). This will give OTA
the ability to prevent the removal of our general partner.
Please read The Partnership Agreement Voting
Rights beginning on page 134. |
|
Limited call right |
|
If at any time our general partner and its affiliates own more
than 80% of the outstanding common units, our general partner
has the right, but not the obligation, to purchase all of the
remaining common units at a price equal to the greater of
(1) the average of the daily closing price of the common
units over the 20 trading days preceding the date three days
before notice of exercise of the call right is first mailed and
(2) the highest
per-unit
price paid by our general partner or any of its affiliates for
common units during the
90-day
period preceding the date such notice is first mailed. Please
read The Partnership Agreement Limited Call
Right beginning on page 141. |
|
Estimated ratio of taxable income to distributions |
|
We estimate that if you own the common units you purchase in
this offering through the record date for distributions for the
period ending December 31, 2014, you will be allocated, on
a cumulative basis, an amount of federal taxable income for that
period that will be approximately %
of the cash distributed to you with respect to that period. For
example, if you receive an annual distribution of
$ per unit, we estimate that your
average allocable federal taxable income per year will be no
more than approximately $ per
unit. Thereafter, the ratio of allocable taxable income to cash
distributions to you could substantially increase. Please read
Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Consequences
Tax Consequences of Unit Ownership beginning on
page 148 for the basis of this estimate. |
|
Material federal income tax consequences |
|
For a discussion of the material federal income tax consequences
that may be relevant to prospective unitholders who are
individual citizens or residents of the United States, please
read Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Consequences
beginning on page 147. |
|
Exchange listing |
|
We intend to apply to list our common units on the NYSE under
the symbol OTLP. |
14
Summary
Historical and Pro Forma Financial and Operating Data
We were formed in March 2011 and do not have historical
financial statements. Therefore, in this prospectus we present
the historical financial statements of our predecessor, which
consist of the combined financial statements of Oiltanking
Houston, L.P. and Oiltanking Beaumont Partners, L.P. We refer to
our predecessor for accounting purposes as Oiltanking
Predecessor. In connection with the closing of this
offering, OTA will contribute all of the outstanding equity
interests in Oiltanking Houston, L.P. and Oiltanking Beaumont
Partners, L.P. to us. The following table presents summary
historical combined financial and operating data of Oiltanking
Predecessor and summary pro forma financial data of Oiltanking
Partners, L.P. as of the dates and for the periods indicated.
The summary historical combined financial data presented as of
December 31, 2008 are derived from the unaudited historical
combined balance sheet of Oiltanking Predecessor, which is not
included in this prospectus. The summary historical combined
financial data presented as of December 31, 2009 and 2010
and for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2009 and 2010
are derived from the audited historical combined financial
statements of Oiltanking Predecessor that are included elsewhere
in this prospectus.
The summary pro forma combined financial data presented for the
year ended December 31, 2010 are derived from our unaudited
pro forma condensed combined financial statements included
elsewhere in this prospectus. Our unaudited pro forma condensed
combined financial statements give pro forma effect to the
following:
|
|
|
|
|
the contribution by OTA of its partnership interests in
Oiltanking Houston, L.P. and Oiltanking Beaumont Partners, L.P.
to us;
|
|
|
|
the issuance by us to OTA
of
common units
and subordinated
units;
|
|
|
|
the issuance by us to our general partner of a 2.0% general
partner interest and the incentive distribution rights in us;
|
|
|
|
the issuance by us to the public
of common
units and the use of the net proceeds from this offering
(assuming a price of $ per common
unit, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover of
this prospectus) as described under Use of Proceeds
beginning on page 39;
|
|
|
|
the change in sponsor of a postretirement benefit plan from
Oiltanking Houston, L.P. to OTA;
|
|
|
|
the elimination of certain assets not contributed to us;
|
|
|
|
the change in tax status of Oiltanking Houston, L.P. to a
non-taxable entity; and
|
|
|
|
the elimination of historical interest expense associated with
the repayment of intercompany indebtedness to Oiltanking Finance
B.V. in the amount of approximately $125 million from the
net proceeds of the offering.
|
The unaudited pro forma condensed combined balance sheet data
assumes the events listed above occurred as of December 31,
2010. The unaudited pro forma condensed combined statement of
income data for the year ended December 31, 2010 assume the
events listed above occurred as of January 1, 2010. We have
not given pro forma effect to incremental selling, general and
administrative expenses of approximately $3 million that we
expect to incur as a result of being a publicly traded
partnership.
For a detailed discussion of the summary historical combined
financial information contained in the following table, please
read Managements Discussion and Analysis of
Financial Condition and Results of Operations beginning on
page 69. The following table should also be read in
conjunction with Use of Proceeds beginning on
page 39, Business Our History and
Relationship with Oiltanking GmbH beginning on
page 101 and the audited historical combined financial
statements of Oiltanking Predecessor and our unaudited pro forma
condensed combined financial statements included elsewhere in
this prospectus. Among other things, the historical combined and
unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial statements
include more detailed information regarding the basis of
presentation for the information in the following table.
The following table presents a non-GAAP financial measure,
Adjusted EBITDA, which we use in our business as it is an
important supplemental measure of our performance and liquidity.
Adjusted EBITDA represents net income (loss) before interest
expense, income tax expense and depreciation and amortization
expense, as further adjusted to reflect certain non-cash and
non-recurring items. This measure is not calculated or presented
in accordance with generally
15
accepted accounting principles, or GAAP. We explain this measure
under Non-GAAP Financial Measure
and reconcile it to its most directly comparable financial
measures calculated and presented in accordance with GAAP.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Pro Forma
|
|
|
|
Predecessor Historical
|
|
|
Year Ended
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
|
(In thousands, except operating information)
|
|
Statements of Income Data:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Revenues
|
|
$
|
79,112
|
|
|
$
|
100,840
|
|
|
$
|
116,450
|
|
|
$
|
116,450
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating costs and expenses:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating
|
|
|
29,437
|
|
|
|
29,158
|
|
|
|
32,415
|
|
|
|
32,415
|
|
Depreciation and amortization
|
|
|
12,854
|
|
|
|
14,191
|
|
|
|
15,579
|
|
|
|
15,006
|
|
Selling, general and administrative
|
|
|
9,709
|
|
|
|
13,830
|
|
|
|
15,775
|
|
|
|
14,510
|
|
(Gain) loss on disposal of fixed assets
|
|
|
(4
|
)
|
|
|
96
|
|
|
|
(339
|
)
|
|
|
(339
|
)
|
Gain on property casualty indemnification
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(4,688
|
)
|
|
|
(4,688
|
)
|
Loss on impairment of assets
|
|
|
213
|
|
|
|
155
|
|
|
|
46
|
|
|
|
46
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Operating Costs and Expenses
|
|
|
52,209
|
|
|
|
57,430
|
|
|
|
58,788
|
|
|
|
56,950
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating Income
|
|
|
26,903
|
|
|
|
43,410
|
|
|
|
57,662
|
|
|
|
59,500
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other income (expense):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest expense
|
|
|
(7,356
|
)
|
|
|
(8,401
|
)
|
|
|
(9,538
|
)
|
|
|
(1,913
|
)
|
Interest income
|
|
|
116
|
|
|
|
98
|
|
|
|
74
|
|
|
|
74
|
|
Other income (expense)
|
|
|
(912
|
)
|
|
|
491
|
|
|
|
1,100
|
|
|
|
1,100
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Other Expense, Net
|
|
|
(8,152
|
)
|
|
|
(7,812
|
)
|
|
|
(8,364
|
)
|
|
|
(739
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income Before Income Tax Expense
|
|
|
18,751
|
|
|
|
35,598
|
|
|
|
49,298
|
|
|
|
58,761
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income tax expense:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Current
|
|
|
3,202
|
|
|
|
5,579
|
|
|
|
7,527
|
|
|
|
191
|
|
Deferred
|
|
|
2,964
|
|
|
|
4,903
|
|
|
|
3,956
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Income Tax Expense
|
|
|
6,166
|
|
|
|
10,482
|
|
|
|
11,483
|
|
|
|
191
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net Income
|
|
$
|
12,585
|
|
|
$
|
25,116
|
|
|
$
|
37,815
|
|
|
$
|
58,570
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance Sheet Data (at period end):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Property, plant and equipment, less accumulated depreciation
|
|
$
|
248,016
|
|
|
$
|
268,057
|
|
|
$
|
265,616
|
|
|
$
|
259,288
|
|
Total Assets
|
|
|
274,838
|
|
|
|
303,500
|
|
|
|
310,469
|
|
|
|
303,792
|
|
Total Liabilities
|
|
|
205,927
|
|
|
|
213,404
|
|
|
|
206,420
|
|
|
|
50,211
|
|
Total Partners Capital
|
|
|
68,911
|
|
|
|
90,096
|
|
|
|
104,049
|
|
|
|
253,581
|
|
Cash Flow Data:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash provided by (used in):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating activities
|
|
$
|
27,022
|
|
|
$
|
32,253
|
|
|
$
|
60,678
|
|
|
|
|
|
Investing activities
|
|
|
(64,435
|
)
|
|
|
(34,469
|
)
|
|
|
(30,191
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
Financing activities
|
|
|
39,558
|
|
|
|
3,243
|
|
|
|
(27,597
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
Other Financial Data:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Adjusted EBITDA(1)
|
|
$
|
39,966
|
|
|
$
|
57,852
|
|
|
$
|
68,260
|
|
|
$
|
69,525
|
|
Capital Expenditures:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Maintenance(2)
|
|
$
|
3,534
|
|
|
$
|
1,414
|
|
|
$
|
3,536
|
|
|
|
|
|
Expansion(3)
|
|
|
60,934
|
|
|
|
33,065
|
|
|
|
7,631
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
64,468
|
|
|
$
|
34,479
|
|
|
$
|
11,167
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating Data:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Storage capacity, end of period (mmbbls)
|
|
|
15.2
|
|
|
|
16.4
|
|
|
|
16.8
|
|
|
|
|
|
Storage capacity, average (mmbbls)
|
|
|
14.2
|
|
|
|
15.7
|
|
|
|
16.8
|
|
|
|
|
|
Terminal throughput (mbpd)
|
|
|
695.2
|
|
|
|
700.6
|
|
|
|
784.9
|
|
|
|
|
|
Vessels per year
|
|
|
743
|
|
|
|
694
|
|
|
|
799
|
|
|
|
|
|
Barges per year
|
|
|
2,481
|
|
|
|
2,520
|
|
|
|
2,910
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
Adjusted EBITDA is defined in
Non-GAAP Financial Measure below. |
|
(2) |
|
Maintenance capital expenditures are those capital expenditures
required to maintain our long-term operating capacity. |
16
|
|
|
(3) |
|
Expansion capital expenditures are capital expenditures made to
increase the long-term operating capacity of our asset base
whether through construction or acquisitions. |
Non-GAAP Financial
Measure
We define Adjusted EBITDA as net income (loss) before net
interest expense, income tax expense and depreciation and
amortization expense, as further adjusted to reflect certain
other non-cash and non-recurring items. Adjusted EBITDA is not a
presentation made in accordance with GAAP.
Adjusted EBITDA is a non-GAAP supplemental financial measure
that management and external users of our combined financial
statements, such as industry analysts, investors, lenders and
rating agencies, may use to assess:
|
|
|
|
|
our operating performance as compared to other publicly traded
partnerships in the midstream energy industry, without regard to
historical cost basis or financing methods;
|
|
|
|
the ability of our assets to generate sufficient cash flow to
make distributions to our unitholders;
|
|
|
|
our ability to incur and service debt and fund capital
expenditures; and
|
|
|
|
the viability of acquisitions and other capital expenditure
projects and the returns on investment in various opportunities.
|
We believe that the presentation of Adjusted EBITDA will provide
useful information to investors in assessing our financial
condition and results of operations. The GAAP measures most
directly comparable to Adjusted EBITDA are net income and net
cash provided by operating activities. Our non-GAAP financial
measure of Adjusted EBITDA should not be considered as an
alternative to GAAP net income or net cash provided by operating
activities. Adjusted EBITDA has important limitations as an
analytical tool because it excludes some but not all items that
affect net income. You should not consider Adjusted EBITDA in
isolation or as a substitute for analysis of our results as
reported under GAAP. Because Adjusted EBITDA may be defined
differently by other companies in our industry, our definitions
of Adjusted EBITDA may not be comparable to similarly titled
measures of other companies, thereby diminishing its utility.
The following table presents a reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA
to the most directly comparable GAAP financial measures, on a
historical basis and pro forma basis, as applicable, for each of
the periods indicated.
17
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Pro Forma
|
|
|
|
Predecessor Historical
|
|
|
Year Ended
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
Reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA to net income:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income
|
|
$
|
12,585
|
|
|
$
|
25,116
|
|
|
$
|
37,815
|
|
|
$
|
58,570
|
|
Depreciation and amortization expense
|
|
|
12,854
|
|
|
|
14,191
|
|
|
|
15,579
|
|
|
|
15,006
|
|
Income tax expense
|
|
|
6,166
|
|
|
|
10,482
|
|
|
|
11,483
|
|
|
|
191
|
|
Interest expense, net
|
|
|
7,240
|
|
|
|
8,303
|
|
|
|
9,464
|
|
|
|
1,839
|
|
(Gain) loss on disposal of fixed assets
|
|
|
(4
|
)
|
|
|
96
|
|
|
|
(339
|
)
|
|
|
(339
|
)
|
Gain on property casualty indemnification
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(4,688
|
)
|
|
|
(4,688
|
)
|
Loss on impairment of assets
|
|
|
213
|
|
|
|
155
|
|
|
|
46
|
|
|
|
46
|
|
Other (income) expense
|
|
|
912
|
|
|
|
(491
|
)
|
|
|
(1,100
|
)
|
|
|
(1,100
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Adjusted EBITDA
|
|
$
|
39,966
|
|
|
$
|
57,852
|
|
|
$
|
68,260
|
|
|
$
|
69,525
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA to net cash provided by
operating activities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash from operating activities
|
|
$
|
27,022
|
|
|
$
|
32,253
|
|
|
$
|
60,678
|
|
|
|
|
|
Changes in assets and liabilities
|
|
|
3,786
|
|
|
|
12,956
|
|
|
|
(7,207
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
Deferred income taxes (non-cash)
|
|
|
(2,964
|
)
|
|
|
(4,903
|
)
|
|
|
(3,956
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
Postretirement net periodic benefit cost
|
|
|
(1,104
|
)
|
|
|
(1,219
|
)
|
|
|
(1,265
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
Income tax expense
|
|
|
6,166
|
|
|
|
10,482
|
|
|
|
11,483
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest expense, net
|
|
|
7,240
|
|
|
|
8,303
|
|
|
|
9,464
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other income (excluding unrealized gain/loss on investments)
|
|
|
(180
|
)
|
|
|
(20
|
)
|
|
|
(937
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Adjusted EBITDA
|
|
$
|
39,966
|
|
|
$
|
57,852
|
|
|
$
|
68,260
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
18
RISK
FACTORS
Limited partner interests are inherently different from the
capital stock of a corporation, although many of the business
risks to which we are subject are similar to those that would be
faced by a corporation engaged in a similar business. You should
carefully consider the following risk factors together with all
of the other information included in this prospectus in
evaluating an investment in our common units.
If any of the following risks were to occur, our business,
financial condition, results of operations and cash available
for distribution could be materially adversely affected. In that
case, we might not be able to make distributions on our common
units, the trading price of our common units could decline, and
you could lose all or part of your investment.
Risks
Inherent in Our Business
We may
not have sufficient cash from operations following the
establishment of cash reserves and payment of costs and
expenses, including cost reimbursements to our general partner,
to enable us to pay the minimum quarterly distribution to our
unitholders.
We may not have sufficient cash each quarter to pay the full
amount of our minimum quarterly distribution of
$ per unit, or
$ per unit per year, which will
require us to have available cash of approximately
$ million per quarter, or
$ million per year, based on
the number of common and subordinated units and the general
partner interest to be outstanding after the completion of this
offering. The amount of cash we can distribute on our common and
subordinated units principally depends upon the amount of cash
we generate from our operations, which will fluctuate from
quarter to quarter based on, among other things:
|
|
|
|
|
the volumes of crude oil, refined petroleum products and
liquefied petroleum gas we handle;
|
|
|
|
the terminaling and storage fees with respect to volumes that we
handle;
|
|
|
|
damage to pipelines, facilities, related equipment and
surrounding properties caused by hurricanes, earthquakes,
floods, fires, severe weather, explosions and other natural
disasters and acts of terrorism or inadvertent damage to
pipelines from construction, farm and utility equipment;
|
|
|
|
leaks or accidental releases of products or other materials into
the environment, whether as a result of human error or otherwise;
|
|
|
|
planned or unplanned shutdowns of the refineries and chemical
production facilities owned by our customers;
|
|
|
|
prevailing economic and market conditions;
|
|
|
|
difficulties in collecting our receivables because of credit or
financial problems of customers;
|
|
|
|
the effects of new or expanded health, environmental and safety
regulations;
|
|
|
|
governmental regulation, including changes in governmental
regulation of the industries in which we operate;
|
|
|
|
changes in tax laws;
|
|
|
|
weather conditions; and
|
|
|
|
force majeure.
|
In addition, the actual amount of cash we will have available
for distribution will depend on other factors, some of which are
beyond our control, including:
|
|
|
|
|
the level of capital expenditures we make;
|
|
|
|
the cost of acquisitions;
|
|
|
|
our debt service requirements and other liabilities;
|
|
|
|
fluctuations in our working capital needs;
|
|
|
|
our ability to borrow funds and access capital markets;
|
19
|
|
|
|
|
restrictions contained in debt agreements to which we are a
party; and
|
|
|
|
the amount of cash reserves established by our general partner.
|
For a description of additional restrictions and factors that
may affect our ability to pay cash distributions, please read
Cash Distribution Policy and Restrictions on
Distributions.
The
assumptions underlying our forecast of cash available for
distribution included in Cash Distribution Policy and
Restrictions on Distributions are inherently uncertain and
subject to significant business, economic, financial, regulatory
and competitive risks and uncertainties that could cause cash
available for distribution to differ materially from our
estimates.
The forecast of cash available for distribution set forth in
Cash Distribution Policy and Restrictions on
Distributions includes our forecast of our results of
operations and cash available for distribution for the twelve
months ending March 31, 2012. Our ability to pay the full
minimum quarterly distribution in the forecast period is based
on a number of assumptions that may not prove to be correct,
which are discussed in Cash Distribution Policy and
Restrictions on Distributions.
Our forecast of cash available for distribution has been
prepared by management, and we have not received an opinion or
report on it from any independent registered public accountants.
The assumptions underlying our forecast of cash available for
distribution are inherently uncertain and are subject to
significant business, economic, financial, regulatory and
competitive risks and uncertainties that could cause cash
available for distribution to differ materially from that which
is forecasted. If we do not achieve our forecasted results, we
may not be able to pay the minimum quarterly distribution or any
amount on our common units or subordinated units, in which event
the market price of our common units may decline materially.
Please read Cash Distribution Policy and Restrictions on
Distributions.
Our
business would be adversely affected if the operations of our
customers experienced significant interruptions. In certain
circumstances, the obligations of many of our key customers
under their terminal services agreements may be reduced or
suspended, which would adversely affect our financial condition
and results of operations.
We are dependent upon the uninterrupted operations of certain
facilities owned or operated by our customers, such as the
refineries and chemical production facilities we service. Any
significant interruption at these facilities or inability to
transport products to or from these facilities or to or from our
customers for any reason would adversely affect our results of
operations, cash flow and ability to make distributions to our
unitholders. Operations at our facilities and at the facilities
owned or operated by our suppliers and customers could be
partially or completely shut down, temporarily or permanently,
as the result of any number of circumstances that are not within
our control, such as:
|
|
|
|
|
catastrophic events, including hurricanes;
|
|
|
|
environmental remediation;
|
|
|
|
labor difficulties; and
|
|
|
|
disruptions in the supply of products to or from our facilities.
|
Additionally, terrorist attacks and acts of sabotage could
target oil and gas production facilities, refineries, processing
plants, terminals and other infrastructure facilities.
Our terminal services agreements with many of our key customers
provide that, if any of a number of events occur, including
certain of those events described above, which we refer to as
events of force majeure, and the event significantly delays or
renders performance impossible with respect to a facility,
usually for a specified minimum period of days, our
customers obligations would be temporarily suspended with
respect to that facility. In that case, a significant
customers fixed storage services fees may be reduced or
suspended, even if we are contractually restricted from
recontracting out the storage space in question during such
force majeure period, or the contract may be subject to
termination. There can be no assurance that we are adequately
insured against such risks. As a result, our revenue and results
of operations could be materially adversely affected.
20
Our
financial results depend on the demand for the crude oil,
refined petroleum products and liquefied petroleum gas that we
transport, store and distribute, among other factors, and the
current economic downturn could result in lower demand for these
products for a sustained period of time.
Any sustained decrease in demand for crude oil, refined
petroleum products and liquefied petroleum gas in the markets
served by our terminals could result in a significant reduction
in storage or throughput in our terminals, which would reduce
our cash flow and our ability to make distributions to our
unitholders. Our financial results may also be affected by
uncertain or changing economic conditions within certain
regions, including the challenges that are currently affecting
economic conditions in the entire United States. If economic and
market conditions remain uncertain or adverse conditions
persist, spread or deteriorate further, we may experience
material impacts on our business, financial condition and
results of operations.
Other factors that could lead to a decrease in market demand
include:
|
|
|
|
|
the impact of weather on demand for oil;
|
|
|
|
the level of domestic oil and gas production, both on a
stand-alone basis and as compared to the level of foreign oil
and gas production;
|
|
|
|
higher fuel taxes or other governmental or regulatory actions
that increase, directly or indirectly, the cost of gasoline;
|
|
|
|
an increase in automotive engine fuel economy, whether as a
result of a shift by consumers to more fuel-efficient vehicles
or technological advances by manufacturers;
|
|
|
|
the increased use of alternative fuel sources, such as ethanol,
biodiesel, fuel cells and solar, electric and battery-powered
engines. Current laws will require a significant increase in the
quantity of ethanol and biodiesel used in transportation fuels
between now and 2022. Such an increase could have a material
impact on the volume of fuels transported on our pipeline or
loaded at our terminals; and
|
|
|
|
an increase in the market price of crude oil that leads to
higher refined petroleum product prices, which may reduce demand
for refined petroleum products and drive demand for alternative
products. Market prices for crude oil and refined petroleum
products are subject to wide fluctuation in response to changes
in global and regional supply that are beyond our control, and
increases in the price of crude oil may result in a lower demand
for refined petroleum products.
|
Any decrease in supply and marketing activities may result in
reduced throughput volumes at our terminal facilities, which
would adversely affect our financial condition and results of
operations.
Restrictions
in our debt agreements could adversely affect our business,
financial condition or results of operations.
Under our loan agreements with Oiltanking Finance B.V., we are
prohibited from incurring additional indebtedness from third
parties without the approval of Oiltanking Finance B.V. In
addition, these loan agreements contain covenants that require
us to maintain certain debt, leverage, and equity ratios and
prohibit us from pledging our assets to third parties. We expect
that our new revolving line of credit with Oiltanking Finance
B.V. will contain similar restrictions as well as covenants that
could restrict our ability to make cash distributions to our
unitholders. As a result, we will be limited in the manner in
which we conduct our business, and we may be unable to engage in
favorable business activities or finance future operations or
capital needs. Please read Managements Discussion
and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
Operations Liquidity and Capital
Resources Liquidity.
Our
operations are subject to operational hazards and unforeseen
interruptions, including interruptions from hurricanes or
floods, for which we may not be adequately
insured.
Our primary operations are currently all located in the upper
Gulf Coast region, and are subject to operational hazards and
unforeseen interruptions, including interruptions from
hurricanes or floods, which have historically impacted the
region with some regularity. Each of our Houston and Beaumont
terminals, for example, has experienced damage and interruption
of business due to hurricanes. We may also be affected by
factors such as adverse weather, accidents, fires, explosions,
hazardous materials releases, mechanical failures, disruptions
in supply infrastructure or logistics and other
21
events beyond our control. In addition, our operations are
exposed to other potential natural disasters, including
tornadoes, storms, floods
and/or
earthquakes. If any of these events were to occur, we could
incur substantial losses because of personal injury or loss of
life, severe damage to and destruction of property and
equipment, and pollution or other environmental damage resulting
in curtailment or suspension of our related operations.
We are not fully insured against all risks incident to our
business. Certain of the insurance policies covering entities
and their operations that will be contributed to us also provide
coverage to entities that will not be contributed to us as a
part of our initial public offering. The coverage available
under those insurance policies has historically been allocated
among the entities that will be contributed to us and the
entities that will not be contributed to us. This allocation may
result in limiting the amount of recovery available to us for
purposes of covered losses.
Furthermore, we may be unable to maintain or obtain insurance of
the type and amount we desire at reasonable rates. As a result
of market conditions, premiums and deductibles for certain of
our insurance policies have increased and could escalate
further. In addition
sub-limits
have been imposed for certain risks. In some instances, certain
insurance could become unavailable or available only for reduced
amounts of coverage. If we were to incur a significant liability
for which we are not fully insured, it could have a material
adverse effect on our financial condition, results of operations
and cash available for distribution to unitholders.
Reduced
volatility in energy prices or new government regulations could
discourage our storage customers from holding positions in crude
oil or refined petroleum products, which could adversely affect
the demand for our storage services.
We have constructed and continue to construct new storage
facilities in response to increased customer demand for storage.
Many of our competitors have also built new storage facilities.
The demand for new storage has resulted in part from our
customers desire to have the ability to take advantage of
profit opportunities created by volatility in the prices of
crude oil and petroleum products. If the prices of crude oil and
petroleum products become relatively stable, or if federal
and/or state
regulations are passed that discourage our customers from
storing those commodities, demand for our storage services could
decrease, in which case we may be unable to renew contracts for
our storage services or be forced to reduce the rates we charge
for our storage services, either of which would reduce the
amount of cash we generate.
Some
of our current terminal services agreements are automatically
renewing on a short-term basis, and may be terminated at the end
of the current renewal term upon requisite notice. If one or
more of our current terminal services agreements is terminated
and we are unable to secure comparable alternative arrangements,
our financial condition and results of operations will be
adversely affected.
Some of our terminal services agreements currently in effect are
operating outside of their primary contract terms. These
agreements generally automatically renew on a
year-to-year
basis and may be terminated by either party upon the giving of
requisite notice, which is typically a year or less. Terminal
services agreements that account for an aggregate of 18.1% of
our expected revenues for the twelve month period ending
March 31, 2012, could be terminated by our customers
without penalty within the same period. If any one or more of
our terminal services agreements is terminated and we are unable
to secure comparable alternative arrangements, we may not be
able to generate sufficient additional revenue from third
parties to replace any shortfall in revenue or increase in
costs. Additionally, we may incur substantial costs if
modifications to our terminals are required by a new or
renegotiated terminal services agreement. The occurrence of any
one or more of these events could have a material impact on our
financial condition and results of operations.
Competition
from other terminals that are able to supply our customers with
comparable storage capacity at a lower price could adversely
affect our financial condition and results of
operations.
We face competition from other terminals that may be able to
supply our customers with integrated terminaling services on a
more competitive basis. We compete with national, regional and
local terminal and storage companies, including major integrated
oil companies, of widely varying sizes, financial resources and
experience. Our ability to compete could be harmed by factors we
cannot control, including:
|
|
|
|
|
our competitors construction of new assets or redeployment
of existing assets in a manner that would result in more intense
competition in the markets we serve;
|
22
|
|
|
|
|
the perception that another company may provide better
service; and
|
|
|
|
the availability of alternative supply points or supply points
located closer to our customers operations.
|
Any combination of these factors could result in our customers
utilizing the assets and services of our competitors instead of
our assets and services, or us being required to lower our
prices or increase our costs to retain our customers, either of
which could adversely affect our results of operations,
financial position or cash flows, as well as our ability to pay
cash distributions to our unitholders.
The
expected introduction of significant new crude oil supplies to
the Gulf Coast region upon the completion of planned pipeline
construction projects could decrease our customers
dependence on waterborne crude oil imports and lead to a
reduction in the demand for our marine terminal
services.
We believe that current and planned expansion projects of other
companies will, if completed as planned, introduce significant
new crude oil supplies to the upper Gulf Coast through a number
of announced pipeline projects:
|
|
|
|
|
TransCanadas Keystone Pipeline, which is expected to
transport crude oil from the Alberta oil sands and the Bakken
Shale formation to the Gulf Coast region for refining at a rate
of up to 900,000 barrels per day within the next two years;
|
|
|
|
Enbridges Monarch Pipeline, which is expected to transport
crude oil from the Cushing storage interchange in Oklahoma to
Houston at a rate of up to 350,000 barrels per day within
the next two years;
|
|
|
|
Enterprise Products Partners proposed pair of pipelines,
which are expected to transport crude oil from the Eagle Ford
Shale in south Texas to Houston at a rate of up to
350,000 barrels per day within the next
18 months; and
|
|
|
|
Magellan Midstream Partners reversal and conversion of its
Longhorn pipeline, which is expected to transport crude oil from
El Paso to Houston at a rate of up to 200,000 barrels
per day within 18 to 24 months upon approval of the project.
|
These or other pipeline construction projects could result in
pipeline delivered crude accounting for an increasing share of
the crude oil supplies utilized by our customers. This could
lead to a decrease in the utilization of waterborne foreign
crude oil imports by our customers and a related decrease in
demand for our marine terminal services.
Our
expansion of existing assets and construction of new assets may
not result in revenue increases and will be subject to
regulatory, environmental, political, legal and economic risks,
which could adversely affect our operations and financial
condition.
A portion of our strategy to grow and increase distributions to
unitholders is dependent on our ability to expand existing
assets and to construct additional assets. The construction of a
new terminal, or the expansion of an existing terminal, such as
by increasing storage capacity or otherwise, involves numerous
regulatory, environmental, political and legal uncertainties,
most of which are beyond our control. Moreover, we may not
receive sufficient long-term contractual commitments from
customers to provide the revenue needed to support such
projects. As a result, we may construct new facilities that are
not able to attract enough storage customers or throughput to
achieve our expected investment return, which could adversely
affect our results of operations and financial condition and our
ability to make distributions to our unitholders.
If we undertake these projects, they may not be completed on
schedule or at all or at the budgeted cost. We may be unable to
negotiate acceptable interconnection agreements with third-party
pipelines to provide destinations for increased throughput. Even
if we receive sufficient multi-year contractual commitments from
customers to provide the revenue needed to support such projects
and we complete our construction projects as planned, we may not
realize an increase in revenue for an extended period of time.
For instance, if we build a new terminal, the construction will
occur over an extended period of time and we will not receive
any material increases in revenues until after completion of the
project. Any of these circumstances could adversely affect our
results of operations and financial condition and our ability to
make distributions to our unitholders.
23
If we
are unable to make acquisitions on economically acceptable
terms, our future growth would be limited, and any acquisitions
we make may reduce, rather than increase, our cash generated
from operations on a per unit basis.
A portion of our strategy to grow our business and increase
distributions to unitholders is dependent on our ability to make
acquisitions that result in an increase in our cash available
for distribution per unit. If we are unable to make acquisitions
from third parties, including from OTA and its affiliates,
because we are unable to identify attractive acquisition
candidates or negotiate acceptable purchase contracts, we are
unable to obtain financing for these acquisitions on
economically acceptable terms or we are outbid by competitors,
our future growth and ability to increase distributions will be
limited. Furthermore, even if we do consummate acquisitions that
we believe will be accretive, they may in fact result in a
decrease in our cash available for distribution per unit. Any
acquisition involves potential risks, some of which are beyond
our control, including, among other things:
|
|
|
|
|
mistaken assumptions about revenues and costs, including
synergies;
|
|
|
|
an inability to integrate successfully the businesses we acquire;
|
|
|
|
an inability to hire, train or retain qualified personnel to
manage and operate our business and newly acquired assets;
|
|
|
|
the assumption of unknown liabilities;
|
|
|
|
limitations on rights to indemnity from the seller;
|
|
|
|
mistaken assumptions about the overall costs of equity or debt;
|
|
|
|
the diversion of managements attention from other business
concerns;
|
|
|
|
unforeseen difficulties operating in new product areas or new
geographic areas; and
|
|
|
|
customer or key employee losses at the acquired businesses.
|
If we consummate any future acquisitions, our capitalization and
results of operations may change significantly, and unitholders
will not have the opportunity to evaluate the economic,
financial and other relevant information that we will consider
in determining the application of these funds and other
resources.
Certain
of our revenues vary based upon the volumes of products handled
at our terminals and the activity levels of our customers. Any
short- or long-term decrease in the demand for the crude oil,
refined petroleum products or liquefied petroleum gas we handle
or any interruptions to the operations of certain of our
customers, could reduce the amount of cash we generate and
adversely affect our ability to make distributions to our
unitholders.
For the year ended December 31, 2010, we generated
approximately 20% of our revenues from throughput fees, which
(i) our non-storage customers pay us to receive or deliver
volumes of products on their behalf to designated pipelines,
third-party storage facilities or waterborne transportation and
(ii) our storage customers pay us to receive volumes of
products on their behalf that exceed the base throughput
contemplated in their agreed upon monthly storage services fee.
In addition, approximately 12% of our revenues were generated
from throughput fees charged to a single customer.
The revenues we generate from throughput fees vary based upon
the volumes of products accepted at or withdrawn from our
terminals, and our non-storage customers are not obligated to
pay us any throughput fees unless we move volumes of products
across our pipelines or docks on their behalf. If one or more of
our non-storage customers were to slow or suspend its
operations, or otherwise experience a decrease in demand for our
services, our revenues under our agreements with such customers
would be reduced or suspended, resulting in a decrease in the
revenues we generate.
We are
exposed to the credit risk of our customers, and any material
nonpayment or nonperformance by our key customers could
adversely affect our financial results and cash available for
distribution.
We are subject to the risk of loss resulting from nonpayment or
nonperformance by our customers. Our credit procedures and
policies may not be adequate to fully eliminate customer credit
risk. If we fail to adequately assess the creditworthiness of
existing or future customers or unanticipated deterioration in
their creditworthiness, any resulting increase in nonpayment or
nonperformance by them and our inability to re-market or
otherwise use the capacity could
24
have a material adverse effect on our business, financial
condition, results of operations and ability to pay
distributions to our unitholders.
Any
reduction in the capability of our customers to utilize
third-party pipelines that interconnect with our terminals, or
to continue utilizing them at current costs, could cause a
reduction of volumes transported through our
terminals.
Many users of our terminals are dependent upon connections to
third-party pipelines, to receive and deliver crude oil, refined
petroleum products and liquefied petroleum gas. Any
interruptions or reduction in the capabilities of these
interconnecting pipelines due to testing, line repair, reduced
operating pressures, or other causes would result in reduced
volumes transported through our terminals. Similarly, if
additional shippers begin transporting volume over
interconnecting pipelines, the allocations to our existing
shippers on these interconnecting pipelines could be reduced,
which also could reduce volumes transported through our
terminals. Allocation reductions of this nature are not
infrequent and are beyond our control. In addition, if the costs
to us or our storage service customers to access and transport
on these third-party pipelines significantly increase, our
profitability could be reduced. Any such increases in cost,
interruptions or allocation reductions that, individually or in
the aggregate, are material or continue for a sustained period
of time could have a material adverse effect on our financial
position, results of operations or cash flows.
If we
are unable to diversify our assets and geographic locations, our
ability to make distributions to our unitholders could be
adversely affected.
We rely exclusively on sales generated from products distributed
from the terminals we own, which are exclusively located in the
Gulf Coast region. Due to our lack of diversification in asset
type and location, an adverse development in these businesses or
areas, including adverse developments due to catastrophic events
or weather and decreases in demand for refined petroleum
products, could have a significantly greater impact on our
results of operations and cash available for distribution to our
unitholders than if we maintained more diverse assets and
locations.
Mergers
among our customers and competitors could result in lower
volumes being stored in or distributed through our terminals,
thereby reducing the amount of cash we generate.
Mergers between our existing customers and our competitors could
provide strong economic incentives for the combined entities to
utilize their existing systems instead of ours in those markets
where the systems compete. As a result, we could lose some or
all of the volumes and associated revenues from these customers
and we could experience difficulty in replacing those lost
volumes and revenues. Because most of our operating costs are
fixed, a reduction in volumes would result not only in less
revenue, but also a decline in cash flow of a similar magnitude,
which would adversely affect our results of operations,
financial position or cash flows, as well as our ability to pay
cash distributions.
We may
incur significant costs and liabilities in complying with
environmental, health and safety laws and regulations, which are
complex and frequently changing.
Our operations involve the transport and storage of crude oil,
refined petroleum products and liquefied petroleum gas and are
subject to federal, state, and local laws and regulations
governing, among other things, the gathering, storage, handling
and transportation of petroleum and hazardous substances, the
emission and discharge of materials into the environment, the
generation, management and disposal of wastes, and other matters
otherwise relating to the protection of the environment. Our
operations are also subject to various laws and regulations
relating to occupational health and safety. Compliance with this
complex array of federal, state, and local laws and implementing
regulations is difficult and may require significant capital
expenditures and operating costs to mitigate or prevent
pollution. Moreover, our business is inherently subject to
accidental spills, discharges or other releases of petroleum or
hazardous substances into the environment and neighboring areas,
for which we may incur substantial liabilities to investigate
and remediate. Failure to comply with applicable environmental,
health, and safety laws and regulations may result in the
assessment of sanctions, including administrative, civil or
criminal penalties, permit revocations, and injunctions limiting
or prohibiting some or all of our operations.
We cannot predict what additional environmental, health, and
safety legislation or regulations will be enacted or become
effective in the future or how existing or future laws or
regulations will be administered or interpreted with respect to
our operations. Many of these laws and regulations are becoming
increasingly stringent, and the cost of
25
compliance with these requirements can be expected to increase
over time. These expenditures or costs for environmental,
health, and safety compliance could have a material adverse
effect on our results of operations, financial condition and
profitability.
We
could incur significant costs and liabilities in responding to
contamination that occurs at our facilities.
Our pipeline and terminal facilities have been used for
transportation, storage and distribution of crude oil, refined
petroleum products and liquefied petroleum gas for many years.
Although we have utilized operating and disposal practices that
were standard in the industry at the time, hydrocarbons and
wastes from time to time have been spilled or released on or
under the terminal properties. In addition, the terminal
properties were previously owned and operated by other parties
and those parties from time to time also have spilled or
released hydrocarbons or wastes. The terminal properties are
subject to federal, state and local laws that impose
investigatory and remedial obligations, some of which are joint
and several or strict liability obligations without regard to
fault, to address and prevent environmental contamination. We
may incur significant costs and liabilities in responding to any
soil and groundwater contamination that occurs on our
properties, even if the contamination was caused by prior owners
and operators of our facilities. Since we acquired full
ownership of the Beaumont terminal in 2001, we have spent
approximately $0.35 million to investigate and remediate
soil and ground water impacts at that terminal.
Climate
change legislation or regulations restricting emissions of
greenhouse gases could result in increased operating and capital
costs and reduced demand for our storage services.
In December 2009, the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
(EPA) determined that emissions of carbon dioxide,
methane and other greenhouse gases (GHGs) present an
endangerment to public health and the environment because
emissions of such gases are, according to the EPA, contributing
to warming of the earths atmosphere and other climatic
changes. Based on these findings, the EPA has begun adopting and
implementing regulations to restrict emissions of GHGs under
existing provisions of the federal Clean Air Act. The EPA
recently adopted two sets of rules regulating GHG emissions
under the Clean Air Act, one of which requires a reduction in
emissions of GHGs from motor vehicles and the other of which
regulates emissions of GHGs from certain large stationary
sources, effective January 2, 2011, which could require
greenhouse emission controls for those sources. The EPAs
rules relating to emissions of GHGs from large stationary
sources of emissions are currently subject to a number of legal
challenges, but the federal courts have thus far declined to
issue any injunctions to prevent the EPA from implementing, or
requiring state environmental agencies to implement, the rules.
The EPA has also adopted rules requiring the reporting of GHG
emissions from specified large GHG emission sources in the
United States on an annual basis, beginning in 2011 for
emissions occurring after January 1, 2010, as well as
certain onshore oil and natural gas production, processing,
transmission, storage and distribution facilities on an annual
basis, beginning in 2012 for emissions occurring in 2011.
In addition, the U.S. Congress has from time to time
considered adopting legislation to reduce emissions of GHGs and
almost one-half of the states have already taken legal measures
to reduce emissions of GHGs primarily through the planned
development of GHG emission inventories
and/or
regional GHG cap and trade programs. Most of these cap and trade
programs work by requiring major sources of emissions, such as
electric power plants, or major producers of fuels, such as
refineries and gas processing plants, to acquire and surrender
emission allowances. The number of allowances available for
purchase is reduced each year in an effort to achieve the
overall GHG emission reduction goal.
The adoption of legislation or regulatory programs to reduce
emissions of GHGs could require us to incur increased operating
costs, such as costs to purchase and operate emissions control
systems, to acquire emissions allowances or comply with new
regulatory or reporting requirements. Any such legislation or
regulatory programs could also increase the cost of consuming,
and thereby reduce demand for, the oil and natural gas that is
produced, which may decrease demand for our storage services.
Consequently, legislation and regulatory programs to reduce
emissions of GHGs could have an adverse effect on our business,
financial condition and results of operations. Finally, it
should be noted that some scientists have concluded that
increasing concentrations of GHGs in the Earths atmosphere
may produce climate changes that have significant physical
effects, such as increased frequency and severity of storms,
droughts, and floods and other climatic events. If any such
effects were to occur, they could have an adverse effect on our
financial condition and results of operations.
26
Terrorist
attacks aimed at our facilities or surrounding areas could
adversely affect our business.
The U.S. government has issued warnings that energy assets,
specifically the nations pipeline and terminal
infrastructure, may be the future targets of terrorist
organizations. Any terrorist attack at our facilities, those of
our customers and, in some cases, those of other pipelines,
refineries, or terminals could materially and adversely affect
our financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.
Risks
Inherent in an Investment in Us
OTA
owns and controls our general partner, which has sole
responsibility for conducting our business and managing our
operations. Our general partner and its affiliates, including
OTA, have conflicts of interest with us and limited fiduciary
duties, and they may favor their own interests to the detriment
of us and our unitholders.
Following the offering, OTA will own and control our general
partner and will appoint all of the directors of our general
partner. Although our general partner has a fiduciary duty to
manage us in a manner beneficial to us and our unitholders, the
executive officers and directors of our general partner have a
fiduciary duty to manage our general partner in a manner
beneficial to OTA. Therefore, conflicts of interest may arise
between OTA and its affiliates, including our general partner,
on the one hand, and us and our unitholders, on the other hand.
In resolving these conflicts of interest, our general partner
may favor its own interests and the interests of its affiliates
over the interests of our common unitholders. These conflicts
include the following situations, among others:
|
|
|
|
|
our general partner is allowed to take into account the
interests of parties other than us, such as OTA, in resolving
conflicts of interest, which has the effect of limiting its
fiduciary duty to our unitholders;
|
|
|
|
neither our partnership agreement nor any other agreement
requires OTA to pursue a business strategy that favors us;
|
|
|
|
our partnership agreement limits the liability of and reduces
fiduciary duties owed by our general partner and also restricts
the remedies available to unitholders for actions that, without
the limitations, might constitute breaches of fiduciary duty;
|
|
|
|
except in limited circumstances, our general partner has the
power and authority to conduct our business without unitholder
approval;
|
|
|
|
our general partner determines the amount and timing of asset
purchases and sales, borrowings, issuances of additional
partnership securities and the level of reserves, each of which
can affect the amount of cash that is distributed to our
unitholders;
|
|
|
|
our general partner determines the amount and timing of any
capital expenditure and whether a capital expenditure is
classified as a maintenance capital expenditure, which reduces
operating surplus, or an expansion capital expenditure, which
does not reduce operating surplus. Please read Provisions
of Our Partnership Agreement Relating to Cash
Distributions Capital Expenditures for a
discussion on when a capital expenditure constitutes a
maintenance capital expenditure or an expansion capital
expenditure. This determination can affect the amount of cash
that is distributed to our unitholders which, in turn, may
affect the ability of the subordinated units to convert. Please
read Provisions of Our Partnership Agreement Relating to
Cash Distributions Subordination Period;
|
|
|
|
our general partner may cause us to borrow funds in order to
permit the payment of cash distributions, even if the purpose or
effect of the borrowing is to make a distribution on the
subordinated units, to make incentive distributions or to
accelerate the expiration of the subordination period;
|
|
|
|
our partnership agreement permits us to distribute up to
$ million as operating
surplus, even if it is generated from asset sales, non-working
capital borrowings or other sources that would otherwise
constitute capital surplus. This cash may be used to fund
distributions on our subordinated units or the incentive
distribution rights;
|
|
|
|
our general partner determines which costs incurred by it and
its affiliates are reimbursable by us;
|
|
|
|
our partnership agreement does not restrict our general partner
from causing us to pay it or its affiliates for any services
rendered to us or entering into additional contractual
arrangements with its affiliates on our behalf;
|
|
|
|
our general partner intends to limit its liability regarding our
contractual and other obligations;
|
27
|
|
|
|
|
our general partner may exercise its right to call and purchase
common units if it and its affiliates own more than 80% of the
common units;
|
|
|
|
our general partner controls the enforcement of obligations that
it and its affiliates owe to us;
|
|
|
|
our general partner decides whether to retain separate counsel,
accountants or others to perform services for us; and
|
|
|
|
our general partner may elect to cause us to issue common units
to it in connection with a resetting of the target distribution
levels related to our general partners incentive
distribution rights without the approval of the conflicts
committee of the board of directors of our general partner or
the unitholders. This election may result in lower distributions
to the common unitholders in certain situations.
|
In addition, we may compete directly with entities in which OTA
has an interest for acquisition opportunities and potentially
will compete with these entities for new business or extensions
of the existing services provided by us. Please read
OTA and other affiliates of our general
partner may compete with us and Conflicts of
Interest and Fiduciary Duties.
Our
general partner intends to limit its liability regarding our
obligations.
Our general partner intends to limit its liability under
contractual arrangements so that the counterparties to such
arrangements have recourse only against our assets, and not
against our general partner or its assets. Our general partner
may therefore cause us to incur indebtedness or other
obligations that are nonrecourse to our general partner. Our
partnership agreement provides that any action taken by our
general partner to limit its liability is not a breach of our
general partners fiduciary duties, even if we could have
obtained more favorable terms without the limitation on
liability. In addition, we are obligated to reimburse or
indemnify our general partner to the extent that it incurs
obligations on our behalf. Any such reimbursement or
indemnification payments would reduce the amount of cash
otherwise available for distribution to our unitholders.
Our
partnership agreement requires that we distribute all of our
available cash, which could limit our ability to grow and make
acquisitions.
We expect that we will distribute all of our available cash to
our unitholders and will rely primarily upon external financing
sources, including commercial bank borrowings, borrowings from
Oiltanking Finance B.V. and the issuance of debt and equity
securities, to fund our acquisitions and expansion capital
expenditures. As a result, to the extent we are unable to
finance growth externally, our cash distribution policy will
significantly impair our ability to grow.
In addition, because we distribute all of our available cash,
our growth may not be as fast as that of businesses that
reinvest their available cash to expand ongoing operations. To
the extent we issue additional units in connection with any
acquisitions or expansion capital expenditures, the payment of
distributions on those additional units may increase the risk
that we will be unable to maintain or increase our per unit
distribution level. There are no limitations in our partnership
agreement, and we do not anticipate limitations in our expected
revolving line of credit, on our ability to issue additional
units, including units ranking senior to the common units. The
incurrence of additional commercial borrowings or other debt to
finance our growth strategy would result in increased interest
expense, which, in turn, may impact the available cash that we
have to distribute to our unitholders.
Our
partnership agreement limits our general partners
fiduciary duties to holders of our common and subordinated
units.
Our partnership agreement contains provisions that modify and
reduce the fiduciary standards to which our general partner
would otherwise be held by state fiduciary duty law. For
example, our partnership agreement permits our general partner
to make a number of decisions in its individual capacity, as
opposed to in its capacity as our general partner, or otherwise
free of fiduciary duties to us and our unitholders. This
entitles our general partner to consider only the interests and
factors that it desires and relieves it of any duty or
obligation to give any consideration to any interest of, or
factors affecting, us, our affiliates or our limited partners.
Examples of decisions that our general partner may make in its
individual capacity include:
|
|
|
|
|
how to allocate business opportunities among us and its
affiliates;
|
28
|
|
|
|
|
whether to exercise its limited call right;
|
|
|
|
how to exercise its voting rights with respect to the units it
owns;
|
|
|
|
whether to exercise its registration rights;
|
|
|
|
whether to elect to reset target distribution levels; and
|
|
|
|
whether or not to consent to any merger or consolidation of the
partnership or amendment to the partnership agreement.
|
By purchasing a common unit, a unitholder is treated as having
consented to the provisions in the partnership agreement,
including the provisions discussed above. Please read
Conflicts of Interest and Fiduciary Duties
Fiduciary Duties.
Our
partnership agreement restricts the remedies available to
holders of our common and subordinated units for actions taken
by our general partner that might otherwise constitute breaches
of fiduciary duty.
Our partnership agreement contains provisions that restrict the
remedies available to unitholders for actions taken by our
general partner that might otherwise constitute breaches of
fiduciary duty under state fiduciary duty law. For example, our
partnership agreement provides that:
|
|
|
|
|
whenever our general partner makes a determination or takes, or
declines to take, any other action in its capacity as our
general partner, our general partner is required to make such
determination, or take or decline to take such other action, in
good faith, and will not be subject to any other or different
standard imposed by our partnership agreement, Delaware law, or
any other law, rule or regulation, or at equity;
|
|
|
|
our general partner will not have any liability to us or our
unitholders for decisions made in its capacity as a general
partner so long as it acted in good faith, meaning that it
believed that the decision was in the best interest of our
partnership;
|
|
|
|
our general partner and its officers and directors will not be
liable for monetary damages to us or our limited partners
resulting from any act or omission unless there has been a final
and non-appealable judgment entered by a court of competent
jurisdiction determining that our general partner or its
officers and directors, as the case may be, acted in bad faith
or engaged in fraud or willful misconduct or, in the case of a
criminal matter, acted with knowledge that the conduct was
criminal; and
|
|
|
|
our general partner will not be in breach of its obligations
under the partnership agreement or its fiduciary duties to us or
our limited partners if a transaction with an affiliate or the
resolution of a conflict of interest is:
|
|
|
|
|
(1)
|
approved by the conflicts committee of the board of directors of
our general partner, although our general partner is not
obligated to seek such approval;
|
|
|
(2)
|
approved by the vote of a majority of the outstanding common
units, excluding any common units owned by our general partner
and its affiliates;
|
|
|
(3)
|
on terms no less favorable to us than those generally being
provided to or available from unrelated third parties; or
|
|
|
(4)
|
fair and reasonable to us, taking into account the totality of
the relationships among the parties involved, including other
transactions that may be particularly favorable or advantageous
to us.
|
In connection with a situation involving a transaction with an
affiliate or a conflict of interest, any determination by our
general partner must be made in good faith. If an affiliate
transaction or the resolution of a conflict of interest is not
approved by our common unitholders or the conflicts committee
and the board of directors of our general partner determines
that the resolution or course of action taken with respect to
the affiliate transaction or conflict of interest satisfies
either of the standards set forth in subclauses (3) and
(4) above, then it will be presumed that, in making its
decision, the board of directors acted in good faith, and in any
proceeding brought by or on behalf of any limited partner or the
partnership, the person bringing or prosecuting such proceeding
will have the burden of overcoming such presumption. Please read
Conflicts of Interest and Fiduciary Duties.
29
OTA
and other affiliates of our general partner may compete with
us.
Our partnership agreement provides that our general partner will
be restricted from engaging in any business activities other
than acting as our general partner and those activities
incidental to its ownership interest in us. Affiliates of our
general partner, including OTA and the Oiltanking Group, are not
prohibited from engaging in other businesses or activities,
including those that might be in direct competition with us. The
Oiltanking Group and OTA currently hold substantial interests in
other companies in the terminaling business. OTA and the
Oiltanking Group make investments and purchase entities that
acquire, own and operate terminaling businesses. These
investments and acquisitions may include entities or assets that
we would have been interested in acquiring. Therefore, OTA and
the Oiltanking Group may compete with us for investment
opportunities and OTA and the Oiltanking Group may own an
interest in entities that compete with us.
Pursuant to the terms of our partnership agreement, the doctrine
of corporate opportunity, or any analogous doctrine, does not
apply to our general partner or any of its affiliates, including
its executive officers and directors and OTA. Any such person or
entity that becomes aware of a potential transaction, agreement,
arrangement or other matter that may be an opportunity for us
will not have any duty to communicate or offer such opportunity
to us. Any such person or entity will not be liable to us or to
any limited partner for breach of any fiduciary duty or other
duty by reason of the fact that such person or entity pursues or
acquires such opportunity for itself, directs such opportunity
to another person or entity or does not communicate such
opportunity or information to us. This may create actual and
potential conflicts of interest between us and affiliates of our
general partner and result in less than favorable treatment of
us and our unitholders. Please read Conflicts of Interest
and Fiduciary Duties.
Our
general partner may elect to cause us to issue common units to
it in connection with a resetting of the target distribution
levels related to its incentive distribution rights, without the
approval of the conflicts committee of its board of directors or
the holders of our common units. This could result in lower
distributions to holders of our common units.
Our general partner has the right, at any time when there are no
subordinated units outstanding and it has received incentive
distributions at the highest level to which it is entitled
(48.0%, in addition to distributions paid on its 2.0% general
partner interest) for the prior four consecutive whole fiscal
quarters, to reset the initial target distribution levels at
higher levels based on our cash distributions at the time of the
exercise of the reset election. Following a reset election by
our general partner, the minimum quarterly distribution will be
adjusted to equal the reset minimum quarterly distribution, and
the target distribution levels will be reset to correspondingly
higher levels based on the same percentage increases above the
reset minimum quarterly distribution as the current target
distribution levels.
If our general partner elects to reset the target distribution
levels, it will be entitled to receive a number of common units
and a general partner interest necessary to maintain its general
partner interest in us immediately prior to the reset election.
The number of common units to be issued to our general partner
will equal the number of common units which would have entitled
the holder to an average aggregate quarterly cash distribution
in such prior two quarters equal to the average of the
distributions to our general partner on the incentive
distribution rights in the prior two quarters. We anticipate
that our general partner would exercise this reset right in
order to facilitate acquisitions or internal growth projects
that would not be sufficiently accretive to cash distributions
per common unit without such conversion. It is possible,
however, that our general partner could exercise this reset
election at a time when it is experiencing, or expects to
experience, declines in the cash distributions it receives
related to its incentive distribution rights and may, therefore,
desire to be issued common units rather than retain the right to
receive incentive distributions based on the initial target
distribution levels. As a result, a reset election may cause our
common unitholders to experience a reduction in the amount of
cash distributions that our common unitholders would have
otherwise received had we not issued new common units to our
general partner in connection with resetting the target
distribution levels. Please read Provisions of Our
Partnership Agreement Relating to Cash Distributions
General Partners Right to Reset Incentive Distribution
Levels.
Holders
of our common units have limited voting rights and are not
entitled to elect our general partner or its directors, which
could reduce the price at which our common units will
trade.
Unlike the holders of common stock in a corporation, our
unitholders will have only limited voting rights on matters
affecting our business and, therefore, limited ability to
influence managements decisions regarding our business.
Our
30
unitholders will have no right on an annual or ongoing basis to
elect our general partner or its board of directors. The board
of directors of our general partner, including the independent
directors, is chosen entirely by OTA, as a result of it owning
our general partner, and not by our unitholders. Please read
Management Management of Oiltanking Partners,
L.P. and Certain Relationships and Related
Transactions. Unlike publicly traded corporations, we will
not conduct annual meetings of our unitholders to elect
directors or conduct other matters routinely conducted at annual
meetings of stockholders of corporations. As a result of these
limitations, the price at which the common units will trade
could be diminished because of the absence or reduction of a
takeover premium in the trading price.
Even
if holders of our common units are dissatisfied, they cannot
initially remove our general partner without its
consent.
If our unitholders are dissatisfied with the performance of our
general partner, they will have limited ability to remove our
general partner. Unitholders initially will be unable to remove
our general partner without its consent because our general
partner and its affiliates will own sufficient units upon the
completion of this offering to be able to prevent its removal.
The vote of the holders of at least
662/3%
of all our outstanding common and subordinated units voting
together as a single class is required to remove our general
partner. Following the closing of this offering, OTA will own,
directly or indirectly, an aggregate
of % of our common and subordinated
units (or % of our common and
subordinated units, if the underwriters exercise their option to
purchase additional common units in full). Also, if our general
partner is removed without cause during the subordination period
and no units held by the holders of our subordinated units or
their affiliates are voted in favor of that removal, all
remaining subordinated units will automatically be converted
into common units and any existing arrearages on the common
units will be extinguished. Cause is narrowly defined in our
partnership agreement to mean that a court of competent
jurisdiction has entered a final, non-appealable judgment
finding our general partner liable for actual fraud or willful
or wanton misconduct in its capacity as our general partner.
Cause does not include most cases of charges of poor management
of the business.
Unitholders
will experience immediate and substantial dilution of
$ per common unit.
The assumed initial public offering price of
$ per common unit (the midpoint of
the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus)
exceeds pro forma net tangible book value of
$ per common unit. Based on the
assumed initial public offering price of
$ per common unit, unitholders
will incur immediate and substantial dilution of
$ per common unit. This dilution
results primarily because the assets contributed to us by
affiliates of our general partner are recorded at their
historical cost in accordance with GAAP, and not their fair
value. Please read Dilution.
Our
general partner interest or the control of our general partner
may be transferred to a third party without unitholder
consent.
Our general partner may transfer its general partner interest to
a third party in a merger or in a sale of all or substantially
all of its assets without the consent of our unitholders.
Furthermore, our partnership agreement does not restrict the
ability of the members of our general partner to transfer their
respective membership interests in our general partner to a
third party. The new members of our general partner would then
be in a position to replace the board of directors and executive
officers of our general partner with their own designees and
thereby exert significant control over the decisions taken by
the board of directors and executive officers of our general
partner. This effectively permits a change of
control without the vote or consent of the unitholders.
Our
general partner has a limited call right that may require
unitholders to sell their common units at an undesirable time or
price.
If at any time our general partner and its affiliates own more
than 80% of the common units, our general partner will have the
right, but not the obligation, which it may assign to any of its
affiliates or to us, to acquire all, but not less than all, of
the common units held by unaffiliated persons at a price equal
to the greater of (1) the average of the daily closing
price of the common units over the 20 trading days preceding the
date three days before notice of exercise of the call right is
first mailed and (2) the highest
per-unit
price paid by our general partner or any of its affiliates for
common units during the
90-day
period preceding the date such notice is first mailed. As a
result, unitholders may be required to sell their common units
at an undesirable time or price and may not receive any return
or a negative return on their investment. Unitholders may also
incur a tax liability upon a sale of their units. Our general
partner is not obligated to
31
obtain a fairness opinion regarding the value of the common
units to be repurchased by it upon exercise of the limited call
right. There is no restriction in our partnership agreement that
prevents our general partner from issuing additional common
units and exercising its call right. If our general partner
exercised its limited call right, the effect would be to take us
private and, if the units were subsequently deregistered, we
would no longer be subject to the reporting requirements of the
Securities Exchange Act of 1934, or the Exchange Act. Upon
consummation of this offering, and assuming no exercise of the
underwriters option to purchase additional common units,
OTA will own, directly or indirectly, an aggregate
of % of our common and subordinated
units. At the end of the subordination period, assuming no
additional issuances of units (other than upon the conversion of
the subordinated units), OTA will
own % of our common units. For
additional information about the limited call right, please read
The Partnership Agreement Limited Call
Right.
We may
issue additional units without unitholder approval, which would
dilute existing unitholder ownership interests.
Our partnership agreement does not limit the number of
additional limited partner interests we may issue at any time
without the approval of our unitholders. The issuance of
additional common units or other equity interests of equal or
senior rank will have the following effects:
|
|
|
|
|
our existing unitholders proportionate ownership interest
in us will decrease;
|
|
|
|
the amount of cash available for distribution on each unit may
decrease;
|
|
|
|
because a lower percentage of total outstanding units will be
subordinated units, the risk that a shortfall in the payment of
the minimum quarterly distribution will be borne by our common
unitholders will increase;
|
|
|
|
the ratio of taxable income to distributions may increase;
|
|
|
|
the relative voting strength of each previously outstanding unit
may be diminished; and
|
|
|
|
the market price of the common units may decline. Please read
The Partnership Agreement Issuance of
Additional Interests.
|
The
market price of our common units could be adversely affected by
sales of substantial amounts of our common units in the public
or private markets, including sales by OTA or other large
holders.
After this offering, we will
have common
units
and
subordinated units outstanding, which includes
the common
units we are selling in this offering that may be resold in the
public market immediately. All of
the subordinated
units will convert into common units on a
one-for-one
basis at the end of the subordination period. All of
the common
units
( if
the underwriters do not exercise their option to purchase
additional common units) that are issued to OTA will be subject
to resale restrictions under a
180-day
lock-up
agreement with the underwriters. Each of the
lock-up
agreements with the underwriters may be waived in the discretion
of certain of the underwriters. Sales by OTA or other large
holders of a substantial number of our common units in the
public markets following this offering, or the perception that
such sales might occur, could have a material adverse effect on
the price of our common units or could impair our ability to
obtain capital through an offering of equity securities. In
addition, we have agreed to provide registration rights to OTA.
Under our partnership agreement, our general partner and its
affiliates have registration rights relating to the offer and
sale of any units that they hold, subject to certain
limitations. Please read Units Eligible for Future
Sale.
Our
partnership agreement restricts the voting rights of unitholders
owning 20% or more of our common units.
Our partnership agreement restricts unitholders voting
rights by providing that any units held by a person or group
that owns 20% or more of any class of units then outstanding,
other than our general partner and its affiliates, their
transferees and persons who acquired such units with the prior
approval of the board of directors of our general partner,
cannot vote on any matter.
32
Cost
reimbursements due to our general partner and its affiliates for
services provided to us or on our behalf will reduce cash
available for distribution to our unitholders. The amount and
timing of such reimbursements will be determined by our general
partner.
Prior to making any distribution on the common units, we will
reimburse our general partner and its affiliates for all
expenses they incur and payments they make on our behalf. Our
partnership agreement does not set a limit on the amount of
expenses for which our general partner and its affiliates may be
reimbursed. These expenses include salary, bonus, incentive
compensation and other amounts paid to persons who perform
services for us or on our behalf and expenses allocated to our
general partner by its affiliates. Our partnership agreement
provides that our general partner will determine in good faith
the expenses that are allocable to us. The reimbursement of
expenses and payment of fees, if any, to our general partner and
its affiliates will reduce the amount of available cash to pay
cash distributions to our unitholders. Please read Cash
Distribution Policy and Restrictions on Distributions.
The
amount of cash we have available for distribution to holders of
our units depends primarily on our cash flow and not solely on
profitability, which may prevent us from making cash
distributions during periods when we record net
income.
The amount of cash we have available for distribution depends
primarily upon our cash flow, including cash flow from reserves
and working capital or other borrowings, and not solely on
profitability, which will be affected by non-cash items. As a
result, we may pay cash distributions during periods when we
record net losses for financial accounting purposes and may not
pay cash distributions during periods when we record net income.
While
our partnership agreement requires us to distribute all of our
available cash, our partnership agreement, including provisions
requiring us to make cash distributions contained therein, may
be amended.
While our partnership agreement requires us to distribute all of
our available cash, our partnership agreement, including
provisions requiring us to make cash distributions contained
therein, may be amended. Our partnership agreement generally may
not be amended during the subordination period without the
approval of our public common unitholders. However, our
partnership agreement can be amended with the consent of our
general partner and the approval of a majority of the
outstanding common units (including common units held by OTA)
after the subordination period has ended. At the closing of this
offering, OTA will own, directly or indirectly,
approximately % of the outstanding
common units and all of our outstanding subordinated units.
Please read The Partnership Agreement
Amendment of the Partnership Agreement.
There
is no existing market for our common units, and a trading market
that will provide you with adequate liquidity may not develop.
The price of our common units may fluctuate significantly, and
unitholders could lose all or part of their
investment.
Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for the
common units. After this offering, there will be
only
publicly traded common units held by our public unitholders
( common
units if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase
additional common units in full). We do not know the extent to
which investor interest will lead to the development of a
trading market or how liquid that market might be. Unitholders
may not be able to resell their common units at or above the
initial public offering price. Additionally, the lack of
liquidity may result in wide bid-ask spreads, contribute to
significant fluctuations in the market price of the common units
and limit the number of investors who are able to buy the common
units.
The initial public offering price for our common units will be
determined by negotiations between us and the representative of
the underwriters and may not be indicative of the market price
of the common units that will prevail in the trading market. The
market price of our common units may decline below the initial
public offering price. The market price of our common units may
also be influenced by many factors, some of which are beyond our
control, including:
|
|
|
|
|
our quarterly distributions;
|
|
|
|
our quarterly or annual earnings or those of other companies in
our industry;
|
|
|
|
announcements by us or our competitors of significant contracts
or acquisitions;
|
33
|
|
|
|
|
changes in accounting standards, policies, guidance,
interpretations or principles;
|
|
|
|
general economic conditions;
|
|
|
|
the failure of securities analysts to cover our common units
after this offering or changes in financial estimates by
analysts;
|
|
|
|
future sales of our common units; and
|
|
|
|
the other factors described in these Risk Factors.
|
Unitholders
may have liability to repay distributions and in certain
circumstances may be personally liable for the obligations of
the partnership.
Under certain circumstances, unitholders may have to repay
amounts wrongfully returned or distributed to them. Under
Section 17-607
of the Delaware Revised Uniform Limited Partnership Act, or the
Delaware Act, we may not make a distribution to our unitholders
if the distribution would cause our liabilities to exceed the
fair value of our assets. Delaware law provides that for a
period of three years from the date of the impermissible
distribution, limited partners who received the distribution and
who knew at the time of the distribution that it violated
Delaware law will be liable to the limited partnership for the
distribution amount. A purchaser of units who becomes a limited
partner is liable for the obligations of the transferring
limited partner to make contributions to the partnership that
are known to the purchaser of units at the time it became a
limited partner and for unknown obligations if the liabilities
could be determined from the partnership agreement. Liabilities
to partners on account of their partnership interests and
liabilities that are non-recourse to the partnership are not
counted for purposes of determining whether a distribution is
permitted.
It may be determined that the right, or the exercise of the
right by the limited partners as a group, to (i) remove or
replace our general partner, (ii) approve some amendments
to our partnership agreement or (iii) take other action
under our partnership agreement constitutes participation
in the control of our business. A limited partner that
participates in the control of our business within the meaning
of the Delaware Act may be held personally liable for our
obligations under the laws of Delaware, to the same extent as
our general partner. This liability would extend to persons who
transact business with us under the reasonable belief that the
limited partner is a general partner. Neither our partnership
agreement nor the Delaware Act specifically provides for legal
recourse against our general partner if a limited partner were
to lose limited liability through any fault of our general
partner. Please read The Partnership Agreement
Limited Liability.
The
NYSE does not require a publicly traded partnership like us to
comply with certain of its corporate governance
requirements.
We intend to apply to list our common units on the NYSE. Because
we will be a publicly traded partnership, the NYSE does not
require us to have a majority of independent directors on our
general partners board of directors or to establish a
compensation committee or a nominating and corporate governance
committee. Accordingly, unitholders will not have the same
protections afforded to certain corporations that are subject to
all of the NYSE corporate governance requirements. Please read
Management Management of Oiltanking Partners,
L.P.
We
will incur increased costs as a result of being a publicly
traded partnership.
We have no history operating as a publicly traded partnership.
As a publicly traded partnership, we will incur significant
legal, accounting and other expenses that we did not incur prior
to this offering. In addition, the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002,
as well as rules implemented by the SEC and the NYSE, require
publicly traded entities to adopt various corporate governance
practices that will further increase our costs. Before we are
able to make distributions to our unitholders, we must first pay
or reserve cash for our expenses, including the costs of being a
publicly traded partnership. As a result, the amount of cash we
have available for distribution to our unitholders will be
affected by the costs associated with being a public company.
Prior to this offering, we have not filed reports with the SEC.
Following this offering, we will become subject to the public
reporting requirements of the Exchange Act. We expect these
rules and regulations to increase certain of our legal and
financial compliance costs and to make activities more
time-consuming and costly. For example, as a result of
34
becoming a publicly traded partnership, we are required to have
at least three independent directors, create an audit committee
and adopt policies regarding internal controls and disclosure
controls and procedures, including the preparation of reports on
internal controls over financial reporting. In addition, we will
incur additional costs associated with our SEC reporting
requirements.
We also expect to incur significant expense in order to obtain
director and officer liability insurance. Because of the
limitations in coverage for directors, it may be more difficult
for us to attract and retain qualified persons to serve on our
board or as executive officers.
We estimate that we will incur approximately $3 million of
incremental costs per year associated with being a publicly
traded partnership; however, it is possible that our actual
incremental costs of being a publicly traded partnership will be
higher than we currently estimate.
Tax Risks
to Common Unitholders
In addition to reading the following risk factors, please read
Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Consequences
for a more complete discussion of the expected material federal
income tax consequences of owning and disposing of common units.
Our
tax treatment depends on our status as a partnership for U.S.
federal income tax purposes, as well as our not being subject to
a material amount of entity-level taxation by individual states.
If the IRS were to treat us as a corporation for federal income
tax purposes or we were to become subject to material additional
amounts of entity-level taxation for state tax purposes, then
our cash available for distribution to you could be
substantially reduced.
The anticipated after-tax economic benefit of an investment in
our common units depends largely on our being treated as a
partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes. We have
not requested, and do not plan to request, a ruling from the
Internal Revenue Service, or the IRS, on this or any other tax
matter affecting us.
Despite the fact that we are organized as a limited partnership
under Delaware law, it is possible in certain circumstances for
a partnership such as ours to be treated as a corporation for
federal income tax purposes. Although we do not believe, based
upon our current operations, that we will be so treated, a
change in our business (or a change in current law) could cause
us to be treated as a corporation for federal income tax
purposes or otherwise subject us to taxation as an entity.
If we were treated as a corporation for federal income tax
purposes, we would pay federal income tax on our taxable income
at the corporate tax rate, which is currently a maximum of 35%,
and would likely pay state income tax at varying rates.
Distributions to you would generally be taxed again as corporate
distributions, and no income, gains, losses, deductions or
credits would flow through to you. Because a tax would be
imposed upon us as a corporation, our cash available for
distribution to you would be substantially reduced. Therefore,
treatment of us as a corporation would result in a material
reduction in the anticipated cash flow and after-tax return to
the unitholders, likely causing a substantial reduction in the
value of our common units.
In Texas, we will be subject to an entity-level tax on any
portion of our income that is generated in Texas in the prior
year. Imposition of any such additional taxes on us or an
increase in the existing tax rates would reduce the cash
available for distribution to our unitholders.
Our partnership agreement provides that if a law is enacted or
existing law is modified or interpreted in a manner that
subjects us to taxation as a corporation or otherwise subjects
us to entity-level taxation for federal, state or local income
tax purposes, the minimum quarterly distribution amount and the
target distribution amounts may be adjusted to reflect the
impact of that law on us.
The
tax treatment of publicly traded partnerships or an investment
in our common units could be subject to potential legislative,
judicial or administrative changes and differing
interpretations, possibly on a retroactive basis.
The present U.S. federal income tax treatment of publicly
traded partnerships, including us, or an investment in our
common units may be modified by administrative, legislative or
judicial interpretation at any time. For example, members of
Congress have recently considered substantive changes to the
existing federal income tax laws that affect publicly
35
traded partnerships. Any modification to the U.S. federal
income tax laws and interpretations thereof may be applied
retroactively and could make it more difficult or impossible to
meet the exception for certain publicly traded partnerships to
be treated as partnerships for U.S. federal income tax
purposes. Although the considered legislation would not appear
to have affected our treatment as a partnership, we are unable
to predict whether any of these changes, or other proposals will
be reintroduced or will ultimately be enacted. Any such changes
could negatively impact the value of an investment in our common
units.
You
will be required to pay taxes on your share of our income even
if you do not receive any cash distributions from
us.
Because our unitholders will be treated as partners to whom we
will allocate taxable income that could be different in amount
than the cash we distribute, you will be required to pay any
federal income taxes and, in some cases, state and local income
taxes on your share of our taxable income whether or not you
receive cash distributions from us. You may not receive cash
distributions from us equal to your share of our taxable income
or even equal to the actual tax liability that results from that
income.
One of
our subsidiaries conducts activities that may not generate
qualifying income. If the income generated by this subsidiary
disproportionately increases as a percentage of our total gross
income, we may choose to have this subsidiary treated as a
corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes.
In order to maintain our status as a partnership for
U.S. federal income tax purposes, 90% or more of our gross
income in each tax year must be qualifying income under
Section 7704 of the Internal Revenue Code. For a discussion
of qualifying income, please read Material
U.S. Federal Income Tax Consequences Taxation
of the Partnership.
A small portion of our current business relates to the
transportation and storage of specialty products that may not
generate qualifying income. In an attempt to ensure that 90% or
more of our gross income in each tax year is qualifying income,
we will conduct the portion of our business related to these
specialty products in a separate subsidiary. Currently, this
subsidiary represents less than %
of our total gross income. If the income generated by this
subsidiary disproportionately increases as a percentage of our
total gross income, we may choose to have this subsidiary
treated as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax
purposes. In such case, this corporate subsidiary would be
subject to corporate-level tax on its taxable income at the
applicable federal corporate income tax rate (currently, 35%).
Imposition of a corporate level tax would reduce the anticipated
cash available for distribution to us from the specialty
products assets and operations of the subsidiary and, in turn,
would reduce our cash available for distribution to our
unitholders. Moreover, if the IRS were to successfully assert
that this subsidiary had more tax liability than we would
currently anticipate or legislation was enacted that increased
the corporate tax rate, our cash available for distribution to
our unitholders would be further reduced.
The
sale or exchange of 50% or more of our capital and profits
interests during any twelve-month period will result in the
termination of our partnership for federal income tax
purposes.
We will be considered to have terminated our partnership for
federal income tax purposes if there is a sale or exchange of
50% or more of the total interests in our capital and profits
within a twelve-month period. Immediately following this
offering, OTA will own, directly and indirectly, more than 50%
of the total interests in our capital and profits interests.
Therefore, a transfer by OTA of all or a portion of its
interests in us could result in a termination of our partnership
for federal income tax purposes. Our termination would, among
other things, result in the closing of our taxable year for all
unitholders and could result in a deferral of depreciation
deductions allowable in computing our taxable income. In the
case of a unitholder reporting on a taxable year other than a
fiscal year ending December 31, the closing of our taxable
year may also result in more than twelve months of our taxable
income or loss being includable in his taxable income for the
year of termination. Our termination currently would not affect
our classification as a partnership for federal income tax
purposes, but instead, we would be treated as a new partnership
for federal income tax purposes. If treated as a new
partnership, we must make new tax elections and could be subject
to penalties if we are unable to determine that a termination
occurred. Please read Material U.S. Federal Income
Tax Consequences Disposition of Units
Constructive Termination for a discussion of the
consequences of our termination for federal income tax purposes.
36
Tax
gain or loss on the disposition of our common units could be
more or less than expected.
If you sell your common units, you will recognize a gain or loss
equal to the difference between the amount realized and your tax
basis in those common units. Because distributions in excess of
your allocable share of our net taxable income decrease your tax
basis in your common units, the amount, if any, of such prior
excess distributions with respect to the units you sell will, in
effect, become taxable income to you if you sell such units at a
price greater than your tax basis in those units, even if the
price you receive is less than your original cost. Furthermore,
a substantial portion of the amount realized, whether or not
representing gain, may be taxed as ordinary income due to
potential recapture items, including depreciation recapture. In
addition, because the amount realized includes a
unitholders share of our nonrecourse liabilities, if you
sell your units, you may incur a tax liability in excess of the
amount of cash you receive from the sale. Please read
Material U.S. Federal Income Tax
Consequences Disposition of Units
Recognition of Gain or Loss for a further
discussion of the foregoing.
Tax-exempt
entities and
non-U.S.
persons face unique tax issues from owning common units that may
result in adverse tax consequences to them.
Investment in common units by tax-exempt entities, such as
employee benefit plans and individual retirement accounts (or
IRAs), and
non-U.S. persons
raises issues unique to them. For example, virtually all of our
income allocated to organizations that are exempt from federal
income tax, including IRAs and other retirement plans, will be
unrelated business taxable income and will be taxable to them.
Distributions to
non-U.S. persons
will be reduced by withholding taxes at the highest applicable
effective tax rate, and
non-U.S. persons
will be required to file U.S. federal tax returns and pay
tax on their share of our taxable income. If you are a
tax-exempt entity or a
non-U.S. person,
you should consult your tax advisor before investing in our
common units.
If the
IRS contests the federal income tax positions we take, the
market for our common units may be adversely impacted and the
cost of any IRS contest will reduce our cash available for
distribution to you.
The IRS may adopt positions that differ from the positions we
take. It may be necessary to resort to administrative or court
proceedings to sustain some or all of the positions we take. A
court may not agree with some or all of the positions we take.
Any contest with the IRS may materially and adversely impact the
market for our common units and the price at which they trade.
Our costs of any contest with the IRS will be borne indirectly
by our unitholders and our general partner because the costs
will reduce our cash available for distribution.
We
will treat each purchaser of our common units as having the same
tax benefits without regard to the actual common units
purchased. The IRS may challenge this treatment, which could
adversely affect the value of the common units.
Because we cannot match transferors and transferees of common
units, we will adopt depreciation and amortization positions
that may not conform to all aspects of existing Treasury
Regulations. A successful IRS challenge to those positions could
adversely affect the amount of tax benefits available to you. It
also could affect the timing of these tax benefits or the amount
of gain from your sale of common units and could have a negative
impact on the value of our common units or result in audit
adjustments to your tax returns. Please read Material
U.S. Federal Income Tax Consequences Tax
Consequences of Unit Ownership Section 754
Election for a further discussion of the effect of the
depreciation and amortization positions we adopt.
We
will prorate our items of income, gain, loss and deduction
between transferors and transferees of our units each month
based upon the ownership of our units on the first day of each
month, instead of on the basis of the date a particular unit is
transferred. The IRS may challenge this treatment, which could
change the allocation of items of income, gain, loss and
deduction among our unitholders.
We generally prorate our items of income, gain, loss and
deduction between transferors and transferees of our common
units each month based upon the ownership of our common units on
the first day of each month, instead of on the basis of the date
a particular common unit is transferred. Nonetheless, we
allocate certain deductions for depreciation of capital
additions based upon the date the underlying property is placed
in service. The use of this proration method may not be
permitted under existing Treasury Regulations, and although the
U.S. Treasury Department issued proposed
37
Treasury Regulations allowing a similar monthly simplifying
convention, such regulations are not final and do not
specifically authorize the use of the proration method we have
adopted. Accordingly, our counsel is unable to opine as to the
validity of this method. If the IRS were to successfully
challenge our proration method, we may be required to change the
allocation of items of income, gain, loss, and deduction among
our unitholders.
A
unitholder whose common units are loaned to a short
seller to cover a short sale of common units may be
considered as having disposed of those common units. If so, he
would no longer be treated for tax purposes as a partner with
respect to those common units during the period of the loan and
may recognize gain or loss from the disposition.
Because there is no tax concept of loaning a partnership
interest, a unitholder whose common units are loaned to a
short seller to cover a short sale of common units
may be considered as having disposed of the loaned units. In
that case, he may no longer be treated for tax purposes as a
partner with respect to those common units during the period of
the loan to the short seller and the unitholder may recognize
gain or loss from such disposition. Moreover, during the period
of the loan to the short seller, any of our income, gain, loss
or deduction with respect to those common units may not be
reportable by the unitholder and any cash distributions received
by the unitholder as to those common units could be fully
taxable as ordinary income. Unitholders desiring to assure their
status as partners and avoid the risk of gain recognition from a
loan to a short seller should modify any applicable brokerage
account agreements to prohibit their brokers from borrowing
their common units.
38
USE OF
PROCEEDS
We intend to use the estimated net proceeds of approximately
$ million from this offering
(based on an assumed initial offering price of
$ per common unit, the midpoint of
the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus),
after deducting the estimated underwriting discount and offering
expenses, to:
|
|
|
|
|
repay intercompany indebtedness owed to Oiltanking Finance B.V.
in the amount of approximately $125 million;
|
|
|
|
reimburse Oiltanking Finance B.V. for approximately
$ million of fees incurred in
connection with our repayment of such indebtedness;
|
|
|
|
make a distribution to OTA in the amount of
$ million; and
|
|
|
|
replenish our working capital following the retention of
$ million in cash, cash
equivalents and receivables by OTA in connection with the
formation transactions.
|
As of December 31, 2010, we had approximately
$148 million of intercompany indebtedness outstanding to
Oiltanking Finance B.V. with a weighted-average interest rate of
approximately 6.0% incurred to refinance project debt and for
capital expenditures. Following the completion of this offering
and the application of the net proceeds therefrom as described
above, we expect to have approximately $23 million in
intercompany indebtedness outstanding at a weighted-average
interest rate of approximately 7.1%. For additional information
regarding our term borrowings from Oiltanking Finance B.V. and
the borrowings we expect to repay with the proceeds from this
offering, please see Managements Discussion and
Analysis of Financial Condition Liquidity and
Capital Resources Term Borrowings.
If and to the extent the underwriters exercise their option to
purchase additional common units, the number of common units
purchased by the underwriters pursuant to such exercise will be
issued to the public and the remainder, if any, will be issued
to OTA. Any such units issued to OTA will be issued for no
consideration other than OTAs contribution of equity
interests in Oiltanking Houston, L.P. and Oiltanking Beaumont
Partners, L.P. to us in connection with the closing of this
offering. If the underwriters exercise their option to
purchase
additional common units in full, the additional net proceeds
would be approximately
$ million (based upon the
midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this
prospectus). The net proceeds from any exercise of such option
will be used to make a distribution to OTA. If the underwriters
do not exercise their option to purchase additional common
units, we will
issue
common units to OTA upon the options expiration. We will
not receive any additional consideration from OTA in connection
with such issuance. Accordingly, the exercise of the
underwriters option will not affect the total number of
common units outstanding or the amount of cash needed to pay the
minimum quarterly distribution on all units. Please read
Underwriting.
A $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public
offering price of $ per common unit
would cause the net proceeds from this offering, after deducting
the estimated underwriting discount and offering expenses
payable by us, to increase or decrease, respectively, by
approximately $ million. In
addition, we may also increase or decrease the number of common
units we are offering. Each increase of 1.0 million common
units offered by us, together with a concurrent $1.00 increase
in the assumed public offering price to
$ per common unit, would increase
net proceeds to us from this offering by approximately
$ million. Similarly, each
decrease of 1.0 million common units offered by us,
together with a concurrent $
decrease in the assumed initial offering price to
$ per common unit, would decrease
the net proceeds to us from this offering by approximately
$ million.
39
CAPITALIZATION
The following table shows our capitalization as of
December 31, 2010:
|
|
|
|
|
on an actual basis for Oiltanking Predecessor, representing the
combination of Oiltanking Houston, L.P. and Oiltanking Beaumont
Partners, L.P.;
|
|
|
|
as adjusted to give effect to our change in tax status to a
non-taxable entity, the change in sponsor of a postretirement
benefit plan from Oiltanking Houston, L.P. to OTA and the
elimination of certain assets not contributed to us; and
|
|
|
|
as further adjusted to reflect the offering of our common units,
the other transactions described under Summary
Formation Transactions and Partnership Structure and the
application of the net proceeds from this offering as described
under Use of Proceeds.
|
This table is derived from, and should be read together with,
the unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial statements
and the accompanying notes included elsewhere in this
prospectus. You should also read this table in conjunction with
Summary Formation Transactions and Partnership
Structure, Use of Proceeds and
Managements Discussion and Analysis of Financial
Condition and Results of Operations.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of December 31, 2010
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As Further
|
|
|
|
Historical
|
|
|
As Adjusted
|
|
|
Adjusted
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
Debt:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Term Borrowings from Oiltanking Finance B.V.(1)
|
|
$
|
148,258
|
|
|
$
|
148,258
|
|
|
$
|
23,300
|
|
Revolving line of credit
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total debt
|
|
$
|
148,258
|
|
|
$
|
148,258
|
|
|
$
|
23,300
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Partners equity:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Oiltanking Predecessor
|
|
$
|
104,049
|
|
|
$
|
118,623
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
Held by public:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Common units
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Held by OTA:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Common units
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Subordinated units
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
General partner interest
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total partners equity
|
|
$
|
104,049
|
|
|
$
|
118,623
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total capitalization
|
|
$
|
252,307
|
|
|
$
|
266,881
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
For additional information regarding our term borrowings from
Oiltanking Finance, B.V. and the borrowings we expect to repay
with the proceeds from this offering, please see
Managements Discussion and Analysis of Financial
Condition and Results of Operations Liquidity and
Capital Resources Term Borrowings. |
40
DILUTION
Dilution is the amount by which the offering price paid by the
purchasers of common units sold in this offering will exceed the
net tangible book value per common unit after the offering.
Assuming an initial public offering price of
$ per common unit (the midpoint of
the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus),
on a pro forma basis as of December 31, 2010, after giving
effect to the offering of common units and the related
transactions, our net tangible book value was approximately
$ million, or
$ per common unit. Purchasers of
our common units in this offering will experience substantial
and immediate dilution in net tangible book value per common
unit for financial accounting purposes, as illustrated in the
following table.
|
|
|
|
|
Assumed initial public offering price per common unit
|
|
$
|
|
|
Pro forma net tangible book value per common unit before the
offering(1)
|
|
|
|
|
Increase in net tangible book value per common unit attributable
to purchasers in the offering
|
|
|
|
|
Less: Pro forma net tangible book value per common unit after
the offering(2)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Immediate dilution in net tangible book value per common unit to
purchasers in the offering(3)(4)
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
Determined by dividing the pro forma net tangible book value of
the contributed assets and liabilities by the number of units
( common
units,
subordinated units and the 2.0% general partner interest
represented
by
notional general partner units) to be issued to our general
partner and its affiliates for their contribution of assets and
liabilities to us. The number of units notionally represented by
the 2.0% general partner interest is determined by multiplying
the total number of units deemed to be outstanding (i.e., the
total number of common and subordinated units outstanding
divided by 98.0%) by the 2.0% general partner interest. |
|
(2) |
|
Determined by dividing our pro forma net tangible book value,
after giving effect to the use of the net proceeds of the
offering, by the total number of units
(
common
units, subordinated
units, and the 2.0% general partner interest represented
by notional general partner units)
to be outstanding after the offering. The number of units
notionally represented by the 2.0% general partner interest is
determined by multiplying the total number of units deemed to be
outstanding (i.e., the total number of common units and
subordinated units outstanding divided by 98.0%) by the 2.0%
general partner interest. |
|
(3) |
|
Each $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed public offering
price of $ per common unit would
increase or decrease, respectively, our pro forma net tangible
book value by approximately
$ million, or approximately
$ per common unit, and dilution
per common unit to investors in this offering by approximately
$ per common unit, after deducting
the estimated underwriting discount and offering expenses
payable by us. We may also increase or decrease the number of
common units we are offering. An increase of 1.0 million
common units offered by us, together with a concurrent $1.00
increase in the assumed offering price to
$ per common unit, would result in
a pro forma net tangible book value of approximately
$ million, or
$ per common unit, and dilution
per common unit to investors in this offering would be
$ per common unit. Similarly, a
decrease of 1.0 million common units offered by us,
together with a concurrent $1.00 decrease in the assumed public
offering price to $ per common
unit, would result in an pro forma net tangible book value of
approximately $ million, or
$ per common unit, and dilution
per common unit to investors in this offering would be
$ per common unit. The information
discussed above is illustrative only and will be adjusted based
on the actual public offering price and other terms of this
offering determined at pricing. |
|
(4) |
|
Because the total number of units outstanding following this
offering will not be impacted by any exercise of the
underwriters option to purchase additional common units
and any net proceeds from such exercise will not be retained by
us, there will be no change to the dilution in net tangible book
value per common unit to purchasers in the offering due to any
such exercise of the option. |
41
The following table sets forth the number of units that we will
issue and the total consideration contributed to us by our
general partner and its affiliates and by the purchasers of our
common units in this offering upon consummation of the
transactions contemplated by this prospectus.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Units
|
|
|
Total Consideration
|
|
|
|
Number
|
|
|
Percent
|
|
|
Amount
|
|
|
Percent
|
|
|
General partner and OTA(1)(2)(3)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
%
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
|
%
|
Purchasers in the offering
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
100
|
%
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
100
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
Upon the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this
prospectus, our general partner and its affiliates will
own
common
units, subordinated
units and a 2.0% general partner interest represented
by
notional general partner units. The number of units notionally
represented by the 2.0% general partner interest is determined
by multiplying the total number of units deemed to be
outstanding (i.e., the total number of common and subordinated
units outstanding divided by 98.0%) by the 2.0% general partner
interest. |
|
(2) |
|
The assets contributed by OTA will be recorded at historical
cost. The pro forma book value of the consideration provided by
OTA as of December 31, 2010 would have been approximately
$ . |
|
(3) |
|
Assumes the underwriters option to purchase additional
common units is not exercised. |
42
CASH
DISTRIBUTION POLICY AND RESTRICTIONS ON DISTRIBUTIONS
You should read the following discussion of our cash
distribution policy in conjunction with
Significant Forecast Assumptions
below, which includes the factors and assumptions upon which we
base our cash distribution policy. In addition, you should read
Forward-Looking Statements and Risk
Factors for information regarding statements that do not
relate strictly to historical or current facts and certain risks
inherent in our business.
For additional information regarding our historical and pro
forma combined results of operations, you should refer to the
audited combined historical combined financial statements as of
December 31, 2009 and 2010 and for the years ended
December 31, 2008, 2009 and 2010 and our unaudited pro
forma condensed combined financial statements as of and for the
year ended December 31, 2010, included elsewhere in this
prospectus.
General
Rationale
for Our Cash Distribution Policy
Our partnership agreement requires us to distribute all of our
available cash quarterly. Our cash distribution policy reflects
a fundamental judgment that our unitholders generally will be
better served by our distributing rather than retaining our
available cash. Our partnership agreement generally defines
available cash as, for each quarter, cash generated from our
business in excess of the amount of cash reserves established by
our general partner to provide for the conduct of our business,
to comply with applicable law, any of our debt instruments or
other agreements or to provide for future distributions to our
unitholders for any one or more of the next four quarters. Our
available cash also may include, if our general partner so
determines, all or any portion of the cash on hand on the date
of determination of available cash for the quarter resulting
from working capital borrowings made subsequent to the end of
such quarter. Because we are not subject to an entity-level
federal income tax, we expect to have more cash to distribute to
our unitholders than would be the case were we subject to
entity-level federal income tax.
Limitations
on Cash Distributions and Our Ability to Change Our Cash
Distribution Policy
There is no guarantee that we will distribute quarterly cash
distributions to our unitholders. We do not have a legal
obligation to pay quarterly distributions at our minimum
quarterly distribution rate or at any other rate except as
provided in our partnership agreement. Our cash distribution
policy is subject to certain restrictions and may be changed at
any time. The reasons for such uncertainties in our stated cash
distribution policy include the following factors:
|
|
|
|
|
Our cash distribution policy will be subject to restrictions on
distributions under our expected revolving line of credit and
other borrowings from Oiltanking Finance B.V., which will
contain financial tests and covenants that we must satisfy.
These financial tests and covenants are described in
Managements Discussion and Analysis of Financial
Condition and Results of Operations Liquidity and
Capital Resources Liquidity. Should we be
unable to satisfy these restrictions or if we are otherwise in
default under our revolving line of credit, we will be
prohibited from making cash distributions to you notwithstanding
our stated cash distribution policy.
|
|
|
|
Our general partner will have the authority to establish cash
reserves for the prudent conduct of our business and for future
cash distributions to our unitholders, and the establishment of
or increase in those reserves could result in a reduction in
cash distributions from levels we currently anticipate pursuant
to our stated cash distribution policy. Our partnership
agreement does not set a limit on the amount of cash reserves
that our general partner may establish. Any decision to
establish cash reserves made by our general partner in good
faith will be binding on our unitholders.
|
|
|
|
Prior to making any distribution on the common units, we will
reimburse our general partner and its affiliates for all direct
and indirect expenses they incur on our behalf. Our partnership
agreement does not set a limit on the amount of expenses for
which our general partner and its affiliates may be reimbursed.
These expenses include salary, bonus, incentive compensation and
other amounts paid to persons who perform services for us or on
our behalf and expenses allocated to our general partner by its
affiliates. Our partnership agreement provides that our general
partner will determine in good faith the expenses that are
allocable to us. The reimbursement of expenses and payment of
fees, if any, to our general partner and its affiliates will
reduce the amount of available cash to pay cash distributions to
our unitholders.
|
43
|
|
|
|
|
While our partnership agreement requires us to distribute all of
our available cash, our partnership agreement, including
provisions requiring us to make cash distributions contained
therein, may be amended. Our partnership agreement generally may
not be amended during the subordination period without the
approval of our public common unitholders, except in those
limited circumstances when our general partner can amend our
partnership agreement without unitholder approval. However,
after the subordination period has ended our partnership
agreement can be amended with the consent of our general partner
and the approval of a majority of the outstanding common units
(including common units held by OTA). At the closing of this
offering, OTA will own, directly or indirectly,
approximately % of the outstanding
common units and all of our outstanding subordinated units.
Please read The Partnership Agreement
Amendment of the Partnership Agreement.
|
|
|
|
Even if our cash distribution policy is not modified or revoked,
the amount of distributions we pay under our cash distribution
policy and the decision to make any distribution is determined
by our general partner, taking into consideration the terms of
our partnership agreement.
|
|
|
|
Under
Section 17-607
of the Delaware Act, we may not make a distribution if the
distribution would cause our liabilities to exceed the fair
value of our assets.
|
|
|
|
We may lack sufficient cash to pay distributions to our
unitholders due to cash flow shortfalls attributable to a number
of operational, commercial or other factors as well as increases
in our operating or selling, general and administrative
expenses, principal and interest payments on our outstanding
debt, tax expenses, working capital requirements and anticipated
cash needs.
|
|
|
|
If we make distributions out of capital surplus, as opposed to
operating surplus, any such distributions would constitute a
return of capital and would result in a reduction in the minimum
quarterly distribution and the target distribution levels.
Please read Provisions of Our Partnership Agreement
Relating to Cash Distributions Adjustment to the
Minimum Quarterly Distribution and Target Distribution
Levels. We do not anticipate that we will make any
distributions from capital surplus.
|
|
|
|
Our ability to make distributions to our unitholders depends on
the performance of our subsidiaries and their ability to
distribute cash to us. The ability of our subsidiaries to make
distributions to us may be restricted by, among other things,
the provisions of existing and future indebtedness, applicable
state partnership and limited liability company laws and other
laws and regulations.
|
Our
Ability to Grow is Dependent on Our Ability to Access External
Expansion Capital
Our partnership agreement requires us to distribute all of our
available cash to our unitholders on a quarterly basis. As a
result, we expect that we will rely primarily upon external
financing sources, including borrowings under our revolving line
of credit, commercial bank borrowings, other borrowings from
Oiltanking Finance B.V. and issuances of debt and equity
securities, to fund any future expansion capital expenditures.
To the extent we are unable to finance growth externally, our
cash distribution policy will significantly impair our ability
to grow. In addition, because we distribute all of our available
cash, our growth may not be as fast as businesses that reinvest
all of their available cash to expand ongoing operations. Our
revolving line of credit will restrict our ability to incur
additional debt without the approval of Oiltanking Finance B.V.
To the extent we issue additional units, the payment of
distributions on those additional units may increase the risk
that we will be unable to maintain or increase our per unit
distribution level. There are no limitations in our partnership
agreement, and we do not anticipate limitations in our expected
revolving line of credit, on our ability to issue additional
units, including units ranking senior to the common units. The
incurrence of additional commercial borrowings or other debt to
finance our growth would result in increased interest expense,
which in turn may impact the available cash that we have to
distribute to our unitholders.
Our
Minimum Quarterly Distribution
Upon the consummation of this offering, the board of directors
of our general partner will establish a minimum quarterly
distribution of $ per unit for
each complete quarter, or $ per
unit on an annualized basis. Quarterly distributions, if any,
will be made within 45 days after the end of each quarter.
This equates to an aggregate cash distribution of
$ million per quarter, or
$ million per year, based on
the number of common and subordinated units and 2.0% general
partner interest to be outstanding immediately after completion
of this offering. Our ability to
44
make cash distributions at the minimum quarterly distribution
rate will be subject to the factors described above under
General Limitations on Cash
Distributions and Our Ability to Change Our Cash Distribution
Policy. The table below sets forth the amount of common
units, subordinated units and notional units representing the
2.0% general partner interest that will be outstanding
immediately after this offering, assuming the underwriters do
not exercise their option to purchase additional common units,
and the available cash needed to pay the aggregate minimum
quarterly distribution on all of such units for a single fiscal
quarter and a four quarter period:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Distributions
|
|
|
|
Number of Units
|
|
|
One Quarter
|
|
|
Annualized
|
|
|
Publicly held common units
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
Common units held by OTA
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Subordinated units held by OTA
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
General partner interest(1)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
The number of units notionally represented by the 2.0% general
partner interest is determined by multiplying the total number
of units deemed to be outstanding (i.e., the total number of
common and subordinated units outstanding divided by 98.0%) by
the 2.0% general partner interest. |
If the underwriters do not exercise their option to purchase
additional common units, we will
issue
common units to OTA at the expiration of the option period. If
and to the extent the underwriters exercise their option to
purchase additional common units, the number of common units
purchased by the underwriters pursuant to such exercise will be
issued to the public and the remainder, if any, will be issued
to OTA. Any such units issued to OTA will be issued for no
additional consideration other than OTAs contribution of
equity interests in Oiltanking Houston, L.P. and Oiltanking
Beaumont Partners, L.P. to us in connection with the closing of
this offering. Accordingly, the exercise of the
underwriters option will not affect the total number of
units outstanding or the amount of cash needed to pay the
minimum quarterly distribution on all units. Please read
Underwriting.
As of the date of this offering, our general partner will be
entitled to 2.0% of all distributions that we make prior to our
liquidation. Our general partners initial 2.0% interest in
these distributions may be reduced if we issue additional units
in the future and our general partner does not contribute a
proportionate amount of capital to us in order to maintain its
initial 2.0% general partner interest. Our general partner will
also hold the incentive distribution rights, which entitle the
holder to increasing percentages, up to a maximum of 48.0% of
the cash we distribute in excess of
$ per unit per quarter.
We will pay our distributions on or about the 15th day of
each of February, May, August and November to holders of record
on or about the 1st day of each such month. If the
distribution date does not fall on a business day, we will make
the distribution on the business day immediately preceding the
indicated distribution date. We will adjust the quarterly
distribution for the period from the closing of this offering
through June 30, 2011 based on the actual length of the
period.
Our cash distribution policy is consistent with the terms of our
partnership agreement, which requires that we distribute all of
our available cash quarterly. Under our partnership agreement,
available cash is generally defined to mean, for each quarter,
cash generated from our business in excess of the amount of
reserves established by our general partner to provide for the
conduct of our business, to comply with applicable law, any of
our debt instruments or other agreements or to provide for
future distributions to our unitholders for any one or more of
the next four quarters.
Although holders of our common units may pursue judicial action
to enforce provisions of our partnership agreement, including
those related to requirements to make cash distributions as
described above, our partnership agreement provides that any
determination made by our general partner in its capacity as our
general partner must be made in good faith and that any such
determination will not be subject to any other standard imposed
by the Delaware Act or any other law, rule or regulation or at
equity. Our partnership agreement provides that, in order for a
determination by our general partner to be made in good
faith, our general partner must believe that the
determination is in our best interest. Please read
Conflicts of Interest and Fiduciary Duties.
45
Our cash distribution policy, as expressed in our partnership
agreement, may not be modified or repealed without amending our
partnership agreement; however, the actual amount of our cash
distributions for any quarter is subject to fluctuations based
on the amount of cash we generate from our business and the
amount of reserves our general partner establishes in accordance
with our partnership agreement as described above.
Subordinated
Units
OTA will initially own, directly or indirectly, all of our
subordinated units. The principal difference between our common
units and subordinated units is that in any quarter during the
subordination period, holders of the subordinated units are not
entitled to receive any distribution until the common units have
received the minimum quarterly distribution plus any arrearages
in the payment of the minimum quarterly distribution from prior
quarters. To the extent we do not pay the minimum quarterly
distribution on our common units, our common unitholders will
not be entitled to receive such payments in the future except
during the subordination period. Subordinated units will not
accrue arrearages.
To the extent we have available cash in any future quarter
during the subordination period in excess of the amount
necessary to pay the minimum quarterly distribution to holders
of our common units, we will use this excess available cash to
pay any distribution arrearages on common units related to prior
quarters before any cash distribution is made to holders of
subordinated units. When the subordination period ends, all of
the subordinated units will convert into an equal number of
common units. Please read Provisions of Our Partnership
Agreement Relating to Cash Distributions
Subordination Period.
Unaudited
Pro Forma Cash Available for Distribution
If we had completed the transactions contemplated in this
prospectus on January 1, 2010, our unaudited pro forma cash
available for distribution for the twelve months ended
December 31, 2010 would have been approximately
$61.0 million. This amount would have been sufficient to
make the minimum quarterly distribution of
$ per unit per quarter (or
$ per unit on an annualized basis)
for the twelve months ended December 31, 2010 on all of our
common and subordinated units.
Unaudited pro forma cash available for distribution includes
incremental external selling, general and administrative
expenses that we expect we will incur as a result of being a
publicly traded partnership, consisting of costs associated with
SEC reporting requirements, including annual and quarterly
reports to unitholders, tax return and
Schedule K-1
preparation and distribution, independent auditor fees, investor
relations activities, Sarbanes-Oxley Act compliance, NYSE
listing, registrar and transfer agent fees, incremental director
and officer liability insurance costs and director compensation.
We estimate that these incremental external selling, general and
administrative expenses initially will be approximately
$3 million per year. Such incremental selling, general and
administrative expenses are not reflected in our historical and
pro forma financial statements.
The pro forma financial statements, from which pro forma cash
available for distribution is derived, do not purport to present
our results of operations had the transactions contemplated in
this prospectus actually been completed as of January 1,
2010. Furthermore, cash available for distribution is a cash
accounting concept, while our unaudited pro forma condensed
combined financial statements have been prepared on an accrual
basis. We derived the amounts of pro forma cash available for
distribution stated above in the manner described in the table
below. As a result, the amount of pro forma cash available for
distribution should only be viewed as a general indication of
the amount of cash available for distribution that we might have
generated had we been formed and completed the transactions
contemplated in this prospectus in earlier periods.
Our unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial statements
are derived from the audited historical combined financial
statements of Oiltanking Predecessor included elsewhere in this
prospectus and Oiltanking Predecessors accounting records,
which are unaudited. Our unaudited pro forma condensed combined
financial statements should be read together with Selected
Historical and Pro Forma Combined Financial and Operating
Data, Managements Discussion and Analysis of
Financial Condition and Results of Operations and the
audited historical combined financial statements of Oiltanking
Predecessor included elsewhere in this prospectus.
The footnotes to the table below provide additional information
about the pro forma adjustments and should be read along with
the table.
46
Oiltanking
Partners, L.P.
Unaudited Pro Forma Cash Available for Distribution
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended
|
|
|
|
December 31, 2010
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
Pro Forma Net Income(1)
|
|
$
|
58,570
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Add:
|
|
|
|
|
Income tax expense
|
|
|
191
|
|
Interest expense, net(2)
|
|
|
1,839
|
|
Depreciation and amortization expense
|
|
|
15,006
|
|
Other, net
|
|
|
(6,081
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
Adjusted EBITDA(3)
|
|
|
69,525
|
|
Less:
|
|
|
|
|
Incremental selling, general and administrative expense of being
a public partnership(4)
|
|
|
3,000
|
|
Cash interest paid(2)
|
|
|
2,038
|
|
Maintenance capital expenditures(5)
|
|
|
3,536
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Pro Forma Available Cash
|
|
$
|
60,951
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Pro Forma Cash Distributions
|
|
|
|
|
Distributions to public common unitholders
|
|
|
|
|
Distributions to Oiltanking Holding Americas, Inc.
common units
|
|
|
|
|
Distributions to Oiltanking Holding Americas, Inc.
subordinated units
|
|
|
|
|
Distributions to our general partner
|
|
|
|
|
Total distributions
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Excess/(Shortfall)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Percent of minimum quarterly distributions payable to common
unitholders
|
|
|
|
%
|
Percent of minimum quarterly distributions payable to
subordinated unitholders
|
|
|
|
%
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
Reflects our pro forma operating results for the year ended
December 31, 2010, derived from our unaudited pro forma
condensed combined financial statements included elsewhere in
this prospectus. The pro forma adjustments have been prepared as
if this offering and the anticipated borrowings under our credit
facility had taken place on January 1, 2010. |
|
(2) |
|
Interest expense and cash interest both include
(i) commitment fees on our new revolving credit facility
with Oiltanking Finance B.V. as if it had been in place as of
January 1, 2010, and (ii) interest incurred on
existing debt used to finance expansion capital expenditures
during 2010. Interest expense also includes the amortization of
debt issuance costs incurred in connection with our revolving
credit facility. |
|
(3) |
|
Adjusted EBITDA is defined in Summary
Non-GAAP Financial Measure. |
|
(4) |
|
Reflects an adjustment to our Adjusted EBITDA for an estimated
incremental external cash expense associated with being a
publicly traded partnership, consisting of costs associated with
annual and quarterly reports to unitholders, tax return and
Schedule K-1
preparation and distribution, independent auditor fees,
Sarbanes-Oxley compliance, NYSE listing, investor relations
activities, registrar and transfer agent fees, director and
officer liability insurance costs and director compensation. |
|
(5) |
|
Maintenance capital expenditures are capital expenditures made
for the purpose of maintaining or replacing the operating
capacity, service capability and/or functionality of our
existing assets. Examples of maintenance capital expenditures
include capital expenditures such as those required to maintain
equipment reliability, tank and pipeline integrity and safety
and to address environmental regulations. |
47
Estimated
Cash Available for Distribution for the Twelve Months Ending
March 31, 2012
We forecast that our cash available for distribution generated
during the twelve months ending March 31, 2012 will be
approximately $58.4 million. This amount would be
sufficient to pay the minimum quarterly distribution of
$ per unit on all of our common
units and subordinated units and the corresponding distribution
on our general partners 2.0% general partner interest for
each quarter in the four quarters ending March 31, 2012.
We are providing the financial forecast to supplement our
historical and pro forma combined financial statements in
support of our belief that we will have sufficient cash
available to allow us to pay cash distributions on all of our
common units and subordinated units and the corresponding
distributions on our general partners 2.0% general partner
interest for each quarter in the twelve months ending
March 31, 2012 at the minimum quarterly distribution rate.
Please read Significant Forecast
Assumptions for further information as to the assumptions
we have made for the financial forecast. Please read
Managements Discussion and Analysis of Financial
Condition and Results of Operations Critical
Accounting Policies and Estimates for information as to
the accounting policies we have followed for the financial
forecast.
Our forecast reflects our judgment as of the date of this
prospectus of conditions we expect to exist and the course of
action we expect to take during the twelve months ending
March 31, 2012. We believe that our actual results of
operations will approximate those reflected in our forecast, but
we can give no assurance that our forecasted results will be
achieved. If our estimates are not achieved, we may not be able
to pay distributions on our common units and subordinated units
at the minimum quarterly distribution rate of
$ per unit each quarter (or
$ per unit on an annualized basis)
or any other rate. The assumptions and estimates underlying the
forecast are inherently uncertain and, though we consider them
reasonable as of the date of this prospectus, are subject to a
wide variety of significant business, economic, and competitive
risks and uncertainties that could cause actual results to
differ materially from those contained in the forecast,
including, among others, risks and uncertainties contained in
Risk Factors. Accordingly, there can be no assurance
that the forecast is indicative of our future performance or
that actual results will not differ materially from those
presented in the forecast. Inclusion of the forecast in this
prospectus should not be regarded as a representation by any
person that the results contained in the forecast will be
achieved.
We do not, as a matter of course, make public forecasts as to
future sales, earnings or other results. However, we have
prepared the following forecast to present the forecasted cash
available for distribution to our unitholders and general
partner during the forecasted period. The accompanying forecast
was not prepared with a view toward complying with the
guidelines established by the American Institute of Certified
Public Accountants with respect to prospective financial
information, but, in our view, was prepared on a reasonable
basis, reflects the best currently available estimates and
judgments, and presents, to the best of managements
knowledge and belief, the expected course of action and our
expected future financial performance. However, this information
is not necessarily indicative of future results.
Neither our independent auditors, nor any other independent
accountants, have compiled, examined or performed any procedures
with respect to the forecast contained herein, nor have they
expressed any opinion or any other form of assurance on such
information or its achievability, and assume no responsibility
for, and disclaim any association with, the forecast. We do not
undertake to release publicly after this offering any revisions
or updates to the financial forecast or the assumptions on which
our forecasted results of operations are based.
We do not undertake any obligation to release publicly the
results of any future revisions we may make to the financial
forecast or to update this financial forecast or the assumptions
used to prepare the forecast to reflect events or circumstances
after the date of this prospectus. In light of this, the
statement that we believe that we will have sufficient cash
available for distribution to allow us to make the full minimum
quarterly distribution on all of our outstanding common units
and subordinated units and the corresponding distributions on
our general partners 2.0% interest for each quarter
through March 31, 2012 should not be regarded as a
representation by us, the underwriters or any other person that
we will make such distribution. Therefore, you are cautioned not
to place undue reliance on this information.
48
Oiltanking
Partners, L.P.
Estimated Cash Available for Distribution
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Twelve Months
|
|
|
|
Ending
|
|
|
|
March 31,
|
|
|
|
2012
|
|
|
|
(In millions)
|
|
|
Revenues
|
|
|
|
|
Storage services fees
|
|
$
|
93.9
|
|
Throughput fees
|
|
|
20.1
|
|
Ancillary services fees
|
|
|
7.0
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Revenues
|
|
|
121.0
|
|
Operating Expenses
|
|
|
|
|
Operating costs and expenses
|
|
|
33.2
|
|
Selling, general and administrative(1)
|
|
|
21.7
|
|
Depreciation and amortization expense
|
|
|
16.9
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Operating Expenses
|
|
|
71.8
|
|
Operating Income
|
|
|
49.2
|
|
Interest expense(2)
|
|
|
2.8
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net Income
|
|
|
46.4
|
|
Adjustments to reconcile net income to estimated Adjusted EBITDA:
|
|
|
|
|
Add:
|
|
|
|
|
Depreciation and amortization expense
|
|
|
16.9
|
|
Interest expense
|
|
|
2.8
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Estimated Adjusted EBITDA(3)
|
|
|
66.1
|
|
Adjustments to reconcile estimated Adjusted EBITDA to estimated
cash available for distribution:
|
|
|
|
|
Less:
|
|
|
|
|
Cash interest expense
|
|
|
2.7
|
|
Estimated expansion capital expenditures
|
|
|
40.4
|
|
Estimated maintenance capital expenditures
|
|
|
5.0
|
|
Add:
|
|
|
|
|
Borrowings to fund expansion capital expenditures
|
|
|
40.4
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Estimated Cash Available for Distribution
|
|
$
|
58.4
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Distributions to public common unitholders
|
|
|
|
|
Distributions to Oiltanking Holding Americas, Inc.
common units
|
|
|
|
|
Distributions to Oiltanking Holding Americas, Inc.
subordinated units
|
|
|
|
|
Distributions to our general partner
|
|
|
|
|
Total distributions
|
|
|
|
|
Excess of cash available for distribution over aggregate
annualized minimum annual cash distributions
|
|
|
|
|
Calculation of minimum estimated Adjusted EBITDA necessary to
pay aggregate annualized minimum annual cash distributions:
|
|
|
|
|
Estimated Adjusted EBITDA
|
|
|
|
|
Excess of cash available for distribution over minimum annual
cash distributions
|
|
|
|
|
Minimum estimated Adjusted EBITDA necessary to pay aggregate
annualized minimum quarterly distributions
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
Includes additional personnel and related costs associated with
operating as a publicly traded partnership and approximately
$3 million of incremental external selling, general and
administrative costs we expect to begin incurring |
49
|
|
|
|
|
annually upon becoming a publicly traded partnership, consisting
of costs associated with annual and quarterly reports to
unitholders, tax return and
Schedule K-1
preparation and distribution, independent auditor fees,
Sarbanes-Oxley compliance, NYSE listing, investor relations
activities, registrar and transfer agent fees, director and
officer liability insurance costs and director compensation |
|
(2) |
|
Assumes approximately $23.3 million of our existing notes
payable to Oiltanking Finance B.V. will remain outstanding and
bear interest at a
weighted-average
rate of approximately 7.1% and that we will fund our anticipated
expansion capital expenditures primarily under our revolving
credit facility, with an estimated
weighted-average
rate of 2.9%. This rate is based on a forecast of LIBOR rates
during the period plus the margin and associated commitment fees
expected under our new revolving credit facility and
amortization of arrangement fees. |
|
(3) |
|
Adjusted EBITDA is defined in Summary
Non-GAAP Financial Measure. For a reconciliation of
Adjusted EBITDA to its most directly comparable financial
measures calculated and presented in accordance with GAAP,
please read Summary Non-GAAP Financial
Measure. |
Significant
Forecast Assumptions
The forecast has been prepared by and is the responsibility of
our management. The forecast reflects our judgment as of the
date of this prospectus of conditions we expect to exist and the
course of action we expect to take during the twelve months
ending March 31, 2012. While the assumptions disclosed in
this prospectus are not all-inclusive, the assumptions listed
are those that we believe are significant to our forecasted
results of operations and any discussions not discussed below
were not deemed significant. We believe we have a reasonable
objective basis for these assumptions. We believe our actual
results of operations will approximate those reflected in our
forecast, but we can give no assurance that our forecasted
results will be achieved. There will likely be differences
between our forecast and the actual results and those
differences could be material. If the forecast is not achieved,
we may not be able to pay cash distributions on our common units
at the minimum quarterly distribution rate or at all.
Our forecast of our results of operations for the twelve months
ended March 31, 2012 assumes an increase in the active
storage capacity at our terminals of approximately
1.0 million barrels,currently under construction, as
compared to the year ended December 31, 2010.
Revenues. We estimate that our total
revenues for the twelve months ending March 31, 2012 will
be approximately $121.0 million, as compared to
approximately $116.5 million for the year ended
December 31, 2010. Our forecast is based primarily on the
following assumptions:
|
|
|
|
|
Revenues from Storage Services
Fees. Storage services fees are fees our
customers pay to reserve storage space in our tanks and
compensate us for handling up to a fixed amount of product
throughput at our terminals. These fees are owed to us
regardless of the actual storage capacity utilized by our
customers or the amount of throughput that we receive. We
estimate that for the twelve months ending March 31, 2012
approximately 78%, or approximately $93.9 million, of our
total revenues will be attributable to storage services fees.
This compares to approximately 75%, or approximately
$87.2 million, of our total revenues that were attributable
to storage services fees for the year ended December 31,
2010. The increase in total revenues derived from storage
services fees is partially attributable to the anticipated
completion and placement into service of an additional
1.0 million barrels of storage capacity at our Houston
terminal, which is supported by multi-year contracts with two
customers expected to generate approximately $1.7 million
and $5.7 million in revenue during the forecast period and
on an annual basis once placed into service, respectively. A
further portion of the increase in total revenues in the amount
of approximately $3.5 million is attributable to annual
CPI-based escalators in the fees certain of our customers pay
under their existing contracts, with the remaining increase
related to new multi-year contracted volumes from an existing
customer.
|
|
|
|
Revenues from Throughput
Fees. Throughput fees are fees our
non-storage customers pay us to receive or deliver volumes of
products on their behalf to designated pipelines, third-party
storage facilities or waterborne transportation. In addition,
our storage customers pay us throughput fees when we receive
volumes of product on their behalf that exceed the base
throughput contemplated in their agreed upon monthly storage
services fee. We estimate that approximately 17%, or
approximately $20.1 million, of our total revenues will be
attributable to throughput fees. This compares to approximately
20%, or approximately $23.2 million, of our total revenues
that were attributable to throughput fees for the year ended
December 31, 2010. The decline of approximately
|
50
|
|
|
|
|
$3.1 million of revenues attributable to throughput fees
during the forecast period is primarily related to a decrease in
expected liquefied petroleum gas volumes by one of our customers
that utilizes our terminal in Houston to import and export
liquefied petroleum gas to a level that is more consistent with
our historical results prior to 2010.
|
|
|
|
|
|
Revenues from Ancillary Services
Fees. Ancillary services fees are fees
associated with ancillary services such as heating, mixing and
blending our storage customers products that are stored in
our tanks, transferring our storage customers products
between our tanks and marine vapor recovery. The revenues we
generate from ancillary services fees vary based upon the
activity level of our customers. We estimate that approximately
5%, or approximately $7.0 million, of our total revenues
will be attributable to ancillary services fees. This compares
to approximately 5%, or approximately $6.1 million, of our
total revenues that were attributable to ancillary services fees
for the year ended December 31, 2010.
|
Operating Costs and Expenses. Our
operating costs and expenses consist of labor expenses, utility
costs, insurance premiums, repairs and maintenance expenses,
health, safety and environmental related costs and operating
taxes, amongst others. We estimate that our operating costs and
expenses will be approximately $33.2 million for the twelve
months ending March 31, 2012, as compared to approximately
$32.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2010. We
do not expect our operating costs and expenses to increase
proportionately when we make capacity additions adjacent to our
current facilities in the future, as we believe we will be able
to capitalize on our current scale and existing infrastructure
to improve operating margins with incremental growth and because
these additions do not require significant additions of
operating employees. Our forecasted cost of operations could
vary significantly because of the large number of variables
taken into consideration, many of which are beyond our control.
Selling, General and Administrative. We
estimate that selling, general and administrative expenses will
be approximately $21.7 million for the twelve months ending
March 31, 2012, as compared to approximately
$15.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2010.
This projected increase includes additional personnel and
related costs associated with our preparation to become a
publicly traded partnership and approximately $3 million of
incremental external selling, general and administrative costs
we expect to begin incurring annually upon becoming a publicly
traded partnership.
Depreciation and Amortization. We
estimate that depreciation and amortization expense will be
approximately $16.9 million for the twelve months ending
March 31, 2012, as compared to approximately
$15.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2010.
Depreciation expense is expected to increase for the twelve
months ending March 31, 2012 compared to the year ended
December 31, 2010 due to an expected increase in
maintenance and expansion capital expenditures during the
forecast period.
Financing. We estimate that interest
expense will be approximately $2.8 million for the twelve
months ending March 31, 2012, as compared to approximately
$9.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2010. Our
interest expense for the twelve months ending March 31,
2012 is based on the following assumptions:
|
|
|
|
|
approximately $23.3 million of our existing notes payable
to Oiltanking Finance B.V. will remain outstanding and bear
interest at a weighted-average interest rate of approximately
7.1%.
|
|
|
|
through March 31, 2012, we will fund our anticipated
expansion capital expenditures primarily under our revolving
credit facility, with an estimated weighted-average rate of
2.9%. This rate is based on a forecast of LIBOR rates during the
period plus the margin and associated commitment fees expected
under our new revolving credit facility.
|
|
|
|
interest expense includes commitment fees for the unused portion
of our revolving credit facility at an assumed rate of 0.50% per
annum;
|
51
|
|
|
|
|
interest expense also includes the amortization of debt issuance
costs incurred in connection with our revolving credit
facility; and
|
|
|
|
we will remain in compliance with the financial and other
covenants in our revolving credit facility.
|
Capital Expenditures. We estimate that
total capital expenditures for the twelve months ending
March 31, 2012 will be $45.4 million as compared to
capital expenditures of $11.2 million for the year ended
December 31, 2010. This forecast is based on the following
assumptions:
|
|
|
|
|
Our estimated maintenance capital expenditures will be
$5.0 million for the twelve months ending March 31,
2012, as compared to actual maintenance capital expenditures of
approximately $3.5 million for the year ended
December 31, 2010, which reflects lower capital
expenditures in 2010 due to the impact of economic recession,
and for the twelve months ended March, 31, 2012, the anticipated
future capital expenditures required to maintain our current
long-term operating capacity going forward. We expect to fund
maintenance capital expenditures from cash generated by our
operations.
|
|
|
|
Our expansion capital expenditures will be approximately
$40.4 million for the twelve months ending March 31,
2012 as compared to actual expansion capital expenditures of
approximately $7.6 million for the year ended
December 31, 2010. Of the $40.4 million expansion
capital expenditures anticipated to be spent during the forecast
period, approximately $22.7 million is related to two
projects that we anticipate will add approximately
1.0 million barrels of storage capacity and will enter into
commercial service with customers during the forecast period and
approximately $17.7 million is related to projects that
will increase our long-term operating capacity and position the
partnership to capitalize on the growth opportunities we
anticipate impacting our area of operations in the near-term. We
intend to fund our anticipated expansion capital expenditures
with borrowings under our new revolving credit facility.
|
Regulatory, Industry and Economic
Factors. Our forecast of our results of
operations for the twelve months ending March 31, 2012 is
based on the following assumptions related to regulatory,
industry and economic factors:
|
|
|
|
|
There will not be any material nonperformance or credit-related
defaults by suppliers, customers or vendors, or shortage of
skilled labor.
|
|
|
|
All supplies and commodities necessary for production and
sufficient transportation will be readily available.
|
|
|
|
There will not be any new federal, state or local regulation of
the portions of the industry in which we operate or any
interpretation of existing regulation that in either case will
be materially adverse to our business.
|
|
|
|
There will not be any material accidents, releases,
weather-related incidents, unscheduled downtime or similar
unanticipated events, including any events that could lead to
force majeure under any of our terminal services agreements.
|
|
|
|
There will not be any major adverse change in the markets in
which we operate resulting from supply or production
disruptions, reduced demand for our services or significant
changes in the market prices for our services.
|
|
|
|
There will not be any material changes to market, regulatory and
overall economic conditions.
|
52
PROVISIONS
OF OUR PARTNERSHIP AGREEMENT RELATING TO CASH
DISTRIBUTIONS
Set forth below is a summary of the significant provisions of
our partnership agreement that relate to cash distributions.
Distributions
of Available Cash
General
Our partnership agreement requires that, within 45 days
after the end of each quarter, beginning with the quarter ending
June 30, 2011, we distribute all of our available cash to
unitholders of record on the applicable record date. We will
adjust the minimum quarterly distribution for the period from
the closing of the offering
through ,
2011.
Definition
of Available Cash
Available cash, for any quarter, consists of all cash and cash
equivalents on hand at the end of that quarter:
|
|
|
|
|
less, the amount of cash reserves established by our
general partner to:
|
|
|
|
|
|
provide for the proper conduct of our business;
|
|
|
|
comply with applicable law, any of our debt instruments or other
agreements; or
|
|
|
|
provide funds for distributions to our unitholders for any one
or more of the next four quarters (provided that our general
partner may not establish cash reserves for future distributions
unless it determines that the establishment of reserves will not
prevent us from distributing the minimum quarterly distribution
on all common units and any cumulative arrearages for such
quarter);
|
|
|
|
|
|
plus, if our general partner so determines, all or a
portion of cash on hand on the date of determination of
available cash for the quarter resulting from working capital
borrowings made after the end of the quarter.
|
The purpose and effect of the last bullet point above is to
allow our general partner, if it so decides, to use cash from
working capital borrowings made after the end of the quarter but
on or before the date of determination of available cash for
that quarter to pay distributions to unitholders. Under our
partnership agreement, working capital borrowings are borrowings
that are made under a credit agreement, commercial paper
facility or similar financing arrangement, and in all cases are
used solely for working capital purposes or to pay distributions
to partners and with the intent of the borrower to repay such
borrowings within twelve months from sources other than
additional working capital borrowings.
Intent
to Distribute the Minimum Quarterly Distribution
We intend to distribute to the holders of common and
subordinated units on a quarterly basis at least the minimum
quarterly distribution of $ per
unit, or $ on an annualized basis,
to the extent we have sufficient cash from our operations after
establishment of cash reserves and payment of fees and expenses,
including payments to our general partner and its affiliates.
However, there is no guarantee that we will pay the minimum
quarterly distribution on the units in any quarter. Even if our
cash distribution policy is not modified or revoked, the amount
of distributions paid under our policy and the decision to make
any distribution is determined by our general partner, taking
into consideration the terms of our partnership agreement.
General
Partner Interest and Incentive Distribution Rights
Initially, our general partner will be entitled to 2.0% of all
distributions that we make prior to our liquidation. Our general
partner has the right, but not the obligation, to contribute a
proportionate amount of capital to us to maintain its current
general partner interest. Our general partners initial
2.0% interest in our distributions will be reduced if we issue
additional limited partner units in the future and our general
partner does not contribute a proportionate amount of capital to
us to maintain its 2.0% general partner interest.
Our general partner also currently holds incentive distribution
rights that entitle it to receive increasing percentages, up to
a maximum of 50.0%, of the cash we distribute from operating
surplus (as defined below) in excess of
$ per unit per quarter. The
maximum distribution of 50.0% includes distributions paid to our
general partner on its 2.0% general
53
partner interest and assumes that our general partner maintains
its general partner interest at 2.0%. The maximum distribution
of 50.0% does not include any distributions that our general
partner may receive on any limited partner units that it owns.
Operating
Surplus and Capital Surplus
General
All cash distributed will be characterized as either
operating surplus or capital surplus.
Our partnership agreement requires that we distribute available
cash from operating surplus differently than available cash from
capital surplus.
Operating
Surplus
We define operating surplus as:
|
|
|
|
|
$ million (as described
below); plus
|
|
|
|
all of our cash receipts after the closing of this offering,
excluding cash from interim capital transactions (as defined
below); plus
|
|
|
|
working capital borrowings made after the end of a period but on
or before the date of determination of operating surplus for the
period; plus
|
|
|
|
cash distributions paid on equity issued (including incremental
distributions on incentive distribution rights), other than
equity issued on the closing date of this offering, to finance
all or a portion of expansion capital expenditures in respect of
the period from such financing until the earlier to occur of the
date the capital asset commences commercial service and the date
that it is abandoned or disposed of; plus
|
|
|
|
cash distributions paid on equity issued by us (including
incremental distributions on incentive distribution rights) to
pay the construction period interest on debt incurred, or to pay
construction period distributions on equity issued, to finance
the expansion capital expenditures referred to above, in each
case, in respect of the period from such financing until the
earlier to occur of the date the capital asset is placed in
service and the date that it is abandoned or disposed of;
less
|
|
|
|
all of our operating expenditures (as defined below) after the
closing of this offering; less
|
|
|
|
the amount of cash reserves established by our general partner
to provide funds for future operating expenditures; less
|
|
|
|
all working capital borrowings not repaid within twelve months
after having been incurred, or repaid within such twelve-month
period with the proceeds of additional working capital
borrowings; less
|
|
|
|
any loss realized on disposition of an investment capital
expenditure.
|
As described above, operating surplus does not reflect actual
cash on hand that is available for distribution to our
unitholders and is not limited to cash generated by our
operations. For example, it includes a basket of
$ million that will enable
us, if we choose, to distribute as operating surplus cash we
receive in the future from non-operating sources such as asset
sales, issuances of securities and long-term borrowings that
would otherwise be distributed as capital surplus. In addition,
the effect of including, as described above, certain cash
distributions on equity interests in operating surplus will be
to increase operating surplus by the amount of any such cash
distributions. As a result, we may also distribute as operating
surplus up to the amount of any such cash that we receive from
non-operating sources.
The proceeds of working capital borrowings increase operating
surplus and repayments of working capital borrowings are
generally operating expenditures, as described below, and thus
reduce operating surplus when made. However, if a working
capital borrowing is not repaid during the twelve-month period
following the borrowing, it will be deemed repaid at the end of
such period, thus decreasing operating surplus at such time.
When such working capital borrowing is in fact repaid, it will
be excluded from operating expenditures because operating
surplus will have been previously reduced by the deemed
repayment.
54
We define operating expenditures in the partnership agreement,
and it generally means all of our cash expenditures, including,
but not limited to, taxes, reimbursement of expenses to our
general partner or its affiliates, payments made under interest
rate hedge agreements or commodity hedge agreements (provided
that (1) with respect to amounts paid in connection with
the initial purchase of an interest rate hedge contract or a
commodity hedge contract, such amounts will be amortized over
the life of the applicable interest rate hedge contract or
commodity hedge contract and (2) payments made in
connection with the termination of any interest rate hedge
contract or commodity hedge contract prior to the expiration of
its stipulated settlement or termination date will be included
in operating expenditures in equal quarterly installments over
the remaining scheduled life of such interest rate hedge
contract or commodity hedge contract), officer compensation,
repayment of working capital borrowings, debt service payments
and estimated maintenance capital expenditures (as discussed in
further detail below), provided that operating expenditures will
not include:
|
|
|
|
|
repayment of working capital borrowings deducted from operating
surplus pursuant to the penultimate bullet point of the
definition of operating surplus above when such repayment
actually occurs;
|
|
|
|
payments (including prepayments and prepayment penalties) of
principal of and premium on indebtedness, other than working
capital borrowings;
|
|
|
|
expansion capital expenditures;
|
|
|
|
actual maintenance capital expenditures (as discussed in further
detail below);
|
|
|
|
investment capital expenditures;
|
|
|
|
payment of transaction expenses relating to interim capital
transactions;
|
|
|
|
distributions to our partners (including distributions in
respect of our incentive distribution rights); or
|
|
|
|
repurchases of equity interests except to fund obligations under
employee benefit plans.
|
Capital
Surplus
Capital surplus is defined in our partnership agreement as any
distribution of available cash in excess of our operating
surplus. Accordingly, capital surplus would generally be
generated only by the following (which we refer to as
interim capital transactions):
|
|
|
|
|
borrowings other than working capital borrowings;
|
|
|
|
sales of our equity and debt securities;
|
|
|
|
sales or other dispositions of assets for cash, other than
inventory, accounts receivable and other assets sold in the
ordinary course of business or as part of normal retirement or
replacement of assets; and
|
|
|
|
the termination of interest rate swap agreements or commodity
hedges prior to the termination date specified therein.
|
All available cash distributed by us on any date from any source
will be treated as distributed from operating surplus until the
sum of all available cash distributed since the closing of the
initial public offering equals the operating surplus from the
closing of the initial public offering through the end of the
quarter immediately preceding that distribution. Any excess
available cash distributed by us on that date will be deemed to
be capital surplus.
Characterization
of Cash Distributions
Our partnership agreement requires that we treat all available
cash distributed as coming from operating surplus until the sum
of all available cash distributed since the closing of this
offering equals the operating surplus from the closing of this
offering through the end of the quarter immediately preceding
that distribution. Our partnership agreement requires that we
treat any amount distributed in excess of operating surplus,
regardless of its source, as capital surplus. As described
above, operating surplus includes up to
$ million, which does not
reflect actual cash on hand that is available for distribution
to our unitholders. Rather, it is a provision that will enable
us, if we choose, to distribute as operating surplus up to this
amount of cash we receive in the future from interim capital
transactions that would otherwise be distributed as capital
surplus. We do not anticipate that we will make any
distributions from capital surplus.
55
Capital
Expenditures
Estimated maintenance capital expenditures reduce operating
surplus, but expansion capital expenditures, actual maintenance
capital expenditures and investment capital expenditures do not.
Maintenance capital expenditures are those capital expenditures
required to maintain our long-term operating capacity. Examples
of maintenance capital expenditures include expenditures
associated with the replacement of equipment and storage tanks,
to the extent such expenditures are made to maintain our
long-term operating capacity. Maintenance capital expenditures
will also include interest (and related fees) on debt incurred
and distributions on equity issued (including incremental
distributions on incentive distribution rights) to finance all
or any portion of the construction or development of a
replacement asset that is paid in respect of the period that
begins when we enter into a binding obligation to commence
constructing or developing a replacement asset and ending on the
earlier to occur of the date that any such replacement asset
commences commercial service and the date that it is abandoned
or disposed of. Capital expenditures made solely for investment
purposes will not be considered maintenance capital expenditures.
Because our maintenance capital expenditures can be irregular,
the amount of our actual maintenance capital expenditures may
differ substantially from period to period, which could cause
similar fluctuations in the amounts of operating surplus,
adjusted operating surplus and cash available for distribution
to our unitholders if we subtracted actual maintenance capital
expenditures from operating surplus.
Our partnership agreement will require that an estimate of the
average quarterly maintenance capital expenditures necessary to
maintain our operating capacity over the long-term be subtracted
from operating surplus each quarter as opposed to the actual
amounts spent. The amount of estimated maintenance capital
expenditures deducted from operating surplus for those periods
will be subject to review and change by the board of directors
of our general partner at least once a year, provided that any
change is approved by our conflicts committee. The estimate will
be made at least annually and whenever an event occurs that is
likely to result in a material adjustment to the amount of our
maintenance capital expenditures, such as a major acquisition or
the introduction of new governmental regulations that will
impact our business. Our partnership agreement does not cap the
amount of maintenance capital expenditures that our general
partner may estimate. For purposes of calculating operating
surplus, any adjustment to this estimate will be prospective
only. For a discussion of the amounts we have allocated toward
estimated maintenance capital expenditures, please read
Cash Distribution Policy and Restrictions on
Distributions.
The use of estimated maintenance capital expenditures in
calculating operating surplus will have the following effects:
|
|
|
|
|
it will reduce the risk that maintenance capital expenditures in
any one quarter will be large enough to render operating surplus
less than the initial quarterly distribution to be paid on all
the units for the quarter and subsequent quarters;
|
|
|
|
it will increase our ability to distribute as operating surplus
cash we receive from non-operating sources; and
|
|
|
|
it will be more difficult for us to raise our distribution above
the minimum quarterly distribution and pay incentive
distributions on the incentive distribution rights held by our
general partner.
|
Expansion capital expenditures are those capital expenditures
that we expect will increase our operating capacity over the
long term. Examples of expansion capital expenditures include
the acquisition of new properties or equipment, the construction
of additional storage tanks or pipelines, to the extent such
capital expenditures are expected to expand our long-term
operating capacity. Expansion capital expenditures will also
include interest (and related fees) on debt incurred and
distributions on equity issued (including incremental
distributions on incentive distribution rights) to finance all
or any portion of the construction of such capital improvement
in respect of the period that commences when we enter into a
binding obligation to commence construction of a capital
improvement and ending on the earlier to occur of date any such
capital improvement commences commercial service and the date
that it is disposed of or abandoned. Capital expenditures made
solely for investment purposes will not be considered expansion
capital expenditures.
Investment capital expenditures are those capital expenditures
that are neither maintenance capital expenditures nor expansion
capital expenditures. Investment capital expenditures largely
will consist of capital expenditures made for investment
purposes. Examples of investment capital expenditures include
traditional capital expenditures for investment purposes, such
as purchases of securities, as well as other capital
expenditures that might be made in lieu of such
56
traditional investment capital expenditures, such as the
acquisition of a capital asset for investment purposes or
development of assets that are in excess of the maintenance of
our existing operating capacity, but which are not expected to
expand, for more than the short term, our operating capacity.
As described below, neither investment capital expenditures nor
expansion capital expenditures are included in operating
expenditures, and thus will not reduce operating surplus.
Because expansion capital expenditures include interest payments
(and related fees) on debt incurred to finance all or a portion
of the construction, replacement or improvement of a capital
asset during the period that begins when we enter into a binding
obligation to commence construction of a capital improvement and
ending on the earlier to occur of the date any such capital
asset commences commercial service and the date that it is
abandoned or disposed of, such interest payments also do not
reduce operating surplus. Losses on disposition of an investment
capital expenditure will reduce operating surplus when realized
and cash receipts from an investment capital expenditure will be
treated as a cash receipt for purposes of calculating operating
surplus only to the extent the cash receipt is a return on
principal.
Capital expenditures that are made in part for maintenance
capital purposes, investment capital purposes
and/or
expansion capital purposes will be allocated as maintenance
capital expenditures, investment capital expenditures or
expansion capital expenditure by our general partner.
Subordination
Period
General
Our partnership agreement provides that, during the
subordination period (which we define below), the common units
will have the right to receive distributions of available cash
from operating surplus each quarter in an amount equal to
$ per common unit, which amount is
defined in our partnership agreement as the minimum quarterly
distribution, plus any arrearages in the payment of the minimum
quarterly distribution on the common units from prior quarters,
before any distributions of available cash from operating
surplus may be made on the subordinated units. These units are
deemed subordinated because for a period of time,
referred to as the subordination period, the subordinated units
will not be entitled to receive any distributions from operating
surplus until the common units have received the minimum
quarterly distribution plus any arrearages in the payment of the
minimum quarterly distribution from prior quarters. Furthermore,
no arrearages will be paid on the subordinated units. The
practical effect of the subordinated units is to increase the
likelihood that during the subordination period there will be
sufficient available cash from operating surplus to pay the
minimum quarterly distribution on the common units.
Determination
of Subordination Period
OTA will initially own, directly or indirectly, all of our
subordinated units. Except as described below, the subordination
period will begin on the closing date of this offering and
expire on the first business day after the distribution to
unitholders in respect of any quarter, beginning with the
quarter
ending ,
2014, if each of the following has occurred:
|
|
|
|
|
distributions of available cash from operating surplus on each
of the outstanding common and subordinated units and the general
partner interest equaled or exceeded the minimum quarterly
distribution for each of the three consecutive, non-overlapping
four-quarter periods immediately preceding that date;
|
|
|
|
the adjusted operating surplus (as defined below)
generated during each of the three consecutive, non-overlapping
four-quarter periods immediately preceding that date equaled or
exceeded the sum of the minimum quarterly distribution on all of
the outstanding common and subordinated units and the general
partner interest during those periods on a fully diluted
weighted-average basis; and
|
|
|
|
there are no arrearages in payment of the minimum quarterly
distribution on the common units.
|
57
Early
Termination of Subordination Period
Notwithstanding the foregoing, the subordination period will
automatically terminate, and all of the subordinated units will
convert into common units on a
one-for-one
basis, on the first business day after the distribution to
unitholders in respect of any quarter, if each of the following
has occurred:
|
|
|
|
|
distributions of available cash from operating surplus exceeded
$ (150.0% of the annualized
minimum quarterly distribution) on all outstanding common units
and subordinated units, plus the corresponding distribution on
our general partners 2.0% interest and the related
distributions on the incentive distribution rights for the
four-quarter period immediately preceding that date;
|
|
|
|
the adjusted operating surplus (as defined below)
generated during the four-quarter period immediately preceding
that date equaled or exceeded the sum of
$ (150.0% of the annualized
minimum quarterly distribution) on the weighted-average number
of outstanding common and subordinated units on a fully diluted
basis, plus the corresponding distribution on our general
partners 2.0% interest and the related distribution on the
incentive distribution rights; and
|
|
|
|
there are no arrearages in payment of the minimum quarterly
distributions on the common units.
|
Expiration
Upon Removal of the General Partner
In addition, if the unitholders remove our general partner other
than for cause:
|
|
|
|
|
the subordinated units held by any person will immediately and
automatically convert into common units on a
one-for-one
basis, provided (1) neither such person nor any of its
affiliates voted any of its units in favor of the removal and
(2) such person is not an affiliate of the successor
general partner; and
|
|
|
|
if all of the subordinated units convert pursuant to the
foregoing, all cumulative common unit arrearages on the common
units will be extinguished and the subordination period will end.
|
Expiration
of the Subordination Period
When the subordination period ends, each outstanding
subordinated unit will convert into one common unit and will
then participate pro-rata with the other common units in
distributions of available cash.
Adjusted
Operating Surplus
Adjusted operating surplus is intended to reflect the cash
generated from operations during a particular period and
therefore excludes net increases in working capital borrowings
and net drawdowns of reserves of cash generated in prior
periods. Adjusted operating surplus consists of:
|
|
|
|
|
operating surplus generated with respect to that period
(excluding any amounts attributable to the items described in
the first bullet point under Operating Surplus
and Capital Surplus Operating Surplus above);
less
|
|
|
|
any net increase in working capital borrowings with respect to
that period; less
|
|
|
|
any net decrease in cash reserves for operating expenditures
with respect to that period not relating to an operating
expenditure made with respect to that period; plus
|
|
|
|
any net decrease in working capital borrowings with respect to
that period; plus
|
|
|
|
any net increase in cash reserves for operating expenditures
with respect to that period required by any debt instrument for
the repayment of principal, interest or premium; plus
|
|
|
|
any net decrease made in subsequent periods in cash reserves for
operating expenditures initially established with respect to
such period to the extent such decrease results in a reduction
of adjusted operating surplus in subsequent periods pursuant to
the third bullet point above.
|
58
Distributions
of Available Cash From Operating Surplus During the
Subordination Period
Our partnership agreement requires that we make distributions of
available cash from operating surplus for any quarter during the
subordination period in the following manner:
|
|
|
|
|
first, 98.0% to the common unitholders, pro rata, and
2.0% to our general partner, until we distribute for each common
unit an amount equal to the minimum quarterly distribution for
that quarter;
|
|
|
|
second, 98.0% to the common unitholders, pro rata, and
2.0% to our general partner, until we distribute for each common
unit an amount equal to any arrearages in payment of the minimum
quarterly distribution on the common units for any prior
quarters during the subordination period;
|
|
|
|
third, 98.0% to the subordinated unitholders, pro rata,
and 2.0% to our general partner, until we distribute for each
subordinated unit an amount equal to the minimum quarterly
distribution for that quarter; and
|
|
|
|
thereafter, in the manner described in
General Partner Interest and Incentive
Distribution Rights below.
|
The preceding discussion is based on the assumptions that our
general partner maintains its 2.0% general partner interest and
that we do not issue additional classes of equity interests.
Distributions
of Available Cash From Operating Surplus After the Subordination
Period
Our partnership agreement requires that we make distributions of
available cash from operating surplus for any quarter after the
subordination period in the following manner:
|
|
|
|
|
first, 98.0% to all common unitholders, pro rata, and
2.0% to our general partner, until we distribute for each common
unit an amount equal to the minimum quarterly distribution for
that quarter; and
|
|
|
|
thereafter, in the manner described in
General Partner Interest and Incentive
Distribution Rights below.
|
The preceding discussion is based on the assumptions that our
general partner maintains its 2.0% general partner interest and
that we do not issue additional classes of equity interests.
General
Partner Interest and Incentive Distribution Rights
Our partnership agreement provides that our general partner
initially will be entitled to 2.0% of all distributions that we
make prior to our liquidation. Our general partner has the
right, but not the obligation, to contribute a proportionate
amount of capital to us to maintain its 2.0% general partner
interest if we issue additional units. Our general
partners 2.0% interest, and the percentage of our cash
distributions to which it is entitled, will be proportionately
reduced if we issue additional units in the future (other than
the issuance of common units upon exercise by the underwriters
of their option to purchase additional common units or the
issuance of common units upon conversion of outstanding
subordinated units) and our general partner does not contribute
a proportionate amount of capital to us in order to maintain its
2.0% general partner interest. Our partnership agreement does
not require that the general partner fund its capital
contribution with cash and our general partner may fund its
capital contribution by the contribution to us of common units
or other property.
Incentive distribution rights represent the right to receive an
increasing percentage (13.0%, 23.0% and 48.0%, in each case, not
including distributions paid to the general partner on its 2.0%
general partner interest) of quarterly distributions of
available cash from operating surplus after the minimum
quarterly distribution and the target distribution levels have
been achieved. Upon the closing of this offering, our general
partner will hold all of our incentive distribution rights, but
may transfer these rights separately from its general partner
interest, subject to restrictions in the partnership agreement.
The following discussion assumes that our general partner
maintains its 2.0% general partner interest, that there are no
arrearages on common units and that our general partner
continues to own the incentive distribution rights.
If for any quarter:
|
|
|
|
|
we have distributed available cash from operating surplus to the
common and subordinated unitholders in an amount equal to the
minimum quarterly distribution; and
|
59
|
|
|
|
|
we have distributed available cash from operating surplus on
outstanding common units in an amount necessary to eliminate any
cumulative arrearages in payment of the minimum quarterly
distribution;
|
then, our partnership agreement requires that we distribute any
additional available cash from operating surplus for that
quarter among the unitholders and the general partner in the
following manner:
|
|
|
|
|
first, 98.0% to all unitholders, pro rata, and 2.0% to
our general partner, until each unitholder receives a total of
$ per unit for that quarter (the
first target distribution)
|
|
|
|
second, 85.0% to all common unitholders and subordinated
unitholders, pro rata, and 15.0% to our general partner, until
each unitholder receives a total of
$ per unit for that quarter (the
second target distribution);
|
|
|
|
third, 75.0% to all common unitholders and subordinated
unitholders, pro rata, and 25.0% to our general partner, until
each unitholder receives a total of
$ per unit for that quarter (the
third target distribution); and
|
|
|
|
thereafter, 50.0% to all common unitholders and
subordinated unitholders, pro rata, and 50.0% to our general
partner.
|
Percentage
Allocations of Available Cash From Operating Surplus
The following table illustrates the percentage allocations of
available cash from operating surplus between the unitholders
and our general partner based on the specified target
distribution levels. The amounts set forth under Marginal
Percentage Interest in Distributions are the percentage
interests of our general partner and the unitholders in any
available cash from operating surplus we distribute up to and
including the corresponding amount in the column Total
Quarterly Distribution Per Unit. The percentage interests
shown for our unitholders and our general partner for the
minimum quarterly distribution are also applicable to quarterly
distribution amounts that are less than the minimum quarterly
distribution. The percentage interests set forth below for our
general partner include distributions paid on its 2.0% general
partner interest, assume our general partner has contributed any
additional capital to maintain its 2.0% general partner interest
and has not transferred its incentive distribution rights and
there are no arrearages on common units.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Marginal Percentage
|
|
|
Total Quarterly Distribution Per
|
|
Interest in Distributions
|
|
|
Common Unit and Subordinated Unit
|
|
Unitholders
|
|
General Partner
|
|
Minimum Quarterly Distribution
|
|
$
|
|
|
98.0
|
%
|
|
|
2.0
|
%
|
First Target Distribution
|
|
above $ up to $
|
|
|
98.0
|
%
|
|
|
2.0
|
%
|
Second Target Distribution
|
|
above $ up to $
|
|
|
85.0
|
%
|
|
|
15.0
|
%
|
Third Target Distribution
|
|
above $ up to $
|
|
|
75.0
|
%
|
|
|
25.0
|
%
|
Thereafter
|
|
above $
|
|
|
50.0
|
%
|
|
|
50.0
|
%
|
General
Partners Right to Reset Incentive Distribution
Levels
Our general partner, as the initial holder of our incentive
distribution rights, has the right under our partnership
agreement to elect to relinquish the right to receive incentive
distribution payments based on the initial cash target
distribution levels and to reset, at higher levels, the minimum
quarterly distribution amount and cash target distribution
levels upon which the incentive distribution payments to our
general partner would be set. If our general partner transfers
all or a portion of our incentive distribution rights in the
future, then the holder or holders of a majority of our
incentive distribution rights will be entitled to exercise this
right. The following discussion assumes that our general partner
holds all of the incentive distribution rights at the time that
a reset election is made. The right to reset the minimum
quarterly distribution amount and the target distribution levels
upon which the incentive distributions are based may be
exercised, without approval of our unitholders or the conflicts
committee of our general partner, at any time when there are no
subordinated units outstanding and we have made cash
distributions to the holders of the incentive distribution
rights at the highest level of incentive distribution for the
prior four consecutive fiscal quarters. The reset minimum
quarterly distribution amount and target distribution levels
will be higher than the minimum quarterly distribution amount
and the target distribution levels prior to the reset such that
there will be no incentive distributions paid under the reset
target distribution levels until cash distributions per unit
following this event increase as described below. We anticipate
that our general partner would exercise this reset right in
order to facilitate acquisitions or internal growth projects
that would
60
otherwise not be sufficiently accretive to cash distributions
per common unit, taking into account the existing levels of
incentive distribution payments being made to our general
partner.
In connection with the resetting of the minimum quarterly
distribution amount and the target distribution levels and the
corresponding relinquishment by our general partner of incentive
distribution payments based on the target cash distributions
prior to the reset, our general partner will be entitled to
receive a number of newly issued common units based on a
predetermined formula described below that takes into account
the cash parity value of the average cash
distributions related to the incentive distribution rights
received by our general partner for the two quarters prior to
the reset event as compared to the average cash distributions
per common unit during this period. In addition, our general
partner will be issued a general partner interest necessary to
maintain its general partner interest in us immediately prior to
the reset election.
The number of common units that our general partner would be
entitled to receive from us in connection with a resetting of
the minimum quarterly distribution amount and the target
distribution levels then in effect would be equal to the
quotient determined by dividing (x) the average amount of
cash distributions received by our general partner in respect of
its incentive distribution rights during the two consecutive
fiscal quarters ended immediately prior to the date of such
reset election by (y) the average of the amount of cash
distributed per common unit during each of these two quarters.
Following a reset election, the minimum quarterly distribution
amount will be reset to an amount equal to the average cash
distribution amount per unit for the two fiscal quarters
immediately preceding the reset election (which amount we refer
to as the reset minimum quarterly distribution) and
the target distribution levels will be reset to be
correspondingly higher such that we would distribute all of our
available cash from operating surplus for each quarter
thereafter as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
first, 98.0% to all common unitholders, pro rata, and
2.0% to our general partner, until each unitholder receives an
amount per unit equal to 115.0% of the reset minimum quarterly
distribution for that quarter;
|
|
|
|
second, 85.0% to all common unitholders, pro rata, and
15.0% to our general partner, until each unitholder receives an
amount per unit equal to 125.0% of the reset minimum quarterly
distribution for the quarter;
|
|
|
|
third, 75.0% to all common unitholders, pro rata, and
25.0% to our general partner, until each unitholder receives an
amount per unit equal to 150.0% of the reset minimum quarterly
distribution for the quarter; and
|
|
|
|
thereafter, 50.0% to all common unitholders, pro rata,
and 50.0% to our general partner.
|
The following table illustrates the percentage allocation of
available cash from operating surplus between the unitholders
and our general partner at various cash distribution levels
(1) pursuant to the cash distribution provisions of our
partnership agreement in effect at the closing of this offering,
as well as (2) following a hypothetical reset of the
minimum quarterly distribution and target distribution levels
based on the assumption that the average quarterly cash
distribution amount per common unit during the two fiscal
quarters immediately preceding the reset election was
$ .
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Quarterly
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Distribution
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Per Unit
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Following
|
|
|
Quarterly Distribution
|
|
|
|
|
General
|
|
|
Hypothetical
|
|
|
Per Unit Prior to Reset
|
|
Unitholders
|
|
|
Partner
|
|
|
Reset
|
|
Minimum Quarterly Distribution
|
|
$
|
|
|
98.0
|
%
|
|
|
2.0
|
%
|
|
$ (1)
|
First Target Distribution
|
|
above $ up to
$
|
|
|
98.0
|
%
|
|
|
2.0
|
%
|
|
above $ (1) up to $ (2)
|
Second Target Distribution
|
|
above $ up to $
|
|
|
85.0
|
%
|
|
|
15.0
|
%
|
|
above $ (2) up to $ (3)
|
Third Target Distribution
|
|
above $ up to $
|
|
|
75.0
|
%
|
|
|
25.0
|
%
|
|
above $ (3) up to $ (4)
|
Thereafter
|
|
above $
|
|
|
50.0
|
%
|
|
|
50.0
|
%
|
|
above $ (4)
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
This amount is equal to the hypothetical reset minimum quarterly
distribution. |
|
(2) |
|
This amount is 115.0% of the hypothetical reset minimum
quarterly distribution. |
|
(3) |
|
This amount is 125.0% of the hypothetical reset minimum
quarterly distribution. |
|
(4) |
|
This amount is 150.0% of the hypothetical reset minimum
quarterly distribution. |
61
The following table illustrates the total amount of available
cash from operating surplus that would be distributed to the
unitholders and our general partner, including in respect of
incentive distribution rights, based on an average of the
amounts distributed for a quarter for the two quarters
immediately prior to the reset. The table assumes that
immediately prior to the reset there would
be
common units outstanding, our general partner has maintained its
2.0% general partner interest, and the average distribution to
each common unit would be $
per quarter for the two quarters prior to the reset.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash
|
|
|
Cash Distributions to General Partner
|
|
|
|
|
|
Distributions
|
|
|
Prior to Reset
|
|
|
|
Quarterly
|
|
to Common
|
|
|
|
|
|
2.0%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Distributions
|
|
Unitholders
|
|
|
|
|
|
General
|
|
|
Incentive
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Per Unit
|
|
Prior to
|
|
|
Common
|
|
|
Partner
|
|
|
Distribution
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
|
Prior to Reset
|
|
Reset
|
|
|
Units
|
|
|
Interest
|
|
|
Rights
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
Distributions
|
|
|
Minimum Quarterly Distribution
|
|
$
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
First Target Distribution
|
|
above $ up to $
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Second Target Distribution
|
|
above $ up to $
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Third Target Distribution
|
|
above $ up to $
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Thereafter
|
|
above $
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The following table illustrates the total amount of available
cash from operating surplus that would be distributed to the
unitholders and our general partner, including in respect of
incentive distribution rights, with respect to the quarter in
which the reset occurs. The table reflects that as a result of
the reset there would be common units outstanding, our general
partners 2.0% interest has been maintained, and the
average distribution to each common unit would be
$ . The number of common
units to be issued to our general partner upon the reset was
calculated by dividing (1) the average of the amounts
received by our general partner in respect of its incentive
distribution rights for the two quarters prior to the reset as
shown in the table above, or
$ , by (2) the average
available cash distributed on each common unit for the two
quarters prior to the reset as shown in the table above, or
$ .
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash
|
|
|
Cash Distributions to General Partner
|
|
|
|
|
|
Distributions
|
|
|
After Reset
|
|
|
|
Quarterly
|
|
to Common
|
|
|
|
|
|
2.0%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Distributions
|
|
Unitholders
|
|
|
|
|
|
General
|
|
|
Incentive
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Per Unit
|
|
Prior to
|
|
|
Common
|
|
|
Partner
|
|
|
Distribution
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
|
Prior to Reset
|
|
Reset
|
|
|
Units
|
|
|
Interest
|
|
|
Rights
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
Distributions
|
|
|
Minimum Quarterly Distribution
|
|
$
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
First Target Distribution
|
|
above $ up to $
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Second Target Distribution
|
|
above $ up to $
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Third Target Distribution
|
|
above $ up to $
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Thereafter
|
|
above $
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Our general partner will be entitled to cause the minimum
quarterly distribution amount and the target distribution levels
to be reset on more than one occasion, provided that it may not
make a reset election except at a time when it has received
incentive distributions for the prior four consecutive fiscal
quarters based on the highest level of incentive distributions
that it is entitled to receive under our partnership agreement.
Distributions
From Capital Surplus
How
Distributions From Capital Surplus Will Be Made
Our partnership agreement requires that we make distributions of
available cash from capital surplus, if any, in the following
manner:
|
|
|
|
|
first, 98.0% to all common unitholders and subordinated
unitholders, pro rata, and 2.0% to our general partner, until we
distribute for each common unit that was issued in this
offering, an amount of available cash from capital surplus equal
to the initial public offering price;
|
62
|
|
|
|
|
second, 98.0% to the common unitholders, pro rata, and
2.0% to our general partner, until we distribute for each common
unit an amount of available cash from capital surplus equal to
any unpaid arrearages in payment of the minimum quarterly
distribution on the common units; and
|
|
|
|
thereafter, we will make all distributions of available
cash from capital surplus as if they were from operating surplus.
|
The preceding paragraph assumes that our general partner
maintains its 2.0% general partner interest and that we do not
issue additional classes of equity interests.
Effect
of a Distribution From Capital Surplus
Our partnership agreement treats a distribution of capital
surplus as the repayment of the initial unit price from this
initial public offering, which is a return of capital. The
initial public offering price less any distributions of capital
surplus per unit is referred to as the unrecovered initial
unit price. Each time a distribution of capital surplus is
made, the minimum quarterly distribution and the target
distribution levels will be reduced in the same proportion as
the corresponding reduction in the unrecovered initial unit
price. Because distributions of capital surplus will reduce the
minimum quarterly distribution and target distribution levels
after any of these distributions are made, it may be easier for
our general partner to receive incentive distributions and for
the subordinated units to convert into common units. However,
any distribution of capital surplus before the unrecovered
initial unit price is reduced to zero cannot be applied to the
payment of the minimum quarterly distribution or any arrearages.
Once we distribute capital surplus on a unit issued in this
offering in an amount equal to the initial unit price, our
partnership agreement specifies that the minimum quarterly
distribution and the target distribution levels will be reduced
to zero. Our partnership agreement specifies that we then make
all future distributions from operating surplus, with 50.0%
being paid to the holders of units and 50.0% to our general
partner. The percentage interests shown for our general partner
include its 2.0% general partner interest and assume our general
partner has not transferred the incentive distribution rights.
Adjustment
to the Minimum Quarterly Distribution and Target Distribution
Levels
In addition to adjusting the minimum quarterly distribution and
target distribution levels to reflect a distribution of capital
surplus, if we combine our common units into fewer common units
or subdivide our common units into a greater number of common
units, our partnership agreement specifies that the following
items will be proportionately adjusted:
|
|
|
|
|
the minimum quarterly distribution;
|
|
|
|
the target distribution levels;
|
|
|
|
the unrecovered initial unit price;
|
|
|
|
the per unit amount of any outstanding arrearages in payment of
the minimum quarterly distribution on the common units; and
|
|
|
|
the number of subordinated units.
|
For example, if a
two-for-one
split of the common units should occur, the minimum quarterly
distribution, the target distribution levels and the unrecovered
initial unit price would each be reduced to 50.0% of its initial
level, and each subordinated unit would convert into two
subordinated units. Our partnership agreement provides that we
do not make any adjustment by reason of the issuance of
additional units for cash or property.
In addition, if legislation is enacted or if existing law is
modified or interpreted by a governmental taxing authority, so
that we become taxable as a corporation or otherwise subject to
taxation as an entity for federal, state or local income tax
purposes, our partnership agreement specifies that the minimum
quarterly distribution and the target distribution levels for
each quarter may, in the sole discretion of the general partner,
be reduced by multiplying each distribution level by a fraction,
the numerator of which is available cash for that quarter and
the denominator of which is the sum of available cash for that
quarter plus our general partners estimate of our
aggregate liability for the quarter for such income taxes
payable by reason of such legislation or interpretation. To the
extent that the actual tax liability differs from the estimated
tax liability for any quarter, the difference will be accounted
for in subsequent quarters.
63
Distributions
of Cash Upon Liquidation
General
If we dissolve in accordance with the partnership agreement, we
will sell or otherwise dispose of our assets in a process called
liquidation. We will first apply the proceeds of liquidation to
the payment of our creditors. We will distribute any remaining
proceeds to the unitholders, the general partner and the holders
of the incentive distribution rights, in accordance with their
capital account balances, as adjusted to reflect any gain or
loss upon the sale or other disposition of our assets in
liquidation.
The allocations of gain and loss upon liquidation are intended,
to the extent possible, to entitle the holders of common units
to a preference over the holders of subordinated units upon our
liquidation, to the extent required to permit common unitholders
to receive their unrecovered initial unit price plus the minimum
quarterly distribution for the quarter during which liquidation
occurs plus any unpaid arrearages in payment of the minimum
quarterly distribution on the common units. However, there may
not be sufficient gain upon our liquidation to enable the common
unitholders to fully recover all of these amounts, even though
there may be cash available for distribution to the holders of
subordinated units. Any further net gain recognized upon
liquidation will be allocated in a manner that takes into
account the incentive distribution rights of our general partner.
Manner
of Adjustments for Gain
The manner of the adjustment for gain is set forth in the
partnership agreement. If our liquidation occurs before the end
of the subordination period, we will generally allocate any gain
to the partners in the following manner:
|
|
|
|
|
first, to our general partner and the holders of units
who have negative balances in their capital accounts to the
extent of and in proportion to those negative balances;
|
|
|
|
second, 98.0% to the common unitholders, pro rata, and
2.0% to our general partner, until the capital account for each
common unit is equal to the sum of: (1) the unrecovered
initial unit price; (2) the amount of the minimum quarterly
distribution for the quarter during which our liquidation
occurs; and (3) any unpaid arrearages in payment of the
minimum quarterly distribution;
|
|
|
|
third, 98.0% to the subordinated unitholders, pro rata,
and 2.0% to our general partner, until the capital account for
each subordinated unit is equal to the sum of: (1) the
unrecovered initial unit price; and (2) the amount of the
minimum quarterly distribution for the quarter during which our
liquidation occurs;
|
|
|
|
fourth, 98.0% to all unitholders, pro rata, and 2.0% to
our general partner, until we allocate under this paragraph an
amount per unit equal to: (1) the sum of the excess of the
minimum quarterly distribution per unit over the minimum
quarterly distribution per unit for each quarter of our
existence; less (2) the cumulative amount per unit
of any distributions of available cash from operating surplus in
excess of the minimum quarterly distribution per unit that we
distributed 98.0% to the unitholders, pro rata, and 2.0% to our
general partner, for each quarter of our existence;
|
|
|
|
fifth, 85.0% to all unitholders, pro rata, and 15.0% to
our general partner, until we allocate under this paragraph an
amount per unit equal to: (1) the sum of the excess of the
second target distribution per unit over the first target
distribution per unit for each quarter of our existence; less
(2) the cumulative amount per unit of any distributions
of available cash from operating surplus in excess of the first
target distribution per unit that we distributed 85.0% to the
unitholders, pro rata, and 15.0% to our general partner for each
quarter of our existence;
|
|
|
|
sixth, 75.0% to all unitholders, pro rata, and 25.0% to
our general partner, until we allocate under this paragraph an
amount per unit equal to: (1) the sum of the excess of the
third target distribution per unit over the second target
distribution per unit for each quarter of our existence; less
(2) the cumulative amount per unit of any distributions
of available cash from operating surplus in excess of the second
target distribution per unit that we distributed 75.0% to the
unitholders, pro rata, and 25.0% to our general partner for each
quarter of our existence; and
|
|
|
|
thereafter, 50.0% to all unitholders, pro rata, and 50.0%
to our general partner.
|
The percentage interests set forth above for our general partner
include its 2.0% general partner interest and assume our general
partner has not transferred the incentive distribution rights.
64
If the liquidation occurs after the end of the subordination
period, the distinction between common units and subordinated
units will disappear, so that clause (3) of the second
bullet point above and all of the third bullet point above will
no longer be applicable.
We may make special allocations of gain among the partners in a
manner to create economic uniformity among the common units into
which the subordinated units convert and the common units held
by public unitholders.
Manner
of Adjustments for Losses
If our liquidation occurs before the end of the subordination
period, we will generally allocate any loss to our general
partner and the unitholders in the following manner:
|
|
|
|
|
first, 98.0% to holders of subordinated units in
proportion to the positive balances in their capital accounts
and 2.0% to our general partner, until the capital accounts of
the subordinated unitholders have been reduced to zero;
|
|
|
|
second, 98.0% to the holders of common units in
proportion to the positive balances in their capital accounts
and 2.0% to our general partner, until the capital accounts of
the common unitholders have been reduced to zero; and
|
|
|
|
thereafter, 100.0% to our general partner.
|
If the liquidation occurs after the end of the subordination
period, the distinction between common units and subordinated
units will disappear, so that all of the first bullet point
above will no longer be applicable.
We may make special allocations of loss among the partners in a
manner to create economic uniformity among the common units into
which the subordinated units convert and the common units held
by public unitholders.
Adjustments
to Capital Accounts
Our partnership agreement requires that we make adjustments to
capital accounts upon the issuance of additional units. In this
regard, our partnership agreement specifies that we allocate any
unrealized and, for U.S. federal income tax purposes,
unrecognized gain resulting from the adjustments to the
unitholders and the general partner in the same manner as we
allocate gain upon liquidation. In the event that we make
positive adjustments to the capital accounts upon the issuance
of additional units, our partnership agreement requires that we
generally allocate any later negative adjustments to the capital
accounts resulting from the issuance of additional units or upon
our liquidation in a manner which results, to the extent
possible, in the partners capital account balances
equaling the amount which they would have been if no earlier
positive adjustments to the capital accounts had been made. By
contrast to the allocations of gain, and except as provided
above, we generally will allocate any unrealized and
unrecognized loss resulting from the adjustments to capital
accounts upon the issuance of additional units to the
unitholders and our general partner based on their respective
percentage ownership of us. In this manner, prior to the end of
the subordination period, we generally will allocate any such
loss equally with respect to our common and subordinated units.
In the event we make negative adjustments to the capital
accounts as a result of such loss, future positive adjustments
resulting from the issuance of additional units will be
allocated in a manner designed to reverse the prior negative
adjustments, and special allocations will be made upon
liquidation in a manner that results, to the extent possible, in
our unitholders capital account balances equaling the
amounts they would have been if no earlier adjustments for loss
had been made.
65
SELECTED
HISTORICAL AND PRO FORMA COMBINED FINANCIAL AND OPERATING
DATA
We were formed in March 2011 and do not have historical
financial statements. Therefore, in this prospectus we present
the historical financial statements of Oiltanking Predecessor,
consisting of the combined financial statements of Oiltanking
Houston, L.P. and Oiltanking Beaumont Partners, L.P. In
connection with the closing of this offering, OTA will
contribute all of the outstanding equity interests in Oiltanking
Houston, L.P. and Oiltanking Beaumont Partners, L.P. to us. The
following table presents summary historical combined financial
and operating data of Oiltanking Predecessor and summary pro
forma financial data of Oiltanking Partners, L.P. as of the
dates and for the periods indicated.
The summary historical combined financial data presented as of
December 31, 2006, 2007 and 2008 and for the years ended
December 31, 2006 and 2007 are derived from the unaudited
historical combined financial statements of Oiltanking
Predecessor, which are not included in this prospectus. The
summary historical combined financial data presented as of
December 31, 2009 and 2010 and for the years ended
December 31, 2008, 2009 and 2010 are derived from the
audited historical combined financial statements of Oiltanking
Predecessor that are included elsewhere in this prospectus.
The summary pro forma combined financial data presented for the
year ended December 31, 2010 are derived from our unaudited
pro forma condensed combined financial statements included
elsewhere in this prospectus. Our unaudited pro forma condensed
combined financial statements give pro forma effect to:
|
|
|
|
|
the contribution by OTA of its partnership interests in
Oiltanking Houston, L.P. and Oiltanking Beaumont Partners, L.P.
to us;
|
|
|
|
the issuance by us to OTA
of
common units
and
subordinated units;
|
|
|
|
the issuance by us to our general partner of a 2.0% general
partner interest and the incentive distribution rights in us;
|
|
|
|
the issuance by us to the public
of
common units and the use of the net proceeds from this offering
(assuming a price of $ per common
unit, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover of
this prospectus) as described under Use of Proceeds;
|
|
|
|
the change in sponsor of a postretirement benefit plan from
Oiltanking Houston, L.P. to OTA;
|
|
|
|
the elimination of certain assets not contributed to us;
|
|
|
|
the change in tax status of Oiltanking Houston, L.P. to a
non-taxable entity; and
|
|
|
|
the elimination of historical interest expense associated with
the repayment of intercompany indebtedness to Oiltanking Finance
B.V. in the amount of approximately $125 million from the
net proceeds of the offering.
|
The unaudited pro forma condensed combined balance sheet data
assume the events listed above occurred as of December 31,
2010. The unaudited pro forma condensed combined statement of
income data for the year ended December 31, 2010 assume the
items listed above occurred as of January 1, 2010. We have
not given pro forma effect to incremental selling, general and
administrative expenses of approximately $3 million that we
expect to incur annually as a result of being a publicly traded
partnership, consisting of costs associated with SEC reporting
requirements, including annual and quarterly reports to
unitholders, tax return and
Schedule K-1
preparation and distribution, independent auditor fees, investor
relations activities, Sarbanes-Oxley Act compliance, NYSE
listing, registrar and transfer agent fees, incremental director
and officer liability insurance costs and director compensation.
For a detailed discussion of the summary historical combined
financial information contained in the following table,
including factors impacting the comparability of information in
the table, please read Managements Discussion and
Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.
The following table should also be read in conjunction with
Use of Proceeds, Business Our
History and Relationship with Oiltanking GmbH and the
audited historical combined financial statements of Oiltanking
Predecessor and our unaudited pro forma condensed combined
financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.
Among other things, the historical combined and unaudited pro
forma condensed combined financial statements include more
detailed information regarding the basis of presentation for the
information in the following table.
66
The following table presents a non-GAAP financial measure,
Adjusted EBITDA, which we use in our business as it is an
important supplemental measure of our performance and liquidity.
Adjusted EBITDA represents net income (loss) before interest
expense, income tax expense and depreciation and amortization
expense, as further adjusted to reflect certain non-cash and
non-recurring items. This measure is not calculated or presented
in accordance with GAAP. We explain this measure under
Non-GAAP Financial Measure and
reconcile it to its most directly comparable financial measures
calculated and presented in accordance with GAAP.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Pro Forma
|
|
|
|
Predecessor Historical
|
|
|
Year Ended
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
|
(In thousands, except operating information)
|
|
|
Statements of Income Data:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Revenues
|
|
$
|
64,209
|
|
|
$
|
68,511
|
|
|
$
|
79,112
|
|
|
$
|
100,840
|
|
|
$
|
116,450
|
|
|
$
|
116,450
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating costs and expenses:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating
|
|
|
20,899
|
|
|
|
24,898
|
|
|
|
29,437
|
|
|
|
29,158
|
|
|
|
32,415
|
|
|
|
32,415
|
|
Depreciation and amortization
|
|
|
10,318
|
|
|
|
10,415
|
|
|
|
12,854
|
|
|
|
14,191
|
|
|
|
15,579
|
|
|
|
15,006
|
|
Selling, general and administrative
|
|
|
8,569
|
|
|
|
9,797
|
|
|
|
9,709
|
|
|
|
13,830
|
|
|
|
15,775
|
|
|
|
14,510
|
|
(Gain) loss on disposal of fixed assets
|
|
|
(331
|
)
|
|
|
161
|
|
|
|
(4
|
)
|
|
|
96
|
|
|
|
(339
|
)
|
|
|
(339
|
)
|
Gain on property casualty indemnification
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(4,688
|
)
|
|
|
(4,688
|
)
|
Loss on impairment of assets
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
213
|
|
|
|
155
|
|
|
|
46
|
|
|
|
46
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Operating Costs and Expenses
|
|
|
39,455
|
|
|
|
45,271
|
|
|
|
52,209
|
|
|
|
57,430
|
|
|
|
58,788
|
|
|
|
56,950
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating Income
|
|
|
24,754
|
|
|
|
23,240
|
|
|
|
26,903
|
|
|
|
43,410
|
|
|
|
57,662
|
|
|
|
59,500
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other income (expense):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest expense
|
|
|
(4,276
|
)
|
|
|
(3,982
|
)
|
|
|
(7,356
|
)
|
|
|
(8,401
|
)
|
|
|
(9,538
|
)
|
|
|
(1,913
|
)
|
Interest income
|
|
|
943
|
|
|
|
484
|
|
|
|
116
|
|
|
|
98
|
|
|
|
74
|
|
|
|
74
|
|
Other income (expense)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(56
|
)
|
|
|
(912
|
)
|
|
|
491
|
|
|
|
1,100
|
|
|
|
1,100
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Other Expense, Net
|
|
|
(3,333
|
)
|
|
|
(3,554
|
)
|
|
|
(8,152
|
)
|
|
|
(7,812
|
)
|
|
|
(8,364
|
)
|
|
|
(739
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income Before Income Tax Expense
|
|
|
21,421
|
|
|
|
19,686
|
|
|
|
18,751
|
|
|
|
35,598
|
|
|
|
49,298
|
|
|
|
58,761
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income tax expense :
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Current
|
|
|
5,900
|
|
|
|
5,166
|
|
|
|
3,202
|
|
|
|
5,579
|
|
|
|
7,527
|
|
|
|
191
|
|
Deferred
|
|
|
(24
|
)
|
|
|
844
|
|
|
|
2,964
|
|
|
|
4,903
|
|
|
|
3,956
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Income Tax Expense
|
|
|
5,876
|
|
|
|
6,010
|
|
|
|
6,166
|
|
|
|
10,482
|
|
|
|
11,483
|
|
|
|
191
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net Income
|
|
$
|
15,545
|
|
|
$
|
13,676
|
|
|
$
|
12,585
|
|
|
$
|
25,116
|
|
|
$
|
37,815
|
|
|
$
|
58,570
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance Sheet Data (at period end):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Property, plant and equipment, less accumulated depreciation
|
|
$
|
146,626
|
|
|
$
|
197,084
|
|
|
$
|
248,016
|
|
|
$
|
268,057
|
|
|
$
|
265,616
|
|
|
$
|
259,288
|
|
Total Assets
|
|
|
177,586
|
|
|
|
215,468
|
|
|
|
274,838
|
|
|
|
303,500
|
|
|
|
310,469
|
|
|
|
303,792
|
|
Total Liabilities
|
|
|
124,350
|
|
|
|
158,633
|
|
|
|
205,927
|
|
|
|
213,404
|
|
|
|
206,420
|
|
|
|
50,211
|
|
Total Partners Capital
|
|
|
53,236
|
|
|
|
56,835
|
|
|
|
68,911
|
|
|
|
90,096
|
|
|
|
104,049
|
|
|
|
253,581
|
|
Cash Flow Data:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash provided by (used in):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating activities
|
|
$
|
29,905
|
|
|
$
|
30,263
|
|
|
$
|
27,022
|
|
|
$
|
32,253
|
|
|
$
|
60,678
|
|
|
|
|
|
Investing activities
|
|
|
(43,258
|
)
|
|
|
(48,992
|
)
|
|
|
(64,435
|
)
|
|
|
(34,469
|
)
|
|
|
(30,191
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
Financing activities
|
|
|
9,143
|
|
|
|
20,143
|
|
|
|
39,558
|
|
|
|
3,243
|
|
|
|
(27,597
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
Other Financial Data:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Adjusted EBITDA(1)
|
|
$
|
34,741
|
|
|
$
|
33,816
|
|
|
$
|
39,966
|
|
|
$
|
57,852
|
|
|
$
|
68,260
|
|
|
$
|
69,525
|
|
Capital Expenditures:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Maintenance(2)
|
|
$
|
1,896
|
|
|
$
|
3,814
|
|
|
$
|
3,534
|
|
|
$
|
1,414
|
|
|
$
|
3,536
|
|
|
|
|
|
Expansion(3)
|
|
|
39,693
|
|
|
|
57,197
|
|
|
|
60,934
|
|
|
|
33,065
|
|
|
|
7,631
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
41,589
|
|
|
$
|
61,011
|
|
|
$
|
64,468
|
|
|
$
|
34,479
|
|
|
$
|
11,167
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating Data:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Storage capacity, end of period (mmbbls)
|
|
|
11.2
|
|
|
|
12.4
|
|
|
|
15.2
|
|
|
|
16.4
|
|
|
|
16.8
|
|
|
|
|
|
Storage capacity, average (mmbbls)
|
|
|
10.9
|
|
|
|
11.7
|
|
|
|
14.2
|
|
|
|
15.7
|
|
|
|
16.8
|
|
|
|
|
|
Terminal throughput (mbpd)
|
|
|
822.2
|
|
|
|
750.8
|
|
|
|
695.2
|
|
|
|
700.6
|
|
|
|
784.9
|
|
|
|
|
|
Vessels per year
|
|
|
879
|
|
|
|
828
|
|
|
|
743
|
|
|
|
694
|
|
|
|
799
|
|
|
|
|
|
Barges per year
|
|
|
2,682
|
|
|
|
2,756
|
|
|
|
2,481
|
|
|
|
2,520
|
|
|
|
2,910
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
Adjusted EBITDA is defined in
Non-GAAP Financial Measure below. |
67
|
|
|
(2) |
|
Maintenance capital expenditures are those capital expenditures
required to maintain our long-term operating capacity. |
|
(3) |
|
Expansion capital expenditures are capital expenditures made to
increase the long-term operating capacity of our asset base
whether through construction or acquisitions. |
Non-GAAP Financial
Measure
For a discussion of the non-GAAP financial measure Adjusted
EBITDA, please read Summary
Non-GAAP Financial Measure. The following table
presents a reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA to the most
directly comparable GAAP financial measures, on a historical
basis and pro forma basis, as applicable, for each of the
periods indicated.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Pro Forma
|
|
|
|
Predecessor Historical
|
|
|
Year Ended
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
|
|
|
Reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA to net income:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income
|
|
$
|
15,545
|
|
|
$
|
13,676
|
|
|
$
|
12,585
|
|
|
$
|
25,116
|
|
|
$
|
37,815
|
|
|
$
|
58,570
|
|
Depreciation and amortization expense
|
|
|
10,318
|
|
|
|
10,415
|
|
|
|
12,854
|
|
|
|
14,191
|
|
|
|
15,579
|
|
|
|
15,006
|
|
Income tax expense
|
|
|
5,876
|
|
|
|
6,010
|
|
|
|
6,166
|
|
|
|
10,482
|
|
|
|
11,483
|
|
|
|
191
|
|
Interest expense, net
|
|
|
3,333
|
|
|
|
3,498
|
|
|
|
7,240
|
|
|
|
8,303
|
|
|
|
9,464
|
|
|
|
1,839
|
|
(Gain) loss on disposal of fixed assets
|
|
|
(331
|
)
|
|
|
161
|
|
|
|
(4
|
)
|
|
|
96
|
|
|
|
(339
|
)
|
|
|
(339
|
)
|
Gain on property casualty indemnification
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(4,688
|
)
|
|
|
(4,688
|
)
|
Loss on impairment of assets
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
213
|
|
|
|
155
|
|
|
|
46
|
|
|
|
46
|
|
Other (income) expense
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
56
|
|
|
|
912
|
|
|
|
(491
|
)
|
|
|
(1,100
|
)
|
|
|
(1,100
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Adjusted EBITDA
|
|
$
|
34,741
|
|
|
$
|
33,816
|
|
|
$
|
39,966
|
|
|
$
|
57,852
|
|
|
$
|
68,260
|
|
|
$
|
69,525
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA to net cash provided by
operating activities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash from operating activities
|
|
$
|
29,905
|
|
|
$
|
30,263
|
|
|
$
|
27,022
|
|
|
$
|
32,253
|
|
|
$
|
60,678
|
|
|
|
|
|
Changes in assets and liabilities
|
|
|
(3,751
|
)
|
|
|
(4,436
|
)
|
|
|
3,786
|
|
|
|
12,956
|
|
|
|
(7,207
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
Deferred income taxes (non-cash)
|
|
|
24
|
|
|
|
(844
|
)
|
|
|
(2,964
|
)
|
|
|
(4,903
|
)
|
|
|
(3,956
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
Postretirement net periodic benefit cost
|
|
|
(646
|
)
|
|
|
(731
|
)
|
|
|
(1,104
|
)
|
|
|
(1,219
|
)
|
|
|
(1,265
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
Income tax expense
|
|
|
5,876
|
|
|
|
6,010
|
|
|
|
6,166
|
|
|
|
10,482
|
|
|
|
11,483
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest expense, net
|
|
|
3,333
|
|
|
|
3,498
|
|
|
|
7,240
|
|
|
|
8,303
|
|
|
|
9,464
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other income (excluding unrealized gain/loss on investments)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
56
|
|
|
|
(180
|
)
|
|
|
(20
|
)
|
|
|
(937
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Adjusted EBITDA
|
|
$
|
34,741
|
|
|
$
|
33,816
|
|
|
$
|
39,966
|
|
|
$
|
57,852
|
|
|
$
|
68,260
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
68
MANAGEMENTS
DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF
FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
The historical combined financial statements included elsewhere
in this prospectus reflect the combined assets, liabilities and
operations of Oiltanking Predecessor, which consists of
Oiltanking Houston, L.P. and Oiltanking Beaumont Partners, L.P.
Prior to the closing of this offering, OTA will contribute all
of the outstanding equity interests in Oiltanking Houston, L.P.
and Oiltanking Beaumont Partners, L.P. to us. The following
discussion analyzes the historical financial condition and
results of operations of Oiltanking Predecessor before the
impact of pro forma adjustments related to the contribution of
our assets by OTA, our entry into a new revolving line of credit
prior to the closing of this offering, the completion of this
offering and the application of proceeds from this offering. You
should read the following discussion of the historical combined
financial condition and results of operations in conjunction
with the historical financial statements and accompanying notes
of Oiltanking Predecessor and the pro forma condensed combined
financial statements for Oiltanking Partners, L.P. included
elsewhere in this prospectus, which we refer to as our
historical financial statements. In addition, this discussion
includes forward-looking statements that are subject to risks
and uncertainties that may result in actual results differing
from statements we make. Please read Forward-Looking
Statements. Factors that could cause actual results to
differ include those risks and uncertainties that are discussed
in Risk Factors.
Overview
We are a growth-oriented Delaware limited partnership formed in
March 2011 to engage in the terminaling, storage and
transportation of crude oil, refined petroleum products and
liquefied petroleum gas. Within the energy industry, storage and
terminaling services are the critical logistical midstream link
between the exploration and production sector and the refining
sector. The owner of our general partner is Oiltanking Holding
Americas, Inc., a wholly owned subsidiary of Oiltanking GmbH,
the worlds second largest independent storage provider for
crude oil, refined products, liquid chemicals and gases.
Oiltanking GmbH intends for us to be its growth vehicle in the
United States to acquire, own and operate terminaling, storage
and pipeline assets that generate stable cash flows. Our core
assets are located along the upper Gulf Coast of the United
States on the Houston Ship Channel and in Beaumont, Texas.
Our primary business objective is to generate stable cash flows
to enable us to pay quarterly distributions to our unitholders
and to increase our quarterly cash distributions over time. We
intend to achieve that objective by anticipating long-term
infrastructure needs in the areas we serve and by growing our
tank terminal network and pipelines through construction in new
markets, the expansion of existing facilities, acquisitions from
the Oiltanking Group and strategic acquisitions from third
parties.
Houston
Terminal
We operate one of the largest third-party crude oil and refined
petroleum products terminals on the Houston Ship Channel. Our
facility has an aggregate active storage capacity of
approximately 12.1 million barrels and provides integrated
terminaling services to a variety of customers, including major
integrated oil companies, marketers, distributors and chemical
companies. This capacity includes an additional 1.0 million
barrels of storage capacity supported by multi-year contracts
with two customers that we are in the process of constructing
and expect to place into service within the next 12 months.
We expect these two contracts will generate approximately
$5.7 million in revenue on an annual basis once placed into
service. The principal products handled at our Houston terminal
complex are crude oil, the inputs for chemical production (such
as naphtha and condensate), which are referred to as chemical
feedstocks, liquefied petroleum gas and clean petroleum
products, such as gasoline and distillates, with crude oil
accounting for approximately 64% of our active storage capacity.
Our storage and distribution network is highly integrated with
the greater Houston petrochemical and refining complex. The
facility handles products through a number of transportation
modes, primarily through proprietary pipelines interconnected to
local refineries and production facilities, including Lyondell
Chemical Companys refinery in Houston, PetroBrass
refinery in Pasadena, Texas and ExxonMobils refinery in
Baytown, Texas, which is the largest refinery in the United
States.
69
Beaumont
Terminal
Our Beaumont terminal serves as a regional strategic and trading
hub for vacuum gas oil and clean petroleum products for
refineries located in the upper Gulf Coast region. Our facility
has an aggregate active storage capacity of approximately
5.7 million barrels and provides integrated terminaling
services to a variety of customers, including major integrated
oil companies, distributors, marketers and chemical and
petrochemical companies. The principal products handled at our
Beaumont terminal complex are clean petroleum products and
vacuum gas oil, which accounted for approximately 59% and 40%,
respectively, of our active storage capacity as of
March 31, 2011.
Our storage and distribution network is highly integrated with
the Beaumont/Port Arthur petrochemical and refining complex, and
provides our customers with the additional services of mixing,
blending, heating and marine vapor recovery. Our Beaumont
facility handles products through a number of transportation
modes, primarily through third-party pipelines interconnected to
local refineries and production facilities, through our own
dedicated pipeline system to Huntsmans chemical production
facility in Port Neches, and through third-party crude and
refined petroleum products tankers and barges arriving at our
deep-water docks, which can accommodate vessels with drafts of
up to 40 feet and barges with drafts of up to 12 feet.
Our waterfront capabilities currently consist of two ship docks,
allowing for vessel sizes up to 130,000 dwt, and one barge dock,
allowing for barge sizes up to 20,000 dwt. We have begun
construction on a second barge dock that will accommodate barges
up to 20,000 dwt with drafts of up to 12 feet. We also own
waterfront acreage adjacent to our terminal sufficient to
accommodate two additional deep-water docks and a new barge
dock. The additional waterfront acreage, if developed, would
approximately double our dock capacity.
How We
Generate Revenue
Our cash flows are primarily generated by fee-based storage,
terminaling and transportation services we perform under
multi-year contracts with our customers. We do not take title to
any of the products we store or handle on behalf of our
customers and, as a result, are not directly exposed to changes
in commodity prices. For the year ended December 31, 2010,
we generated approximately 75% of our revenues from storage
services fees, which our customers pay to reserve storage space
in our tanks and to compensate us for handling up to a fixed
amount of product volumes, or throughput, at our terminals.
These fees are owed to us regardless of the actual storage
capacity utilized by our customers or the volume of products
that we receive. We generate the remainder of our revenues from
(i) throughput fees independent of or incremental to those
included as part of our storage services and (ii) ancillary
services fees, charged to our storage customers for services
such as heating, mixing and blending their products stored in
our tanks, transferring their products between our tanks and
marine vapor recovery. As of March 31, 2011, 99% of our
active storage capacity was under contract, and our customer
contracts had a weighted-average life of 6.3 years. In the
five year period ended March 31, 2011, our customer
retention rate was more than 97%.
Refiners and chemical companies typically use our terminals
because their facilities may not have adequate storage capacity
or sufficient dock infrastructure or do not meet specialized
handling requirements for a particular product. We also provide
storage services to marketers and traders that require access to
large, strategically located storage. Our combination of
geographic location, efficient and well-maintained storage
assets, deep-water access and extensive distribution
interconnectivity give us the flexibility to meet the evolving
demands of our existing customers as well as those of
prospective customers seeking terminaling and storage services
along the upper Gulf Coast.
As of March 31, 2011, we had firm contracts for 99% of our
16.8 million barrels of storage capacity.
Factors
That Impact Our Business
The profitability of our storage business generally is driven by
our aggregate active storage capacity, the commercial
utilization of our terminal facilities in relation to their
capacity, and the prices we receive for our services, which in
turn are driven by the demand for the products being shipped
through or stored in our facilities. Though the underlying
principal of substantially all of our storage agreements is
take or pay whereby a customer will pay for the tank
capacity regardless of operational utilization, our revenues can
be affected moderately in the near term by (i) the length
of the underlying service contracts and the resulting pricing of
the recontracting, (ii) fluctuations in throughput volumes
to the extent as to which revenues under the contracts are a
function of the amount of product stored or transported, and
(iii) a change in the demand for ancillary services such as
heating of product or similar extra services. We believe that
the high percentage of our earnings derived from fixed storage
services fees under multi-year contracts with a diverse
portfolio of
70
customers stabilizes our cash flow, and substantially mitigates
our exposure to volatility in supply and demand conditions and
other market factors. We do not take title to the crude oil or
refined petroleum products that we store or handle for our
customers, which minimizes our direct exposure to fluctuations
in commodity prices.
We believe that key factors that influence our business are
(i) the long-term demand for and supply of crude oil and
refined petroleum products, (ii) the indirect impact of
prices of crude oil and refined petroleum products on such
demand and supply, (iii) the needs of our customers
together with the competitiveness of our service offerings with
respect to price, reliability and flexibility, and (iv) the
ability of us and our competitors to capitalize on growth
opportunities.
Supply
and Demand for Crude Oil and Refined Petroleum
Products
Our results of operations are dependent upon the volumes of
crude oil and refined petroleum products we have contracted to
handle and store and, to a lesser extent, on the actual volumes
of crude oil and refined petroleum products we handle and store
for our customers. To the extent practicable and economically
feasible in light of our strategic plans, we generally attempt
to mitigate the risk of reduced volumes and pricing by
negotiating contracts with longer terms. However, a structural
increase or decrease in the demand for crude oil and refined
petroleum products in the areas served by our terminals will
have a corresponding effect on (i) the volumes we actually
terminal and store and (ii) the volumes we contract to
terminal and store if we are not able to extend or replace our
existing customer contracts. The production and demand for crude
oil and refined petroleum products are driven by many factors,
including the price for crude oil.
Prices
of Crude Oil and Refined Petroleum Products
Because we do not own any of the crude oil or refined petroleum
products that we handle and do not engage in the trading of
crude oil or refined petroleum products, we have minimal direct
exposure to risks associated with fluctuating commodity prices.
These risks do, however, indirectly influence our activities and
results of operations over the long term. Petroleum product
prices may be contango (future prices higher than current
prices) or backwardated (future prices lower than current
prices) depending on market expectations for future supply and
demand. Our terminaling and storage services benefit most from
an increasing price environment, when a premium is placed on
storage. In addition, extended periods of depressed or elevated
crude oil and refined petroleum products prices can lead
producers to increase or decrease production of crude oil and
refined petroleum products, which can impact supply and demand
dynamics.
Customers
and Competition
We provide storage and terminaling services for a broad mix of
customers, including major integrated oil companies, marketers,
distributors and chemical and petrochemical companies. In
general, the mix of services we provide to our customers varies
depending on market conditions, expectations for future market
conditions and the overall competitiveness of our service
offerings. The terminaling and storage markets in which we
operate are very competitive, and we compete with other
operators of other terminaling facilities on the basis of rates,
terms of service, types of service, supply and market access,
and flexibility and reliability of service. We continuously
monitor the competitive environment, the evolving needs of our
customers, current and forecasted market conditions and the
competitiveness of our service offerings in order to maintain
the proper balance between optimizing near-term earnings and
cash flow and positioning the business for sustainable long-term
growth.
Organic
Growth Opportunities
Regional crude oil and refined petroleum products supply and
demand dynamics shift over time, which can lead to rapid and
significant increases in demand for terminaling and storage
services. At such times, we believe that the terminaling
companies that have positioned themselves for organic growth
will be at a competitive advantage in capitalizing on the
shifting market dynamics. We have designed the infrastructure at
our terminals specifically to facilitate future expansion, which
we expect to both reduce our overall capital costs per
additional barrel of storage capacity and shorten the duration
and enhance the predictability of development timelines. Some of
the specific infrastructure investments we have made that will
facilitate incremental expansion include dock capacity capable
of handling various products, spare pipeline infrastructure that
allows for additional volumes of product to be handled, easily
expandable piping and manifolds to handle additional storage
capacity and land that allows us to construct more tank
capacity.
71
Because of this, we believe that compared to our competitors we
are better positioned to grow organically in response to
changing market conditions.
Factors
Impacting the Comparability of Our Financial Results
Our future results of operations may not be comparable to
Oiltanking Predecessors historical results of operations
for the following reasons:
|
|
|
|
|
We anticipate incurring additional personnel and related costs
associated with operating as a publicly traded partnership and
incremental external selling, general and administrative
expenses of approximately $3 million annually as a result
of being a publicly traded partnership, consisting of costs
associated with SEC reporting requirements, including annual and
quarterly reports to unitholders, tax return and
Schedule K-1
preparation and distribution, independent auditor fees, investor
relations activities, Sarbanes-Oxley Act compliance, NYSE
listing, registrar and transfer agent fees, incremental director
and officer liability insurance costs and director compensation.
These additional personnel and related costs and incremental
external selling, general and administrative expenses are not
reflected in our historical or our pro forma combined financial
statements.
|
|
|
|
Prior to this offering, we incurred interest expense on term and
other borrowings from Oiltanking Finance B.V., a significant
portion of which we anticipate will be repaid with proceeds from
this offering. In addition, concurrently with the completion of
this offering, we anticipate entering into a new
$50.0 million revolving line of credit with Oiltanking
Finance B.V.
|
|
|
|
The historical combined financial statements of Oiltanking
Predecessor include U.S. federal and state income tax
expenses that have historically been allocated to us by OTA. Due
to our status as a partnership, we will not be subject to
U.S. federal income tax and certain state income taxes in
the future. However, we will make payments to OTA pursuant to a
tax sharing agreement for our share of state and local income
and other taxes that are included in combined or consolidated
tax returns filed by OTA.
|
|
|
|
Oiltanking Houston, L.P. historically sponsored a non-pension
postretirement benefit plan for the employees of all entities
owned by OTA. In connection with the offering, the sponsor of
the benefit plan will change from Oiltanking Houston, L.P. to
OTA and the associated liabilities will be transferred to OTA.
|
Overview
of Our Results of Operations
Our management uses a variety of financial measurements to
analyze our performance, including the following key measures:
|
|
|
|
|
revenues derived from storage services, throughput services and
ancillary services;
|
|
|
|
our operating and selling, general and administrative
expenses; and
|
|
|
|
our Adjusted EBITDA.
|
We do not utilize depreciation and amortization expense in our
key measures, because we focus our performance management on
cash flow generation and our assets have long useful lives. In
our period to period comparisons of our revenues and expenses
set forth below, we analyze the following revenue and expense
components:
Revenues
We characterize our revenues as derived from three different
types of fees, as follows:
Storage Services Fees. Storage services
fees are fees our customers pay to reserve storage space in our
tanks and to compensate us for receiving an agreed upon average
periodic amount of product volume, or throughput, on their
behalf. Storage services fees are based on a fixed storage
capacity per month plus a per barrel fee based on an assumed
fixed periodic throughput for volumes moving through our
terminals. These fees are owed to us regardless of the actual
storage capacity utilized by our customers or the amount of
throughput that we receive.
Throughput Fees. We generate throughput
fees in two different ways. First, our non-storage customers pay
us to receive or deliver volumes of products on their behalf to
designated pipelines, third-party storage facilities or
waterborne
72
transportation. Secondly, our storage customers pay us
throughput fees when we receive volumes of products on their
behalf that exceed the base throughput contemplated in their
agreed upon monthly storage services fees. Our non-storage
customers are typically not obligated to pay us any throughput
fees unless we move volumes of products across our pipelines or
docks on their behalf.
Ancillary Services Fees. We charge
ancillary services fees to our customers for providing services
such as heating, mixing, and blending our storage
customers products that are stored in our tanks,
transferring our storage customers products between our
tanks and marine vapor recovery.
Operating
Expenses
Our management seeks to maximize the profitability of our
operations by effectively managing operating expenses. These
expenses are comprised primarily of labor expenses, utility
costs, insurance premiums, repairs and maintenance expenses and
property taxes. These expenses generally remain relatively
stable across broad ranges of activity levels at our terminal
facilities, but can fluctuate from period to period depending on
the mix of activities performed during that period and the
timing of these expenses. We will seek to manage our maintenance
expenditures by scheduling maintenance over time to avoid
significant variability in our maintenance expenditures and
minimize their impact on our cash flow.
Selling,
General and Administrative Expenses
Our selling, general and administrative expenses primarily
consist of salaries and bonuses, employee benefits, legal and
accounting fees and other similar outside services. Following
this offering we anticipate incurring additional personnel and
related costs associated with operating as a publicly traded
partnership and incremental external selling, general and
administrative expenses attributable to operating as a publicly
traded partnership. These costs consist of expenses associated
with SEC compliance, including annual and quarterly reporting,
tax return and
Schedule K-1
preparation, compliance with Sarbanes-Oxley, listing on the
NYSE, engaging attorneys and independent auditors, obtaining
incremental director and officer liability insurance and
engaging a registrar and transfer agent. We expect these
external selling, general and administrative expenses will total
approximately $3 million per year. These expenses are not
reflected in our historical financial statements.
Adjusted
EBITDA
We define Adjusted EBITDA as net income (loss) before net
interest expense, income tax expense, depreciation and
amortization expense, as further adjusted to reflect certain
other non-cash and non-recurring items. Adjusted EBITDA is not a
presentation made in accordance with GAAP.
Adjusted EBITDA is a non-GAAP supplemental financial measure
that management and external users of our combined financial
statements, such as industry analysts, investors, lenders and
rating agencies, may use to assess:
|
|
|
|
|
our operating performance as compared to other publicly traded
partnerships in the midstream energy industry, without regard to
historical cost basis or financing methods;
|
|
|
|
the ability of our assets to generate sufficient cash flow to
make distributions to our unitholders;
|
|
|
|
our ability to incur and service debt and fund capital
expenditures; and
|
|
|
|
the viability of acquisitions and other capital expenditure
projects and the returns on investment in various opportunities.
|
We believe that the presentation of Adjusted EBITDA will provide
useful information to investors in assessing our financial
condition and results of operations. The GAAP measures most
directly comparable to Adjusted EBITDA are net income and net
cash provided by operating activities. Our non-GAAP financial
measure of Adjusted EBITDA should not be considered as an
alternative to GAAP net income or net cash provided by operating
activities. Adjusted EBITDA has important limitations as an
analytical tool because it excludes some but not all items that
affect net income. You should not consider Adjusted EBITDA in
isolation or as a substitute for analysis of our results as
reported under GAAP. Because Adjusted EBITDA may be defined
differently by other companies in our industry, our definitions
of Adjusted EBITDA may not be comparable to similarly titled
measures of other companies, thereby diminishing its utility.
For a reconciliation
73
of this measure to its most directly comparable financial
measures calculated and presented in accordance with GAAP,
please read Summary Non-GAAP Financial
Measure.
Other
Items
Depreciation and Amortization. We do
not utilize depreciation and amortization expense in our key
measures, because we focus our performance management on cash
flow generation and our assets have long useful lives. We
calculate depreciation expense using the straight-line method,
based on the estimated useful life of each asset.
Loss on Impairment of Assets. We
continually evaluate whether events or circumstances have
occurred that indicate that the estimated remaining useful life
of long-lived assets, including property and equipment, may
warrant revision or that the carrying value of these assets may
be impaired. During the years ended December 31, 2008, 2009
and 2010, we recorded impairment on assets totaling
approximately $0.2 million, $0.2 million and
$0.05 million, respectively.
Gain on Property Casualty
Indemnification. In 2008, one of our docks in
Beaumont was struck by a vessel owned and operated by a third
party. The primary assets impacted included the dock, dock
platform, and related unloading equipment. To account for the
property casualty damage, we recognized demolition costs as
incurred and also wrote off the net book value of the assets
that were damaged or destroyed. We offset the book value of all
damaged and destroyed assets and demolition costs incurred with
indemnity proceeds receivable in the future, according to the
provisions of the insurance policies in force. During 2009, the
dock reconstruction and replacement was completed and placed in
service. We settled our property insurance claim related to the
Beaumont dock in late 2010 for an aggregate of $6.0 million
in total recoveries, of which $5.0 million was related to
physical property damage recoveries and $1.0 million was
related to business interruption recoveries. Insurance
recoveries aggregating $1.3 million, which were previously
deemed probable and reasonably estimable, were recognized to the
extent of the related loss in prior periods. The remaining
$4.7 million was recognized as a gain in 2010, of which
$4.3 million was received in 2010, with the remaining
amount received in January 2011. As of December 31, 2010,
we had approximately $0.3 million of this unresolved claims
pertaining to this incident.
74
Results
of Operations
The following table and discussion is a summary of our combined
results of operations for the years ended December 31,
2008, 2009 and 2010.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
Combined Statements of Income:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Revenues
|
|
$
|
79,112
|
|
|
$
|
100,840
|
|
|
$
|
116,450
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating Costs and Expenses:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating
|
|
|
29,437
|
|
|
|
29,158
|
|
|
|
32,415
|
|
Depreciation and amortization
|
|
|
12,854
|
|
|
|
14,191
|
|
|
|
15,579
|
|
Selling, general and administrative
|
|
|
9,709
|
|
|
|
13,830
|
|
|
|
15,775
|
|
(Gain) loss on disposal of fixed assets
|
|
|
(4
|
)
|
|
|
96
|
|
|
|
(339
|
)
|
Gain on property casualty indemnification
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(4,688
|
)
|
Loss on impairment of assets
|
|
|
213
|
|
|
|
155
|
|
|
|
46
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Operating Costs and Expenses
|
|
|
52,209
|
|
|
|
57,430
|
|
|
|
58,788
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other income (expense):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest expense
|
|
|
(7,356
|
)
|
|
|
(8,401
|
)
|
|
|
(9,538
|
)
|
Interest income
|
|
|
116
|
|
|
|
98
|
|
|
|
74
|
|
Other income (expense)
|
|
|
(912
|
)
|
|
|
491
|
|
|
|
1,100
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Other Expense, Net
|
|
|
(8,152
|
)
|
|
|
(7,812
|
)
|
|
|
(8,364
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income before income taxes
|
|
|
18,751
|
|
|
|
35,598
|
|
|
|
49,298
|
|
Income Tax Expense:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Current
|
|
|
3,202
|
|
|
|
5,579
|
|
|
|
7,527
|
|
Deferred
|
|
|
2,964
|
|
|
|
4,903
|
|
|
|
3,956
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Income Tax Expense
|
|
|
6,166
|
|
|
|
10,482
|
|
|
|
11,483
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net Income
|
|
$
|
12,585
|
|
|
$
|
25,116
|
|
|
$
|
37,815
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Adjusted EBITDA
|
|
$
|
39,966
|
|
|
$
|
57,852
|
|
|
$
|
68,260
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
We define Adjusted EBITDA as net income (loss) before net
interest expense, income tax expense and depreciation and
amortization expense, as further adjusted to reflect certain
other non-recurring and non-cash items. Adjusted EBITDA is not a
presentation made in accordance with GAAP. For a reconciliation
of this measure to its directly comparable financial measures
calculated and presented in accordance with GAAP, please read
Summary Non-GAAP Financial Measure. |
75
Year
Ended December 31, 2010 Compared to Year Ended
December 31, 2009
The following table and discussion is a summary of our combined
results of operations for the years ended December 31, 2009
and 2010.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
$ Change
|
|
|
% Change
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Combined Statements of Income:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Revenues
|
|
$
|
100,840
|
|
|
$
|
116,450
|
|
|
$
|
15,610
|
|
|
|
15
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating costs and expenses:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating
|
|
|
29,158
|
|
|
|
32,415
|
|
|
|
3,257
|
|
|
|
11
|
%
|
Depreciation and amortization
|
|
|
14,191
|
|
|
|
15,579
|
|
|
|
1,388
|
|
|
|
10
|
%
|
Selling, general and administrative
|
|
|
13,830
|
|
|
|
15,775
|
|
|
|
1,945
|
|
|
|
14
|
%
|
(Gain) loss on disposal of fixed assets
|
|
|
96
|
|
|
|
(339
|
)
|
|
|
(435
|
)
|
|
|
(453
|
)%
|
Gain on property casualty indemnification
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(4,688
|
)
|
|
|
(4,688
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
Loss on impairment of assets
|
|
|
155
|
|
|
|
46
|
|
|
|
(109
|
)
|
|
|
(70
|
)%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Operating Costs and Expenses
|
|
|
57,430
|
|
|
|
58,788
|
|
|
|
1,358
|
|
|
|
2
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other income (expense):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest expense
|
|
|
(8,401
|
)
|
|
|
(9,538
|
)
|
|
|
(1,137
|
)
|
|
|
14
|
%
|
Interest income
|
|
|
98
|
|
|
|
74
|
|
|
|
(24
|
)
|
|
|
(24
|
)%
|
Other income
|
|
|
491
|
|
|
|
1,100
|
|
|
|
609
|
|
|
|
124
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Other Expense, Net
|
|
|
(7,812
|
)
|
|
|
(8,364
|
)
|
|
|
(552
|
)
|
|
|
7
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income before income taxes
|
|
|
35,598
|
|
|
|
49,298
|
|
|
|
13,700
|
|
|
|
38
|
%
|
Income tax expense:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Current
|
|
|
5,579
|
|
|
|
7,527
|
|
|
|
1,948
|
|
|
|
35
|
%
|
Deferred
|
|
|
4,903
|
|
|
|
3,956
|
|
|
|
(947
|
)
|
|
|
(19
|
)%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Income Tax Expense
|
|
|
10,482
|
|
|
|
11,483
|
|
|
|
1,001
|
|
|
|
10
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net Income
|
|
$
|
25,116
|
|
|
$
|
37,815
|
|
|
$
|
12,699
|
|
|
|
51
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Revenues. Revenues for the year ended
December 31, 2010 increased by $15.6 million, or 15%,
to $116.5 million from $100.8 million for the year
ended December 31, 2009. The increase was primarily
attributable to $17.0 million of revenues generated from
newly constructed storage tanks and pipelines, and increased
throughput volumes, partially offset by a $1.2 million
decrease in revenues attributable to steam sold to third parties
and decreased revenues received for property easements. The
construction of certain storage tanks and pipelines was
completed in mid-2009 and the related assets were placed in
service. Although the assets began generating revenues in 2009,
a full year of revenue was earned during 2010.
Operating Expenses. Operating expenses
for the year ended December 31, 2010 increased by
$3.3 million, or 11%, to $32.4 million from
$29.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2009.
Operating expenses increased as a result of the additional
storage tanks placed in service as well as increased throughput.
The most significant operating expense increases were related to
increased electricity costs of $1.2 million, insurance of
$0.5 million, outside services and contract labor of
$0.5 million and maintenance of $0.3 million.
Depreciation Expense. Depreciation
expense for the year ended December 31, 2010 increased by
$1.4 million, or 10%, to $15.6 million from
$14.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2009.
The increase was primarily attributable to depreciation on newly
constructed storage tanks and pipelines completed and placed in
service in mid-2009.
Selling, General and Administrative
Expenses. Selling, general and administrative
expenses for the year ended December 31, 2010 increased by
$1.9 million, or 14%, to $15.8 million from
$13.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2009.
The selling, general and administrative expenses increased as a
result of expanding our staff to
76
establish the personnel levels necessary to accommodate our
long-term growth plans. Specifically, salary costs increased
$1.3 million as the result of several new hires and the
build out of staff in Regulatory Affairs, Human Resources and
Accounting; higher employee medical costs of $0.3 million;
and increased usage of contract staffing for Information
Technology and Engineering departments of $0.3 million.
Gain on Disposal of Fixed
Assets. During the year ended
December 31, 2010, we recognized a gain on the disposal of
certain terminal assets that were dismantled and sold for net
proceeds of approximately $0.3 million.
Gain on Property Casualty
Indemnification. During the year ended
December 31, 2010, we recognized a gain of
$4.7 million from proceeds received under an insurance
contract relating to damages sustained at a dock facility that
was struck by a vessel owned and operated by a third party
during 2008.
Interest Expense. Interest expense for
the year ended December 31, 2010 increased by
$1.1 million, or 14%, to $9.5 million from
$8.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2009.
While total interest expense paid on borrowings were generally
consistent year over year, interest costs in 2009 were partially
offset by the capitalization of interest costs related to
construction projects, which were non-recurring in 2010 or not
within the criteria for capitalization.
Income Tax Expense. Income tax expense
for the year ended December 31, 2010 increased by
$1.0 million, or 10%, to $11.5 million from
$10.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2009.
This change was primarily attributable to significant increases
in revenues discussed above.
Net Income. Net income for the year
ended December 31, 2010 increased by $12.7 million, or
51%, to $37.8 million from $25.1 million for the year
ended December 31, 2009.
77
Year
Ended December 31, 2009 Compared to Year Ended
December 31, 2008
The following table and discussion is a summary of our combined
results of operations for the years ended December 31, 2008
and 2009.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
$ Change
|
|
|
% Change
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Combined Statements of Income:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Revenues
|
|
$
|
79,112
|
|
|
$
|
100,840
|
|
|
$
|
21,728
|
|
|
|
27
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating costs and expenses:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating
|
|
|
29,437
|
|
|
|
29,158
|
|
|
|
(279
|
)
|
|
|
(1
|
)%
|
Depreciation and amortization
|
|
|
12,854
|
|
|
|
14,191
|
|
|
|
1,337
|
|
|
|
10
|
%
|
Selling, general and administrative
|
|
|
9,709
|
|
|
|
13,830
|
|
|
|
4,121
|
|
|
|
42
|
%
|
(Gain) loss on disposal of fixed assets
|
|
|
(4
|
)
|
|
|
96
|
|
|
|
100
|
|
|
|
2,500
|
%
|
Loss on impairment of assets
|
|
|
213
|
|
|
|
155
|
|
|
|
(58
|
)
|
|
|
(27
|
)%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Operating Costs and Expenses
|
|
|
52,209
|
|
|
|
57,430
|
|
|
|
5,221
|
|
|
|
10
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other income (expense):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest expense
|
|
|
(7,356
|
)
|
|
|
(8,401
|
)
|
|
|
(1,045
|
)
|
|
|
14
|
%
|
Interest income
|
|
|
116
|
|
|
|
98
|
|
|
|
(18
|
)
|
|
|
(16
|
)%
|
Other income (expense)
|
|
|
(912
|
)
|
|
|
491
|
|
|
|
1,403
|
|
|
|
154
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Other Expense, Net
|
|
|
(8,152
|
)
|
|
|
(7,812
|
)
|
|
|
340
|
|
|
|
4
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income before income taxes
|
|
|
18,751
|
|
|
|
35,598
|
|
|
|
16,847
|
|
|
|
90
|
%
|
Income tax expense:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Current
|
|
|
3,202
|
|
|
|
5,579
|
|
|
|
2,377
|
|
|
|
74
|
%
|
Deferred
|
|
|
2,964
|
|
|
|
4,903
|
|
|
|
1,939
|
|
|
|
65
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Income Tax Expense
|
|
|
6,166
|
|
|
|
10,482
|
|
|
|
4,316
|
|
|
|
70
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net Income
|
|
$
|
12,585
|
|
|
$
|
25,116
|
|
|
$
|
12,531
|
|
|
|
100
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Revenues. Revenues for the year ended
December 31, 2009 increased by $21.7 million, or 27%,
to $100.8 million from $79.1 million for the year
ended December 31, 2008. This increase was primarily
attributable to increased storage services revenues from newly
constructed tanks and pipelines and increased throughput volumes
of $22.7 million, offset by a decrease in revenues from
steam sold to a third party of $1.7 million. The third
party, whose facility is located adjacent to the Houston
terminal, had mechanical problems with their own boiler
facilities from 2008 through mid-2009 and contracted with us to
provide their facility with steam.
Operating Expenses. Operating expenses
were relatively unchanged for the year ended December 31,
2009 compared to the year ended December 31, 2008.
Significant changes in individual operating expenses included
increases in ad valorem taxes of $1.1 million, operations
employee costs of $0.9 million, and contract labor tank
painting costs of $0.3 million associated with the newly
constructed tanks and pipelines. These increases were offset by
a decrease in operating expenses due primarily to lower energy
costs of $2.5 million realized during the period.
Depreciation Expense. Depreciation
expense for the year ended December 31, 2009 increased by
$1.3 million, or 10%, to $14.2 million from to
$12.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2008.
The increase in depreciation is attributable to the construction
of new storage tanks, pipelines and dock facilities placed into
service in mid-2009.
Selling, General and Administrative
Expenses. Selling, general and administrative
expenses for the year ended December 31, 2009 increased by
$4.1 million, or 42%, to $13.8 million from
$9.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2008. Our
selling, general and administrative expense increased primarily
as the result of an adjustment to increase the deferred
compensation liability of $1.6 million and an adjustment to
increase our post-retirement plan liability of
$0.9 million. Additionally, we incurred costs of
$0.4 million associated with implementation of new
information
78
technology systems, of $0.3 million associated with
temporary administrative and accounting labor and of
$0.5 million associated with the expansion of our corporate
staff.
Interest Expense. Interest expense for
the year ended December 31, 2009 increased by
$1.0 million, or 14%, to $8.4 million from
$7.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2008.
While overall borrowings increased by $7.0 million from
2008, interest costs in 2008 were partially offset by the
capitalization of interest costs related to construction
projects, which were non-recurring for 2009 or not within the
size or duration criteria for capitalization.
Income Tax Expense. Income tax expense
for the year ended December 31, 2009 increased by
$4.3 million, or 70%, to $10.5 million from
$6.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2008.
This change was primarily attributable to the items discussed
above.
Net Income. Net income for the year
ended December 31, 2009 increased by $12.5 million, or
100%, to $25.1 million from $12.6 million for the year
ended December 31, 2008. This change is attributable to the
increases in net income before taxes due to items discussed
above.
Future
Trends and Outlook
We expect that our business will continue to be affected by the
key trends and factors described below. We base our expectations
on assumptions made by us and information currently available to
us. To the extent our underlying assumptions about or
interpretation of available information prove to be incorrect,
our actual results may vary materially from our expected results.
Supply
of Crude Oil and Refined Products
As the supplies of crude oil entering the upper Gulf Coast
region increase or decrease, or result in a different crude oil
supply mix in the region, the volumes of products we handle at
our terminals may be affected. In the medium-term, we expect
significant new sources of supplies of crude oil in the upper
Gulf Coast region due to current and planned third-party
pipeline expansion projects including:
|
|
|
|
|
TransCanadas Keystone Pipeline, which is expected to
transport crude oil from the Alberta oil sands and the Bakken
Shale formation to the Gulf Coast region for refining at a rate
of up to 900,000 barrels per day within the next two years;
|
|
|
|
Enbridges Monarch Pipeline, which is expected to transport
crude oil from the Cushing storage interchange in Oklahoma to
Houston at a rate of up to 350,000 barrels per day within
the next two years;
|
|
|
|
Enterprise Products Partners proposed pair of pipelines,
which are expected to transport crude oil from the Eagle Ford
Shale in south Texas to Houston at a rate of up to
350,000 barrels per day within the next
18 months; and
|
|
|
|
Magellan Midstream Partners reversal and conversion of its
Longhorn pipeline, which is expected to transport crude oil from
El Paso to Houston at a rate of up to 200,000 barrels
per day within 18 to 24 months upon approval of the project.
|
As indicated above, these pipelines are expected to transport
additional crude oil volumes from the Canadian oil sands, the
Bakken Shale formation in North Dakota and Montana, the Eagle
Ford Shale in south Texas as well as other crude oil development
and exploitation projects throughout the western and central
United States. We believe these supplies will create additional
volumes of Gulf Coast crude oil for local refiners necessitating
additional storage capacity. We believe that these changes in
crude oil supply dynamics could increase demand for our storage
services, as our Houston terminal is well positioned to connect
to these new supply sources.
In addition to the increases in crude oil supplies from these
pipeline projects, we also have received a number of inquiries
from merchant trading firms seeking to secure significant
storage capacity in order to continue trading operations
following the implementation of the Dodd Frank Act. We have made
significant investments in real estate and
rights-of-ways
to increase our storage capacity to handle these volumes.
79
Entry
of Competitors into the Markets in which we
Operate
The competitiveness of our service offerings could be
significantly impacted by the entry of new competitors into the
markets in which our Houston and Beaumont terminals operate. We
believe, however, that significant barriers to entry exist in
the crude oil and refined products terminaling and storage
business, particularly for marine terminals. These barriers
include significant costs and execution risk, a lengthy
permitting and development cycle, financing challenges, shortage
of personnel with the requisite expertise and the finite number
of sites with comparable connectivity suitable for development.
Growth
Opportunities
We expect to expand the storage capacity at our current terminal
facilities over the near and medium term. In addition, we will
selectively pursue strategic asset acquisitions from the
Oiltanking Group or third parties that complement our existing
asset base or provide attractive potential returns in new areas
within our geographic footprint. Our long-term strategy includes
operating qualifying income producing assets throughout North
America. We believe that we will be well positioned to acquire
assets from third parties should such opportunities arise, and
identifying and executing acquisitions will be a key part of our
strategy. However, if we do not make acquisitions on
economically acceptable terms, our future growth will be
limited, and the acquisitions we do make may reduce, rather than
increase, our cash available for distribution.
Demand
for Crude Oil and Refined Products
Crude oil and refined products demand has generally increased in
2010 and thus far in 2011, compared to the recessionary
environment in 2008 and 2009. In the near-term, we expect demand
for these products to remain stable. Even if demand for crude
oil decreases sharply, however, our historical experience during
recessionary periods has been that our results of operations are
not materially impacted. We believe this is because of several
factors, including: (i) we mitigate the risk of reduced
volumes and pricing by negotiating contracts with longer terms,
and (ii) sharp decreases in demand for crude oil and
refined products generally increase the short and medium-term
need for storage of those products, as customers search for
buyers at appropriate prices.
Liquidity
and Capital Resources
Liquidity
Our principal liquidity requirements are to finance current
operations, fund capital expenditures, including acquisitions
from time to time, and to service our debt. Following completion
of this offering, we expect our sources of liquidity to include
cash generated by our operations, borrowings under our revolving
line of credit and issuances of equity and debt securities. We
believe that cash generated from these sources will be
sufficient to meet our short-term working capital requirements
and long-term capital expenditure requirements. Please read
Liquidity and Capital Resources
Capital Expenditures for a further discussion of the
impact on liquidity.
Following the completion of this offering, we intend to pay a
minimum quarterly distribution of
$ per common unit and subordinated
unit per quarter, which equates to
$ million per quarter, or
$ million per year, based on
the number of common and subordinated units and the general
partner interest to be outstanding immediately after completion
of this offering, to the extent we have sufficient cash from our
operations after establishment of cash reserves and payment of
fees and expenses, including payments to our general partner and
its affiliates. We do not have a legal obligation to pay this
distribution. Please read Cash Distribution Policy and
Restrictions on Distributions.
Term
Borrowings
During 2003, the Oiltanking Group enacted a policy of centrally
financing the expansion and growth of its global holdings of
terminaling subsidiaries and in 2008, established Oiltanking
Finance B.V., a wholly owned finance company located in
Amsterdam, The Netherlands. Oiltanking Finance B.V. now serves
as the global bank for the Oiltanking Groups terminal
holdings, including ours, and arranges loans and notes at market
rates and terms for approved terminal construction projects. We
believe that this relationship has historically provided us with
access to debt capital on terms
80
that are consistent with or better than what would have been
available to us from third parties. We believe this relationship
could continue to provide us with access to capital at
competitive rates.
As of December 31, 2010 we had the following outstanding
notes payable to Oiltanking Finance B.V. (in thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
5.93% Note due 2014
|
|
$
|
12,800
|
|
6.81% Note due 2015
|
|
|
11,200
|
|
5.96% Note due 2017
|
|
|
12,500
|
|
6.63% Note due 2018
|
|
|
2,858
|
|
6.63% Note due 2018
|
|
|
15,000
|
|
6.88% Note due 2018
|
|
|
6,000
|
|
4.90% Note due 2018
|
|
|
24,000
|
|
4.90% Note due 2018
|
|
|
24,000
|
|
7.59% Note due 2018
|
|
|
4,000
|
|
6.78% Note due 2019
|
|
|
8,100
|
|
6.35% Note due 2019
|
|
|
12,600
|
|
7.45% Note due 2019
|
|
|
7,200
|
|
7.02% Note due 2020
|
|
|
8,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total debt
|
|
|
148,258
|
|
Less current portion
|
|
|
(18,757
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total long-term debt
|
|
$
|
129,501
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total required long-term debt principal repayments of the
affiliated debt discussed above for the next five years and
thereafter are as follows (in thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Amount
|
|
|
2011
|
|
$
|
18,757
|
|
2012
|
|
|
18,757
|
|
2013
|
|
|
18,757
|
|
2014
|
|
|
17,157
|
|
2015
|
|
|
14,357
|
|
Thereafter
|
|
|
60,473
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
148,258
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Effective December 15, 2010, we entered into an additional
agreement with Oiltanking Finance B.V., which provides for a
maximum borrowing of $24 million, is payable in semi-annual
installments of $1.2 million, plus accrued interest,
through December 15, 2021. The borrowings bear interest at
the ten-year USD swap rate plus 2.5% per annum (3.52% at
December 31, 2010). No borrowings have been made under this
agreement. We expect that we will terminate this agreement,
without penalty, in connection with the completion of this
offering and our entry into the expected revolving line of
credit with Oiltanking Finance B.V.
81
Upon the completion of this offering, we intend to use a portion
of the proceeds to repay approximately $125 million in
borrowings from Oiltanking Finance B.V., with the following
notes payable remaining outstanding (in thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
Notes
|
|
Amount
|
|
|
6.78% Note due 2019
|
|
$
|
8,100
|
|
7.45% Note due 2019
|
|
|
7,200
|
|
7.02% Note due 2020
|
|
|
8,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total debt
|
|
$
|
23,300
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
We intend to use a portion of the net proceeds of this offering
to reimburse Oiltanking Finance B.V. for approximately
$ million of fees incurred in connection with
our repayment of such indebtedness.
Certain of the debt agreements with Oiltanking Finance B.V.
contain loan covenants that require us to maintain certain debt,
leverage, and equity ratios and prohibit us from pledging our
assets to third parties or incurring any indebtedness other than
from Oiltanking Finance B.V. Specifically, the debt agreements
require us to maintain (i) a Stockholders Equity
Ratio (stockholders equity to non-current assets) of 30%
or greater; (ii) a Debt Service Coverage Ratio (EBITDA to
total debt service for such period) of 1.2 or greater; and
(iii) a Leverage Ratio (liabilities for borrowings,
derivative instruments and capital leases, net of subordinated
loans and cash and cash equivalents, to EBITDA) of 3.75 or less.
Concurrently with the completion of this offering, we expect to
enter into a new $50.0 million revolving line of credit
with Oiltanking Finance B.V., which we expect will contain
restrictions similar to the restrictions described in this
paragraph.
Revolving
Line of Credit
Concurrently with the closing of this offering, we intend to
enter into a two-year, $50.0 million revolving line of
credit with Oiltanking Finance B.V. The revolving line of credit
will be available to fund working capital and to finance
acquisitions and other expansion capital expenditures. The
revolving credit committed amount may be increased by
$75.0 million up to a total commitment of
$125.0 million with the approval of Oiltanking Finance B.V.
Borrowings under the revolving line of credit are expected to
bear interest at LIBOR plus a margin of 2.00% and any unused
portion of the revolving line of credit will be subject to a
commitment fee of 0.50% per annum. We will pay an arrangement
fee of $250,000 in connection with entering into the revolving
line of credit. The maturity date of the revolving line of
credit is expected to be June 30, 2013.
Potential
OTA Financial Support
OTA and other members of the Oiltanking Group may elect, but are
not obligated, to provide financial support to us under certain
circumstances, such as in connection with an acquisition or
expansion capital project. Our partnership agreement contains
provisions designed to facilitate the Oiltanking Groups
ability to provide us with financial support while reducing
concerns regarding conflicts of interest by defining certain
potential financing transactions between OTA and other members
of the Oiltanking Group, including Oiltanking Finance B.V., on
the one hand, and us, on the other hand, as fair to our
unitholders. In that regard, the following forms of potential
Oiltanking Group financial support will be deemed fair to our
unitholders, and will not constitute a breach of any fiduciary
or other duty owed to us by our general partner, if consummated
on terms no less favorable than described below:
|
|
|
|
|
our issuance of common units to OTA or any of its affiliates at
a price per common unit of no less than 95% of the trailing
10-day
average closing price per common unit;
|
|
|
|
our borrowing of funds from OTA or any of its affiliates on
terms that include a tenor of at least one year and no
longer than ten years and a fixed rate of interest that is
no more than 200 basis points higher than the corresponding
base rate, which is LIBOR for one year maturities and the USD
swap rate for maturities of greater than one year and up to
ten years; and
|
|
|
|
OTA and its affiliates may provide us or any of our subsidiaries
with guaranties or trade credit support to support the ongoing
operations of us or our subsidiaries; provided, that
(i) the pricing of any such guaranties or trade credit
support is no more than 100 basis points per annum and
(ii) any such guaranties or trade credit support are
limited
|
82
|
|
|
|
|
to ordinary course obligations of us or our subsidiaries and do
not extend to indebtedness for borrowed money or other
obligations that could be characterized as debt.
|
We have no obligation to seek financing or support from OTA or
any other member of the Oiltanking Group on the terms described
above or to accept such financing or support if it is offered to
us. In addition, neither OTA nor any other member of the
Oiltanking Group will have any obligation to provide financial
support under these or any other circumstances. The existence of
these provisions will not preclude other forms of financial
support from OTA or any other member of the Oiltanking Group,
including financial support on significantly less favorable
terms under circumstances in which such support appears to be in
our best interests.
In addition, following the completion of our issuance of units
in connection with an underwritten public offering, direct
placement
and/or
private offering of common units, we may make a reasonably
prompt redemption of a number of common units owned by OTA or
its affiliates that is no greater than the aggregate number of
common units issued to OTA or its affiliates pursuant to the
provisions summarized in the first bullet above (taking into
account any prior redemption pursuant to the provisions
summarized in this paragraph) at a price per common unit that is
no greater than the price per common unit paid by the investors
in such offering or placement, as applicable, less underwriting
discounts and commissions or placement fees, if any. As with the
transactions described in the bullets above, any such
redemptions will be deemed fair to our unitholders and will not
constitute a breach of any duty owed to us by our general
partner.
Cash
Flows
Year
Ended December 31, 2010 Compared to Year Ended
December 31, 2009
Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities, investing
activities and financing activities for the years ended
December 31, 2009 and 2010 were as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
2010
|
|
$ Change
|
|
% Change
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash provided by operating activities
|
|
$
|
32,253
|
|
|
$
|
60,678
|
|
|
$
|
28,425
|
|
|
|
88
|
%
|
Net cash used in investing activities
|
|
|
(34,469
|
)
|
|
|
(30,191
|
)
|
|
|
4,278
|
|
|
|
12
|
%
|
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities
|
|
|
3,243
|
|
|
|
(27,597
|
)
|
|
|
(30,840
|
)
|
|
|
(951
|
)%
|
Cash Flows From Operating
Activities. Cash flows from operating
activities for the year ended December 31, 2010 increased
by $28.4 million, or 88%, to $60.7 million from
$32.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2009.
The increase was primarily attributable to an increase in
storage and terminaling revenues associated with the expansion
of our Houston facilities.
Cash Flows Used in Investing
Activities. Cash flows used in investing
activities for the year ended December 31, 2010 decreased
by $4.3 million, or 12%, to $30.2 million from
$34.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2009.
The decrease was primarily attributable to the completion of
expansion capital projects that increased our storage capacity
at our Houston facilities.
Cash Flows Provided by (Used in) Financing
Activities. Cash flows used in financing
activities for the year ended December 31, 2010 increased
by $30.8 million, or 951%, to $27.6 million from
$3.2 million provided by financing activities for the year
ended December 31, 2009. The increase was primarily
attributable to a significant increase in dividends made to our
parent company and the scheduled repayments of debt to
Oiltanking Finance B.V.
83
Year
Ended December 31, 2009 Compared to the Year Ended
December 31, 2008
Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities, investing
activities and financing activities for the years ended
December 31, 2008 and 2009 were as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
2009
|
|
$ Change
|
|
% Change
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash provided by operating activities
|
|
$
|
27,022
|
|
|
$
|
32,253
|
|
|
$
|
5,231
|
|
|
|
19
|
%
|
Net cash used in investing activities
|
|
|
(64,435
|
)
|
|
|
(34,469
|
)
|
|
|
(29,966
|
)
|
|
|
(47
|
)%
|
Net cash provided by financing activities
|
|
|
39,558
|
|
|
|
3,243
|
|
|
|
(36,315
|
)
|
|
|
(92
|
)%
|
Cash Flows Provided by Operating
Activities. Cash flows from operating
activities for the year ended December 31, 2009 increased
by $5.2 million, or 19%, to $32.3 million from
$27.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2008.
The increase was primarily attributable to increased revenues
attributable to the construction of new storage tanks, pipeline
and a ship dock completed and placed into service in mid-2009.
Cash Flows Used in Investing
Activities. Cash flows used in investing
activities for the year ended December 31, 2009 decreased
by $30.0 million, or 47%, to $34.5 million from
$64.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2008.
The decrease was primarily attributable to the completion of
expansion capital projects that increased our storage capacity
at our Houston facilities.
Cash Flows Provided by Financing
Activities. Cash flows provided by financing
activities for the year ended December 31, 2009 decreased
by $36.3 million, or 92%, to $3.2 million from
$39.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2008.
The decrease primarily was attributable to an increase in cash
distributions made to our parent company and a reduction in
borrowings for the period.
Contractual
Obligations
We have contractual obligations that are required to be settled
in cash. Our contractual obligations as of December 31,
2010 were as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Payments Due by Period
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Less than 1
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
More than
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
Year
|
|
|
1-3 Years
|
|
|
4-5 Years
|
|
|
5 Years
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
Long-term debt obligations
|
|
$
|
148,258
|
|
|
$
|
18,757
|
|
|
$
|
37,514
|
|
|
$
|
31,514
|
|
|
$
|
60,473
|
|
Interest payments
|
|
|
41,886
|
|
|
|
8,684
|
|
|
|
14,234
|
|
|
|
9,814
|
|
|
|
9,154
|
|
Operating lease obligations
|
|
|
14,400
|
|
|
|
600
|
|
|
|
1,200
|
|
|
|
1,200
|
|
|
|
11,400
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
204,544
|
|
|
$
|
28,041
|
|
|
$
|
52,948
|
|
|
$
|
42,528
|
|
|
$
|
81,027
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Capital
Expenditures
Our operations are capital intensive, requiring investments to
expand, upgrade or enhance existing operations and to meet
environmental and operational regulations. Our capital
requirements have consisted of and are expected to continue to
consist of maintenance capital expenditures and expansion
capital expenditures. Maintenance capital expenditures include
expenditures required to maintain equipment reliability,
tankage, and pipeline integrity and safety and to address
environmental regulations. Expansion capital expenditures
include expenditures to acquire assets and expand existing
facilities that increase throughput capacity in our terminals or
increase storage capacity at our storage facilities. For the
years ended December 31, 2008, 2009 and 2010, Oiltanking
Predecessor incurred a total of $3.5 million,
$1.4 million and $3.5 million, respectively, in
maintenance capital expenditures and expended
$60.9 million, $33.1 million and $7.6 million,
respectively, for expansion capital expenditures. Our
predecessors capital funding requirements were funded by
loans from Oiltanking Finance B.V.
We have estimated maintenance capital expenditures of
approximately $5.0 million and expansion capital
expenditures of approximately $40.4 million for the year
ended March 31, 2012. We anticipate that estimated
maintenance capital expenditures and expansion capital
expenditures will be funded primarily with cash from operations
and with
84
borrowings under our revolving line of credit. Consistent with
our disciplined financial approach, in the long-term, we
generally intend to fund the capital required for expansion
projects and acquisitions through a balanced combination of
equity and debt capital.
Recent
Economic and Market Trends Impacting Our Liquidity
During 2008 and the beginning of 2009, worldwide financial
markets were extremely volatile and the economy weakened
considerably. While financial markets have since stabilized
significantly and become increasingly favorable for capital
formation through the first several months of 2011, we will not
be unaffected by challenging economic and capital markets
conditions if market conditions deteriorate or the worldwide
recovery does not continue or continues at a slower rate. In
particular, while we believe that cash flow in excess of
distributions as well as borrowings under our revolving line of
credit will enable us to fund our planned expansion activities
for the next several years, funding of additional expansion
activities or acquisitions may require us to access additional
capital resources, which we intend to fund with a balanced
combination of equity and debt capital. Although we believe that
equity and debt markets will be available to us on reasonable
terms based on current market conditions, there can be no
assurance that future market conditions will permit us to access
capital to fund future acquisition and expansion activities.
Off-Balance
Sheet Arrangements
We do not have any off-balance sheet arrangements.
Critical
Accounting Policies and Estimates
The discussion and analysis of our financial condition and
results of operations are based upon each of the respective
combined financial statements of Oiltanking Predecessor, which
have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles
generally accepted in the United States. The preparation of
these financial statements requires the use of estimates and
assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets,
liabilities, revenues and expenses, and related disclosure of
contingent assets and liabilities. Certain accounting policies
involve judgments and uncertainties to such an extent that there
is a reasonable likelihood that materially different amounts
could have been reported under different conditions, or if
different assumptions had been used. Estimates and assumptions
are evaluated on a regular basis. We and our predecessor base
our respective estimates on historical experience and various
other assumptions that are believed to be reasonable under the
circumstances, the results of which form the basis for making
judgments about the carrying values of assets and liabilities
that are not readily apparent from other sources. Actual results
may differ from the estimates and assumptions used in
preparation of the combined financial statements.
Upon the closing of this offering, the combined historical
financial statements of Oiltanking Predecessor will become the
historical financial statements of Oiltanking Partners, L.P.
Consequently, the critical accounting policies and estimates of
our predecessor will become our critical accounting policies and
estimates. We believe these accounting policies reflect the more
significant estimates and assumptions used in preparation of the
financial statements. Please read Note 2 to the Oiltanking
Predecessor audited historical financial statements included
elsewhere in this prospectus, for a discussion of additional
accounting policies, estimates and judgments made by its
management
Depreciation. We calculate depreciation
expense using the straight-line method, based on the estimated
useful life of each asset. We assign asset lives based on
reasonable estimates when an asset is placed into service. We
periodically evaluate the estimated useful lives of our
property, plant and equipment and revise our estimates. The
determination of an assets estimated useful life takes a
number of factors into consideration, including technological
change, normal depreciation and actual physical usage. If any of
these assumptions subsequently change, the estimated useful life
of the asset could change and result in an increase or decrease
in depreciation expense. Subsequent events could cause us to
change our estimates, which would impact the future calculation
of depreciation expense.
Impairment of Long-Lived Assets. In
accordance with ASC 360, Accounting for the
Impairment or Disposal of Long-Lived Assets, we
continually evaluate whether events or circumstances have
occurred that indicate the carrying value of our long-lived
assets, including property and equipment, may be impaired. In
determining whether the carrying value of our long-lived assets
is impaired, we make a number of subjective assumptions
including, whether there is an indication of impairment and the
extent of any such impairment.
85
Factors we consider as indicators of impairment may include, but
are not limited to, our assessment of the market value of the
asset, operating or cash flow losses and any significant change
in the assets physical condition or use.
We evaluate the potential impairment of long-lived assets by
comparison of estimated undiscounted cash flows for the related
asset to the assets carrying value. Impairment is
indicated when the estimated undiscounted cash flows to be
generated by the asset are less than the assets carrying
value. If the long-lived asset is considered to be impaired, the
impairment loss is measured as the amount by which the carrying
amount of the asset exceeds the fair value of the asset,
calculated using a discounted future cash flow analysis.
These future cash flow estimates (both undiscounted and
discounted) are based on historical results, adjusted to reflect
our best estimate of future market and operating conditions.
Uncertainty associated with these cash flow estimates include
assumptions regarding demand for the crude oil, refined
petroleum products and liquified petroleum gas that we
transport, store and distribute, volatility and pricing crude
oil and its impact on refined products prices, the level of
domestic oil and gas production, discount rates (for discounted
cash flows) and potential future sources of cash flows.
Although the resolution of these uncertainties historically has
not had a material impact on our results of operations or
financial condition, we cannot provide assurance that actual
amounts will not vary significantly from estimated amounts.
During the years ended December 31, 2008, 2009 and 2010, we
recorded impairment on assets totalling approximately
$0.2 million, $0.2 million, and $0.05 million,
respectively.
Environmental and Other Contingent
Liabilities. Environmental costs are expensed
if they relate to an existing condition caused by past
operations and do not contribute to current or future revenue
generation. Liabilities are recorded when site restoration,
environmental remediation, cleanup or other obligations are
either known or considered probable and can be reasonably
estimated. At December 2009 and 2010, we had no accruals for
environmental obligations.
Accruals for contingent liabilities are recorded when our
assessment indicates that it is probable that a liability has
been incurred and the amount of liability can be reasonably
estimated. Such accruals may include estimates and are based on
all known facts at the time and our assessment of the ultimate
outcome. Our estimates for contingent liability accruals are
increased or decreased as additional information is obtained or
resolution is achieved. Presently, there are no material
accruals in these areas. Although the resolution of these
uncertainties historically has not had a material impact on our
results of operations or financial condition, we cannot provide
assurance that actual amounts will not vary significantly from
estimated amounts.
Among the many uncertainties that impact our estimates of
environmental and other contingent liabilities are the potential
involvement in lawsuits, administrative proceedings and
governmental investigations, including environmental, regulatory
and other matters, as well as the uncertainties that exist in
operating our storage facilities, associated pipeline systems,
and related facilities. Our insurance does not cover every
potential risk associated with operating our storage facility,
pipeline system, and related facilities, including the potential
loss of significant revenues. We believe we are adequately
insured for public liability and property damage to others with
respect to our operations. With respect to all of our coverage,
we may not be able to maintain adequate insurance in the future
at rates we consider reasonable.
Quantitative
and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk
Market risk is the risk of loss arising from adverse changes in
market rates and prices. We do not take title to the crude oil,
refined petroleum products and liquified petroleum gas that we
handle and store, and therefore, we have minimal direct exposure
to risks associated with fluctuating commodity prices. We do not
intend to hedge our indirect exposure to commodity risk.
We will have exposure to changes in interest rates on our
indebtedness associated with our expected revolving line of
credit, but for the year ended December 31, 2010, we did
not have any variable rate indebtedness. We may use certain
derivative instruments to hedge our exposure to variable
interest rates in the future, but we do not currently have in
place any hedges or forward contracts.
86
Seasonality
The crude oil, refined petroleum product and liquified petroleum
gas throughput in our terminals is directly affected by the
level of supply and demand for crude oil, refined petroleum
products and liquified petroleum gas in the markets served
directly or indirectly by our assets, which can fluctuate
seasonally, particularly due to seasonal shutdowns of refineries
during the spring months. However, many effects of seasonality
on our revenues will be substantially mitigated, as the
significant majority of our revenues are generated through fixed
monthly fees for storage services under multi-year contracts.
87
INDEPENDENT
STORAGE INDUSTRY OVERVIEW
Independent storage providers play a vital role in the business
of oil products and chemicals, in both liquid and gas form. They
are a critical logistic midstream link between the upstream
(exploration and production) and the downstream (refining and
marketing) segments of the oil and chemical industry. In the
independent storage business, a truly independent operator does
not receive title to the product stored and handled, nor do the
customers it serves own or control its facilities. Instead, an
independent operator generally serves unrelated third-party
customers.
Over the last three decades, the liquid storage business has
evolved from its beginnings as a component of an integrated
production process, into a mature, stand-alone operation. When
the Oiltanking Group began its North American business in 1974,
the independent terminaling business was fragmented, with only a
few large players, while major energy and chemical companies
owned and operated extensive tank terminal networks for their
own needs. While the independent storage business still includes
many small and local private companies that often own just a
single terminal, some large well-financed public and private
companies, like us, have emerged and positioned themselves as
market leaders through acquisitions, expansions and new
constructions. The Oiltanking Group is the worlds second
largest independent storage provider for crude oil, refined
products, liquid chemicals and gases, and one of only a handful
of global independent terminal operators.
Overview
The independent crude oil and refined products storage industry
helps address a fundamental imbalance in the energy industry:
crude oil and refined products are produced in different
locations and at different times than they are ultimately
consumed. In the United States, the consumption of crude oil
exceeds the domestic production of crude oil, necessitating the
import of crude oil from other countries. In addition, while the
significant majority of petroleum end products consumed in the
United States are refined domestically, the United States also
imports petroleum products including gasoline, diesel fuel,
heating oil, jet fuel, chemical feedstocks, and asphalt.
Altogether, net imports of crude oil and petroleum products
(imports minus exports) accounted for 51% of total domestic
petroleum consumption in 2009 according to the Energy
Information Administration, or EIA. Within the United States
there are also geographical imbalances, as a substantial
majority of the petroleum refining that occurs in the United
States east of the Rocky Mountains is concentrated in the Gulf
Coast region, particularly Louisiana and Texas, which account
for more than 50% of all refining capacity in the United States
according to the EIA. At the same time, both crude oil
production and petroleum product consumption is distributed more
evenly across the country.
Terminal facilities, which are typically located near
refineries, serve as a hub connecting both crude oil supplies
from disparate regions to the refiners and chemical companies
that will process them, and refined products produced by those
refiners and chemical companies to their ultimate end markets.
Terminal facilities consisting of storage tanks provide short-
and long-term storage services. By doing so, they provide their
customers with an essential reliability cushion against
unexpected disruptions in supply, transportation and markets
while at the same time allowing for warehousing of crude oil and
refined products to satisfy a customers expected increases
in demand or capitalize on a customers expected increase
in price. The value of a storage asset is a function of its
proximity and interconnectivity to major ports, refineries,
trading hubs and end users.
88
The diagram below illustrates the position and function of the
independent terminaling and storage industry within the crude
oil and refined products market chain.
Terminaling
Industrys Role in Crude Oil and Petroleum Products Supply
Chain
A brief overview of the midstream and downstream segments of the
energy industry that are connected through crude oil and refined
products terminals follows.
|
|
|
|
|
Transportation of Crude Oil and Chemical
Feedstocks. There are two modes of
transportation for inter-regional trade: tankers and pipelines.
Tankers have made intercontinental transport of oil and
petrochemical feedstocks possible, and they are low cost,
efficient, and extremely flexible. Pipelines, on the other hand,
are the mode of choice for transcontinental oil and chemical
feedstock movements, and are the primary mode of transportation
for crude oil and petrochemical feedstocks in the United States.
Both tankers and pipelines play a critical role in moving crude
and petrochemical feedstocks to refineries where it is refined
into usable products. Our Houston terminal is an essential
facility for the importing of crude oil and petrochemical
feedstocks for several refineries and processors.
|
|
|
|
Refining. Refineries in the Gulf Coast
region and elsewhere convert crude oil into light-refined
products and heavy-refined products. Light refined products
include gasoline, diesel fuels, heating oils and jet fuels.
Heavy refined products include residual fuel oils and asphalt.
Refined products of specific grade and characteristics are
substantially identical in composition from one refinery to
another and are referred to as being fungible. The
refined products initially are stored at the refineries
own terminal facilities. Then, refineries schedule for delivery
some of their refined product output to satisfy retail delivery
obligations, for example, at branded gasoline stations, and
allocate the remainder of their refined product output to
independent marketing and distribution companies or traders for
resale.
|
|
|
|
Transportation of Refined
Products. Before an independent distribution
and marketing company distributes refined petroleum products in
the wholesale markets, it must first schedule the product for
shipment by tankers or barges or on common carrier pipelines to
a terminal. Refined product is often transported by tanker or
barge to and from marine terminals, such as our Houston and
Beaumont terminals. Because there are economies of scale in
transporting products by vessel, marine terminals with large
storage capacities for various commodities have the ability to
offer their customers lower
per-barrel
freight costs than do terminals with smaller storage capacities.
Refined product is also transported inland and to marine
terminals by common carrier pipelines.
|
Many major energy and chemical companies own and operate
terminal storage facilities to help integrate their upstream or
downstream energy assets into the larger marketplace. Although
such terminals often have the same basic capabilities as
terminals owned by independent commercial operators, they
generally do not provide storage to third parties nor do they
typically have the flexible infrastructure and business approach
required to do so. Moreover, oil companies are increasing their
focus on capital intensive, upstream activities that generate
riskier and higher returns on
89
investment at the expense of the midstream activities, including
tank storage and shipping. To reduce their capital employed in
such midstream activities and to simultaneously capitalize on
the safe and efficient operations of independent terminal
operators, oil companies increasingly sell terminal assets
against long-term storage contracts. Similar developments exist
in the chemicals business where logistic services often are
regarded as essential but non-core. Consequently,
there is a trend to outsource logistics services, which we
believe will result in independent terminaling and storage
providers accounting for an increasing percentage of the total
terminaling and storage market. We believe that independent
providers with a large network and economies of scale have and
will continue to benefit disproportionately from theses trends.
While some major energy and chemical companies still own their
own storage facilities, they are also significant customers of
independent terminal operators and may have a strong demand for
independent terminals, due to their efficient operations and
tailor made services. Major energy and chemical companies also
frequently have a need for storage when specialized handling is
required or when independent terminals have more cost effective
locations near key transportation links such as deep-water
ports. We believe that, by satisfying the needs of our
customers, we have become one of the preferred tank storage
providers in the Gulf Coast region.
Terminal
Services
Terminal operators, like the partnership, offer a variety of
services to their customers, which include refiners, producers,
distributors and traders. Some of the services typically
provided by terminal operators include, among other things:
|
|
|
|
|
receipt of product by vessels, tank barges, rail tank cars, road
tank trucks and pipelines;
|
|
|
|
storage of product (quantity and quality control);
|
|
|
|
inventory management;
|
|
|
|
redelivery of product via vessels, tank barges, rail tank cars,
road tank trucks and pipelines;
|
|
|
|
blending, mixing, and additivating;
|
|
|
|
treatment of product, such as butanizing;
|
|
|
|
administrative services, such as order processing and invoicing;
|
|
|
|
customs service, such as coordinating obligations related to
import duties and VAT; and
|
|
|
|
complementary services, such as surveying.
|
Gulf
Coast Industry Overview
The Gulf Coast region, where our Houston and Beaumont terminals
are located, is the most critical region to the domestic
refining industry. According to the EIA, the Gulf Coast is by
far the leader in refinery capacity, with more than twice the
crude oil distillation capacity as any other region in the
United States. The difference is even greater for downstream
processing capacity, because the Gulf Coast has the highest
concentration of sophisticated facilities in the world. Refined
product from the Gulf Coast is shipped to both the East Coast
(supplying more than half of the regions needs for light
products like gasoline, heating oil, diesel and jet fuel) and to
the Midwest (supplying more than 20% of the regions light
product consumption).
The primary feedstock that is imported through the Gulf Coast is
crude oil, including heavy crudes from Mexico and Venezuela,
long-haul crudes from West Africa, the Middle East and Russia,
and light and heavy crudes from Brazil. The majority of these
Gulf Coast refiners have invested significantly in heavy crude
processing over the past years to take advantage of the lower
cost heavy crudes as a primary feedstock. Whether these
feedstocks are imported via waterborne cargoes or delivered via
pipeline from new production fields, terminaling facilities will
continue to be utilized by these refiners as a critical part of
their off-site storage and re-delivery to their facilities.
Also, with more domestic production coming on-line and the
planning and construction of new pipeline projects to deliver
crude oil to the Gulf Coast region as discussed under
Business Our Business and Properties, we
believe there will be more crude oil storage expansions along
the Gulf Coast to provide storage of crude oil for processing or
re-distribution to other refining markets.
90
Barriers
to Entry
There are significant barriers to entry into the terminaling and
storage business. Some of the primary barriers to entry include:
|
|
|
|
|
the high costs of developing and constructing infrastructure,
including the costs of establishing interconnects with other
terminals and refining and processing plants;
|
|
|
|
the extended length of time and risk involved in permitting and
developing new projects and placing them into service, which can
extend over a multi-year period depending on the type of
facility, location, permitting issues and other factors;
|
|
|
|
the magnitude and uncertainty of capital costs, length of the
permitting and development cycle and scheduling uncertainties
associated with terminal development projects present
significant project financing challenges, which could be
exacerbated by any tightening of the global credit markets;
|
|
|
|
limited waterfront real estate that possesses requisite
characteristics, such as proximity to pipelines, refineries,
processing plants and major deep-water ports, as well as
operational flexibility; and
|
|
|
|
the specialized expertise required to acquire, develop and
operate storage facilities, which makes it difficult to hire and
retain qualified management and operational teams.
|
Parameters
of Competition
Independent terminal operators compete based on terminal
location and versatility as well as quality of service and price.
Location
Location is a critical factor in the independent storage
business; favorably-located terminals are in higher demand and
command much higher storage fees. Ideally positioned terminals
have two-way access to multiple cost-effective transportation
modes such as waterways, railroads, roadways and pipelines.
Terminals located near deep-water port facilities are referred
to as deep-water terminals, and terminals without
such facilities are referred to as inland terminals.
Some of the inland facilities are served by barges on navigable
waterways. Favorable locations are also typically near major
hubs such as Houston, where the partnership has a significant
presence.
Versatility
Terminal versatility is a function of the operators
ability to offer safe storage for a diverse group of products
with complex handling requirements. Terminals that are more
versatile can sell their services at higher prices and penetrate
a broader range of customers.
Service
Providing high quality of service is key for an operator to
distinguish itself and maintain long-term customer
relationships. Key areas of service differentiation for an
operator include its ability to offer clients tailor-made
solutions and its operating standards. An operators
logistics capabilities are equally important, enabling optimal
flexibility to liquids and gases in the most cost efficient
manner. Given the high value of the product being stored,
service reliability is a key competitive advantage.
Price
Significant barriers to entry into the terminaling and storage
industry reduce pricing pressure from new entrants. Customers
are also attracted to operators, like the partnership, that can
provide stable pricing over long contract periods. These term
contract storage prices are typically inflation-linked with
annual or periodic resets.
91
Customers
The types of customers relying on independent tank storage
include the following:
|
|
|
|
|
Refiners and Producers. Oil refiners
and producers that typically store feedstocks inbound to their
refineries and outbound refined products. A large number of the
major integrated oil companies fit this profile.
|
|
|
|
Chemical Producers. Chemical producers
that require storage of feedstocks as well as of other bulk,
intermediate, and specialty liquid products. Their storage
demand may be dependent not only on price and quality, but also
can be influenced by then supply-chain management capabilities.
|
|
|
|
Distributors. Customers that store
finished petroleum or chemical products for eventual
distribution to the end consumer.
|
|
|
|
Traders. Trading customers that tend to
store oil or chemical products for speculative and wholesale
purposes.
|
We believe customer loyalty in the terminaling industry is
strong because terminal and storage facilities serve as an
important part of their supply chain and that their costs
associated with arranging for alternative terminaling or storage
would be substantial. Contracts for storage services generally
provide for a fixed fee based on the volume of storage provided
or reserved for the customer, or incremental fees based on the
throughput of product passing through the terminal.
Market
Developments
Within the last decade, the international storage market has
experienced an extended period of strong demand and steady
growth, particularly in the global hub locations of North
America, Europe and Singapore, as well as in the rising
economies of Asia. This strong demand is fuelled by the
parameters described below.
Global
Supply and Demand Imbalances
With regard to both crude oil and clean petroleum products,
consumption is rising in regions with fewer resources, driving
an increase in worldwide tanker movements towards these
countries. This development has resulted in significant
investments being made for marine handling, storage, and
blending infrastructure. While refiners typically have some
flexibility to produce multiple or varying products, many do not
produce the entire range of clean petroleum products.
Consequently, the strong demand for gasoline in the United
States has for many years resulted in a diesel surplus, leading
to greater diesel exports and gasoline imports. However, most
recently, global diesel demand has influenced refining margins.
Particularly in Europe and Asia, diesel is in high demand,
leading to a surplus of gasoline in these regions. It is these
imbalances that combined with rising oil demand make storage so
important.
Imbalances
of Qualities
Crude oil and diesel are differentiated, with each petroleum
product having unique chemical and physical properties (i.e.
sulfur content, vapor pressure, specific gravity, oxygen
content, octane or cetane number, cold properties, etc). Many
countries and regions have different norms and specifications,
depending on climate and environmental policies. This
inconsistency means that often certain gasoline and diesel
fractions do not meet local specifications and need to be
exported or blended with imported components. This again leads
to higher storage demand and the need for additional logistic
infrastructure such as tanks. With tightening environmental
norms in certain regions and the introduction of bio fuels as a
blending component, we expect this trend to increase.
Oil
Price Levels, Volatility, and Basis
While spot oil prices do not impact the oil and refined products
storage industry directly, they can and do impact the
industrys customer base and influence their interaction
with operators such as us. Higher prices lead to higher
utilization of credit lines and increased inventory costs. As
this is a constraint for users of storage terminals, it makes it
necessary to manage the customer and contract portfolio well. In
some ways, higher product prices also make customers less price
sensitive, as storage costs then represent a lower share of
refining costs.
92
Oil price volatility has increased sharply over the past years,
making prudent price hedging and a proximity to the market
places imperative for both oil traders and refiners. As a
result, it is particularly important in the hub regions that
physical oil storage is available to customers as otherwise the
time to market may prevent capturing profit opportunities.
Demand for storage is also impacted by pricing basis, defined as
the differential between spot (or near term) and futures oil
prices. A market contango (futures prices exceeding spot) that
persisted through the first couple of months of 2011 has
increased the demand for storage from both market participants
and speculators looking to take advantage of this phenomenon.
This development has increased recent spot prices for storage
significantly.
93
BUSINESS
Overview
We are a growth-oriented Delaware limited partnership formed in
March 2011 to engage in the terminaling, storage and
transportation of crude oil, refined petroleum products and
liquefied petroleum gas. Within the energy industry, storage and
terminaling services are the critical logistical midstream link
between the exploration and production sector and the refining
sector. The owner of our general partner is Oiltanking Holding
Americas, Inc., a wholly owned subsidiary of Oiltanking GmbH,
the worlds second largest independent storage provider for
crude oil, refined products, liquid chemicals and gases.
Oiltanking GmbH intends for us to be its growth vehicle in the
United States to acquire, own and operate terminaling, storage
and pipeline assets that generate stable cash flows. Our core
assets are located along the upper Gulf Coast of the United
States on the Houston Ship Channel and in Beaumont, Texas.
Our primary business objective is to generate stable cash flows
to enable us to pay quarterly distributions to our unitholders
and to increase our quarterly cash distributions over time. We
intend to achieve that objective by anticipating long-term
infrastructure needs in the areas we serve and by growing our
tank terminal network and pipelines through construction in new
markets, the expansion of existing facilities, acquisitions from
the Oiltanking Group and strategic acquisitions from third
parties.
Initially, we will pay our common unitholders distributions of
$ per common unit per quarter, or
$ per common unit annually, to the
extent we have sufficient cash from our operations after the
establishment of cash reserves and payment of fees and expenses,
including reimbursements to our general partner and its
affiliates, before we pay any distributions to our subordinated
unitholders.
Our cash flows are primarily generated by fee-based storage,
terminaling and transportation services that we perform under
multi-year contracts with our customers. We do not take title to
any of the products we store or handle on behalf of our
customers and, as a result, are not directly exposed to changes
in commodity prices. For the year ended December 31, 2010,
we generated approximately 75% of our revenues from storage
services fees, which our customers pay to reserve storage space
in our tanks and to compensate us for handling up to a fixed
amount of product volumes, or throughput, at our terminals.
These fees are owed to us regardless of the actual storage
capacity utilized by our customers or the volume of products
that we receive. We generate the remainder of our revenues from
(i) throughput fees independent of or incremental to those
included as part of our storage services, and
(ii) ancillary services fees, charged to our storage
customers for services such as heating, mixing and blending
their products stored in our tanks, transferring their products
between our tanks and marine vapor recovery. As of
March 31, 2011, 99% of our active storage capacity was
under contract, and our customer contracts had a
weighted-average life of 6.3 years. In the five year period
ended March 31, 2011, our customer retention rate was more
than 97%.
Our
Business and Properties
Our terminal assets are strategically located along the upper
Gulf Coast of the United States. Our Houston and Beaumont
terminals provide deep-water access and significant
interconnectivity to refineries, chemical and petrochemical
companies, common carrier and dedicated pipelines and production
facilities and have international marketing and distribution
capabilities. Our facilities are directly connected to 18
refineries, storage and production facilities along the upper
Gulf Coast area through dedicated pipelines, and, through both
dedicated and common carrier pipelines, to end markets along the
Gulf Coast and to the Cushing storage interchange in Oklahoma.
Certain of our facilities were designed and constructed
specifically for our customers needs. These dedicated
assets as well as our substantial connectivity combine to make
us an important part of many of our customers supply
chains, and we believe that their costs associated with
arranging for alternative terminaling or storage would be
substantial.
Refiners and chemical companies typically use our terminals
because their facilities may not have adequate storage capacity
or sufficient dock infrastructure or do not meet specialized
handling requirements for a particular product. We also provide
storage services to marketers and traders that require access to
large, strategically located storage capacity. Our combination
of geographic location, efficient and well-maintained storage
assets, deep-water access and extensive distribution
interconnectivity give us the flexibility to meet the evolving
demands of our existing customers as well as those of
prospective customers seeking terminaling and storage services
along the upper Gulf Coast.
94
Our primary assets are our terminal facilities and related
infrastructure at our Houston and Beaumont terminals,
information with regard to which is set forth below as of
March 31, 2011:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Active
|
|
Existing
|
|
|
|
% of Active
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Storage
|
|
Expansion
|
|
|
|
Storage
|
|
Weighted-
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Capacity
|
|
Capacity
|
|
No. of
|
|
Capacity
|
|
Average
|
|
Composition of
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(shell
|
|
(shell
|
|
Active
|
|
under
|
|
Contract Life
|
|
Contracted Storage
|
|
Supply
|
|
Delivery
|
Location
|
|
mmbbls)
|
|
mmbbls)
|
|
Tanks
|
|
Contract
|
|
(years)(1)
|
|
Capacity
|
|
Modes
|
|
Modes
|
|
Houston
|
|
|
12.1
|
(2)
|
|
|
7.0
|
(3)
|
|
60
|
|
99.8%
|
|
7.1
|
|
64% crude oil, 26%
heavy petrochemical
feedstocks,
7% clean petroleum
products,
3% fuel oil
|
|
Vessel,
Barge,
Pipeline
|
|
Vessel,
Barge,
Pipeline,
Railcars,
Tank Trucks
|
Beaumont
|
|
|
5.7
|
|
|
|
5.4
|
(4)
|
|
74
|
|
97.4%
|
|
4.4
|
|
59% clean petroleum
products, 40% vacuum
gas oil, 1% fuel oil
|
|
Vessel,
Barge,
Pipeline
|
|
Vessel,
Barge,
Pipeline
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
17.8
|
(2)
|
|
|
12.4
|
|
|
134
|
|
99.0%
|
|
6.3
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
Weighted based upon 2010 fiscal year revenues. |
|
(2) |
|
Includes 1.0 million barrels of storage capacity supported
by multi-year contracts with two customers that we are in the
process of constructing and expect to place into service in the
next 12 months. We expect these contracts will generate
approximately $5.7 million in revenue on an annual basis
once placed into service. |
|
(3) |
|
Includes storage capacity that can be constructed on
63 acres we currently hold under a long-term lease expiring
in 2035. We have an option to acquire this acreage prior to
December 2020 for a price of $6.0 million to
$6.7 million. |
|
(4) |
|
Does not include more than 20.0 million barrels of
additional storage capacity which we have sufficient acreage to
construct on the remote side of our terminal complex with
pipeline connections to our waterfront, to the extent that we
identify sufficient demand to do so. |
In addition to our existing business and operations, we believe
that current and planned expansion projects of other companies
will, if completed as planned, allow us to take advantage of the
service needs for significant new crude oil supplies expected to
enter the upper Gulf Coast through a number of announced
pipeline projects:
|
|
|
|
|
TransCanadas Keystone Pipeline, which is expected to
transport crude oil from the Alberta oil sands and the Bakken
Shale formation to the Gulf Coast region for refining at a rate
of up to 900,000 barrels per day within the next two years;
|
|
|
|
Enbridges Monarch Pipeline, which is expected to transport
crude oil from the Cushing storage interchange in Oklahoma to
Houston at a rate of up to 350,000 barrels per day within
the next two years;
|
|
|
|
Enterprise Products Partners proposed pair of pipelines,
which are expected to transport crude oil from the Eagle Ford
Shale in south Texas to Houston at a rate of up to
350,000 barrels per day within the next
18 months; and
|
|
|
|
Magellan Midstream Partners reversal and conversion of its
Longhorn pipeline, which is expected to transport crude oil from
El Paso to Houston at a rate of up to 200,000 barrels
per day within 18 to 24 months upon approval of the project.
|
As indicated above, these pipelines are expected to transport
additional crude oil volumes from the Canadian oil sands, the
Bakken Shale formation in North Dakota and Montana, the Eagle
Ford Shale in south Texas as well as other crude oil development
and exploitation projects throughout the western and central
United States. We believe these supplies will create additional
volumes of Gulf Coast crude oil for local refiners necessitating
additional storage capacity.
In addition to the increases in crude oil supplies from these
pipeline projects, we also have received a number of inquiries
from merchant trading firms seeking to secure significant
storage capacity in order to continue trading operations
following the implementation of the Dodd Frank Act.
Because of the strategic location of our assets, our deep-water
access and our integrated distribution network, as well as
significant barriers to entry for potential competitors, we
believe that we are well-positioned to capitalize on these
market trends and expand our existing operations in the Gulf
Coast region. We own or lease with an option to acquire the
95
land and
rights-of-way
necessary to significantly increase our current storage capacity
by constructing tanks adjacent to our current facilities with an
aggregate additional storage capacity of 12.4 million
barrels. Additionally and to the extent we identify sufficient
market demand to do so, we could construct more than
20.0 million barrels of storage capacity on the remote side
of our terminal complex in Beaumont with pipeline connections to
our waterfront.
Houston
Terminal
We operate one of the largest third-party crude oil and refined
petroleum products terminals on the Houston Ship Channel. Our
facility has an aggregate active storage capacity of
approximately 12.1 million barrels and provides integrated
terminaling services to a variety of customers, including major
integrated oil companies, marketers, distributors and chemical
companies. This capacity includes an additional 1.0 million
barrels of storage capacity supported by multi-year contracts
with two customers that we are in the process of constructing
and expect to place into service within the next 12 months.
We expect these two contracts will generate approximately
$5.7 million in revenue on an annual basis once placed into
service. The principal products handled at our Houston terminal
complex are crude oil, the inputs for chemical production (such
as naphtha and condensate), which are referred to as chemical
feedstocks, liquefied petroleum gas and clean petroleum
products, such as gasoline and distillates, with crude oil
accounting for approximately 64% of our active storage capacity.
Our storage and distribution network is highly integrated with
the greater Houston petrochemical and refining complex. The
facility handles products through a number of transportation
modes, primarily through proprietary pipelines interconnected to
local refineries and production facilities, including Lyondell
Chemical Companys refinery in Houston, PetroBras
refinery in Pasadena, Texas and ExxonMobils refinery in
Baytown, Texas, which is the largest refinery in the United
States.
Our Houston terminal also handles products through third-party
crude oil, refined petroleum products and liquified petroleum
gas tankers and barges arriving at our deep-water docks. Our
waterfront capabilities consist of six deep-water ship docks,
allowing for the dockage of vessels with up to 130,000
deadweight tons, or dwt, of cargo and vessel capacity, and two
barge docks, allowing for barges with up to 20,000 dwt of cargo
and barge capacity. Our deep-water ship docks can accommodate
vessels with up to a 45 foot draft, including Suezmax tankers,
which are the largest tankers that can navigate the Houston Ship
Channel. The size and structure of our waterfront at the Houston
terminal allows us not only to receive and unload crude oil and
refined petroleum products for our storage customers, but also
to contract with customers for the rights to use our docks for
their own activities. For example, for the year ended
December 31, 2010, we generated 21% of our Houston terminal
revenues from throughput fees charged to non-storage customers
that utilize our waterfront to export and import liquefied
petroleum gas and distillates under multi-year throughput
agreements. In addition, our largest non-storage customer has
recently announced plans to nearly double its export capacity at
our Houston terminal by the second half of 2012. To the extent
this expansion occurs and this additional capacity is utilized,
we expect to generate additional throughput fees with only
minimal incremental operating costs or capital expenditures
related to this planned expansion.
We believe our Houston terminal is well positioned to take
advantage of changing crude oil logistics in the Gulf Coast as a
result of pipeline construction projects that, in the aggregate,
would transport nearly two million barrels of oil per day into
the Gulf Coast region if completed as planned. To capitalize on
these expected new sources of crude oil supply, we own or lease
with an option to acquire the land and
rights-of-way
necessary to construct an additional 7.0 million barrels of
crude storage capacity on existing property connected to our
Houston terminal and to construct interconnections to one or
more of the proposed pipelines. Under a lease agreement, which
terminates in 2035, we are permitted to construct additional
storage tanks on the 63 acres of property. We have the
option to acquire the acreage until December 2020 for a price of
$6.0 million to $6.7 million. While any further
expansion will be based upon the needs of our customers, we
would expect any new storage tanks at our Houston terminal to be
operational prior to completion of the announced pipeline
construction projects.
As of March 31, 2011, we had firm contracts for nearly 100%
of our 11.1 million barrels of storage capacity at our
Houston terminal, with a weighted-average contract life of
7.1 years.
Our real property at our Houston terminal consists of
approximately 327 acres, including 63 acres of nearby
parcels that could be connected to our Houston terminal through
existing owned
rights-of-way.
We own all of such acreage in fee, with the exception of the
63 acres which we hold under the lease agreement described
above. We have not yet constructed
96
any assets on the leased acreage. In addition, we own
approximately 24 acres at the Crossroads Interchange
approximately six miles from our Houston terminal and the
rights-of-way
necessary to connect the acreage to our Houston terminal.
We believe that our location on the Houston Ship Channel to the
east of the Beltway 8 Bridge enables us to handle larger vessels
than our competitors who are located to the west of the Beltway
8 Bridge because our waterfront has fewer draft and beam
restrictions.
Beaumont
Terminal
Our Beaumont terminal serves as a regional strategic and trading
hub for vacuum gas oil and clean petroleum products for
refineries located in the upper Gulf Coast region. Our facility
has an aggregate active storage capacity of approximately
5.7 million barrels and provides integrated terminaling
services to a variety of customers, including major integrated
oil companies, distributors, marketers and chemical and
petrochemical companies. The principal products handled at our
Beaumont terminal complex are clean petroleum products and
vacuum gas oil, which accounted for approximately 59% and 40%,
respectively, of our active storage capacity as of
March 31, 2011.
Our storage and distribution network is highly integrated with
the Beaumont/Port Arthur petrochemical and refining complex, and
provides our customers with the additional services of mixing,
blending, heating and marine vapor recovery. Our Beaumont
facility handles products through a number of transportation
modes, primarily through third-party pipelines interconnected to
local refineries and production facilities, through our own
dedicated pipeline system to Huntsmans chemical production
facility in Port Neches, and through third-party crude and
refined petroleum products tankers and barges arriving at our
deep-water docks, which can accommodate vessels with drafts of
up to 40 feet and barges with drafts of up to 12 feet.
Our waterfront capabilities currently consist of two ship docks,
allowing for vessel sizes up to 130,000 dwt, and one barge dock,
allowing for barge sizes up to 20,000 dwt. We have begun
construction on a second barge dock that will accommodate barges
up to 20,000 dwt with drafts of up to 12 feet. We also own
waterfront acreage adjacent to our terminal sufficient to
accommodate two additional
deep-water
docks and a new barge dock. The additional waterfront acreage,
if developed, would approximately double our dock capacity.
Our real property at our Beaumont terminal consists of 1,339
acres, all of which we own in fee. We own acreage adjacent to
our waterfront on which we can construct tanks with an
additional 5.4 million barrels of storage capacity.
Additionally and to the extent that we identify sufficient
demand to do so, we could construct more than 20.0 million
barrels of additional storage capacity on the remote side of our
terminal complex with pipeline connections to our waterfront. We
believe that we have the existing acreage and potential for
connectivity with major pipelines to rapidly and efficiently
expand our Beaumont terminal if increasing crude oil supplies or
other changing market trends create favorable conditions for
growth.
As of March 31, 2011, we had firm contracts for 97% of our
5.7 million barrels of storage capacity at our Beaumont
terminal, with a weighted-average contract life of
4.4 years.
Our
Operations
We provide integrated terminaling, storage, pipeline and related
services for third-party companies engaged in the production,
distribution and marketing of crude oil, refined petroleum
products and liquified petroleum gas. We generate our revenues
exclusively through the provision of fee-based services to our
customers. The types of fees we charge are:
|
|
|
|
|
Storage Services Fees. For the year
ended December 31, 2010, we generated approximately 75% of
our revenues from fixed monthly fees for storage services, which
our customers pay (i) to reserve storage space in our tanks
and (ii) to compensate us for receiving an agreed upon
average periodic amount of product volume, or throughput, on
their behalf. These fees are owed to us regardless of the actual
storage capacity utilized by our customers or the amount of
throughput that we receive.
|
|
|
|
Throughput Fees. For the year ended
December 31, 2010, we generated approximately 20% of our
revenues from throughput fees, which our non-storage customers
pay us to receive or deliver volumes of products on their behalf
to designated pipelines, third-party storage facilities or
waterborne transportation. In addition, our storage customers
pay us throughput fees when we receive volumes of products on
their behalf that exceed the base throughput contemplated in
their agreed upon monthly storage services fee. The revenues we
generate from throughput fees vary based upon the volumes of
products accepted at or withdrawn from our terminals.
|
97
|
|
|
|
|
Ancillary Services Fees. For the year
ended December 31, 2010, we generated approximately 5% of
our revenues from fees associated with ancillary services such
as heating, mixing, and blending our storage customers
products that are stored in our tanks, transferring our storage
customers products between our tanks and marine vapor
recovery. The revenues we generate from ancillary services fees
vary based upon the activity levels of our customers.
|
We believe that the high percentage of fixed storage services
fees generated from multi-year contracts with a diverse
portfolio of customers creates stable cash flow and
substantially mitigates our exposure to volatility in supply and
demand and other market factors. For additional information
about our contracts, please read
Contracts.
Our
Business Strategies
Our primary business objective is to generate stable cash flows
to enable us to pay quarterly distributions to our unitholders
and to increase our quarterly cash distributions over time. We
intend to accomplish this objective by executing the following
business strategies:
|
|
|
|
|
Capitalize on Organic Growth
Opportunities. We are in the process of
constructing 1.0 million barrels of storage capacity
supported by multi-year contracts with two customers that we
expect to place into service in the next 12 months. We
intend to continue to expand our existing operations through
organic growth projects, including expanding our storage
capacity at our Houston and Beaumont terminals to take advantage
of what we believe will be significant increases in crude oil
storage demand, due in part to the construction of new pipeline
projects anticipated to deliver crude oil into the upper Gulf
Coast region at a rate of up to two million barrels per day in
the next two years. To capitalize on these expected new sources
of crude oil supply, we own or lease with the option to acquire
the land and
rights-of-way
necessary to significantly increase our current storage capacity
by constructing tanks adjacent to our current facilities with an
aggregate additional storage capacity of 12.4 million
barrels and connecting that storage capacity to one or more of
the proposed pipelines. Additionally and to the extent we
identify sufficient demand to do so, we could construct more
than 20.0 million barrels in storage capacity on the remote
side of our terminal complex in Beaumont with pipeline
connections to our waterfront. We also seek to identify and
pursue opportunities to increase our capacity and utilization,
improve our operating efficiency, further diversify our customer
base and expand our service offerings to existing customers,
which we believe is an efficient and cost-effective method of
achieving organic growth.
|
|
|
|
Pursue Accretive Strategic
Acquisitions. We intend to pursue strategic
and accretive acquisitions of terminaling, storage, pipeline and
other midstream assets that expand or complement our existing
asset portfolio. We continually monitor the marketplace to
identify and pursue such acquisitions, with a particular focus
on waterborne terminals on the East Coast, West Coast and Gulf
Coast of the United States. In acquiring other businesses or
assets, we will attempt to utilize our industry knowledge,
network of customers and strategic asset base to identify
acquisition opportunities and, if we acquire such opportunities,
to operate the acquired assets or businesses more efficiently
and competitively, thereby increasing our revenue and cash flow.
We intend to pursue acquisition opportunities both independently
and jointly with the Oiltanking Group or third parties,
particularly when the third party partners have expertise in
certain industries or geographies. We believe that our base of
operations provides multiple platforms for strategic growth
through acquisitions. We also believe that the Oiltanking
Groups active participation in the terminaling and storage
business and its unique insights into business opportunities in
our industry will help us to identify, evaluate and pursue
attractive commercial growth opportunities, which may include
the purchase of assets from OTA or construction of assets in
partnership with the Oiltanking Group.
|
|
|
|
Maintain and Develop Strong Customer Relationships Based
Upon High Quality of Service, Reliability, the Efficiency of Our
Existing Assets and Operations and Our Global Marketing and
Relationship Network. We intend to maximize
the profitability of our existing assets by continuing to expand
our services to existing and new customers in response to their
needs and implementing additional services utilizing our asset
base, such as adding new volumes of products handled and
providing access to additional markets. We also intend to
continue delivering superior operational performance by engaging
in strong safety and responsible environmental practices,
fostering strong technical capabilities and focusing on
reliability, efficiency and flexibility. We believe that our
commitment to excellent customer service and our long-term
pricing strategies have combined to help us cultivate valuable
customer relationships.
|
98
|
|
|
|
|
Maintain Sound Financial Practices to Ensure Our Long-Term
Viability. We intend to maintain our
commitment to disciplined financial analyses and a balanced
capital structure, which we believe will serve the long-term
interests of our unitholders and the Oiltanking Group. In
addition, we intend to focus our development and acquisition
activities on assets that will contribute to our fee-based
portfolio over the long term and have no direct exposure to
commodity prices. Consistent with our disciplined financial
approach, in the long-term, we generally intend to fund the
capital required for expansion and acquisition projects through
a balanced combination of equity and debt capital. Concurrently
with the closing of this offering, we intend to enter into a new
$50.0 million revolving line of credit with Oiltanking
Finance B.V.
|
Our
Competitive Strengths
We believe that we are well positioned to execute our business
strategies successfully because of the following competitive
strengths:
|
|
|
|
|
Well-Positioned and Highly Integrated Terminal Assets
Creating High Barriers of Entry for Potential
Competitors. Our assets are strategically
located and have a high degree of interconnectivity and physical
integration with the upper Gulf Coast refinery and petrochemical
complex, which accounts for approximately 25% of the refining
capacity in the United States, based on net input of crude and
petroleum products. Our potential competitors face high barriers
to entry including high construction costs and less effective
location options due to lack of access to navigable waterways
and proximity to refining and petrochemical complexes. We
believe this offers us a competitive advantage, as competitors
will find it difficult to compete with and expensive to
replicate the geographic location and integration of our
terminals.
|
Houston. We believe that our Houston terminal
provides unique flexibility resulting from its location in the
heart of the Houston Ship Channel in the Port of Houston, the
largest port in the United States measured in foreign waterborne
tonnage imports, and that it is differentiated due to its well
developed waterfront infrastructure and pipeline connectivity.
Our Houston terminal delivers products through a variety of
transportation modes, including vessels and barges, rail, and
tank truck, but primarily utilizes proprietary pipelines
interconnected to local refineries and production facilities,
including Lyondell Chemical Companys refinery in Houston,
PetroBrass refinery in Pasadena, Texas and
ExxonMobils refinery in Baytown, Texas, which is the
largest refinery in the United States.
Beaumont. Our Beaumont terminal is situated in
the Port of Beaumont, the fifth largest port in the United
States measured in foreign waterborne tonnage imports. The
Beaumont terminal is highly integrated into the Beaumont/Port
Arthur petrochemical and refining complex, primarily through
pipelines, including connectivity to the TEPPCO and Centennial
Pipelines, ExxonMobil Refinery, Valeros Lucas Tank Farm
and two pipelines to Huntsmans chemical production
facility in Port Neches, Texas.
|
|
|
|
|
Established Relationships with Customers Generating
Multi-Year Contracts and Stable Cash
Flows. We have cultivated valuable long-term
relationships with our customers, and as a result have
historically enjoyed stable cash flows and minimal customer
turnover. As of March 31, 2011, 99% of our active storage
capacity was under contract, and our customer contracts had a
weighted-average life of 6.3 years. In the five year period
ended March 31, 2011, our customer retention rate was more
than 97%. We believe that the Oiltanking Groups
established reputation in our industry as a reliable and
cost-effective supplier of services will help us to maintain
strong relationships with our existing customers and will assist
us in our efforts to develop relationships with new customers.
|
|
|
|
Expansive Waterfront and Dock Capacity, Allowing for
Efficient Receipt of Cargoes. Our waterfront
capabilities at our Houston terminal consist of six deep-water
ship docks, allowing for the dockage of vessels with up to
130,000 deadweight tons, or dwt, of cargo and vessel capacity,
and two barge docks, allowing for barges with up to 20,000 dwt
of barge and cargo capacity. Our deep-water ship docks can
accommodate vessels with up to a 45 foot draft, including
Suezmax tankers, which are the largest tankers that can navigate
the Houston Ship Channel. We believe that most of our
competitors on the Houston Ship Channel cannot receive cargoes
as efficiently as we can, giving us a competitive advantage as
customers seek to minimize and demurrage charges, which result
when vessels cannot dock to unload their cargoes at a terminal
and are forced to wait for dock space to become available for
loading or unloading before continuing on to their next use. Our
efficiency also provides our customers with
|
99
|
|
|
|
|
additional certainty regarding time-sensitive deliveries, which
is particularly attractive to traders who often make storage
decisions based upon quickly shifting market dynamics.
|
The size and structure of our waterfront at the Houston terminal
allows us not only to receive and unload crude oil and refined
petroleum products for our storage customers, but also to
contract with customers for the rights to use our docks for
their own activities. For example, for the year ended
December 31, 2010, we generated 21% of our Houston terminal
revenues from throughput fees charged to non-storage customers
that utilize our waterfront to export and import liquefied
petroleum gas and distillates under multi-year agreements. In
addition, our largest non-storage customer has recently
announced plans to nearly double its export capacity at our
Houston terminal by the second half of 2012. To the extent this
expansion occurs and this additional capacity is utilized, we
expect to generate additional throughput fees with only minimal
incremental operating costs or capital expenditures related to
this planned expansion.
|
|
|
|
|
Flexible, Efficient and Well-Maintained Assets That Can Be
Expanded at Competitive Costs. We have
designed the infrastructure at our terminals specifically to
facilitate future expansion, which we expect to both reduce our
overall capital costs per additional barrel of storage capacity
and shorten the duration and enhance the predictability of
development timelines. Some of the specific infrastructure
investments we have made that will facilitate incremental
expansion are a sufficient number of docks capable of handling
various products, spare pipeline infrastructure that allows for
additional volumes of product to be handled, easily expandable
piping and manifolds to handle additional storage capacity and
land that allows us to construct more tank capacity. Because of
this we believe that we are better positioned to grow
organically in response to changing market conditions.
|
|
|
|
Financial Flexibility to Fund
Growth. During 2003, the Oiltanking Group
enacted a policy of centrally financing the expansion and growth
of its global holdings of terminaling subsidiaries and in 2008,
established Oiltanking Finance B.V., a wholly owned finance
company located in Amsterdam, the Netherlands. Oiltanking
Finance B.V. now serves as the global bank for the Oiltanking
Groups terminal holdings, including ours, and arranges
loans at market rates and terms for approved terminal
construction projects. We believe that this relationship has
historically provided us with access to debt capital on terms
that are consistent with or better than what would have been
available to us from third parties. We believe this relationship
could continue to provide us with access to capital at
competitive rates. At the closing of this offering, we expect to
have approximately $50.0 million of borrowing capacity
available under a new revolving line of credit with Oiltanking
Finance B.V. which amount could be increased to
$125.0 million with the approval of Oiltanking Finance B.V.
We believe that our available borrowing capacity and our ability
to access capital markets should provide us with the financial
flexibility necessary to pursue expansion and acquisition
opportunities.
|
|
|
|
Our Relationship with the Oiltanking
Group. Oiltanking GmbH is the worlds
second largest independent storage provider for crude oil,
refined products, liquid chemicals and gases and has been an
active participant in the terminaling and storage business
throughout the world for over 30 years. Oiltanking GmbH
intends for us to be its growth vehicle in the United States to
acquire, own and operate terminaling, storage and pipeline
assets that generate stable cash flows. We believe that as the
indirect owner of our general partner and all of our incentive
distribution rights and a % limited
partner in us, Oiltanking GmbH will be motivated to promote and
support the successful execution of our business plan and to
pursue projects that enhance the value of our business. We also
believe that the Oiltanking Groups active participation in
the terminaling and storage business and its unique insights
into business opportunities in our industry will help us to
identify, evaluate and pursue attractive commercial growth
opportunities, which may include the purchase of assets from or
construction of assets in partnership with the Oiltanking Group.
We believe that we are distinctively different from many of our
competitors as many of them may not be able to benefit from a
parent company with such global expertise and network of
contacts and insights. Also, the strong Oiltanking network
offers us the opportunity to draw on an international pool of
experts and to train our employees internationally.
|
|
|
|
Experienced Management Team and Operational
Expertise. We have an experienced management
team and access to the Oiltanking Groups, including
OTAs, industry-leading technical, construction, and
operating experience. Members of our management team have, on
average, more than 20 years of experience in the
terminaling or energy industry and have been employed by OTA, on
average, for more than 10 years. Our management team has a
successful track record of creating internal growth and
completing acquisitions, including
|
100
|
|
|
|
|
OTAs acquisitions of terminals in Texas City and Port
Neches, Texas and Joliet, Illinois and dry bulk operations in
St. Croix and Corpus Christi, Texas, while also maintaining
stable and growing cash flows. While operating amidst volatile
conditions in the global economy, our management team increased
both revenues and Adjusted EBITDA,
year-over-year,
every year from 2007 through 2010, with an aggregate increase of
70% and 102% during such period, respectively. We believe our
management teams experience and familiarity with our
industry and businesses are important assets that assist us in
implementing our business strategies.
|
Our
History and Relationship with Oiltanking GmbH
One of our principal strengths is our relationship with
Oiltanking GmbH. The Oiltanking Group is the worlds second
largest independent storage provider for crude oil, refined
products, liquid chemicals and gases. With 71 terminals located
throughout 22 countries in North America, Europe, Asia, the
Middle East and Central and South America, the Oiltanking Group
leverages its international marketing networks and a brand that
is widely recognized in the energy industry. Oiltanking GmbH is
a wholly owned subsidiary of Marquard & Bahls AG, a
privately held German company, with three core activities:
(i) oil trading, (ii) aviation fueling and
(iii) storage and terminaling of crude oil, refined
petroleum products, chemicals and gases. All three activities
are pooled in separate holdings, but they are financed and
managed individually.
Following the completion of this offering, OTA, a subsidiary of
Oiltanking GmbH and the owner of our general partner, will
continue to own and operate substantial crude oil and refined
products logistics assets. OTA will also retain a significant
interest in us through its direct and indirect ownership of
a % limited partner interest, a
2.0% general partner interest and all of our incentive
distribution rights. Given OTAs significant ownership in
us following this offering and Oiltanking GmbHs intent to
use us as its growth vehicle in the United States to acquire,
own and operate terminaling, storage and pipeline assets that
generate stable cash flows, we believe OTA and Oiltanking GmbH
will be motivated to promote and support the successful
execution of our business strategies. In particular, we believe
it will be in the Oiltanking Groups best interests for its
members to contribute additional assets to us over time and to
facilitate our organic growth opportunities and accretive
acquisitions from third parties.
Our
Management and Employees
We are managed and operated by the board of directors and
executive officers of our general partner, OTLP GP, LLC, a
wholly owned subsidiary of OTA. Following this offering, OTA
will own, directly or indirectly,
approximately % of our outstanding
common units and all of our outstanding subordinated units and
incentive distribution rights. As a result of owning our general
partner, OTA will have the right to appoint all members of the
board of directors of our general partner, including at least
three independent directors meeting the independence standards
established by the NYSE. At least one of our independent
directors will be appointed prior to the date our common units
are listed for trading on the NYSE. OTA will appoint our second
independent director within three months of the date our common
units begin trading on the NYSE, and our third independent
director within one year from such date. Our unitholders will
not be entitled to elect our general partner or its directors or
otherwise directly participate in our management or operations.
For more information about the executive officers and directors
of our general partner, please read Management.
Following the consummation of this offering, neither our general
partner nor OTA will receive any management fee or other
compensation in connection with our general partners
management of our business, but we will reimburse our general
partner and its affiliates, including OTA, for all expenses they
incur and payments they make on our behalf. Our partnership
agreement does not set a limit on the amount of expenses for
which our general partner and its affiliates may be reimbursed.
These expenses include salary, bonus, incentive compensation and
other amounts paid to persons who perform services for us or on
our behalf and expenses allocated to our general partner by its
affiliates. Our partnership agreement provides that our general
partner will determine in good faith the expenses that are
allocable to us. Please read Certain Relationships and
Related Transactions Agreements with Affiliates in
Connection with the Transactions.
Oiltanking Partners, L.P. does not have any employees. All of
the employees that will conduct our business pursuant to the
services agreement will be employed by OTA or a wholly owned
subsidiary of OTA. As of December 31, 2010, Oiltanking
Predecessor had 154 employees and our general partner had
not yet been formed.
101
Customers
Our Houston and Beaumont terminals collectively provide storage
and terminaling services to a broad mix of customers including
major integrated oil companies, refiners, marketers,
distributors and chemical and petrochemical companies.
As of December 31, 2010, our Houston terminal had 17
customers with terminal services agreements and our Beaumont
terminal had 16 customers with terminal services agreements. For
the year ended December 31, 2010, our three largest
customers accounted for a total of approximately 36% of our
revenues, with each customer individually representing more than
10% of our revenues during that period. No other customer
accounted for more than 10% of our revenues during the year
ended December 31, 2010.
Contracts
Our Houston and Beaumont terminals contract with their customers
to provide firm storage and terminaling services, for which they
charge storage services fees, throughput fees and ancillary
services fees, as described above under Our Business and
Properties Our Operations.
The terminal services agreements at our Houston and Beaumont
terminals typically have terms of five to 20 years, and one
to five years, respectively. Our general contracting philosophy
at both Houston and Beaumont is to commit a high percentage of
our available storage capacity to multi-year terminaling
services agreements at attractive rates, while simultaneously
contracting for terminal services with non-storage customers
based on throughput volumes. As of March 31, 2011, the
weighted-average remaining tenor of our existing portfolio of
terminal services agreements is approximately 7.1 years at
our Houston terminal and approximately 4.4 years at our
Beaumont terminal. We believe the weighted-average life of
customer contracts at our Beaumont terminal is shorter than at
our Houston terminal because a significant portion of our
Beaumont terminal customers are traders and marketers of vacuum
gas oil, who tend to seek shorter term storage contracts as
compared to end-users such as refineries. Many of our customers
are currently in the renewal portion of their contracts, which
typically constitutes a
year-to-year
timeframe. Although these customers are
year-to-year,
they have been customers at the terminals, in some cases, for
more than 10 years.
Competition
Many major energy and chemical companies own extensive terminal
storage facilities. Although such terminals often have the same
capabilities as terminals owned by independent operators, they
generally do not provide terminaling services to third parties.
In many instances, major energy and chemical companies that own
storage and terminaling facilities are also significant
customers of independent terminal operators. Such companies
typically have strong demand for terminals owned by independent
operators when independent terminals have more cost-effective
locations near key transportation links, such as deep-water
ports. Major energy and chemical companies also need independent
terminal storage when their own storage facilities are
inadequate, either because of size constraints, the nature of
the stored material or specialized handling requirements.
Independent terminal owners generally compete on the basis of
the location and versatility of terminals, service and price. A
favorably located terminal will have access to various
cost-effective transportation modes, both to and from the
terminal. Transportation modes typically include waterways,
railroads, roadways and pipelines. Terminals located near
deep-water port facilities are referred to as deep-water
terminals and terminals without such facilities are
referred to as inland terminals, although some
inland facilities located on or near navigable waterways are
serviced by barges.
Terminal versatility is a function of the operators
ability to offer complex handling requirements for diverse
products. The services typically provided by the terminal
include, among other things, the safe storage of the product at
specified temperature, moisture and other conditions, as well as
receipt at and delivery from the terminal, all of which must be
in compliance with applicable environmental regulations. A
terminal operators ability to obtain attractive pricing is
often dependent on the quality, versatility and reputation of
the facilities owned by the operator. Although many products
require modest terminal modification, operators with versatile
storage capabilities typically require less modification prior
to usage, ultimately making the storage cost to the customer
more attractive.
The main competition at our Houston terminal location for our
crude oil handling and storage are two other terminals operated
by Enterprise Products Partners and Houston Fuel Oil Terminal
Company.
102
We believe that we are favorably positioned to compete in the
industry due to the strategic location of our terminals in the
Gulf Coast, their integration with area refineries, our
reputation, our efficiency in docking incoming vessels on our
water front, the prices we charge for our services and the
quality and versatility of our services.
We currently operate the only independent vacuum gas oil and
clean petroleum products handling and storage service businesses
in the Beaumont/Port Arthur petrochemical and refining complex.
We anticipate that any competition in those areas would come
from the entry of a new competitor into the region.
The competitiveness of our service offerings could be
significantly impacted by the entry of new competitors into the
markets in which our Houston and Beaumont terminals operate. We
believe, however, that significant barriers to entry exist in
the crude oil and refined products terminaling and storage
business, particularly for marine terminals. These barriers
include significant costs and execution risk, a lengthy
permitting and development cycle, financing challenges, shortage
of personnel with the requisite expertise and the finite number
of sites suitable for development.
Environmental
and Occupational Safety and Health Regulation
General
Our operation of pipelines, terminals, and associated facilities
in connection with the storage and transportation of crude oil,
refined petroleum products and liquefied petroleum gas is
subject to extensive and frequently-changing federal, state and
local laws and regulations relating to the protection of the
environment. Compliance with these laws and regulations may
require the acquisition of permits to conduct regulated
activities; restrict the type, quantities and concentration of
pollutants that may be emitted or discharged into or onto to the
land, air and water; restrict the handling and disposal of solid
and hazardous wastes; apply specific health and safety criteria
addressing worker protection; and require remedial measures to
mitigate pollution from former and ongoing operations. As with
the industry generally, compliance with existing and anticipated
environmental laws and regulations increases our overall cost of
business, including our capital costs to construct, maintain,
operate and upgrade equipment and facilities. While these laws
and regulations affect our maintenance capital expenditures and
net income, we believe they do not affect our competitive
position, as the operations of our competitors are similarly
affected.
We believe our facilities are in substantial compliance with
applicable environmental laws and regulations. However, these
laws and regulations are subject to frequent change by
regulatory authorities, and continued or future compliance with
such laws and regulations, or changes in the interpretation of
such laws and regulations, may require us to incur significant
expenditures. Failure to comply with these laws and regulations
may result in the assessment of administrative, civil and
criminal penalties, the imposition of remedial obligations, and
the issuance of injunctions that may limit or prohibit some or
all of our operations. Additionally, a discharge of crude oil,
refined petroleum products or liquefied petroleum gas into the
environment could, to the extent the event is not insured,
subject us to substantial expenses, including costs to comply
with applicable laws and regulations and to resolve claims made
by third parties for claims for personal injury and property
damage. These impacts could directly and indirectly affect our
business, and have an adverse impact on our financial position,
results of operations, and liquidity.
Hazardous
Substances and Wastes
To a large extent, the environmental laws and regulations
affecting our operations relate to the release of hazardous
substances or solid wastes into soils, groundwater, and surface
water, and include measures to control pollution of the
environment. These laws and regulations generally govern the
generation, storage, treatment, transportation, and disposal of
solid and hazardous waste. They also require corrective action,
including investigation and remediation, at a facility where
such waste may have been released or disposed. For instance, the
federal Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation, and
Liability Act (CERCLA), which is also known as
Superfund, and comparable state laws, impose liability, without
regard to fault or to the legality of the original conduct, on
certain classes of persons that contributed to the release of a
hazardous substance into the environment. These
persons include the owner or operator of the site where the
release occurred and companies that disposed of, or arranged for
the disposal of, the hazardous substances found at the site.
Under CERCLA, these persons may be subject to joint and several
liability for the costs of cleaning up the hazardous substances
that have been released into the environment, for damages to
natural resources, and for the costs of certain health studies.
CERCLA also authorizes the EPA and, in some instances, third
parties to act in response to threats to the public health or
the environment and to seek to recover from the responsible
classes of persons the costs
103
they incur. It is not uncommon for neighboring landowners and
other third parties to file claims for personal injury and
property damage allegedly caused by hazardous substances or
other pollutants released into the environment. In the course of
our ordinary operations, we generate waste that falls within
CERCLAs definition of a hazardous substance
and, as a result, may be jointly and severally liable under
CERCLA for all or part of the costs required to clean up sites.
We also generate solid wastes, including hazardous wastes, which
are subject to the requirements of the federal Resource
Conservation and Recovery Act (RCRA), and comparable
state statutes. From time to time, the EPA considers the
adoption of stricter disposal standards for non-hazardous
wastes, including crude oil and refined products wastes. We are
not currently required to comply with a substantial portion of
the RCRA requirements because our operations generate minimal
quantities of hazardous wastes. However, it is possible that
additional wastes, which could include wastes currently
generated during operations, will in the future be designated as
hazardous wastes. Hazardous wastes are subject to
more rigorous and costly disposal requirements than are
non-hazardous wastes. Any changes in the regulations could
increase our maintenance capital expenditures and operating
expenses.
We currently own and lease properties where hydrocarbons are
being or have been handled for many years. Although we have
utilized operating and disposal practices that were standard in
the industry at the time, hydrocarbons or other waste have been
spilled or released on or under the properties owned or leased
by us or on or under other locations where these wastes have
been taken for disposal or recycling. In addition, certain of
these properties have been operated by third parties whose
treatment and disposal or release of hydrocarbons or other
wastes was not under our control. These properties and wastes
disposed thereon may be subject to CERCLA, RCRA, and analogous
state laws. Under these laws, we could be required to remove or
remediate previously disposed wastes (including wastes disposed
of or released by prior owners or operators), to clean up
contaminated property (including contaminated groundwater), or
to perform remedial operations to prevent future contamination
to the extent we are not indemnified for such matters.
Air
Emissions and Climate Change
Our operations are subject to the federal Clean Air Act and
comparable state and local statutes. These laws and regulations
govern emissions of air pollutants from various industrial
sources and also impose various monitoring and reporting
requirements. Such laws and regulations may require that we
obtain pre-approval for the construction and or modification of
certain projects or facilities expected to produce air emissions
or result in the increase of existing air emissions, obtain and
comply with air permits containing various emissions and
operational limitations, and use specific emission control
technologies to limit emissions. While we may be required to
incur certain capital expenditures in the future for air
pollution control equipment in connection with obtaining and
maintaining operating permits and approvals for air emissions,
we do not believe that our operations will be materially
adversely affected by such requirements, and the requirements
are not expected to be any more burdensome to us than to any
other similarly situated companies.
In response to findings that emissions of carbon dioxide,
methane, and other GHGs present an endangerment to public health
and the environment because emissions of such gases are
contributing to the warming of the earths atmosphere and
other climate changes, the EPA has adopted regulations under
existing provisions of the federal Clean Air Act that require a
reduction in emissions of GHGs from motor vehicles and also may
trigger construction and operating permit review for GHG
emissions from certain stationary sources, effective
January 2, 2011. The EPA has published its final rule to
address the permitting of GHG emissions from stationary sources
under the Prevention of Significant Deterioration
(PSD) and Title V permitting programs, pursuant
to which these permitting programs have been
tailored to apply to certain stationary sources of
GHG emissions in a multi-step process, with the largest sources
first subject to permitting. The EPAs rules relating to
emissions of GHGs from large stationary sources of emissions are
currently subject to a number of legal challenges, but the
federal courts have thus far declined to issue any injunctions
to prevent EPA from implementing, or requiring state
environmental agencies to implement, the rules. The EPA has also
adopted rules requiring the reporting of GHG emissions from
specified large GHG emission sources in the United States on an
annual basis, beginning in 2011 for emissions occurring after
January 1, 2010, as well as certain onshore oil and natural
gas production, processing, transmission, storage and
distribution facilities on an annual basis, beginning in 2012
for emissions occurring in 2011.
In addition, Congress has from time to time considered
legislation to reduce emissions of GHGs, and almost one-half of
the states have already taken legal measures to reduce emissions
of GHGs, primarily through the planned development of GHG
emission inventories
and/or
regional GHG cap and trade programs. Most of these cap and trade
programs work
104
by requiring either major sources of emissions or major
producers of fuels to acquire and surrender emission allowances,
with the number of allowances available for purchase reduced
each year until the overall GHG emission reduction goal is
achieved. These allowances would be expected to escalate
significantly in cost over time. The adoption of any legislation
or regulations that requires reporting of GHGs or otherwise
limits emissions of GHGs from our equipment and operations could
require us to incur costs to reduce emissions of GHGs associated
with our operations or could adversely affect demand for oil and
natural gas that is produced, which could decrease demand for
our storage services. Finally, it should be noted that some
scientists have concluded that increasing concentrations of GHGs
in the Earths atmosphere may produce climate changes that
have significant physical effects, such as increased frequency
and severity of storms, floods and other climatic events; if any
such effects were to occur, they could have an adverse effect on
our operations.
Water
The Federal Water Pollution Control Act, also known as the Clean
Water Act, and analogous state laws impose restrictions and
strict controls with respect to the discharge of pollutants,
including spills and leaks of oil, into federal and state
waters. The discharge of pollutants into regulated waters is
prohibited, except in accordance with the terms of a permit
issued by EPA or an analogous state agency. Any unpermitted
discharge of pollutants could result in penalties and
significant remedial obligations. Our operations are adjacent to
waterways. The transportation of crude oil and refined products
over water involves risk and subjects us to the provisions of
the Oil Pollution Act and related state requirements, which
subject owners of covered facilities to strict, joint, and
potentially unlimited liability for removal costs and other
consequences of an oil spill where the spill is into navigable
waters, along shorelines or in the exclusive economic zone of
the United States. In the event of an oil spill into navigable
waters, substantial liabilities could be imposed upon us. Texas
has also enacted similar oil spill laws.
Regulations under the Clean Water Act, the Oil Pollution Act and
state laws also impose additional regulatory burdens on our
operations. Spill prevention control and countermeasure
requirements of federal laws and some state laws require
containment to mitigate or prevent contamination of navigable
waters in the event of an oil overflow, rupture, or leak. For
example, the Clean Water Act requires us to maintain spill
prevention control and countermeasure plans at our facilities.
In addition, the Oil Pollution Act requires that most oil
transport and storage companies maintain and update various oil
spill prevention and oil spill contingency plans. We maintain
such plans, and where required have submitted plans and received
federal and state approvals necessary to comply with the Oil
Pollution Act, the Clean Water Act and related regulations. We
contract with various spill-response specialists to ensure
appropriate expertise is available for any contingency,
including spills of oil or refined products, from our facilities.
The Clean Water Act imposes substantial potential liability for
the violation of permits or permitting requirements and for the
costs of removal, remediation, and damages resulting from such
discharges. We believe that compliance with existing permits and
compliance with foreseeable new permit requirements will not
have a material adverse effect on our financial condition or
results of operations.
Endangered
Species Act
The Endangered Species Act restricts activities that may affect
endangered species or their habitats. We believe that we are in
compliance with the Endangered Species Act. However, the
discovery of previously unidentified endangered species could
cause us to incur additional costs or become subject to
operating restrictions or bans in the affected area.
Hazardous
Materials Transportation Requirements
The U.S. Department of Transportation (DOT)
regulations affecting pipeline safety require pipeline operators
to implement measures designed to reduce the environmental
impact of crude oil and refined product discharge from onshore
crude oil and refined products pipelines. These regulations
require operators to maintain comprehensive spill response
plans, including extensive spill response training for pipeline
personnel. In addition, the DOT regulations contain detailed
specifications for pipeline operation and maintenance. We
believe our operations are in compliance with these regulations.
The DOT also has a pipeline integrity management rule, with
which we are in substantial compliance.
105
Occupational
Safety and Health
We are subject to the requirements of the Occupational Safety
and Health Act (OSHA) and comparable state statutes
that regulate the protection of the health and safety of
workers. In addition, the OSHA hazard communication standard
requires that information be maintained about hazardous
materials used or produced in operations and that this
information be provided to employees, state, and local
government authorities and citizens. We believe that our
operations are in substantial compliance with applicable OSHA
requirements, including general industry standards, record
keeping requirements, and monitoring of occupational exposure to
regulated substances.
Title to
Properties and Permits
Substantially all of our pipelines are constructed on
rights-of-way
granted by the apparent record owners of the property and in
some instances these
rights-of-way
are revocable at the election of the grantor. In many instances,
lands over which
rights-of-way
have been obtained are subject to prior liens that have not been
subordinated to the
right-of-way
grants. We have obtained permits from public authorities to
cross over or under, or to lay facilities in or along,
watercourses, county roads, municipal streets, and state
highways and, in some instances, these permits are revocable at
the election of the grantor. We have also obtained permits from
railroad companies to cross over or under lands or
rights-of-way,
many of which are also revocable at the grantors election.
In some states and under some circumstances, we have the right
of eminent domain to acquire
rights-of-way
and lands necessary for our common carrier pipelines.
Some of the leases, easements,
rights-of-way,
permits, and licenses that will be transferred to us will
require the consent of the grantor to transfer these rights,
which in some instances is a governmental entity. Our general
partner believes that it has obtained or will obtain sufficient
third-party consents, permits, and authorizations for the
transfer of the assets necessary for us to operate our business
in all material respects as described in this prospectus. With
respect to any consents, permits, or authorizations that have
not been obtained, our general partner believes that these
consents, permits, or authorizations will be obtained after the
closing of this offering, or that the failure to obtain these
consents, permits, or authorizations will not have a material
adverse effect on the operation of our business.
Our general partner believes that we will have satisfactory
title to all of the assets that will be contributed to us at the
closing of this offering. We are entitled to indemnification
from OTA under the omnibus agreement for certain title defects
and for failures to obtain certain consents and permits
necessary to conduct our business, in each case, that are
identified prior to the earlier of the third anniversary of the
closing of this offering and the date that OTA no longer
controls our general partner (provided that, in any event, such
date shall not be earlier than the second anniversary of the
closing of this offering). This indemnification is subject to a
$500,000 aggregate annual deductible before we are entitled to
indemnification in any calendar year. Record title to some of
our assets may continue to be held by affiliates of OTA until we
have made the appropriate filings in the jurisdictions in which
such assets are located and obtained any consents and approvals
that are not obtained prior to transfer. We will make these
filings and obtain these consents upon completion of this
offering. Although title to these properties is subject to
encumbrances in some cases, such as customary interests
generally retained in connection with acquisition of real
property, liens that can be imposed in some jurisdictions for
government-initiated action to clean up environmental
contamination, liens for current taxes and other burdens, and
easements, restrictions, and other encumbrances to which the
underlying properties were subject at the time of acquisition by
our predecessor or us, our general partner believes that none of
these burdens will materially detract from the value of these
properties or from our interest in these properties or
materially interfere with their use in the operation of our
business.
Safety
and Maintenance
We perform preventive and normal maintenance on all of our
storage tanks, terminals and pipeline systems and make repairs
and replacements when necessary or appropriate. We also conduct
routine and required inspections of those assets in accordance
with applicable regulation. At our terminals, the tanks designed
for storage of products with a vapor pressure of 0.5 pound-force
per square inch absolute, or greater, are equipped with Internal
Floating Roofs to minimize regulated emissions and prevent
potentially flammable vapor accumulation.
Our terminal facilities have response plans, spill prevention
and control plans, and other programs in place to respond to
emergencies. Our truck and rail loading racks are protected with
fire fighting systems in line with the rest of our facilities.
We continually strive to maintain compliance with applicable
air, solid waste, and wastewater regulations.
106
On our pipelines, we use external coatings and impressed current
cathodic protection systems to protect against external
corrosion. We conduct all cathodic protection work in accordance
with National Association of Corrosion Engineers standards. We
continually monitor, test, and record the effectiveness of these
corrosion inhibiting systems. We also monitor the structural
integrity of selected segments of our pipelines through a
program of periodic internal assessments using high resolution
internal inspection tools, as well as hydrostatic testing, that
conforms to federal standards. We accompany these assessments
with a review of the data and mitigate or repair anomalies, as
required, to ensure the integrity of the pipeline. We have
initiated a risk-based approach to prioritizing the pipeline
segments for future integrity assessments to ensure that the
highest risk segments receive the highest priority for
scheduling internal inspections or pressure tests for integrity.
Seasonality
The crude oil, refined petroleum products and liquified
petroleum gas throughput in our terminals is directly affected
by the level of supply and demand for crude oil, refined
petroleum products and liquified petroleum gas in the markets
served directly or indirectly by our assets, which can fluctuate
seasonally, particularly due to seasonal shutdowns of refineries
during the spring months. Because a high percentage of our cash
flow is derived from fixed storage services fees under
multi-year contracts, our revenues are not generally seasonal in
nature, nor are they typically affected by weather and price
volatility.
Insurance
Our operations and assets are insured under a global insurance
program administered by Oiltanking GmbH and placed with London
and other international insurers. The major elements of this
program include property damage (including terrorism), business
interruption, third-party liability and environmental impairment
insurance. We are invoiced directly by the brokers for this
coverage. To the extent that other companies in this program
experience covered losses, the limit of our coverage for
potential losses may be decreased. In addition to the Oiltanking
GmbH insurance program, OTA has a separate commercial liability
policy including automobile, boiler and machinery, commercial
crime, executive risk and property coverage. Management believes
that the amount of coverage provided is reasonable and
appropriate. We expect that we will obtain directors and
officers liability insurance for the directors and
officers of our general partner.
Legal
Proceedings
Although we may, from time to time, be involved in litigation
and claims arising out of our operations in the normal course of
business, we do not believe that we are a party to any
litigation that will have a material adverse impact on our
financial condition or results of operations.
107
MANAGEMENT
Management
of Oiltanking Partners, L.P.
Our general partner will manage our operations and activities on
our behalf through its officers and directors. Our general
partner is not elected by our unitholders and will not be
subject to re-election in the future. The directors of our
general partner oversee our operations. Unitholders will not be
entitled to elect the directors of our general partner, which
will all be appointed by OTA, or directly or indirectly
participate in our management or operations. Our general partner
will, however, be accountable to us and our unitholders as a
fiduciary. Fiduciary duties owed to unitholders by our general
partner are prescribed by law and our partnership agreement,
which contains various provisions modifying and restricting the
fiduciary duties that might otherwise be owed by our general
partner.
Upon the closing of this offering, we expect that our general
partner will have at least five directors, at least one of
whom will be independent as defined under the independence
standards established by the NYSE and the Exchange Act. The NYSE
does not require a listed publicly traded partnership, such as
ours, to have a majority of independent directors on the board
of directors of our general partner or to establish a
compensation committee or a nominating committee. We are,
however, required to have an audit committee of at least three
members, and all its members are required to meet the
independence and experience standards established by the NYSE
and the Exchange Act, subject to certain transitional relief
during the one-year period following consummation of this
offering.
All of the executive officers of our general partner listed
below will allocate their time between managing our business and
affairs and the business and affairs of OTA. Our executive
officers intend to devote as much time to the management of our
business and affairs as is necessary for the proper conduct of
our business and affairs.
Following the consummation of this offering, neither our general
partner nor OTA will receive any management fee or other
compensation in connection with our general partners
management of our business, but we will reimburse our general
partner and its affiliates, including OTA, for all expenses they
incur and payments they make on our behalf. Our partnership
agreement does not set a limit on the amount of expenses for
which our general partner and its affiliates may be reimbursed.
These expenses include salary, bonus, incentive compensation and
other amounts paid to persons who perform services for us or on
our behalf and expenses allocated to our general partner by its
affiliates. Our partnership agreement provides that our general
partner will determine in good faith the expenses that are
allocable to us. Please read Certain Relationships and
Related Transactions Agreements with Affiliates in
Connection with the Transactions.
In evaluating director candidates, OTA will assess whether a
candidate possesses the integrity, judgment, knowledge,
experience, skill and expertise that are likely to enhance the
boards ability to manage and direct our affairs and
business, including, when applicable, to enhance the ability of
committees of the board to fulfill their duties.
Executive
Officers and Directors of our General Partner
The following table shows information for the executive officers
and directors of our general partner upon the consummation of
this offering. Directors are appointed for a one-year term and
hold office until their successors have been elected or
qualified or until the earlier of their death, resignation,
removal or disqualification. Executive officers
108
serve at the discretion of the board. There are no family
relationships among any of our directors or executive officers.
Some of our directors and all of our executive officers also
serve as executive officers of OTA.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Name
|
|
Age
|
|
Position With Our General Partner
|
|
Carlin G. Conner
|
|
|
43
|
|
|
President, Chief Executive Officer and Director
|
Kenneth F. Owen
|
|
|
37
|
|
|
Chief Financial Officer
|
Robert Bo McCall
|
|
|
46
|
|
|
Vice President of Marketing and Sales
|
Jan P. Vogel
|
|
|
41
|
|
|
Vice President of Corporate Affairs and Strategic Planning
|
Kevin Campbell
|
|
|
46
|
|
|
Vice President of Operations
|
David L. Griffis
|
|
|
65
|
|
|
Director
|
Kapil K. Jain
|
|
|
45
|
|
|
Director
|
Rutger van Thiel
|
|
|
47
|
|
|
Director
|
Carlin G. Conner President and Chief Executive
Officer. Carlin G. Conner has served as
President and Chief Executive Officer and a member of the board
of directors of our general partner since March 2011 and
President and Chief Executive Officer of OTA since July 2006.
Mr. Conner has been in the terminaling business for over
19 years. Before joining the Oiltanking Group, he worked at
GATX Terminals Corporation in various roles including Operations
and Commercial Management. In 2000, he joined Oiltanking
Houston, L.P. and in 2003, he moved to the Oiltanking
Groups corporate headquarters in Hamburg, Germany, where
he was responsible for international business development. In
Hamburg, he sat on the boards of several Oiltanking Group
ventures. We believe that Mr. Conners experience as
President and Chief Executive Officer of OTA and related
familiarity with our assets as well as his extensive knowledge
of the terminaling industry will bring substantial experience
and leadership skills to the board of directors of our general
partner.
Kenneth F. Owen Chief Financial
Officer. Kenneth F. Owen has served as Chief
Financial Officer of our general partner and Chief Financial
Officer of OTA since March 2011. Prior to joining the Oiltanking
Group, Mr. Owen was employed in the investment banking
group with Citigroup Global Markets Inc. and in the investment
banking group with UBS Investment Bank over the past six years.
At both Citigroup Global Markets Inc. and UBS Investment Bank,
he focused primarily on the energy sector. We believe that
Mr. Owens experience as Chief Financial Officer of
OTA brings knowledge of our capital structure and financing
requirements. Mr. Owen also brings valuable financial
expertise from his prior role as an investment banker, including
extensive experience with capital markets transactions,
knowledge of the energy industry and familiarity with master
limited partnerships.
Robert Bo McCall Vice President of
Marketing and Sales. Robert Bo
McCall has served as Vice President of Marketing and Sales of
our general partner since March 2011 and Vice President of
Marketing and Sales of OTA since March 2007. Mr. McCall has
been in the midstream oil and gas business for 24 years.
Prior to joining Oiltanking in 2003, he worked for Conoco and
other small oil and gas companies with responsibilities ranging
from engineering, sales/commercial and executive capacities. At
OTA, he has worked in the commercial department as a sales
manager for four years and as the Vice President of Marketing
for an additional four years supporting all of OTAs
facilities.
Jan P. Vogel Vice President of Corporate
Affairs and Strategic Planning. Jan P. Vogel
has served as Vice President of Corporate Affairs and Strategic
Planning of our general partner since March 2011 and Vice
President of Corporate Affairs and Strategic Planning of OTA
since March 2011. He has been in the energy industry for over
20 years. First employed by the Oiltanking Group in 1990,
he has held various positions with the Oiltanking Group and its
parent company Marquard & Bahls AG, serving in roles
related to commercial and general management as well as mergers
and acquisitions and strategy. In 2005, he moved to the
Oiltanking Groups corporate headquarters in Hamburg,
Germany, where he also served as General Manager for Europe,
North and South America. In this capacity, he served on the
boards of several Oiltanking Group ventures, including OTA and
some of its subsidiaries. Before moving to the U.S. in
2011, Mr. Vogel was Director Group Strategy for
Marquard & Bahls AG, where he was responsible for
overseeing mergers and acquisitions projects and was closely
involved in the approval process for this offering.
Kevin Campbell Vice President of
Operations. Kevin Campbell has served as Vice
President of Operations of our general partner since March 2011
and Vice President of Operations of OTA since April 2010. Prior
to that, he was the Terminal Manager for Oiltanking Texas City,
L.P., a wholly owned subsidiary of OTA, from January 2008 until
April
109
2010. Prior to becoming Terminal Manager, he served as the
Operations Manager for Oiltanking Texas City, L.P. from July
2004 until January 2008. Mr. Campbell has been employed by
the Oiltanking Group since 1985, serving in various roles,
including, operations, scheduling, and health, safety and
environmental.
David L. Griffis
Director. David L. Griffis has served as a
member of the board of directors of our general partner since
March 2011. He has served as Assistant Secretary of OTA since
2001, in various other capacities including Treasurer and
Secretary for affiliates of OTA since 1998 and as outside
counsel for Oiltanking Houston, L.P. since its inception in
1974. Mr. Griffis has been practicing law since 1974, and
is currently a shareholder at the law firm of Crain, Caton
& James, P.C., where he represents domestic and
international clients in acquisitions, joint ventures and
strategic alliances. We believe that Mr. Griffis three
decades of experience in transactional law and extensive
knowledge of the Oiltanking Groups business and operations
brings unique and valuable skills to the board of directors.
Kapil K. Jain
Director. Kapil K. Jain has served as a
member of the board of directors of our general partner since
March 2011 and Director of Finance and Administration of
Oiltanking GmbH since July 2010. Prior to such time, he was
President of the Terminaling Division of IOT
Infrastructure & Energy Services Limited
(IOT), a joint venture of Oiltanking GmbH from June
2008 to June 2010. He has been employed by the Oiltanking Group
since August 1997, first at IOT from 1997 to 2004 as General
Manager (Corporate Finance) and thereafter at Oiltanking GmbH
from 2004 to 2008 as Head of Economics. He is an Associate
Chartered Accountant, Cost and Works Accountant and Chartered
Financial Analyst with over 20 years of experience in
financial and general management roles. Prior to joining the
Oiltanking Group in 1997, he worked in large corporations in
financial accounting and treasury functions. We believe that
Mr. Jains extensive financial and accounting
experiences and history with the Oiltanking Group make him
highly qualified to serve as a member of the board of directors
Rutger van Thiel
Director. Rutger van Thiel has served as a
member of the board of directors of our general partner since
March 2011 and Managing Director of the Oiltanking Group since
August 2010. From September 2004 to August 2010, he oversaw the
business and expansion activities in Asia Pacific, serving in
various management roles including Managing Director, Chief
Executive Officer and President of the Oiltanking Groups
operations in that region. Mr. van Thiel began his career with
the Oiltanking Group in June 2000, and in 2001, he was promoted
to Director of Chemical and Gas Logistics to oversee and expand
the Oiltanking Groups global chemical terminal network.
Prior to beginning his career with the Oiltanking Group, Mr. van
Thiel was employed by Van Ommeren (currently known as Vopak) in
the Netherlands and worked in several functions including
finance, commercial and business development, reaching the
position of General Manager of Vopak Peru. Mr. van Thiel
currently serves as a director for multiple international
entities affiliated with the Oiltanking Group. We believe that
Mr. van Thiels extensive leadership experience with the
Oiltanking Group and knowledge of the terminaling and storage
industry internationally will provide important insight and
perspective to the board of directors.
Director
Independence
In accordance with the rules of the NYSE, OTA must appoint at
least one independent director prior to the listing of our
common units on the NYSE, one additional member within three
months of that listing, and one additional independent member
within 12 months of that listing. OTA may not have
appointed all three independent directors to the board of
directors of our general partner by the date our common units
first trade on the NYSE.
Committees
of the Board of Directors
The board of directors of our general partner will have an audit
committee and a conflicts committee. We do not expect that we
will have a compensation committee, but rather that our board of
directors will approve equity grants to directors and employees.
Audit
Committee
We are required to have an audit committee of at least three
members, and all its members are required to meet the
independence and experience standards established by the NYSE
and the Exchange Act, subject to certain transitional relief
during the one-year period following consummation of this
offering as described above. The audit committee will
110
assist the board of directors in its oversight of the integrity
of our combined financial statements and our compliance with
legal and regulatory requirements and partnership policies and
controls. The audit committee will have the sole authority to
(1) retain and terminate our independent registered public
accounting firm, (2) approve all auditing services and
related fees and the terms thereof performed by our independent
registered public accounting firm, and (3) pre-approve any
non-audit services and tax services to be rendered by our
independent registered public accounting firm. The audit
committee will also be responsible for confirming the
independence and objectivity of our independent registered
public accounting firm. Our independent registered public
accounting firm will be given unrestricted access to the audit
committee and our management, as necessary.
Conflicts
Committee
At least two independent members of the board of directors of
our general partner will serve on a conflicts committee to
review specific matters that the board believes may involve
conflicts of interest (including certain transactions with
members of the Oiltanking Group). The conflicts committee will
determine if the resolution of the conflict of interest is fair
and reasonable to us. The members of the special committee may
not be officers or employees of our general partner or
directors, officers, or employees of its affiliates, including
OTA, and must meet the independence and experience standards
established by the NYSE and the Exchange Act to serve on an
audit committee of a board of directors, along with other
requirements. Any matters approved by the special committee will
be conclusively deemed to be fair and reasonable to us, approved
by all of our partners and not a breach by our general partner
of any duties it may owe us or our unitholders.
111
EXECUTIVE
OFFICER COMPENSATION
Compensation
Discussion and Analysis
Introduction
Our general partner has the sole responsibility for conducting
our business and for managing our operations and its board of
directors and officers make decisions on our behalf. The
officers of our general partner will be employed by OTA or a
subsidiary of OTA and will manage the
day-to-day
affairs of our business. Certain of our officers are dedicated
to managing our business and will devote the majority of their
time to our business. Because the executive officers of our
general partner are employees of OTA or a subsidiary of OTA,
compensation will be paid by OTA or a subsidiary of OTA and
reimbursed by us. Please read The Partnership
Agreement Reimbursement of Expenses.
The compensation of the executive officers of our general
partner will be established by Oiltanking GmbH, the parent of
OTA. Because Oiltanking GmbH is a privately held company, it
does not have formal compensation policies or practices. All
compensation decisions are made at the discretion of a managing
director of Oiltanking GmbH. As described in greater detail
below, OTA has historically compensated its executive officers
with base salary and cash bonuses. However, because our
executive officers have not spent a majority of their time
providing services to the subsidiaries that are being
contributed to our partnership in connection with the closing of
this offering, we are not presenting these historical
compensation amounts.
Historical
Compensation
Historically, the managing director of Oiltanking GmbH has
determined the overall compensation philosophy and set the final
compensation of the officers of OTA and its subsidiaries without
the assistance of a compensation consultant. OTAs
executive officers have been compensated with base salary and
annual cash bonuses. Base salary amounts were determined in the
sole discretion of Oiltanking GmbH. Annual cash bonuses were
determined based on a percentage of the annual profit of our
Houston and Beaumont operations.
Compensation
Setting Process
In connection with this offering, Oiltanking GmbH, in
consultation with Towers Watson, an independent compensation
consultant, is considering the compensation structures and
levels that it believes will be necessary for executive
recruitment and retention as a public company as well as the
desire to transition to a compensation system that would be more
transparent for public investors. Oiltanking GmbH is examining
the compensation practices of our peer companies and may also
review compensation data from the storage and terminaling
industry generally to the extent the competition for executive
talent is broader than a group of selected peer companies.
We anticipate that, in connection with the closing of this
offering, we will enter into employment agreements with our
officers. We may also grant equity-based awards to our executive
officers pursuant to a long-term incentive plan as described
below; however, no determination has been made to date as to the
number of awards, the type of awards or when the awards would be
granted. We expect that annual bonuses will be determined based
on financial performance as measured across a fiscal year.
Although we will bear an allocated portion of OTAs costs
of providing compensation and benefits to the OTA employees who
serve as the executive officers of our general partner, we will
have no control over such costs and will not establish or direct
the compensation policies or practices of OTA. We expect that
each of these executive officers will continue to perform
services for our general partner, as well as OTA and its
affiliates, after the completion of this offering.
Long-Term
Incentive Plan
In connection with this offering, the board of directors of our
general partner will adopt a long-term incentive plan for
employees, consultants and directors who perform services for
us. We expect that the long-term incentive plan will
112
provide for awards of restricted units, unit options, phantom
units, unit payments, unit appreciation rights, other
equity-based awards and performance awards. The long-term
incentive plan will limit the number of units that may be
delivered pursuant to awards to 10% of the outstanding common
units and subordinated units on the effective date of the
initial public offering of our common units. Common units
withheld to satisfy exercise prices or tax withholding
obligations are available for delivery pursuant to other awards.
The plan will be administered by our board of directors or a
committee thereof, which we refer to as the plan administrator.
The plan administrator may terminate or amend the long-term
incentive plan at any time with respect to any of our common
units for which a grant has not yet been made. The plan
administrator also has the right to alter or amend the long-term
incentive plan or any part of the plan from time to time,
including increasing the number of common units that may be
granted, subject to unitholder approval as required by the
exchange upon which our common units are listed at that time.
However, no change in any outstanding grant may be made that
would materially reduce the benefits of the participant without
the consent of the participant. The plan will expire on the
tenth anniversary of its approval, when common units are no
longer available under the plan for grants or upon its
termination by the plan administrator, whichever occurs first.
Restricted Units. A restricted unit
grant is an award of common units that vests over a period of
time and that during such time is subject to forfeiture.
Forfeiture provisions lapse at the end of the vesting period.
The plan administrator may determine to make grants of
restricted units under the plan to participants containing such
terms as the plan administrator shall determine. The plan
administrator will determine the period over which restricted
units granted to participants will vest. The plan administrator,
in its discretion, may base its determination upon the
achievement of specified financial objectives. In addition, the
restricted units will vest upon a change of control, as defined
in the plan, unless provided otherwise by the plan
administrator. Distributions made on restricted units may or may
not be subjected to the same vesting provisions as the
restricted units. If a grantees employment, consulting
relationship or membership on the board of directors of our
general partner terminates for any reason, the grantees
restricted units will be automatically forfeited unless, and
except to the extent that, the plan administrator or the terms
of the award agreement or an employment agreement provide
otherwise.
We intend the restricted units under the plan to serve as a
means of incentive compensation for performance and not
primarily as an opportunity to participate in the equity
appreciation of our common units. Therefore, plan participants
will not pay any consideration for restricted units they
receive, and we will receive no remuneration for the restricted
units.
Unit Options. Unit options represent
the right to purchase a designated number of common units at a
specified price. The plan administrator may make grants of unit
options under the plan to participants containing such terms as
the plan administrator shall determine. Unit options will have
an exercise price that may not be less than the fair market
value of our common units on the date of grant. In general, unit
options granted will become exercisable over a period determined
by the plan administrator. In addition, the unit options will
become exercisable upon a change of control, as defined in the
plan, unless provided otherwise by the plan administrator. If a
grantees employment, consulting relationship or membership
on the board of directors of our general partner terminates for
any reason, the grantees unvested unit options will be
automatically forfeited unless, and except to the extent, the
option agreement, an employment agreement or the plan
administrator provides otherwise.
Upon exercise of a unit option, we will acquire common units on
the open market or from any other person or we will directly
issue common units or use any combination of the foregoing, in
the plan administrators discretion. If we issue new common
units upon exercise of the unit options, the total number of
common units outstanding will increase. The availability of unit
options is intended to furnish additional compensation to plan
participants and to align their economic interests with those of
common unitholders.
Performance Award. A performance award
is denominated as a cash amount at the time of grant and gives
the grantee the right to receive all or part of such award upon
the achievement of specified financial objectives, length of
service or other specified criteria. The plan administrator will
determine the period over which certain specified financial
objectives or other specified criteria must be met. The
performance award may be paid in cash, common units or a
combination of cash and common units. If a grantees
employment, consulting relationship or membership on the board
of directors of our general partner terminates for any reason
prior to payment, the grantees performance award will be
113
automatically forfeited unless, and except to the extent that,
the plan administrator or the terms of the award agreement or an
employment agreement provide otherwise.
Phantom Units. A phantom unit is a
notional common unit that entitles the grantee to receive a
common unit upon the vesting of the phantom unit or, in the
discretion of the plan administrator, cash equal to the value of
a common unit. The plan administrator may determine to make
grants of phantom units under the plan to participants
containing such terms as the plan administrator shall determine,
which may include distribution equivalent rights, or
DERs, which entitle the grantee to receive an amount
of cash equal to the cash distributions made on a common unit
during the period the phantom unit remains
outstanding. DERs generally will vest or be
forfeited at the same time as the tandem phantom unit vests or
is forfeited. The plan administrator will also determine the
period over which phantom units granted to participants will
vest. The plan administrator, in its discretion, may base its
determination upon the achievement of specified financial
objectives. In addition, the phantom units will vest upon a
change of control, as defined in the plan, unless provided
otherwise by the plan administrator. If a grantees
employment, consulting relationship or membership on the board
of directors of our general partner terminates for any reason,
the grantees phantom units will be automatically forfeited
unless, and except to the extent that, the plan administrator or
the terms of the award agreement or an employment agreement
provide otherwise.
Upon the vesting of phantom units, to the extent the phantom
units will be satisfied or paid with common units, we may
acquire common units on the open market, acquire common units
from any other person, directly issue common units or use any
combination of the foregoing, in the plan administrators
discretion. If we issue new common units upon vesting of the
phantom units, the total common units outstanding will increase.
We intend the issuance of any common units upon vesting of the
phantom units under the plan to serve as a means of incentive
compensation for performance and not primarily as an opportunity
to participate in the equity appreciation of our common units.
Therefore, plan participants will not pay any consideration for
the common units they receive, and we will receive no
remuneration for the common units.
Unit Awards. The plan administrator, in
its discretion, may also grant to participants common units that
are not subject to forfeiture.
Unit Appreciation Rights. The long-term
incentive plan will also permit the grant of unit appreciation
rights. A unit appreciation right is an award that, upon
exercise, entitles participants to receive the excess of the
fair market value of our common units on the exercise date over
the exercise price established for the unit appreciation right.
This excess will be paid in cash or our common units. The plan
administrator may grant unit appreciation rights under the plan
to participants, with such terms as the plan administrator shall
determine. Unit appreciation rights will have an exercise price
that may not be less than the fair market value of our common
units on the date of grant. In general, unit appreciation rights
granted will become exercisable over a period determined by the
plan administrator. In addition, the unit appreciation rights
will become exercisable upon a change in control, as defined in
the plan, unless provided otherwise by the plan administrator.
If a grantees employment, consulting relationship or
membership on the board of directors of our general partner
terminates for any reason, the grantees unvested unit
appreciation rights will be automatically forfeited unless, and
except to the extent that, the grant agreement, an employment
agreement or the plan administrator provides otherwise.
Upon exercise of a unit appreciation right, to the extent it
will be paid in common units, we will acquire common units on
the open market or from any other person or we will directly
issue common units or use any combination of the foregoing, in
the plan administrators discretion. If we issue new common
units upon exercise of the unit appreciation rights, the total
number of common units outstanding will increase. The
availability of unit appreciation rights is intended to furnish
additional compensation to plan participants and to align their
economic interests with those of common unitholders.
Other Unit-Based Awards. The plan
administrator, in its discretion, may also grant to participants
other unit-based awards, which are denominated or payable in,
referenced to, or otherwise based on or related to the value of
our common units. These awards will contain such terms as the
plan administrator shall determine, including the vesting
provisions and whether such award shall be paid in cash, units
or a combination thereof.
114
Deferred
Compensation Plan
Our named executive officers are eligible to participate in the
Oiltanking Holding Americas, Inc. Deferred Compensation Plan
(the Deferred Plan). The Deferred Plan is an
unfunded retirement plan intended to supplement the retirement
needs of a select group of management employees that are subject
to compensation and contribution limitations in the Internal
Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the Code)
with respect to other qualified retirement vehicles.
The Deferred Plan defines compensation as the
aggregate amount of compensation payable to a participant for a
plan year, including salary, overtime, commissions, bonuses all
other items that constitute wages within the meaning
of Section 3401(a) of the Code. Participants may elect to
defer a dollar amount or a percentage of compensation that the
individual is entitled to receive during any calendar year by
making salary deferral elections
and/or bonus
deferral elections. In order to comply with certain requirements
of Section 409A of the Code, the participants
election to defer either salary or bonus amounts must be made in
the year prior to the year in which that compensation will be
earned. Salary deferrals are limited to 90% of a
participants salary while bonus deferrals may relate to
100% of a participants potential bonus for the upcoming
year. A participant will be 100% vested at all times in each
salary
and/or bonus
deferral amounts.
At the time that a participant makes a salary deferral election,
the participant may also choose to make one or more of the
following elections in the same manner as his or her salary
deferral election: a FICA excess deferral election, a 401(k)
refund offset election, and a 401(k) excess deferral election. A
FICA excess deferral election allows the participant to defer an
amount equal to the participants portion of the FICA tax
rate on compensation (excluding bonuses) in excess of the
Deferred Plans social security wage base. The 401(k)
refund offset election would be equal to the amount the
participant is due, if any, with respect to the result of the
nondiscrimination testing results of our 401(k) plan. The 401(k)
excess deferral election means the amount that the participant
is prohibited from contributing to our 401(k) plan as a result
of the limitations under Section 402(g) of the Code. These
deferrals will be considered part of the participants
salary deferral election and will be subject to a maximum
deferral percentage of 90% as well.
OTA has the discretion, but not the obligation, to make employer
contributions into the Deferred Plan on a participants
behalf from time to time, and such contributions may be subject
to any restrictions that OTA feels are appropriate, such as
vesting restrictions.
Director
Compensation
The officers or employees of our general partner or of OTA who
also serve as directors of our general partner will not receive
additional compensation for their service as a director of our
general partner. Directors of our general partner who are not
officers or employees of our general partner or of OTA will
receive compensation as set by our general partners board
of directors. In addition, non-employee directors will be
reimbursed for
out-of-pocket
expenses in connection with attending meetings of the board of
directors or its committees.
Each director will be indemnified for his actions associated
with being a director to the fullest extent permitted under
Delaware law.
Compensation
Practices as They Related to Risk Management
We believe our compensation programs will be crafted in order to
discourage excessive and unnecessary risk taking by executive
officers (or other employees). We anticipate that short-term
annual incentives will generally be paid pursuant to
discretionary bonuses enabling the board of directors of our
general partner, to assess the actual behavior of our employees
as it relates to risk taking in awarding a bonus. In the future,
we anticipate that our use of equity based long-term
compensation will serve our compensation programs goal of
aligning the interests of executives and unitholders, thereby
reducing the incentives to unnecessary risk taking.
115
SECURITY
OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT
The following table sets forth the beneficial ownership of
common units and subordinated units of Oiltanking Partners, L.P.
that will be issued and outstanding upon the consummation of
this offering and the related transactions and held by:
|
|
|
|
|
beneficial owners of 5% or more of our common units;
|
|
|
|
each director, director nominee and executive officer; and
|
|
|
|
all of our directors, director nominees and executive officers
as a group.
|
The following table does not include any awards granted under
the long-term incentive plan in connection with this offering.
Please read Executive Officer Compensation
Compensation Discussion and Analysis.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Percentage of
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Percentage of
|
|
Common and
|
|
|
Common
|
|
Percentage of
|
|
Subordinated
|
|
Subordinated
|
|
Subordinated
|
|
|
Units
|
|
Common Units
|
|
Units
|
|
Units
|
|
Units
|
|
|
Beneficially
|
|
Beneficially
|
|
Beneficially
|
|
Beneficially
|
|
Beneficially
|
Name of Beneficial Owner
|
|
Owned
|
|
Owned
|
|
Owned
|
|
Owned
|
|
Owned
|
|
OTA(1)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
100
|
%
|
|
|
|
%
|
All executive officers and directors as a group (8 persons)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
Includes
common units
and
subordinated units held directly by OTB Holdco, L.L.C., a wholly
owned subsidiary of OTA. OTA is a wholly owned subsidiary of
Oiltanking GmbH, which, in turn, is a wholly owned subsidiary of
Marquard & Bahls AG, which is controlled by a four-person
supervisory board. The address for OTA is 15631 Jacintoport
Blvd., Houston, TX 77015. |
116
CERTAIN
RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS
After this offering, assuming that the underwriters do not
exercise their option to purchase additional common units, OTA
will own, directly or
indirectly, common
units
and subordinated
units representing an aggregate
approximately % limited partner
interest in us, and will own and control our general partner.
OTA will also appoint all of the directors of our general
partner, which will maintain a 2.0% general partner interest in
us and be issued the incentive distribution rights.
The terms of the transactions and agreements disclosed in this
section were determined by and among affiliated entities and,
consequently, are not the result of arms length
negotiations. These terms are not necessarily at least as
favorable to the parties to these transactions and agreements as
the terms that could have been obtained from unaffiliated third
parties.
Distributions
and Payments to Our General Partner and Its Affiliates
The following table summarizes the distributions and payments to
be made by us to our general partner and its affiliates in
connection with the formation, ongoing operation and any
liquidation of Oiltanking Partners, L.P.
|
|
|
Formation Stage |
|
|
|
The aggregate consideration received by our general partner and
its affiliates for the contribution of their interests |
|
common
units;
|
|
|
|
subordinated
units;
|
|
|
|
2.0% general partner interest; and
|
|
|
|
our incentive distribution rights.
|
|
|
|
In addition, we will use a portion of the net proceeds from this
offering to make a distribution to OTA and repay intercompany
indebtedness owed to Oiltanking Finance B.V. |
|
Operational Stage |
|
|
|
Distributions of available cash to our general partner and its
affiliates |
|
We will generally make cash distributions 98% to our
unitholders, including affiliates of our general partner, as the
holders of an aggregate
of
common units and all of the subordinated units, and 2.0% to our
general partner. In addition, if distributions exceed the
minimum quarterly distribution and other higher target
distribution levels, our general partner will be entitled to
increasing percentages of the distributions, up to a maximum of
48.0% of the distributions above the highest target distribution
level. |
|
|
|
Assuming we have sufficient available cash to pay the full
minimum quarterly distribution on all of our outstanding common
units and subordinated units for four quarters, our general
partner and its affiliates would receive an annual distribution
of approximately $ million on
the 2.0% general partner interest and approximately
$ million on their common
units and subordinated units. |
|
Payments to our general partner and its affiliates |
|
Our general partner will not receive a management fee or other
compensation for its management of our partnership, but we will
reimburse our general partner and its affiliates for all direct
and indirect expenses they incur and payments they make on our
behalf. Our partnership agreement does not set a limit on the
amount of expenses for which our general partner and its
affiliates |
117
|
|
|
|
|
may be reimbursed. These expenses include salary, bonus,
incentive compensation and other amounts paid to persons who
perform services for us or on our behalf and expenses allocated
to our general partner by its affiliates. Our partnership
agreement provides that our general partner will determine in
good faith the expenses that are allocable to us. |
|
Withdrawal or removal of our general partner |
|
If our general partner withdraws or is removed, its general
partner interest and its incentive distribution rights will
either be sold to the new general partner for cash or converted
into common units, in each case for an amount equal to the fair
market value of those interests. Please read The
Partnership Agreement Withdrawal or Removal of Our
General Partner. |
|
Liquidation Stage |
|
|
|
Liquidation |
|
Upon our liquidation, the partners, including our general
partner, will be entitled to receive liquidating distributions
according to their particular capital account balances. |
Agreements
with Affiliates in Connection with the Transactions
In connection with this offering, we will enter into certain
agreements with OTA, as described in more detail below.
Contribution
Agreement
In connection with the closing of this offering, we will enter
into a contribution agreement that will effect the transactions,
including the transfer of the ownership interests in Oiltanking
Houston, L.P. and Oiltanking Beaumont Partners, L.P., and the
use of the net proceeds of this offering. While we believe this
agreement is on terms no less favorable to any party than those
that could have been negotiated with an unaffiliated third
party, it will not be the result of arms-length
negotiations. All of the transaction expenses incurred in
connection with these transactions will be paid from the
proceeds of this offering.
Omnibus
Agreement
In connection with the closing of this offering, we will enter
into an omnibus agreement with affiliates of our general
partner, including OTA, that will address certain aspects of our
relationship with them, including:
|
|
|
|
|
our use of the name Oiltanking and related
marks, and
|
|
|
|
certain indemnification obligations.
|
The omnibus agreement can be amended by written agreement of all
parties to the agreement. However, the partnership may not agree
to any amendment or modification that would, in the reasonable
discretion of our general partner, be adverse in any material
respect to the holders of our common units without prior
approval of the conflicts committee. So long as OTA controls our
general partner, the omnibus agreement will remain in full force
and effect unless mutually terminated by the parties. If OTA
ceases to control our general partner, the omnibus agreement
will terminate, provided the indemnification obligations
described below will remain in full force and effect in
accordance with their terms.
OTAs indemnification obligations will include certain
liabilities relating to:
|
|
|
|
|
for a period of three years after the closing of this offering,
OTA will indemnify us for environmental losses by reason of, or
arising out of, any violation, event, circumstance, action,
omission or condition associated with the operation of our
assets prior to the closing of this offering, including:
(i) any violation of or cost to correct a violation of any
environmental laws, (ii) any environmental activity to
address a release of hazardous substances and (iii) the
release of, or exposure of any person to, any hazardous
substance; provided, however, that (x) the
|
118
|
|
|
|
|
aggregate liability of OTA for environmental losses shall not
exceed $15.0 million in the aggregate and (y) OTA will
only be liable to provide indemnification for environmental
losses to the extent that the aggregate dollar amount of losses
suffered by us exceed $500,000 in any particular year. In no
event will OTA have any indemnification obligations under the
omnibus agreement for any claim made as a result of additions to
or modifications of current environmental laws enacted after the
effective date of the omnibus agreement;
|
|
|
|
|
|
until 60 days after the applicable statute of limitations,
any of our federal, state and local income tax liabilities
attributable to the ownership and operation of our assets and
the assets of our subsidiaries prior to the closing of this
offering;
|
|
|
|
for a period of three years after the closing of this offering,
the failure to have all necessary consents and governmental
permits where such failure renders us unable to use and operate
our assets in substantially the same manner in which they were
used and operated immediately prior to the closing of this
offering (subject to certain exceptions for the revocation or
non-renewal of consents and governmental permits due to changes
in laws, governmental regulations or certain other events
outside of the control of the Oiltanking Group and our general
partner); and
|
|
|
|
for a period of three years after the closing of this offering,
our failure to have valid and indefeasible easement rights,
rights-of-way,
leasehold
and/or fee
ownership interest in the lands where our assets are located and
such failure prevents us from using or operating our assets in
substantially the same manner as operated immediately prior to
the closing of this offering.
|
In no event will OTA be obligated to indemnify us for any
claims, losses or expenses or income taxes referred to above to
the extent either (i) reserved for in our financial
statements as of December 31, 2011, or (ii) we recover
any such amounts under available insurance coverage, from
contractual rights or other recoveries against any third party.
In addition, we will also agree to indemnify OTA from any
losses, costs or damages incurred by OTA that are attributable
to the ownership and operation of our assets and the assets of
our subsidiaries following the closing of this offering, subject
to the same limitations on OTAs indemnity to us.
OTA and its affiliates will not be restricted, under either our
partnership agreement or the omnibus agreement, from competing
with us. OTA will be permitted to compete with us and may
acquire or dispose of terminaling or other assets in the future
without any obligation to offer us the opportunity to purchase
those assets.
Services
Agreement
In connection with the closing of this offering, we will enter
into a services agreement with OTA or a wholly owned service
subsidiary of OTA that will address certain aspects of our
relationship with them, including:
|
|
|
|
|
the provision by OTA or its service subsidiary to us of certain
general and administrative services and our agreement to
reimburse OTA for such services;
|
|
|
|
the provision by OTA or its service subsidiary to us of such
employees as may be necessary to operate and manage our
business, and our agreement to reimburse OTA for the expenses
associated with such employees; and
|
|
|
|
our continued use of certain areas of OTAs office building
in Houston, Texas, upon completion of this offering.
|
We will reimburse OTA or its service subsidiary for all
reasonable costs and expenses incurred by it in connection with
the performance of these services and will also reimburse OTA or
its service subsidiary for any sales, use, excise, value added
or similar taxes incurred by it in connection with the provision
of the services and all insurance coverage expenses it incurs or
payments it makes with respect to our assets.
The services agreement will also provide that OTA or its service
subsidiary will provide specified employees to our general
partner to provide our general partner with those services
necessary to operate, manage, maintain and report the operating
results of our assets. Such employees will be under the
direction, supervision and control of our general partner and
our general partner will reimburse OTA or its service subsidiary
for all costs and expenses incurred by it in connection with the
employees.
119
With respect to the provisions related to our continued use of
the Houston office building, we anticipate that we will pay a
fixed monthly fee that we believe is similar to what we would be
charged by a third party.
The services agreement can be amended by written agreement of
all parties to the agreement. However, we may not agree to any
amendment or modification that would, in the reasonable
discretion of our general partner, be adverse in any material
respect to the holders of our common units without prior
approval of the conflicts committee. So long as OTA controls our
general partner, the services agreement will remain in full
force and effect unless mutually terminated by the parties upon
180 days prior written notice.
Tax
Sharing Agreement
Prior to the closing of this offering, we intend to enter into a
tax sharing agreement with OTA pursuant to which we will
reimburse OTA for our share of state and local income and other
taxes borne by OTA as a result of our results being included in
a combined or consolidated tax return filed by OTA with respect
to taxable periods including or beginning on the closing date of
this offering. The amount of any such reimbursement will be
limited to the tax that we (and our subsidiaries) would have
paid had we not been included in a combined group with OTA. OTA
may use its tax attributes to cause its combined or consolidated
group, of which we may be a member for this purpose, to owe no
tax. However, we would nevertheless reimburse OTA for the tax we
would have owed had the attributes not been available or used
for our benefit, even though OTA had no cash expense for that
period.
Other
Transactions with Related Persons
Revenues
Derived from Affiliates
We have historically engaged in certain transactions with other
subsidiaries of OTA, as well as other companies that are related
by common ownership. These transactions include revenue earned
by us for providing storage and ancillary services at market
rates to Matrix Marine Fuels, L.L.C., an indirect, wholly owned
subsidiary of our ultimate foreign parent, Marquard & Bahls
AG. Total revenues earned for these related party services were
$2.4 million, $2.9 million and $3.3 million, for
the years ended December 31, 2008, 2009 and 2010,
respectively.
We also have earned revenues for providing certain centralized
administrative services to OTA, Oiltanking Texas City, LP,
Matrix Marine Fuels, LLC and Mabanaft USA, Inc., each of whom
are indirect wholly owned subsidiaries of our ultimate foreign
parent. The administrative services we provide include, among
others, rental of administrative and operations office
facilities, human resources, information technology,
engineering, environmental and regulatory, treasury and certain
financial services. Total revenues earned for these related
party services were $2.1 million, $2.7 million and
$2.4 million, for the years ended December 31, 2008,
2009 and 2010, respectively, which are classified as a reduction
of selling, general and administrative expense. Following the
completion of this offering, we do not anticipate that we will
continue to provide these services, which will generally be
provided to us by OTA and its subsidiaries through the omnibus
agreement and services agreement.
Fees
Paid to Affiliates
We have historically paid certain administrative fees to
Oiltanking GmbH for various general and administrative services,
which include, among others, risk management, environmental
compliance, legal consulting, information technology,
centralized cash management and certain treasury and financial
services. Oiltanking GmbH allocates these costs to us using
several factors, such as our tank capacity and total volumes
handled. In managements estimation, the costs incurred for
these general and administrative costs approximate the amounts
that would have been incurred for similar services performed by
third-parties or our own employees. Total costs allocated to and
paid by us were $2.3 million, $2.4 million and
$2.6 million, for the years ended December 31, 2008,
2009 and 2010, respectively. In 2009 and 2010, $1.0 million
and $0.4 million, respectively, of these costs related to
engineering consulting were capitalized into
construction-in-progress
facilities.
We have historically paid annual maintenance and technical
support costs for proprietary software owned by Oiltanking GmbH,
which is used by us in performing terminaling services for their
customers. Each terminal location is
120
allocated a portion of the global Oiltanking Group maintenance
costs based on the number of users located at each facility.
Total costs paid by us were $0.8 million, $1.1 million
and $0.9 million, for the years ended December 31,
2008, 2009 and 2010, respectively. In managements
estimation, the costs incurred for the annual maintenance and
technical support costs related to the proprietary software
approximate the amounts that would have been incurred for
similar third party software programs for terminaling operations.
Upon completion of the offering, we anticipate that we will
continue to be allocated certain administrative, maintenance and
technical support costs by the Oiltanking Group, which we will
pay to OTA or its service subsidiary pursuant to the terms of
the services agreement.
Investments
with Affiliates
From time to time, we have historically invested excess cash
with Oiltanking Finance B.V. in short-term notes receivable at
then-prevailing market rates. At December 31, 2010 we had a
short term receivable of $12.9 million from Oiltanking
Finance B.V., bearing interest at 0.34%.
Potential
OTA Financial Support
OTA and other members of the Oiltanking Group may elect, but are
not obligated, to provide financial support to us under certain
circumstances, such as in connection with an acquisition or
expansion capital project. Our partnership agreement contains
provisions designed to facilitate the Oiltanking Groups
ability to provide us with financial support while reducing
concerns regarding conflicts of interest by defining certain
potential financing transactions between OTA and other members
of the Oiltanking Group, including Oiltanking Finance B.V., on
the one hand, and us, on the other hand, as fair to our
unitholders. In that regard, the following forms of potential
Oiltanking Group financial support will be deemed fair to our
unitholders, and will not constitute a breach of any fiduciary
or other duty by our general partner, if consummated on terms no
less favorable than described below:
|
|
|
|
|
our issuance of common units to OTA or any of its affiliates at
a price per common unit of no less than 95% of the trailing
10-day
average closing price per common unit;
|
|
|
|
our borrowing of funds from OTA or any of its affiliates on
terms that include a tenor of at least one year and no more than
ten years and a fixed rate of interest that is no more than
200 basis points higher than the corresponding base rate,
which is LIBOR for one year maturities and the USD swap rate for
maturities of greater than one year and up to ten years; and
|
|
|
|
OTA and its affiliates may provide us or any of our subsidiaries
with guaranties or trade credit support to support the ongoing
operations of us or our subsidiaries; provided, that
(i) the pricing of any such guaranties or trade credit
support is no more than 100 basis points per annum and
(ii) any such guaranties or trade credit support are
limited to ordinary course obligations of us or our subsidiaries
and do not extend to indebtedness for borrowed money or other
obligations that could be characterized as debt.
|
We have no obligation to seek financing or support from OTA or
any other member of the Oiltanking Group on the terms described
above or to accept such financing or support if it is offered to
us. In addition, neither OTA nor any other member of the
Oiltanking Group will have any obligation to provide financial
support under these or any other circumstances. The existence of
these provisions will not preclude other forms of financial
support from OTA or any other member of the Oiltanking Group,
including financial support on significantly less favorable
terms under circumstances in which such support appears to be in
our best interests.
In addition, following the completion of our issuance of units
in connection with an underwritten public offering, direct
placement
and/or
private offering of common units, we may make a reasonably
prompt redemption of a number of common units owned by OTA or
its affiliates that is no greater than the aggregate number of
common units issued to OTA or its affiliates pursuant to the
provisions summarized in the first bullet above (taking into
account any prior redemptions pursuant to the provisions
summarized in this paragraph) at a price per common unit that is
no greater than the price per common unit paid by the investors
in such offering or placement, as applicable, less underwriting
discounts and commissions or placement fees, if any. As with the
transactions described in the bullets above, any such
redemptions
121
will be deemed fair to our unitholders and will not constitute a
breach of any fiduciary or other duty owed to us by our general
partner.
Term
Borrowings
During 2003, Oiltanking GmbH enacted a policy of centrally
financing the expansion and growth of its global holdings of
terminaling subsidiaries and in 2008, established Oiltanking
Finance B.V., a wholly owned finance company located in
Amsterdam, The Netherlands. Oiltanking Finance B.V. now serves
as the global bank for the Oiltanking Groups terminal
holdings, including ours, and arranges loans at market rates and
terms for approved terminal construction projects. We believe
that this relationship has historically provided us with access
to debt capital on terms that are consistent with or better than
what would have been available to us from third parties. We
believe this relationship could continue to provide us with
access to capital at competitive rates.
As of December 31, 2010 we had the following outstanding
notes payable to Oiltanking Finance B.V. (in thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
5.93% Note due 2014
|
|
$
|
12,800
|
|
6.81% Note due 2015
|
|
|
11,200
|
|
5.96% Note due 2017
|
|
|
12,500
|
|
6.63% Note due 2018
|
|
|
2,858
|
|
6.63% Note due 2018
|
|
|
15,000
|
|
6.88% Note due 2018
|
|
|
6,000
|
|
4.90% Note due 2018
|
|
|
24,000
|
|
4.90% Note due 2018
|
|
|
24,000
|
|
7.59% Note due 2018
|
|
|
4,000
|
|
6.78% Note due 2019
|
|
|
8,100
|
|
6.35% Note due 2019
|
|
|
12,600
|
|
7.45% Note due 2019
|
|
|
7,200
|
|
7.02% Note due 2020
|
|
|
8,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total debt
|
|
|
148,258
|
|
Less current portion
|
|
|
(18,757
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total long-term debt
|
|
$
|
129,501
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total required long-term debt principal repayments of the
affiliated debt discussed above for the next five years and
thereafter are as follows (in thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Amount
|
|
|
2011
|
|
$
|
18,757
|
|
2012
|
|
|
18,757
|
|
2013
|
|
|
18,757
|
|
2014
|
|
|
17,157
|
|
2015
|
|
|
14,357
|
|
Thereafter
|
|
|
60,473
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
148,258
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Effective December 15, 2010, we entered into an additional
agreement with Oiltanking Finance B.V., which provides for a
maximum borrowing of $24 million, payable in semi-annual
installments of $1.2 million, plus accrued interest,
through December 15, 2021. The borrowings bear interest at
the ten-year USD swap rate plus 2.5% per annum (3.52% at
December 31, 2010). No borrowings have been made under this
agreement. We expect that we will terminate this
122
agreement, without penalty, in connection with the completion of
this offering and our entry into the expected revolving line of
credit with Oiltanking Finance B.V.
Upon the completion of this offering, we anticipate we will use
a portion of the proceeds to repay approximately
$125 million in borrowings from Oiltanking Finance B.V.,
with the following notes payable remaining outstanding:
|
|
|
|
|
Notes
|
|
Amount
|
|
|
6.78% Note due 2019
|
|
$
|
8,100
|
|
7.45% Note due 2019
|
|
|
7,200
|
|
7.02% Note due 2020
|
|
|
8,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total debt
|
|
$
|
23,300
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
We intend to use a portion of the net proceeds from this
offering to reimburse Oiltanking Finance B.V. for approximately
$ million of fees incurred in
connection with our repayment of such indebtedness.
Certain of the debt agreements with Oiltanking Finance B.V.
contain loan covenants that require us to maintain certain debt,
leverage, and equity ratios and prohibit us from pledging our
assets to third parties or incurring any indebtedness other than
from Oiltanking Finance B.V. Specifically, the debt agreements
require us to maintain (i) a Stockholders Equity
Ratio (stockholders equity to non-current assets) of 30%
or greater; (ii) a Debt Service Coverage Ratio (EBITDA to
total debt service for such period) of 1.2 or greater; and
(iii) a Leverage Ratio (liabilities for borrowings,
derivative instruments and capital leases, net of subordinated
loans and cash and cash equivalents, to EBITDA) of 3.75 or less.
Concurrently with the completion of this offering, we expect to
enter into a new $50.0 million line of credit with
Oiltanking Finance B.V., which we expect will contain
restrictions similar to the restrictions described in this
paragraph.
Revolving
Line of Credit
Concurrently with the closing of this offering, we intend to
enter into a two-year, $50.0 million revolving line of
credit with Oiltanking Finance B.V. The revolving line of credit
will be available to fund working capital and to finance
acquisitions and other expansion capital expenditures. The
revolving credit committed amount may be increased by
$75.0 million up to a total commitment of
$125.0 million with the approval of Oiltanking Finance B.V.
Borrowings under the revolving line of credit are expected to
bear interest at LIBOR plus a margin of 2.00% and any unused
portion of the revolving line of credit will be subject to a
commitment fee of 0.50% per annum. We will pay an arrangement
fee of $250,000 in connection with entering into the revolving
line of credit. The maturity date of the revolving line of
credit is expected to be June 30, 2013.
Transactions
with Certain Officers and Directors
One of the directors of our general partner, David L. Griffis,
is employed by and a shareholder of the law firm of Crain,
Caton & James, P.C., a firm that has served as
outside legal counsel for OTA and its affiliates for over
35 years. Fees for legal services paid to Crain,
Caton & James, P.C. totaled $0.6 million,
$0.9 million and $0.9 million for the years ended
December 31, 2008, 2009 and 2010, respectively.
Procedures
for Review, Approval and Ratification of Transactions with
Related Persons
We expect that the board of directors of our general partner
will adopt policies for the review, approval and ratification of
transactions with related persons. We anticipate the board will
adopt a written code of business conduct and ethics, under which
a director would be expected to bring to the attention of the
chief executive officer or the board any conflict or potential
conflict of interest that may arise between the director or any
affiliate of the director, on the one hand, and us or our
general partner on the other. The resolution of any such
conflict or potential conflict should, at the discretion of the
board in light of the circumstances, be determined by a majority
of the disinterested directors.
123
If a conflict or potential conflict of interest arises between
our general partner or its affiliates, on the one hand, and us
and our limited partners, on the other hand, the resolution of
any such conflict or potential conflict should be addressed by
the board in accordance with the provisions of our partnership
agreement. At the discretion of the board in light of the
circumstances, the resolution may be determined by the board in
its entirety or by a conflicts committee meeting the
definitional requirements for such a committee under our
partnership agreement.
Upon our adoption of our code of business conduct, we would
expect that any executive officer will be required to avoid
conflicts of interest unless approved by the board of directors.
In the case of any sale of equity by us in which an owner or
affiliate of an owner of our general partner participates, we
anticipate that our practice will be to obtain approval of the
board for the transaction. We anticipate that the board will
typically delegate authority to set the specific terms to a
pricing committee, consisting of the chief executive officer and
one independent director. Actions by the pricing committee will
require unanimous approval. Please see Conflicts of
Interest and Fiduciary Duties Conflicts of
Interest for additional information regarding the relevant
provisions of our partnership agreement.
The code of business conduct and ethics described above will be
adopted in connection with the closing of this offering, and as
a result the transactions described above were not reviewed
according to such procedures.
124
CONFLICTS
OF INTEREST AND FIDUCIARY DUTIES
Conflicts
of Interest
Conflicts of interest exist and may arise in the future as a
result of the relationships between our general partner and its
affiliates, including OTA, on the one hand, and our partnership
and our limited partners, on the other hand. The directors and
officers of our general partner have fiduciary duties to manage
our general partner in a manner beneficial to its owners. At the
same time, our general partner has a fiduciary duty to manage
our partnership in a manner beneficial to us and our unitholders.
Whenever a conflict arises between our general partner or its
affiliates, on the one hand, and us and our limited partners, on
the other hand, our general partner will resolve that conflict.
Our partnership agreement contains provisions that modify and
limit our general partners fiduciary duties to our
unitholders. Our partnership agreement also restricts the
remedies available to our unitholders for actions taken by our
general partner that, without those limitations, might
constitute breaches of its fiduciary duty.
Our general partner will not be in breach of its obligations
under our partnership agreement or its fiduciary duties to us or
our unitholders if the resolution of the conflict is:
|
|
|
|
|
approved by the conflicts committee of our general partner,
although our general partner is not obligated to seek such
approval;
|
|
|
|
approved by the vote of a majority of the outstanding common
units, excluding any common units owned by our general partner
or any of its affiliates;
|
|
|
|
on terms no less favorable to us than those generally being
provided to or available from unrelated third parties; or
|
|
|
|
fair and reasonable to us, taking into account the totality of
the relationships among the parties involved, including other
transactions that may be particularly favorable or advantageous
to us.
|
Our general partner may, but is not required to, seek the
approval of such resolution from the conflicts committee of its
board of directors. In connection with a situation involving a
conflict of interest, any determination by our general partner
involving the resolution of the conflict of interest must be
made in good faith, provided that, if our general partner does
not seek approval from the conflicts committee and its board of
directors determines that the resolution or course of action
taken with respect to the conflict of interest satisfies either
of the standards set forth in the third and fourth bullet points
above, then it will be presumed that, in making its decision,
the board of directors acted in good faith, and in any
proceeding brought by or on behalf of any limited partner or the
partnership, the person bringing or prosecuting such proceeding
will have the burden of overcoming such presumption. Unless the
resolution of a conflict is specifically provided for in our
partnership agreement, our general partner or the conflicts
committee may consider any factors that it determines in good
faith to be appropriate when resolving a conflict. When our
partnership agreement provides that someone act in good faith,
it requires that person to reasonably believe he is acting in
the best interests of the partnership.
Conflicts of interest could arise in the situations described
below, among others.
Our
general partners affiliates may compete with
us.
Our partnership agreement provides that our general partner will
be restricted from engaging in any business activities other
than acting as our general partner or those activities
incidental to its ownership of interests in us. Except as
provided in our partnership agreement, affiliates of our general
partner, including OTA and other members of the Oiltanking
Group, are not prohibited from engaging in other businesses or
activities, including those that might be in direct competition
with us. OTA makes investments and purchases entities in the
terminaling and tank storage businesses. These investments and
acquisitions may include entities or assets that we would have
been interested in acquiring. Pursuant to the terms of our
partnership agreement, the doctrine of corporate opportunity, or
any analogous doctrine, shall not apply to our general partner
or any of its affiliates, including its executive officers,
directors, OTA and other members of the Oiltanking Group. Any
such person or entity that becomes aware of a potential
transaction, agreement, arrangement or other matter that may be
an opportunity for us will not have any duty to communicate or
offer such opportunity to us.
125
Any such person or entity will not be liable to us or to any
limited partner for breach of any fiduciary duty or other duty
by reason of the fact that such person or entity pursues or
acquires such opportunity for itself, directs such opportunity
to another person or entity or does not communicate such
opportunity or information to us. Therefore, OTA and other
members of the Oiltanking Group may compete with us for
investment opportunities and OTA and other members of the
Oiltanking Group may own an interest in entities that compete
with us on an operations basis.
Our
general partner and its affiliates are allowed to take into
account the interests of parties other than us in resolving
conflicts of interest.
Our partnership agreement contains provisions that reduce the
fiduciary standards to which our general partner would otherwise
be held by state fiduciary duty law. For example, our
partnership agreement permits our general partner to make a
number of decisions in its individual capacity, as opposed to in
its capacity as our general partner. This entitles our general
partner to consider only the interests and factors that it
desires, and it has no duty or obligation to give any
consideration to any interest of, or factors affecting, us, our
affiliates or our limited partners. Examples include our general
partners limited call right, its voting rights with
respect to the units it owns, its registration rights and its
determination whether or not to consent to any merger or
consolidation of the partnership.
Our
partnership agreement limits the liability of and reduces the
fiduciary duties owed by our general partner, and also restricts
the remedies available to our unitholders for actions that,
without the limitations, might constitute breaches of its
fiduciary duty.
In addition to the provisions described above, our partnership
agreement contains provisions that restrict the remedies
available to our unitholders for actions that might otherwise
constitute breaches of our general partners fiduciary
duty. For example, our partnership agreement:
|
|
|
|
|
provides that our general partner will not have any liability to
us or our unitholders for decisions made in its capacity as a
general partner so long as such decisions are made in good
faith, meaning it believed that the decision was in the best
interests of our partnership;
|
|
|
|
provides generally that affiliated transactions and resolutions
of conflicts of interest not approved by the conflicts committee
of the board of directors of our general partner and not
involving a vote of the common unitholders must either be
(1) on terms no less favorable to us than those generally
provided to or available from unrelated third parties or
(2) fair and reasonable to us, as determined by
our general partner in good faith, provided that, in determining
whether a transaction or resolution is fair and
reasonable, our general partner may consider the totality
of the relationships between the parties involved, including
other transactions that may be particularly advantageous or
beneficial to us; and
|
|
|
|
provides that our general partner and its officers and directors
will not be liable for monetary damages to us, or our limited
partners resulting from any act or omission unless there has
been a final and non-appealable judgment entered by a court of
competent jurisdiction determining that our general partner or
its officers or directors, as the case may be, acted in bad
faith or engaged in fraud or willful misconduct.
|
Except
in limited circumstances, our general partner has the power and
authority to conduct our business without unitholder
approval.
Under our partnership agreement, our general partner has full
power and authority to do all things, other than those items
that require unitholder approval or with respect to which our
general partner has sought conflicts committee approval, on such
terms as it determines to be necessary or appropriate to conduct
our business including, but not limited to, the following:
|
|
|
|
|
the making of any expenditures, the lending or borrowing of
money, the assumption or guarantee of or other contracting for,
indebtedness and other liabilities, the issuance of evidences of
indebtedness, including indebtedness that is convertible into
our securities, and the incurring of any other obligations;
|
126
|
|
|
|
|
the purchase, sale or other acquisition or disposition of our
securities, or the issuance of additional options, rights,
warrants and appreciation rights relating to our securities;
|
|
|
|
the mortgage, pledge, encumbrance, hypothecation or exchange of
any or all of our assets;
|
|
|
|
the negotiation, execution and performance of any contracts,
conveyances or other instruments;
|
|
|
|
the distribution of our cash;
|
|
|
|
the selection and dismissal of employees and agents, outside
attorneys, accountants, consultants and contractors and the
determination of their compensation and other terms of
employment or hiring;
|
|
|
|
the maintenance of insurance for our benefit and the benefit of
our partners;
|
|
|
|
the formation of, or acquisition of an interest in, the
contribution of property to, and the making of loans to, any
limited or general partnership, joint venture, corporation,
limited liability company or other entity;
|
|
|
|
the control of any matters affecting our rights and obligations,
including the bringing and defending of actions at law or in
equity, otherwise engaging in the conduct of litigation,
arbitration or mediation and the incurring of legal expense, the
settlement of claims and litigation;
|
|
|
|
the indemnification of any person against liabilities and
contingencies to the extent permitted by law;
|
|
|
|
the making of tax, regulatory and other filings, or the
rendering of periodic or other reports to governmental or other
agencies having jurisdiction over our business or
assets; and
|
|
|
|
the entering into of agreements with any of its affiliates to
render services to us or to itself in the discharge of its
duties as our general partner.
|
Our partnership agreement provides that our general partner must
act in good faith when making decisions on our
behalf, and our partnership agreement further provides that in
order for a determination to be made in good faith,
our general partner must believe that the determination is in
our best interests. Please read The Partnership
Agreement Voting Rights for information
regarding matters that require unitholder approval.
Our
general partner determines the amount and timing of asset
purchases and sales, capital expenditures, borrowings, issuances
of additional partnership securities and the creation, reduction
or increase of reserves, each of which can affect the amount of
cash that is distributed to our unitholders.
The amount of cash that is available for distribution to our
unitholders is affected by decisions of our general partner
regarding such matters as:
|
|
|
|
|
amount and timing of asset purchases and sales;
|
|
|
|
cash expenditures;
|
|
|
|
borrowings;
|
|
|
|
issuance of additional units; and
|
|
|
|
the creation, reduction, or increase of reserves in any quarter.
|
Our general partner determines the amount and timing of any
capital expenditures and whether a capital expenditure is
classified as a maintenance capital expenditure, which reduces
operating surplus, or an expansion capital expenditure, which
does not reduce operating surplus. This determination can affect
the amount of cash that is distributed to our unitholders and to
our general partner and the ability of the subordinated units to
convert into common units.
In addition, our general partner may use an amount, initially
equal to $ million, which
would not otherwise constitute available cash from operating
surplus, in order to permit the payment of cash distributions on
its units and incentive distribution rights. All of these
actions may affect the amount of cash distributed to our
unitholders and our
127
general partner and may facilitate the conversion of
subordinated units into common units. Please read
Provisions of Our Partnership Agreement Relating to Cash
Distributions.
In addition, borrowings by us and our affiliates do not
constitute a breach of any duty owed by our general partner to
our unitholders, including borrowings that have the purpose or
effect of:
|
|
|
|
|
enabling our general partner or its affiliates to receive
distributions on any subordinated units held by them or the
incentive distribution rights; or
|
|
|
|
accelerating the expiration of the subordination period.
|
For example, in the event we have not generated sufficient cash
from our operations to pay the minimum quarterly distribution on
our common and subordinated units, our partnership agreement
permits us to borrow funds, which would enable us to make this
distribution on all of our outstanding units. Please read
Provisions of Our Partnership Agreement Relating to Cash
Distributions Subordination Period.
Our partnership agreement provides that we and our subsidiaries
may borrow funds from our general partner and its affiliates.
Our general partner and its affiliates may borrow funds from us,
or our operating company and its operating subsidiaries.
Our
general partner determines which of the costs it incurs on our
behalf are reimbursable by us.
We will reimburse our general partner and its affiliates for the
costs incurred in managing and operating us, including costs
incurred in rendering corporate staff and support services to
us. Our partnership agreement provides that our general partner
will determine in good faith the expenses that are allocable to
us, and it will charge on a fully allocated cost basis for
services provided to us. The fully allocated basis charged by
our general partner does not include a profit component. Please
read Certain Relationships and Related Transactions.
Our
partnership agreement does not restrict our general partner from
causing us to pay it or its affiliates for any services rendered
to us or from entering into additional contractual arrangements
with any of these entities on our behalf.
Our partnership agreement allows our general partner to
determine, in good faith, any amounts to pay itself or its
affiliates for any services rendered to us. Our general partner
may also enter into additional contractual arrangements with any
of its affiliates on our behalf. Neither our partnership
agreement nor any of the other agreements, contracts or
arrangements between us, on the one hand, and our general
partner and its affiliates, on the other hand, that will be in
effect as of the closing of this offering, will be the result of
arms-length negotiations. Similarly, agreements, contracts
or arrangements between us and our general partner and its
affiliates that are entered into following the closing of this
offering may not be negotiated on an arms-length basis,
although, in some circumstances, our general partner may
determine that the conflicts committee of our general partner
may make a determination on our behalf with respect to such
arrangements.
Our general partner will determine, in good faith, the terms of
any such transactions entered into after the closing of this
offering.
Our general partner and its affiliates will have no obligation
to permit us to use any of its or its affiliates
facilities or assets, except as may be provided in contracts
entered into specifically for such use. There is no obligation
of our general partner or its affiliates to enter into any
contracts of this kind.
Our
general partner intends to limit its liability regarding our
obligations.
Our general partner intends to limit its liability under
contractual arrangements so that counterparties to such
arrangements have recourse only against our assets, and not
against our general partner or its assets. Our partnership
agreement provides that any action taken by our general partner
to limit its liability is not a breach of our general
partners fiduciary duties, even if we could have obtained
more favorable terms without the limitation on liability.
128
Our
general partner may exercise its right to call and purchase all
of the common units not owned by it and its affiliates if they
own more than 80% of the outstanding common units.
Our general partner may exercise its right to call and purchase
common units, as provided in our partnership agreement, or may
assign this right to one of its affiliates or to us. Our general
partner is not bound by fiduciary duty restrictions in
determining whether to exercise this right. As a result, a
common unitholder may be required to sell his common units at an
undesirable time or price. Please read The Partnership
Agreement Limited Call Right.
Our
general partner controls the enforcement of its and its
affiliates obligations to us.
Any agreements between us, on the one hand, and our general
partner and its affiliates, on the other, will not grant to the
unitholders, separate and apart from us, the right to enforce
the obligations of our general partner and its affiliates in our
favor.
Our
general partner decides whether to retain separate counsel,
accountants or others to perform services for us.
The attorneys, independent accountants and others who have
performed services for us regarding this offering have been
retained by our general partner. Attorneys, independent
accountants and others who perform services for us are selected
by our general partner or the conflicts committee and may
perform services for our general partner and its affiliates. We
may retain separate counsel for ourselves or the common
unitholders in the event of a conflict of interest between our
general partner and its affiliates, on the one hand, and us or
the common unitholders, on the other, depending on the nature of
the conflict. We do not intend to do so in most cases.
Our
general partner may elect to cause us to issue common units to
it in connection with a resetting of the target distribution
levels related to our general partners incentive
distribution rights without the approval of the conflicts
committee of the board of directors of our general partner or
our unitholders. This election may result in lower distributions
to our common unitholders in certain situations.
Our general partner has the right, at any time when there are no
subordinated units outstanding and it has received incentive
distributions at the highest level to which it is entitled
(48.0%) for the prior four consecutive fiscal quarters, to reset
the initial target distribution levels at higher levels based on
our cash distribution at the time of the exercise of the reset
election. Following a reset election by our general partner, the
minimum quarterly distribution will be reset to an amount equal
to the average cash distribution per common unit for the two
fiscal quarters immediately preceding the reset election (such
amount is referred to as the reset minimum quarterly
distribution), and the target distribution levels will be
reset to correspondingly higher levels based on percentage
increases above the reset minimum quarterly distribution.
We anticipate that our general partner would exercise this reset
right in order to facilitate acquisitions or internal growth
projects that would not be sufficiently accretive to cash
distributions per common unit without such conversion; however,
it is possible that our general partner could exercise this
reset election at a time when we are experiencing declines in
our aggregate cash distributions or at a time when our general
partner expects that we will experience declines in our
aggregate cash distributions in the foreseeable future. In such
situations, our general partner may be experiencing, or may
expect to experience, declines in the cash distributions it
receives related to its incentive distribution rights and may
therefore desire to be issued our common units, which are
entitled to specified priorities with respect to our
distributions and which therefore may be more advantageous for
the general partner to own in lieu of the right to receive
incentive distribution payments based on target distribution
levels that are less certain to be achieved in the then current
business environment. As a result, a reset election may cause
our common unitholders to experience dilution in the amount of
cash distributions that they would have otherwise received had
we not issued new common units to our general partner in
connection with resetting the target distribution levels related
to our general partners incentive distribution rights.
Please read Provisions of Our Partnership Agreement
Relating to Cash Distributions General Partner
Interest and Incentive Distribution Rights.
129
Fiduciary
Duties
Our general partner is accountable to us and our unitholders as
a fiduciary. Fiduciary duties owed to unitholders by our general
partner are prescribed by law and our partnership agreement. The
Delaware Act provides that Delaware limited partnerships may, in
their partnership agreements, modify, restrict or expand the
fiduciary duties otherwise owed by a general partner to limited
partners and the partnership.
Our partnership agreement contains various provisions modifying
and restricting the fiduciary duties that might otherwise be
owed by our general partner. We have adopted these restrictions
to allow our general partner or its affiliates to engage in
transactions with us that would otherwise be prohibited by
state-law fiduciary duty standards and to take into account the
interests of other parties in addition to our interests when
resolving conflicts of interest. We believe this is appropriate
and necessary because our general partners board of
directors will have fiduciary duties to manage our general
partner in a manner that is beneficial to its owners, as well as
to our unitholders. Without these modifications, our general
partners ability to make decisions involving conflicts of
interest would be restricted. The modifications to the fiduciary
standards enable our general partner to take into consideration
all parties involved in the proposed action, so long as the
resolution is fair and reasonable to us. These modifications
also enable our general partner to attract and retain
experienced and capable directors. These modifications are
detrimental to our unitholders because they restrict the
remedies available to unitholders for actions that, without
those limitations, might constitute breaches of fiduciary duty,
as described below, and permit our general partner to take into
account the interests of third parties in addition to our
interests when resolving conflicts of interest. The following is
a summary of the material restrictions of the fiduciary duties
owed by our general partner to the limited partners:
|
|
|
State law fiduciary duty standards |
|
Fiduciary duties are generally considered to include an
obligation to act in good faith and with due care and loyalty.
The duty of care, in the absence of a provision in a partnership
agreement providing otherwise, would generally require a general
partner to act for the partnership in the same manner as a
prudent person would act on his own behalf. The duty of loyalty,
in the absence of a provision in a partnership agreement
providing otherwise, would generally prohibit a general partner
of a Delaware limited partnership from taking any action or
engaging in any transaction where a conflict of interest is
present. |
|
Partnership agreement modified standards |
|
Our partnership agreement contains provisions that waive or
consent to conduct by our general partner and its affiliates
that might otherwise raise issues about compliance with
fiduciary duties or applicable law. For example, our partnership
agreement provides that when our general partner is acting in
its capacity as our general partner, as opposed to in its
individual capacity, it must act in good faith and
will not be subject to any other standard under applicable law.
In addition, when our general partner is acting in its
individual capacity, as opposed to in its capacity as our
general partner, it may act without any fiduciary obligation to
us or the unitholders whatsoever. These standards reduce the
obligations to which our general partner would otherwise be held. |
|
|
|
Our partnership agreement generally provides that affiliated
transactions and resolutions of conflicts of interest that are
not approved by a vote of common unitholders and that are not
approved by the conflicts committee of the board of directors of
our general partner must be: |
|
|
|
on terms no less favorable to us than those
generally being provided to, or available from, unrelated third
parties; or
|
|
|
|
fair and reasonable to us, taking into
account the totality of the relationships between the parties
involved (including other transactions that may be particularly
favorable or advantageous to us).
|
130
|
|
|
|
|
If our general partner does not seek approval from the conflicts
committee and the board of directors determines that the
resolution or course of action taken with respect to the
conflict of interest satisfies either of the standards set forth
in the bullet points above, then it will be presumed that, in
making its decision, the board of directors, which may include
board members affected by the conflict of interest, acted in
good faith. In any proceeding brought by or on behalf of any
limited partner or the partnership, the person bringing or
prosecuting such proceeding will have the burden of overcoming
such presumption. These standards reduce the obligations to
which our general partner would otherwise be held. |
|
|
|
In addition to the other more specific provisions limiting the
obligations of our general partner, our partnership agreement
further provides that our general partner and its officers and
directors will not be liable for monetary damages to us or our
limited partners for errors of judgment or for any acts or
omissions unless there has been a final and non-appealable
judgment by a court of competent jurisdiction determining that
our general partner or its officers and directors acted in bad
faith or engaged in fraud or willful misconduct. |
|
Rights and remedies of unitholders |
|
The Delaware Act generally provides that a limited partner may
institute legal action on behalf of the partnership to recover
damages from a third party where a general partner has refused
to institute the action or where an effort to cause a general
partner to do so is not likely to succeed. In addition, the
statutory or case law of some jurisdictions may permit a limited
partner to institute legal action on behalf of himself and all
other similarly situated limited partners to recover damages
from a general partner for violations of its fiduciary duties to
the limited partners. The Delaware Act provides that, unless
otherwise provided in a partnership agreement, a partner or
other person shall not be liable to a limited partnership or to
another partner or to another person that is a party to or is
otherwise bound by a partnership agreement for breach of
fiduciary duty for the partners or other persons
good faith reliance on the provisions of the partnership
agreement. Under our partnership agreement, to the extent that,
at law or in equity an indemnitee has duties (including
fiduciary duties) and liabilities relating thereto to us or to
our partners, our general partner and any other indemnitee
acting in connection with our business or affairs shall not be
liable to us or to any partner for its good faith reliance on
the provisions of our partnership agreement. |
By purchasing our common units, each common unitholder
automatically agrees to be bound by the provisions in our
partnership agreement, including the provisions discussed above.
This is in accordance with the policy of the Delaware Act
favoring the principle of freedom of contract and the
enforceability of partnership agreements. The failure of a
limited partner to sign a partnership agreement does not render
the partnership agreement unenforceable against that person.
Under our partnership agreement, we must indemnify our general
partner and its officers, directors, managers and certain other
specified persons, to the fullest extent permitted by law,
against liabilities, costs and expenses incurred by our general
partner or these other persons. We must provide this
indemnification unless there has been a final and non-appealable
judgment by a court of competent jurisdiction determining that
these persons acted in bad faith or engaged in fraud or willful
misconduct. We must also provide this indemnification for
criminal proceedings unless our general partner or these other
persons acted with knowledge that their conduct was unlawful.
Thus, our general partner could be indemnified for its negligent
acts if it meets the requirements set forth above. To the extent
these provisions purport to include indemnification for
liabilities arising under the Securities Act in the opinion of
the SEC, such indemnification is contrary to public policy and,
therefore, unenforceable. Please read The Partnership
Agreement Indemnification.
131
DESCRIPTION
OF THE COMMON UNITS
The
Units
The common units and the subordinated units are separate classes
of units representing limited partner interests in us. The
holders of units are entitled to participate in partnership
distributions and exercise the rights or privileges available to
limited partners under our partnership agreement. For a
description of the relative rights and preferences of holders of
common units and subordinated units in and to partnership
distributions, please read this section and Cash
Distribution Policy and Restrictions on Distributions. For
a description of other rights and privileges of limited partners
under our partnership agreement, including voting rights, please
read The Partnership Agreement.
Transfer
Agent and Registrar
Duties
will serve as the registrar and transfer agent for the common
units. We will pay all fees charged by the transfer agent for
transfers of common units except the following, which must be
paid by unitholders:
|
|
|
|
|
surety bond premiums to replace lost or stolen certificates,
taxes and other governmental charges;
|
|
|
|
special charges for services requested by a holder of a common
unit; and
|
|
|
|
other similar fees or charges.
|
There will be no charge to unitholders for disbursements of our
cash distributions. We will indemnify the transfer agent, its
agents and each of their stockholders, directors, officers and
employees against all claims and losses that may arise out of
acts performed or omitted for its activities in that capacity,
except for any liability due to any gross negligence or
intentional misconduct of the indemnified person or entity.
Resignation
or Removal
The transfer agent may resign, by notice to us, or be removed by
us. The resignation or removal of the transfer agent will become
effective upon our appointment of a successor transfer agent and
registrar and its acceptance of the appointment. If no successor
is appointed, our general partner may act as the transfer agent
and registrar until a successor is appointed.
Transfer
of Common Units
Upon the transfer of a common unit in accordance with our
partnership agreement, the transferee of the common unit shall
be admitted as a limited partner with respect to the common
units transferred when such transfer and admission are reflected
in our books and records. Each transferee:
|
|
|
|
|
represents that the transferee has the capacity, power and
authority to become bound by our partnership agreement;
|
|
|
|
automatically becomes bound by the terms and conditions of, and
is deemed to have executed, our partnership agreement; and
|
|
|
|
gives the consents, waivers and approvals contained in our
partnership agreement, such as the approval of all transactions
and agreements that we are entering into in connection with our
formation and this offering.
|
Our general partner will cause any transfers to be recorded on
our books and records no less frequently than quarterly.
We may, at our discretion, treat the nominee holder of a common
unit as the absolute owner. In that case, the beneficial
holders rights are limited solely to those that it has
against the nominee holder as a result of any agreement between
the beneficial owner and the nominee holder.
Common units are securities and any transfers are subject to the
laws governing the transfer of securities. In addition to other
rights acquired upon transfer, the transferor gives the
transferee the right to become a substituted limited partner in
our partnership for the transferred common units.
Until a common unit has been transferred on our books, we and
the transfer agent may treat the record holder of the common
unit as the absolute owner for all purposes, except as otherwise
required by law or stock exchange regulations.
132
THE
PARTNERSHIP AGREEMENT
The following is a summary of the material provisions of our
partnership agreement. The form of our partnership agreement is
included in this prospectus as Appendix A. We will provide
prospective investors with a copy of our partnership agreement
upon request at no charge.
We summarize the following provisions of our partnership
agreement elsewhere in this prospectus:
|
|
|
|
|
with regard to distributions of available cash, please read
Provisions of Our Partnership Agreement Relating to Cash
Distributions;
|
|
|
|
with regard to the fiduciary duties of our general partner,
please read Conflicts of Interest and Fiduciary
Duties;
|
|
|
|
with regard to the transfer of common units, please read
Description of the Common Units Transfer of
Common Units; and
|
|
|
|
with regard to allocations of taxable income and taxable loss,
please read Material U.S. Federal Income Tax
Consequences.
|
Organization
and Duration
Our partnership was organized in March 2011 and will have a
perpetual existence unless terminated pursuant to the terms of
our partnership agreement.
Purpose
Our purpose, as set forth in our partnership agreement, is
limited to any business activity that is approved by our general
partner and that lawfully may be conducted by a limited
partnership organized under Delaware law; provided that without
the approval of unitholders holding at least 90% of the
outstanding units (including units held by our general partner
and its affiliates) voting as a single class, our general
partner shall not cause us to take any action that the general
partner determines would be reasonably likely to cause us to be
treated as an association taxable as a corporation or otherwise
taxable as an entity for federal income tax purposes.
Although our general partner has the ability to cause us and our
subsidiaries to engage in activities other than the business of
crude oil, refined petroleum products and liquified petroleum
gas storage, terminaling and transportation, our general partner
may decline to do so free of any fiduciary duty or obligation
whatsoever to us or the limited partners, including any duty to
act in good faith or in the best interests of us or the limited
partners. Our general partner is generally authorized to perform
all acts it determines to be necessary or appropriate to carry
out our purposes and to conduct our business.
Cash
Distributions
Our partnership agreement specifies the manner in which we will
make cash distributions to holders of our common units and other
partnership securities as well as to our general partner in
respect of its general partner interest and its incentive
distribution rights. For a description of these cash
distribution provisions, please read Provisions of Our
Partnership Agreement Relating to Cash Distributions.
Capital
Contributions
Unitholders are not obligated to make additional capital
contributions, except as described below under
Limited Liability.
For a discussion of our general partners right to
contribute capital to maintain its 2.0% general partner interest
if we issue additional units, please read
Issuance of Additional Interests.
133
Voting
Rights
The following is a summary of the unitholder vote required for
approval of the matters specified below. Matters that require
the approval of a unit majority require:
|
|
|
|
|
during the subordination period, the approval of a majority of
the common units, excluding those common units held by our
general partner and its affiliates, and a majority of the
subordinated units, voting as separate classes;
|
|
|
|
after the subordination period, the approval of a majority of
the common units, voting as a single class.
|
In voting their common and subordinated units, our general
partner and its affiliates will have no fiduciary duty or
obligation whatsoever to us or the limited partners, including
any duty to act in good faith or in the best interests of us or
the limited partners.
The incentive distribution rights may be entitled to vote in
certain circumstances.
|
|
|
Issuance of additional units |
|
No approval right. |
|
Amendment of the partnership agreement |
|
Certain amendments may be made by our general partner without
the approval of the unitholders. Other amendments generally
require the approval of a unit majority. Please read
Amendment of the Partnership Agreement. |
|
Merger of our partnership or the sale of all or substantially
all of our assets |
|
Unit majority in certain circumstances. Please read
Merger, Consolidation, Conversion, Sale or
Other Disposition of Assets. |
|
Dissolution of our partnership |
|
Unit majority. Please read Dissolution. |
|
Continuation of our business upon dissolution |
|
Unit majority. Please read Dissolution. |
|
Withdrawal of our general partner |
|
Under most circumstances, the approval of a majority of the
common units, excluding common units held by our general partner
and its affiliates, is required for the withdrawal of our
general partner prior
to ,
2021 in a manner that would cause a dissolution of our
partnership. Please read Withdrawal or Removal
of Our General Partner. |
|
Removal of our general partner |
|
Not less than
662/3%
of the outstanding units, voting as a single class, including
units held by our general partner and its affiliates. Please
read Withdrawal or Removal of Our General
Partner. |
|
Transfer of our general partner interest |
|
Our general partner may transfer all, but not less than all, of
its general partner interest in us without a vote of our
unitholders to an affiliate or another person in connection with
its merger or consolidation with or into, or sale of all or
substantially all of its assets to, such person. The approval of
a majority of the common units, excluding common units held by
our general partner and its affiliates, is required in other
circumstances for a transfer of the general partner interest to
a third party prior
to ,
2021. Please read Transfer of General Partner
Interest. |
|
Transfer of incentive distribution rights |
|
No approval right. Please read Transfer of
Subordinated Units and Incentive Distribution Rights. |
|
Transfer of ownership interests in our general partner |
|
No approval right. Please read Transfer of
Ownership Interests in the General Partner. |
If any person or group other than our general partner and its
affiliates acquires beneficial ownership of 20% or more of any
class of units, that person or group loses voting rights on all
of its units. This loss of voting rights does not apply to any
person or group that acquires the units from our general partner
or its affiliates and any transferees of that person
134
or group approved by our general partner or to any person or
group who acquires the units with the specific prior approval of
our general partner.
Applicable
Law; Forum, Venue and Jurisdiction
Our partnership agreement is governed by Delaware law. Our
partnership agreement requires that any claims, suits, actions
or proceedings:
|
|
|
|
|
arising out of or relating in any way to the partnership
agreement (including any claims, suits or actions to interpret,
apply or enforce the provisions of the partnership agreement or
the duties, obligations or liabilities among limited partners or
of limited partners to us, or the rights or powers of, or
restrictions on, the limited partners or us);
|
|
|
|
brought in a derivative manner on our behalf;
|
|
|
|
asserting a claim of breach of a fiduciary duty owed by any
director, officer or other employee of us or our general
partner, or owed by our general partner, to us or the limited
partners;
|
|
|
|
asserting a claim arising pursuant to any provision of the
Delaware Act; and
|
|
|
|
asserting a claim governed by the internal affairs doctrine
|
shall be exclusively brought in the Court of Chancery of the
State of Delaware, regardless of whether such claims, suits,
actions or proceedings sound in contract, tort, fraud or
otherwise, are based on common law, statutory, equitable, legal
or other grounds, or are derivative or direct claims. By
purchasing a common unit, a limited partner is irrevocably
consenting to these limitations and provisions regarding claims,
suits, actions or proceedings and submitting to the exclusive
jurisdiction of the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware
in connection with any such claims, suits, actions or
proceedings.
Limited
Liability
Assuming that a limited partner does not participate in the
control of our business within the meaning of the Delaware Act
and that he otherwise acts in conformity with the provisions of
the partnership agreement, his liability under the Delaware Act
will be limited, subject to possible exceptions, to the amount
of capital he is obligated to contribute to us for his common
units plus his share of any undistributed profits and assets.
However, if it were determined that the right, or exercise of
the right, by the limited partners as a group:
|
|
|
|
|
to remove or replace our general partner;
|
|
|
|
to approve some amendments to our partnership agreement; or
|
|
|
|
to take other action under our partnership agreement;
|
constituted participation in the control of our
business for the purposes of the Delaware Act, then the limited
partners could be held personally liable for our obligations
under the laws of Delaware, to the same extent as our general
partner. This liability would extend to persons who transact
business with us under the reasonable belief that the limited
partner is a general partner. Neither our partnership agreement
nor the Delaware Act specifically provides for legal recourse
against our general partner if a limited partner were to lose
limited liability through any fault of our general partner.
While this does not mean that a limited partner could not seek
legal recourse, we know of no precedent for this type of a claim
in Delaware case law.
Under the Delaware Act, a limited partnership may not make a
distribution to a partner if, after the distribution, all
liabilities of the limited partnership, other than liabilities
to partners on account of their partnership interests and
liabilities for which the recourse of creditors is limited to
specific property of the partnership, would exceed the fair
value of the assets of the limited partnership. For the purpose
of determining the fair value of the assets of a limited
partnership, the Delaware Act provides that the fair value of
property subject to liability for which recourse of creditors is
limited shall be included in the assets of the limited
partnership only to the extent that the fair value of that
property exceeds the nonrecourse liability. The Delaware Act
provides that a limited partner who receives a distribution and
knew at the time
135
of the distribution that the distribution was in violation of
the Delaware Act shall be liable to the limited partnership for
the amount of the distribution for three years.
Following the completion of this offering, we expect that our
subsidiaries will conduct business in one state and we may have
subsidiaries that conduct business in other states or countries
in the future. Maintenance of our limited liability as owner of
our operating subsidiaries may require compliance with legal
requirements in the jurisdictions in which the operating
subsidiaries conduct business, including qualifying our
subsidiaries to do business there.
Limitations on the liability of members or limited partners for
the obligations of a limited liability company or limited
partnership have not been clearly established in many
jurisdictions. If, by virtue of our ownership interest in our
subsidiaries or otherwise, it were determined that we were
conducting business in any jurisdiction without compliance with
the applicable limited partnership or limited liability company
statute, or that the right or exercise of the right by the
limited partners as a group to remove or replace our general
partner, to approve some amendments to our partnership
agreement, or to take other action under our partnership
agreement constituted participation in the control
of our business for purposes of the statutes of any relevant
jurisdiction, then the limited partners could be held personally
liable for our obligations under the law of that jurisdiction to
the same extent as our general partner under the circumstances.
We will operate in a manner that our general partner considers
reasonable and necessary or appropriate to preserve the limited
liability of the limited partners.
Issuance
of Additional Interests
Our partnership agreement authorizes us to issue an unlimited
number of additional partnership interests for the consideration
and on the terms and conditions determined by our general
partner without the approval of the unitholders.
It is possible that we will fund acquisitions through the
issuance of additional common units, subordinated units or other
partnership interests. Holders of any additional common units we
issue will be entitled to share equally with the then-existing
common unitholders in our distributions of available cash. In
addition, the issuance of additional common units or other
partnership interests may dilute the value of the interests of
the then-existing common unitholders in our net assets.
In accordance with Delaware law and the provisions of our
partnership agreement, we may also issue additional partnership
interests that, as determined by our general partner, may have
special voting rights to which the common units are not
entitled. In addition, our partnership agreement does not
prohibit our subsidiaries from issuing equity interests, which
may effectively rank senior to the common units.
Upon issuance of additional partnership interests (other than
the issuance of common units upon exercise by the underwriters
of their option to purchase additional common units, the
issuance of common units to OTA upon expiration of the option to
purchase additional common units, the issuance of partnership
interests issued in connection with a reset of the incentive
distribution target levels relating to our general
partners incentive distribution rights or the issuance of
partnership interests upon conversion of outstanding partnership
securities), our general partner will be entitled, but not
required, to make additional capital contributions to the extent
necessary to maintain its 2.0% general partner interest in us.
Our general partners 2.0% interest in us will be reduced
if we issue additional units in the future and our general
partner does not contribute a proportionate amount of capital to
us to maintain its 2.0% general partner interest. Moreover, our
general partner will have the right, which it may from time to
time assign in whole or in part to any of its affiliates, to
purchase common units, subordinated units or other partnership
interests whenever, and on the same terms that, we issue
partnership interests to persons other than our general partner
and its affiliates, to the extent necessary to maintain the
percentage interest of the general partner and its affiliates,
including such interest represented by common and subordinated
units, that existed immediately prior to each issuance. The
common unitholders will not have preemptive rights under our
partnership agreement to acquire additional common units or
other partnership interests.
Amendment
of the Partnership Agreement
General
Amendments to our partnership agreement may be proposed only by
our general partner. However, our general partner will have no
duty or obligation to propose any amendment and may decline to
do so free of any fiduciary duty or obligation whatsoever to us
or the limited partners, including any duty to act in good faith
or in the best interests of us or
136
the limited partners. In order to adopt a proposed amendment,
other than the amendments discussed below, our general partner
is required to seek written approval of the holders of the
number of units required to approve the amendment or to call a
meeting of the limited partners to consider and vote upon the
proposed amendment. Except as described below, an amendment must
be approved by a unit majority.
Prohibited
Amendments
No amendment may be made that would:
|
|
|
|
|
enlarge the obligations of any limited partner without its
consent, unless approved by at least a majority of the type or
class of limited partner interests so affected; or
|
|
|
|
enlarge the obligations of, restrict in any way any action by or
rights of, or reduce in any way the amounts distributable,
reimbursable or otherwise payable by us to our general partner
or any of its affiliates without the consent of our general
partner, which consent may be given or withheld in its sole
discretion.
|
The provision of our partnership agreement preventing the
amendments having the effects described in the clauses above can
be amended upon the approval of the holders of at least 90.0% of
the outstanding units, voting as a single class (including units
owned by our general partner and its affiliates). Upon
completion of the offering, an affiliate of our general partner
will own approximately % of our
outstanding common and subordinated units.
No
Unitholder Approval
Our general partner may generally make amendments to our
partnership agreement without the approval of any limited
partner to reflect:
|
|
|
|
|
a change in our name, the location of our principal place of
business, our registered agent or our registered office;
|
|
|
|
the admission, substitution, withdrawal or removal of partners
in accordance with our partnership agreement;
|
|
|
|
a change that our general partner determines to be necessary or
appropriate to qualify or continue our qualification as a
limited partnership or other entity in which the limited
partners have limited liability under the laws of any state or
to ensure that neither we nor any of our subsidiaries will be
treated as an association taxable as a corporation or otherwise
taxed as an entity for U.S. federal income tax purposes (to
the extent not already so treated or taxed);
|
|
|
|
an amendment that is necessary, in the opinion of our counsel,
to prevent us or our general partner or its directors, officers,
agents or trustees from in any manner being subjected to the
provisions of the Investment Company Act of 1940, the Investment
Advisers Act of 1940 or plan asset regulations
adopted under the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of
1974, or ERISA, whether or not substantially similar to plan
asset regulations currently applied or proposed;
|
|
|
|
an amendment that our general partner determines to be necessary
or appropriate in connection with the creation, authorization or
issuance of additional partnership interests or the right to
acquire partnership interests;
|
|
|
|
any amendment expressly permitted in our partnership agreement
to be made by our general partner acting alone;
|
|
|
|
an amendment effected, necessitated or contemplated by a merger
agreement that has been approved under the terms of our
partnership agreement;
|
|
|
|
any amendment that our general partner determines to be
necessary or appropriate for the formation by us of, or our
investment in, any corporation, partnership or other entity, as
otherwise permitted by our partnership agreement;
|
|
|
|
a change in our fiscal year or taxable year and related changes;
|
|
|
|
conversions into, mergers with or conveyances to another limited
liability entity that is newly formed and has no assets,
liabilities or operations at the time of the conversion, merger
or conveyance other than those it receives by way of the
conversion, merger or conveyance; or
|
|
|
|
any other amendments substantially similar to any of the matters
described in the clauses above.
|
137
In addition, our general partner may make amendments to our
partnership agreement, without the approval of any limited
partner, if our general partner determines that those amendments:
|
|
|
|
|
do not adversely affect the limited partners (or any particular
class of limited partners) in any material respect;
|
|
|
|
are necessary or appropriate to satisfy any requirements,
conditions or guidelines contained in any opinion, directive,
order, ruling or regulation of any federal or state agency or
judicial authority or contained in any federal or state statute;
|
|
|
|
are necessary or appropriate to facilitate the trading of
limited partner interests or to comply with any rule,
regulation, guideline or requirement of any securities exchange
on which the limited partner interests are or will be listed for
trading;
|
|
|
|
are necessary or appropriate for any action taken by our general
partner relating to splits or combinations of units under the
provisions of our partnership agreement; or
|
|
|
|
are required to effect the intent expressed in this prospectus
or the intent of the provisions of our partnership agreement or
are otherwise contemplated by our partnership agreement.
|
Opinion
of Counsel and Unitholder Approval
Any amendment that our general partner determines adversely
affects in any material respect one or more particular classes
of limited partners will require the approval of at least a
majority of the class or classes so affected, but no vote will
be required by any class or classes of limited partners that our
general partner determines are not adversely affected in any
material respect. Any amendment that would have a material
adverse effect on the rights or preferences of any type or class
of outstanding units in relation to other classes of units will
require the approval of at least a majority of the type or class
of units so affected. Any amendment that would reduce the voting
percentage required to take any action other than to remove the
general partner or call a meeting of unitholders is required to
be approved by the affirmative vote of limited partners whose
aggregate outstanding units constitute not less than the voting
requirement sought to be reduced. Any amendment that would
increase the percentage of units required to remove the general
partner or call a meeting of unitholders must be approved by the
affirmative vote of limited partners whose aggregate outstanding
units constitute not less than the percentage sought to be
increased. For amendments of the type not requiring unitholder
approval, our general partner will not be required to obtain an
opinion of counsel that an amendment will neither result in a
loss of limited liability to the limited partners nor result in
our being treated as a taxable entity for federal income tax
purposes in connection with any of the amendments. No other
amendments to our partnership agreement will become effective
without the approval of holders of at least 90% of the
outstanding units, voting as a single class, unless we first
obtain an opinion of counsel to the effect that the amendment
will not affect the limited liability under applicable law of
any of our limited partners.
Merger,
Consolidation, Conversion, Sale or Other Disposition of
Assets
A merger, consolidation or conversion of us requires the prior
consent of our general partner. However, our general partner
will have no duty or obligation to consent to any merger,
consolidation or conversion and may decline to do so free of any
fiduciary duty or obligation whatsoever to us or the limited
partners, including any duty to act in good faith or in the best
interest of us or the limited partners.
In addition, our partnership agreement generally prohibits our
general partner, without the prior approval of the holders of a
unit majority, from causing us to sell, exchange or otherwise
dispose of all or substantially all of our assets in a single
transaction or a series of related transactions, including by
way of merger, consolidation or other combination. Our general
partner may, however, mortgage, pledge, hypothecate or grant a
security interest in all or substantially all of our assets
without such approval. Our general partner may also sell all or
substantially all of our assets under a foreclosure or other
realization upon those encumbrances without such approval.
Finally, our general partner may consummate any merger without
the prior approval of our unitholders if we are the surviving
entity in the transaction, our general partner has received an
opinion of counsel regarding limited liability and tax matters,
the transaction would not result in a material amendment to the
partnership agreement (other than an amendment that the general
partner could adopt without the consent of other partners), each
of our units will be an identical unit of our partnership
following the transaction and the partnership securities to be
issued do not exceed 20% of our outstanding partnership
interests (other
138
than incentive distribution rights) immediately prior to the
transaction. If the conditions specified in our partnership
agreement are satisfied, our general partner may convert us or
any of our subsidiaries into a new limited liability entity or
merge us or any of our subsidiaries into, or convey all of our
assets to, a newly formed entity, if the sole purpose of that
conversion, merger or conveyance is to effect a mere change in
our legal form into another limited liability entity, we have
received an opinion of counsel regarding limited liability and
tax matters and the governing instruments of the new entity
provide the limited partners and our general partner with the
same rights and obligations as contained in our partnership
agreement. Our unitholders are not entitled to dissenters
rights of appraisal under our partnership agreement or
applicable Delaware law in the event of a conversion, merger or
consolidation, a sale of substantially all of our assets or any
other similar transaction or event.
Dissolution
We will continue as a limited partnership until dissolved under
our partnership agreement. We will dissolve upon:
|
|
|
|
|
the election of our general partner to dissolve us, if approved
by the holders of units representing a unit majority;
|
|
|
|
there being no limited partners, unless we are continued without
dissolution in accordance with applicable Delaware law;
|
|
|
|
the entry of a decree of judicial dissolution of our
partnership; or
|
|
|
|
the withdrawal or removal of our general partner or any other
event that results in its ceasing to be our general partner
other than by reason of a transfer of its general partner
interest in accordance with our partnership agreement or its
withdrawal or removal following the approval and admission of a
successor.
|
Upon a dissolution under the last clause above, the holders of a
unit majority may also elect, within specific time limitations,
to continue our business on the same terms and conditions
described in our partnership agreement by appointing as a
successor general partner an entity approved by the holders of
units representing a unit majority, subject to our receipt of an
opinion of counsel to the effect that:
|
|
|
|
|
the action would not result in the loss of limited liability
under Delaware law of any limited partner; and
|
|
|
|
|
|
neither our partnership nor any of our subsidiaries would be
treated as an association taxable as a corporation or otherwise
be taxable as an entity for federal income tax purposes upon the
exercise of that right to continue (to the extent not already so
treated or taxed).
|
Liquidation
and Distribution of Proceeds
Upon our dissolution, unless our business is continued, the
liquidator authorized to wind up our affairs will, acting with
all of the powers of our general partner that are necessary or
appropriate, liquidate our assets and apply the proceeds of the
liquidation as described in Provisions of Our Partnership
Agreement Relating to Cash Distributions
Distributions of Cash Upon Liquidation. The liquidator may
defer liquidation or distribution of our assets for a reasonable
period of time or distribute assets to partners in kind if it
determines that a sale would be impractical or would cause undue
loss to our partners.
Withdrawal
or Removal of Our General Partner
Except as described below, our general partner has agreed not to
withdraw voluntarily as our general partner prior
to ,
2021 without obtaining the approval of the holders of at least a
majority of the outstanding common units, excluding common units
held by our general partner and its affiliates, and furnishing
an opinion of counsel regarding limited liability and tax
matters. On or
after ,
2021, our general partner may withdraw as general partner
without first obtaining approval of any unitholder by giving
90 days written notice, and that withdrawal will not
constitute a violation of our partnership agreement.
Notwithstanding the information above, our general partner may
withdraw without unitholder approval upon 90 days
notice to the limited partners if at least 50% of the
outstanding common units are held or controlled by one person
and its affiliates, other than our general partner and its
affiliates. In addition, our partnership agreement permits our
general partner, in some instances, to sell or otherwise
transfer all of its general partner interest in us without the
approval of the unitholders. Please read
Transfer of General Partner Interest.
139
Upon withdrawal of our general partner under any circumstances,
other than as a result of a transfer by our general partner of
all or a part of its general partner interest in us, the holders
of a unit majority may select a successor to that withdrawing
general partner. If a successor is not elected, or is elected
but an opinion of counsel regarding limited liability and tax
matters cannot be obtained, we will be dissolved, wound up and
liquidated, unless within a specified period after that
withdrawal, the holders of a unit majority agree in writing to
continue our business and to appoint a successor general
partner. Please read Dissolution.
Our general partner may not be removed unless that removal is
approved by the vote of the holders of not less than
662/3%
of the outstanding units, voting together as a single class,
including units held by our general partner and its affiliates,
and we receive an opinion of counsel regarding limited liability
and tax matters. Any removal of our general partner is also
subject to the approval of a successor general partner by the
vote of the holders of a majority of the outstanding common
units, voting as a class, and the outstanding subordinated
units, voting as a class. The ownership of more than
331/3%
of the outstanding units by our general partner and its
affiliates gives them the ability to prevent our general
partners removal. At the closing of this offering,
affiliates of our general partner will
own % of our outstanding limited
partner units, including all of our subordinated units.
Our partnership agreement also provides that if our general
partner is removed as our general partner under circumstances
where cause does not exist:
|
|
|
|
|
all subordinated units held by any person who did not, and whose
affiliates did not, vote any units in favor of the removal of
the general partner, will immediately and automatically convert
into common units on a
one-for-one
basis; and
|
|
|
|
if all of the subordinated units convert pursuant to the
foregoing, all cumulative common unit arrearages on the common
units will be extinguished and the subordination period will end.
|
In the event of the removal of our general partner under
circumstances where cause exists or withdrawal of our general
partner where that withdrawal violates our partnership
agreement, a successor general partner will have the option to
purchase the general partner interest and incentive distribution
rights of the departing general partner and its affiliates for a
cash payment equal to the fair market value of those interests.
Under all other circumstances where our general partner
withdraws or is removed by the limited partners, the departing
general partner will have the option to require the successor
general partner to purchase the general partner interest and the
incentive distribution rights of the departing general partner
and its affiliates for fair market value. In each case, this
fair market value will be determined by agreement between the
departing general partner and the successor general partner. If
no agreement is reached, an independent investment banking firm
or other independent expert selected by the departing general
partner and the successor general partner will determine the
fair market value. Or, if the departing general partner and the
successor general partner cannot agree upon an expert, then an
expert chosen by agreement of the experts selected by each of
them will determine the fair market value.
If the option described above is not exercised by either the
departing general partner or the successor general partner, the
departing general partners general partner interest and
all its and its affiliates incentive distribution rights
will automatically convert into common units equal to the fair
market value of those interests as determined by an investment
banking firm or other independent expert selected in the manner
described in the preceding paragraph.
In addition, we will be required to reimburse the departing
general partner for all amounts due the departing general
partner, including, without limitation, all employee-related
liabilities, including severance liabilities, incurred as a
result of the termination of any employees employed for our
benefit by the departing general partner or its affiliates.
Transfer
of General Partner Interest
Except for transfer by our general partner of all, but not less
than all, of its general partner interest to:
|
|
|
|
|
an affiliate of our general partner (other than an
individual); or
|
|
|
|
another entity as part of the merger or consolidation of our
general partner with or into another entity or the transfer by
our general partner of all or substantially all of its assets to
another entity,
|
140
our general partner may not transfer all or any of its general
partner interest to another person prior
to ,
2021 without the approval of the holders of at least a majority
of the outstanding common units, excluding common units held by
our general partner and its affiliates. As a condition of this
transfer, the transferee must, among other things, assume the
rights and duties of our general partner, agree to be bound by
the provisions of our partnership agreement and furnish an
opinion of counsel regarding limited liability and tax matters.
Our general partner and its affiliates may, at any time,
transfer common units or subordinated units to one or more
persons, without unitholder approval, except that they may not
transfer subordinated units to us.
Transfer
of Ownership Interests in the General Partner
At any time, the owners of our general partner may sell or
transfer all or part of its ownership interests in our general
partner to an affiliate or third party without the approval of
our unitholders.
Transfer
of Subordinated Units and Incentive Distribution
Rights
By transfer of subordinated units or incentive distribution
rights in accordance with our partnership agreement, each
transferee of subordinated units or incentive distribution
rights will be admitted as a limited partner with respect to the
subordinated units or incentive distribution rights transferred
when such transfer and admission is reflected in our books and
records. Each transferee:
|
|
|
|
|
represents that the transferee has the capacity, power and
authority to become bound by our partnership agreement;
|
|
|
|
automatically becomes bound by the terms and conditions of our
partnership agreement; and
|
|
|
|
gives the consents, waivers and approvals contained in our
partnership agreement, such as the approval of all transactions
and agreements we are entering into in connection with our
formation and this offering.
|
Our general partner will cause any transfers to be recorded on
our books and records no less frequently than quarterly.
We may, at our discretion, treat the nominee holder of
subordinated units or incentive distribution rights as the
absolute owner. In that case, the beneficial holders
rights are limited solely to those that it has against the
nominee holder as a result of any agreement between the
beneficial owner and the nominee holder.
Subordinated units or incentive distribution rights are
securities and any transfers are subject to the laws governing
transfer of securities. In addition to other rights acquired
upon transfer, the transferor gives the transferee the right to
become a limited partner for the transferred subordinated units
or incentive distribution rights.
Until a subordinated unit or incentive distribution right has
been transferred on our books, we and the transfer agent may
treat the record holder of the unit or right as the absolute
owner for all purposes, except as otherwise required by law or
stock exchange regulations.
Change of
Management Provisions
Our partnership agreement contains specific provisions that are
intended to discourage a person or group from attempting to
remove OTLP GP, LLC as our general partner or from otherwise
changing our management. Please read
Withdrawal or Removal of Our General
Partner for a discussion of certain consequences of the
removal of our general partner. If any person or group, other
than our general partner and its affiliates, acquires beneficial
ownership of 20% or more of any class of units, that person or
group loses voting rights on all of its units. This loss of
voting rights does not apply in certain circumstances. Please
read Meetings; Voting.
Limited
Call Right
If at any time our general partner and its affiliates own more
than 80% of the then-issued and outstanding limited partner
interests of any class, our general partner will have the right,
which it may assign in whole or in part to any of its affiliates
or beneficial owners or to us, to acquire all, but not less than
all, of the limited partner interests of the class held
141
by unaffiliated persons, as of a record date to be selected by
our general partner, on at least 10, but not more than 60, days
notice. The purchase price in the event of this purchase is the
greater of:
|
|
|
|
|
the highest price paid by our general partner or any of its
affiliates for any limited partner interests of the class
purchased within the 90 days preceding the date on which
our general partner first mails notice of its election to
purchase those limited partner interests; and
|
|
|
|
the average of the daily closing prices of the partnership
securities of such class over the 20 trading days preceding the
date three days before the date the notice is mailed.
|
As a result of our general partners right to purchase
outstanding limited partner interests, a holder of limited
partner interests may have his limited partner interests
purchased at an undesirable time or at a price that may be lower
than market prices at various times prior to such purchase or
lower than a unitholder may anticipate the market price to be in
the future. The tax consequences to a unitholder of the exercise
of this call right are the same as a sale by that unitholder of
his common units in the market. Please read Material
U.S. Federal Income Tax Consequences
Disposition of Units.
Non-Taxpaying
Holders; Redemption
To avoid any adverse effect on the maximum applicable rates
chargeable to customers by us or any of our future subsidiaries,
or in order to reverse an adverse determination that has
occurred regarding such maximum rate, our partnership agreement
provides our general partner the power to amend the agreement.
If our general partner, with the advice of counsel, determines
that our not being treated as an association taxable as a
corporation or otherwise taxable as an entity for
U.S. federal income tax purposes, coupled with the tax
status (or lack of proof thereof) of one or more of our limited
partners, has, or is reasonably likely to have, a material
adverse effect on the maximum applicable rates chargeable to
customers by our subsidiaries, then our general partner may
adopt such amendments to our partnership agreement as it
determines necessary or advisable to:
|
|
|
|
|
obtain proof of the U.S. federal income tax status of our
limited partners (and their owners, to the extent
relevant); and
|
|
|
|
permit us to redeem the units held by any person whose tax
status has or is reasonably likely to have a material adverse
effect on the maximum applicable rates or who fails to comply
with the procedures instituted by our general partner to obtain
proof of the U.S. federal income tax status. The redemption
price in the case of such a redemption will be the average of
the daily closing prices per unit for the 20 consecutive trading
days immediately prior to the date set for redemption.
|
Non-Citizen
Assignees; Redemption
If our general partner, with the advice of counsel, determines
we are subject to U.S. federal, state or local laws or
regulations that, in the reasonable determination of our general
partner, create a substantial risk of cancellation or forfeiture
of any property that we have an interest in because of the
nationality, citizenship or other related status of any limited
partner, then our general partner may adopt such amendments to
our partnership agreement as it determines necessary or
advisable to:
|
|
|
|
|
obtain proof of the nationality, citizenship or other related
status of our limited partners (and their owners, to the extent
relevant); and
|
|
|
|
permit us to redeem the units held by any person whose
nationality, citizenship or other related status creates
substantial risk of cancellation or forfeiture of any property
or who fails to comply with the procedures instituted by the
general partner to obtain proof of the nationality, citizenship
or other related status. The redemption price in the case of
such a redemption will be the average of the daily closing
prices per unit for the 20 consecutive trading days immediately
prior to the date set for redemption.
|
142
Meetings;
Voting
Except as described below regarding a person or group owning 20%
or more of any class of units then outstanding, record holders
of units on the record date will be entitled to notice of, and
to vote at, meetings of our limited partners and to act upon
matters for which approvals may be solicited.
Our general partner does not anticipate that any meeting of our
unitholders will be called in the foreseeable future. Any action
that is required or permitted to be taken by the unitholders may
be taken either at a meeting of the unitholders or without a
meeting if consents in writing describing the action so taken
are signed by holders of the number of units necessary to
authorize or take that action at a meeting. Meetings of the
unitholders may be called by our general partner or by
unitholders owning at least 20% of the outstanding units of the
class for which a meeting is proposed. Unitholders may vote
either in person or by proxy at meetings. The holders of a
majority of the outstanding units of the class or classes for
which a meeting has been called, represented in person or by
proxy, will constitute a quorum, unless any action by the
unitholders requires approval by holders of a greater percentage
of the units, in which case the quorum will be the greater
percentage.
Each record holder of a unit has a vote according to his
percentage interest in us, although additional limited partner
interests having special voting rights could be issued. Please
read Issuance of Additional Interests.
However, if at any time any person or group, other than our
general partner and its affiliates, or a direct or subsequently
approved transferee of our general partner or its affiliates and
purchasers specifically approved by our general partner,
acquires, in the aggregate, beneficial ownership of 20% or more
of any class of units then outstanding, that person or group
will lose voting rights on all of its units and the units may
not be voted on any matter and will not be considered to be
outstanding when sending notices of a meeting of unitholders,
calculating required votes, determining the presence of a quorum
or for other similar purposes. Common units held in nominee or
street name account will be voted by the broker or other nominee
in accordance with the instruction of the beneficial owner
unless the arrangement between the beneficial owner and his
nominee provides otherwise. Except as our partnership agreement
otherwise provides, subordinated units will vote together with
common units, as a single class.
Any notice, demand, request, report or proxy material required
or permitted to be given or made to record common unitholders
under our partnership agreement will be delivered to the record
holder by us or by the transfer agent.
Voting
Rights of Incentive Distribution Rights
If a majority of the incentive distribution rights are held by
our general partner and its affiliates, the holders of the
incentive distribution rights will have no right to vote in
respect of such rights on any matter, unless otherwise required
by law, and the holders of the incentive distribution rights
shall be deemed to have approved any matter approved by our
general partner.
If less than a majority of the incentive distribution rights are
held by our general partner and its affiliates, the incentive
distribution rights will be entitled to vote on all matters
submitted to a vote of unitholders, other than amendments and
other matters that our general partner determines do not
adversely affect the holders of the incentive distribution
rights in any material respect. On any matter in which the
holders of incentive distribution rights are entitled to vote,
such holders will vote together with the subordinated units,
prior to the end of the subordination period, or together with
the common units, thereafter, in either case as a single class.
The relative voting power of the holders of the incentive
distribution rights and the subordinated units or common units,
depending on which class the holders of incentive distribution
rights are voting with, will be set in the same proportion as
cumulative cash distributions, if any, in respect of the
incentive distribution rights for the four consecutive quarters
prior to the record date for the vote bears to the cumulative
cash distributions in respect of such class of units for such
four quarters.
Status as
Limited Partner
By transfer of common units in accordance with our partnership
agreement, each transferee of common units shall be admitted as
a limited partner with respect to the common units transferred
when such transfer and admission are reflected in our books and
records. Except as described under
Limited Liability, the common
units will be fully paid, and unitholders will not be required
to make additional contributions.
143
Indemnification
Under our partnership agreement, in most circumstances, we will
indemnify the following persons, to the fullest extent permitted
by law, from and against all losses, claims, damages or similar
events:
|
|
|
|
|
our general partner;
|
|
|
|
any departing general partner;
|
|
|
|
any person who is or was an affiliate of our general partner or
any departing general partner;
|
|
|
|
any person who is or was a manager, managing member, director,
officer, fiduciary or trustee of our partnership, our
subsidiaries, our general partner, any departing general partner
or any of their affiliates;
|
|
|
|
any person who is or was serving as a manager, managing member,
director, officer, fiduciary or trustee of another person owing
a fiduciary duty to us or our subsidiaries; and
|
|
|
|
any person designated by our general partner.
|
Any indemnification under these provisions will only be out of
our assets. Unless our general partner otherwise agrees, it will
not be personally liable for, or have any obligation to
contribute or lend funds or assets to us to enable us to
effectuate, indemnification. We may purchase insurance against
liabilities asserted against and expenses incurred by persons
for our activities, regardless of whether we would have the
power to indemnify the person against liabilities under our
partnership agreement.
Reimbursement
of Expenses
Our partnership agreement requires us to reimburse our general
partner for all direct and indirect expenses it incurs or
payments they make on our behalf and all other expenses
allocable to us or otherwise incurred by our general partner in
connection with operating our business. Our partnership
agreement does not set a limit on the amount of expenses for
which our general partner and its affiliates may be reimbursed.
These expenses include salary, bonus, incentive compensation and
other amounts paid to persons who perform services for us or on
our behalf and expenses allocated to our general partner by its
affiliates. Our general partner is entitled to determine the
expenses that are allocable to us.
Books and
Reports
Our general partner is required to keep appropriate books of our
business at our principal offices. These books will be
maintained for both tax and financial reporting purposes on an
accrual basis. For tax and fiscal reporting purposes, our fiscal
year is the calendar year.
We will furnish or make available to record holders of our
common units, within 90 days after the close of each fiscal
year, an annual report containing audited consolidated financial
statements and a report on those consolidated financial
statements by our independent public accountants. Except for our
fourth quarter, we will also furnish or make available summary
financial information within 45 days after the close of
each quarter. We will be deemed to have made any such report
available if we file such report with the SEC on EDGAR or make
the report available on a publicly available website which we
maintain.
We will furnish each record holder with information reasonably
required for U.S. federal and state tax reporting purposes
within 90 days after the close of each calendar year. This
information is expected to be furnished in summary form so that
some complex calculations normally required of partners can be
avoided. Our ability to furnish this summary information to our
unitholders will depend on their cooperation in supplying us
with specific information. Every unitholder will receive
information to assist him in determining his U.S. federal
and state tax liability and in filing his U.S. federal and
state income tax returns, regardless of whether he supplies us
with the necessary information.
144
Right to
Inspect Our Books and Records
Our partnership agreement provides that a limited partner can,
for a purpose reasonably related to his interest as a limited
partner, upon reasonable written demand stating the purpose of
such demand and at his own expense, have furnished to him:
|
|
|
|
|
a current list of the name and last known address of each
partner;
|
|
|
|
a copy of our tax returns;
|
|
|
|
information as to the amount of cash, and a description and
statement of the agreed value of any other property or services,
contributed or to be contributed by each partner and the date on
which each partner became a partner;
|
|
|
|
copies of our partnership agreement, our certificate of limited
partnership and related amendments and any powers of attorney
under which they have been executed;
|
|
|
|
information regarding the status of our business and our
financial condition; and
|
|
|
|
any other information regarding our affairs as is just and
reasonable.
|
Our general partner may, and intends to, keep confidential from
the limited partners trade secrets or other information the
disclosure of which our general partner believes in good faith
is not in our best interests or that we are required by law or
by agreements with third parties to keep confidential.
Registration
Rights
Under our partnership agreement, we have agreed to register for
resale under the Securities Act and applicable state securities
laws any common units, subordinated units or other limited
partner interests proposed to be sold by our general partner or
any of its affiliates or their assignees if an exemption from
the registration requirements is not otherwise available. These
registration rights continue for two years following any
withdrawal or removal of our general partner. We are obligated
to pay all expenses incidental to the registration, excluding
underwriting discounts.
In addition, in connection with this offering, we expect to
enter into a registration rights agreement with OTA. Pursuant to
the registration rights agreement, we will be required to file a
registration statement to register the common units and
subordinated units issued to OTA and the common units issuable
upon the conversion of the subordinated units upon request of
OTA. In addition, the registration rights agreement gives OTA
piggyback registration rights under certain circumstances. The
registration rights agreement also includes provisions dealing
with holdback agreements, indemnification and contribution and
allocation of expenses. These registration rights are
transferable to affiliates of OTA and, in certain circumstances,
to third parties. Please read Units Eligible for Future
Sale.
145
UNITS
ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE
After the sale of the common units offered by this prospectus,
OTA will own, directly or indirectly, an aggregate
of common
units
and
subordinated units. All of the subordinated units will convert
into common units at the end of the subordination period and
some may convert earlier. The sale of these common and
subordinated units could have an adverse impact on the price of
the common units or on any trading market that may develop.
Our common units sold in this offering will generally be freely
transferable without restriction or further registration under
the Securities Act, except that any common units held by an
affiliate of ours may not be resold publicly except
in compliance with the registration requirements of the
Securities Act or under an exemption under Rule 144 or
otherwise. Rule 144 permits securities acquired by an
affiliate of the issuer to be sold into the market in an amount
that does not exceed, during any three-month period, the greater
of:
|
|
|
|
|
1% of the total number of the securities outstanding; or
|
|
|
|
the average weekly reported trading volume of our common units
for the four weeks prior to the sale.
|
Sales under Rule 144 are also subject to specific manner of
sale provisions, holding period requirements, notice
requirements and the availability of current public information
about us. A person who is not deemed to have been an affiliate
of ours at any time during the three months preceding a sale,
and who has beneficially owned our common units for at least six
months (provided we are in compliance with the current public
information requirement), or one year (regardless of whether we
are in compliance with the current public information
requirement), would be entitled to sell those common units under
Rule 144, subject only to the current public information
requirement. After beneficially owning Rule 144 restricted
units for at least one year, a person who is not deemed to have
been an affiliate of ours at any time during the 90 days
preceding a sale would be entitled to freely sell those common
units without regard to the public information requirements,
volume limitations, manner of sale provisions and notice
requirements of Rule 144.
Our partnership agreement provides that we may issue an
unlimited number of limited partner interests of any type
without a vote of the unitholders at any time. Any issuance of
additional common units or other equity securities would result
in a corresponding decrease in the proportionate ownership
interest in us represented by, and could adversely affect the
cash distributions to and market price of, common units then
outstanding. Please read The Partnership
Agreement Issuance of Additional Interests.
Under our partnership agreement and the registration rights
agreement that we expect to enter into, our general partner and
its affiliates will have the right to cause us to register under
the Securities Act and applicable state securities laws the
offer and sale of any units that they hold. Subject to the terms
and conditions of the partnership agreement and the registration
rights agreement, these registration rights allow our general
partner and its affiliates or their assignees holding any units
to require registration of any of these units and to include any
of these units in a registration by us of other units, including
units offered by us or by any unitholder. Our general partner
and its affiliates will continue to have these registration
rights for two years following its withdrawal or removal as our
general partner. In connection with any registration of this
kind, we will indemnify each unitholder participating in the
registration and its officers, directors, and controlling
persons from and against any liabilities under the Securities
Act or any applicable state securities laws arising from the
registration statement or prospectus. We will bear all costs and
expenses incidental to any registration, excluding any
underwriting discount. Except as described below, our general
partner and its affiliates may sell their units in private
transactions at any time, subject to compliance with applicable
laws.
The executive officers and directors of our general partner and
OTA have agreed not to sell any common units they beneficially
own for a period of 180 days from the date of this
prospectus. Please read Underwriting for a
description of these
lock-up
provisions.
146
MATERIAL
U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES
This section summarizes the material U.S. federal income
tax consequences that may be relevant to prospective
unitholders. To the extent this section discusses federal income
taxes, that discussion is based upon current provisions of the
U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the
Code), existing and proposed U.S. Treasury
regulations thereunder (the Treasury Regulations),
and current administrative rulings and court decisions, all of
which are subject to change. Changes in these authorities may
cause the federal income tax consequences to a prospective
unitholder to vary substantially from those described below.
Unless the context otherwise requires, references in this
section to we or us are references to
the partnership and its subsidiaries.
This section does not address all federal income tax matters
that affect us or our unitholders. Furthermore, this section
focuses on unitholders who are individual citizens or residents
of the United States (for federal income tax purposes), whose
functional currencies are the U.S. dollar and who hold
units as capital assets (generally, property that is held for
investment). This section has limited applicability to
corporations, partnerships, entities treated as partnerships for
federal income tax purposes, estates, trusts, non-resident
aliens or other unitholders subject to specialized tax
treatment, such as tax-exempt institutions,
non-U.S. persons,
individual retirement accounts (IRAs), employee
benefit plans, real estate investment trusts or mutual funds.
Accordingly, we encourage each unitholder to consult, and
depend upon, such unitholders own tax advisor in analyzing
the federal, state, local and
non-U.S. tax
consequences particular to that unitholder resulting from
ownership or disposition of its units.
We are relying on opinions and advice of Vinson &
Elkins L.L.P. with respect to the matters described herein. An
opinion of counsel represents only that counsels best
legal judgment and does not bind the IRS or courts. Accordingly,
the opinions and statements made herein may not be sustained by
a court if contested by the IRS. Any such contest of the matters
described herein may materially and adversely impact the market
for our units and the prices at which such units trade. In
addition, our costs of any contest with the IRS will be borne
indirectly by our unitholders and our general partner because
the costs will reduce our cash available for distribution.
Furthermore, our tax treatment, or the tax treatment of an
investment in us, may be significantly modified by future
legislative or administrative changes or court decisions, which
might be retroactively applied.
All statements of law and legal conclusions, but no statement of
fact, contained in this section, except as described below or
otherwise noted, are the opinion of Vinson & Elkins
L.L.P. and are based on the accuracy of representations made by
us to them for this purpose. For the reasons described below,
Vinson & Elkins L.L.P. has not rendered an opinion
with respect to the following federal income tax issues:
(1) the treatment of a unitholder whose units are loaned to
a short seller to cover a short sale of units (please read
Tax Consequences of Unit Ownership
Treatment of Short Sales); (2) whether our monthly
convention for allocating taxable income and losses is permitted
by existing Treasury Regulations (please read
Disposition of Units Allocations
Between Transferors and Transferees); and (3) whether
our method for taking into account Section 743 adjustments
is sustainable in certain cases (please read
Tax Consequences of Unit Ownership
Section 754 Election and Uniformity
of Units).
Taxation
of the Partnership
Partnership
Status
We expect to be treated as a partnership for federal income tax
purposes and, therefore, generally will not be liable for
federal income taxes. Instead, as described below, each of our
unitholders will take into account its respective share of our
items of income, gain, loss and deduction in computing its
federal income tax liability as if the unitholder had earned
such income directly, even if no cash distributions are made to
the unitholder. Distributions by us to a unitholder generally
will not give rise to income or gain taxable to such unitholder,
unless the amount of cash distributed to a unitholder exceeds
the unitholders adjusted tax basis in its units.
Section 7704 of the Code generally provides that publicly
traded partnerships will be treated as corporations for federal
income tax purposes. However, if 90% or more of a
partnerships gross income for every taxable year it is
publicly traded consists of qualifying income, the
partnership may continue to be treated as a partnership for
federal income tax purposes (the Qualifying Income
Exception). Qualifying income includes (i) income and
gains derived from the refining, transportation, storage,
processing and marketing of crude oil, natural gas and products
thereof, (ii) interest (other than from a financial
business), (iii) dividends, (iv) gains from the sale
of real property and (v) gains from the sale or
147
other disposition of capital assets held for the production of
qualifying income. We estimate that less
than % of our current gross income
is not qualifying income; however, this estimate could change
from time to time.
Based upon factual representations made by us and our general
partner regarding the composition of our income and the other
representations set forth below, Vinson & Elkins
L.L.P. is of the opinion that we will be treated as a
partnership for federal income tax purposes. In rendering its
opinion, Vinson & Elkins L.L.P. has relied on factual
representations made by us and our general partner. The
representations made by us and our general partner upon which
Vinson & Elkins L.L.P. has relied include, without
limitation:
(a) Neither we nor any of our partnership or limited
liability company subsidiaries has elected to be treated as a
corporation for federal income tax purposes; and
(b) For each taxable year since and including the year of
our initial public offering, more than 90% of our gross income
has been and will be income of a character that
Vinson & Elkins L.L.P. has opined is qualifying
income within the meaning of Section 7704(d) of the
Code.
We believe that these representations are true and will be true
in the future.
If we fail to meet the Qualifying Income Exception, other than a
failure that is determined by the IRS to be inadvertent and that
is cured within a reasonable time after discovery (in which case
the IRS may also require us to make adjustments with respect to
our unitholders or pay other amounts), we will be treated as
transferring all of our assets, subject to liabilities, to a
newly formed corporation, on the first day of the year in which
we fail to meet the Qualifying Income Exception, in return for
stock in that corporation and then distributed that stock to our
unitholders in liquidation of their units. This deemed
contribution and liquidation should not result in the
recognition of taxable income by our unitholders or us so long
as our liabilities do not exceed the tax basis of our assets.
Thereafter, we would be treated as an association taxable as a
corporation for federal income tax purposes.
If for any reason we are taxable as a corporation in any taxable
year, our items of income, gain, loss and deduction would be
taken into account by us in determining the amount of our
liability for federal income tax, rather than being passed
through to our unitholders. Accordingly, our taxation as a
corporation would materially reduce our cash distributions to
unitholders and thus would likely substantially reduce the value
of our units. In addition, any distribution made to a unitholder
would be treated as (i) a taxable dividend income to the
extent of our current or accumulated earnings and profits, then
(ii) a nontaxable return of capital to the extent of the
unitholders tax basis in our units, and thereafter
(iii) taxable capital gain.
The remainder of this discussion assumes that we will be treated
as a partnership for federal income tax purposes.
Tax
Consequences of Unit Ownership
Limited
Partner Status
Unitholders who are admitted as limited partners of the
partnership, as well as unitholders whose units are held in
street name or by a nominee and who have the right to direct the
nominee in the exercise of all substantive rights attendant to
the ownership of units, will be treated as partners of the
partnership for federal income tax purposes. For a discussion
related to the risks of losing partner status as a result of
short sales, please read Tax Consequences of
Unit Ownership Treatment of Short Sales.
Unitholders who are not treated as partners in us as described
above are urged to consult their own tax advisors with respect
to the tax consequences applicable to them under the
circumstances.
Flow-Through
of Taxable Income
Subject to the discussion below under
Entity-Level Collections of Unitholder
Taxes with respect to payments we may be required to make
on behalf of our unitholders, and aside from any taxes paid by
our corporate operating subsidiary, we will not pay any federal
income tax. Rather, each unitholder will be required to report
on its income tax return its share of our income, gains, losses
and deductions for our taxable year or years ending with or
within its taxable year without regard to whether we make cash
distributions to him. Consequently, we may allocate income to a
unitholder even if that unitholder has not received a cash
distribution.
148
Ratio
of Taxable Income to Distributions
We estimate that a purchaser of common units in this offering
who owns those common units from the date of closing of this
offering through the record date for distributions for the
period ending December 31, 2014, will be allocated, on a
cumulative basis, an amount of federal taxable income for that
period that will be % or less of
the cash distributed with respect to that period. Thereafter, we
anticipate that the ratio of taxable income to cash
distributions to the unitholders will increase. These estimates
are based upon the assumption that earnings from operations will
approximate the amount required to make the minimum quarterly
distribution on all units and other assumptions with respect to
capital expenditures, cash flow, net working capital and
anticipated cash distributions. These estimates and assumptions
are subject to, among other things, numerous business, economic,
regulatory, legislative, competitive and political uncertainties
beyond our control. Further, the estimates are based on current
tax law and tax reporting positions that we will adopt and with
which the IRS could disagree. Accordingly, we cannot assure you
that these estimates will prove to be correct. The actual ratio
of taxable income to cash distributions could be higher or lower
than expected, and any differences could be material and could
materially affect the value of the common units. For example,
the ratio of taxable income to cash distributions to a purchaser
of common units in this offering will be greater, and perhaps
substantially greater, than our estimate with respect to the
period described above if:
|
|
|
|
|
the earnings from operations exceeds the amount required to make
minimum quarterly distributions on all units, yet we only
distribute the minimum quarterly distributions on all
units; or
|
|
|
|
we make a future offering of common units and use the proceeds
of the offering in a manner that does not produce substantial
additional deductions during the period described above, such as
to repay indebtedness outstanding at the time of this offering
or to acquire property that is not eligible for depreciation or
amortization for federal income tax purposes or that is
depreciable or amortizable at a rate significantly slower than
the rate applicable to our assets at the time of this offering.
|
Basis
of Units
A unitholders tax basis in its units initially will be the
amount it paid for those units plus its initial share of our
liabilities. That basis generally will be (i) increased by
the unitholders share of our income and any increases in
such unitholders share of our nonrecourse liabilities, and
(ii) decreased, but not below zero, by distributions to it,
by its share of our losses, any decreases in its share of our
nonrecourse liabilities and its share of our expenditures that
are neither deductible nor required to be capitalized.
Treatment
of Distributions
Distributions made by us to a unitholder generally will not be
taxable to the unitholder, unless such distributions exceed the
unitholders tax basis in its units, in which case the
unitholder will recognize gain taxable in the manner described
below under Disposition of Units.
Any reduction in a unitholders share of our
nonrecourse liabilities (liabilities for which no
partner bears the economic risk of loss) will be treated as a
distribution by us of cash to that unitholder. A decrease in a
unitholders percentage interest in us because of our
issuance of additional units will decrease the unitholders
share of our nonrecourse liabilities. For purposes of the
foregoing, a unitholders share of our nonrecourse
liabilities generally will be based upon that unitholders
share of the unrealized appreciation (or depreciation) in our
assets, to the extent thereof, with any excess liabilities
allocated based on the unitholders share of our profits.
Please read Disposition of Units.
A non-pro rata distribution of money or property (including a
deemed distribution described above) may cause a unitholder to
recognize ordinary income, if the distribution reduces the
unitholders share of our unrealized
receivables, including depreciation recapture and
substantially appreciated inventory items, both as
defined in Section 751 of the Code (Section 751
Assets). To the extent of such reduction, the unitholder
would be deemed to receive its proportionate share of the
Section 751 Assets and exchange such assets with us in
return for an allocable portion of the non-pro rata
distribution. This latter deemed exchange generally will result
in the unitholders realization of ordinary income in an
amount equal to the excess of (1) the non-pro rata portion
of that distribution over (2) the unitholders tax
basis (generally zero) in the Section 751 Assets deemed to
be relinquished in the exchange.
149
Limitations
on Deductibility of Losses
The deduction by a unitholder of its share of our losses will be
limited to the lesser of (i) the unitholders tax
basis in its units, and (ii) in the case of a unitholder
who is an individual, estate, trust or corporation (if more than
50% of the corporations stock is owned directly or
indirectly by or for five or fewer individuals or a specific
type of tax exempt organization), the amount for which the
unitholder is considered to be at risk with respect
to our activities. In general, a unitholder will be at risk to
the extent of its tax basis in its units, reduced by
(1) any portion of that basis attributable to the
unitholders share of our liabilities, (2) any portion
of that basis representing amounts otherwise protected against
loss because of a guarantee, stop loss agreement or similar
arrangement and (3) any amount of money the unitholder
borrows to acquire or hold its units, if the lender of those
borrowed funds owns an interest in us, is related to another
unitholder or can look only to the units for repayment.
A unitholder subject to the basis and at risk limitation must
recapture losses deducted in previous years to the extent that
distributions (including distributions as a result of a
reduction in a unitholders share of nonrecourse
liabilities) cause the unitholders at risk amount to be
less than zero at the end of any taxable year. Losses disallowed
to a unitholder or recaptured as a result of these limitations
will carry forward and will be allowable as a deduction in a
later year to the extent that the unitholders tax basis or
at risk amount, whichever is the limiting factor, is
subsequently increased. Upon a taxable disposition of units, any
gain recognized by a unitholder can be offset by losses that
were previously suspended by the at risk limitation but not
losses suspended by the basis limitation. Any loss previously
suspended by the at risk limitation in excess of that gain can
no longer be used.
In addition to the basis and at risk limitations, passive
activity loss limitations generally limit the deductibility of
losses incurred by individuals, estates, trusts, some closely
held corporations and personal service corporations from
passive activities (generally, trade or business
activities in which the taxpayer does not materially
participate). The passive loss limitations are applied
separately with respect to each publicly-traded partnership.
Consequently, any passive losses we generate will be available
to offset only our passive income generated in the future.
Passive losses that are not deductible because they exceed a
unitholders share of income we generate may be deducted in
full when he disposes of all of its units in a fully taxable
transaction with an unrelated party. The passive activity loss
rules are applied after other applicable limitations on
deductions, including the at risk and basis limitations.
Limitations
on Interest Deductions
The deductibility of a non-corporate taxpayers
investment interest expense is generally limited to
the amount of that taxpayers net investment
income. Investment interest expense includes:
|
|
|
|
|
interest on indebtedness properly allocable to property held for
investment;
|
|
|
|
interest expense attributed to portfolio income; and
|
|
|
|
the portion of interest expense incurred to purchase or carry an
interest in a passive activity to the extent attributable to
portfolio income.
|
The computation of a unitholders investment interest
expense will take into account interest on any margin account
borrowing or other loan incurred to purchase or carry a unit.
Net investment income includes gross income from property held
for investment and amounts treated as portfolio income under the
passive loss rules, less deductible expenses other than interest
directly connected with the production of investment income.
Such term generally does not include qualified dividend income
or gains attributable to the disposition of property held for
investment. A unitholders share of a publicly traded
partnerships portfolio income and, according to the IRS,
net passive income will be treated as investment income for
purposes of the investment interest expense limitation.
Entity-Level Collections
of Unitholder Taxes
If we are required or elect under applicable law to pay any
federal, state, local or
non-U.S. tax
on behalf of any current or former unitholder or our general
partner, we are authorized to pay those taxes and treat the
payment as a distribution of cash to the relevant unitholder or
general partner. Where the relevant unitholders identity
cannot be determined, we are authorized to treat the payment as
a distribution to all current unitholders. We are authorized to
amend our partnership agreement in the manner necessary to
maintain uniformity of intrinsic tax characteristics of units
and to
150
adjust later distributions, so that after giving effect to these
distributions, the priority and characterization of
distributions otherwise applicable under our partnership
agreement is maintained as nearly as is practicable. Payments by
us as described above could give rise to an overpayment of tax
on behalf of a unitholder, in which event the unitholder may be
entitled to claim a refund of the overpayment amount.
Unitholders are urged to consult their tax advisors to determine
the consequences to them of any tax payment we make on their
behalf.
Allocation
of Income, Gain, Loss and Deduction
In general, if we have a net profit, our items of income, gain,
loss and deduction will be allocated among the general partner
and our unitholders in accordance with their percentage
interests in us. If we have a net loss, our items of income,
gain, loss and deduction will be allocated first among the
general partner and our unitholders in accordance with their
percentage interests in us to the extent of their positive
capital accounts and thereafter to our general partner. At any
time that distributions are made to the common units and not to
the subordinated units, or that incentive distributions are made
to the general partner, gross income will be allocated to the
recipients to the extent of such distributions.
Specified items of our income, gain, loss and deduction will be
allocated under Section 704(c) of the Code to account for
any difference between the tax basis and fair market value of
our assets at the time such assets are contributed to us and at
the time of any subsequent offering of our units (a
Book-Tax Disparity). In addition, items of recapture
income will be specially allocated to the extent possible to the
unitholder who was allocated the deduction giving rise to that
recapture income in order to minimize the recognition of
ordinary income by other unitholders.
An allocation of items of our income, gain, loss or deduction,
generally must have substantial economic effect as
determined under Treasury Regulations. If an allocation does not
have substantially economic effect, it will be reallocated to
our unitholders the basis of their interests in us, which will
be determined by taking into account all the facts and
circumstances, including:
|
|
|
|
|
our partners relative contributions to us;
|
|
|
|
the interests of all of our partners in our profits and losses;
|
|
|
|
the interest of all of our partners in our cash flow; and
|
|
|
|
the rights of all of our partners to distributions of capital
upon liquidation.
|
Vinson & Elkins L.L.P. is of the opinion that, with
the exception of the issues described in
Section 754 Election and
Disposition of Units Allocations
Between Transferors and Transferees, allocations under our
partnership agreement will substantial economic effect.
Treatment
of Short Sales
A unitholder whose units are loaned to a short
seller to cover a short sale of units may be treated as
having disposed of those units. If so, such unitholder would no
longer be treated for tax purposes as a partner with respect to
those units during the period of the loan and may recognize gain
or loss from the disposition. As a result, during this period
(i) any of our income, gain, loss or deduction allocated to
those units would not be reportable by the unitholder, and
(ii) any cash distributions received by the unitholder as
to those units would be fully taxable, possibly as ordinary
income.
Due to lack of controlling authority, Vinson & Elkins
L.L.P. has not rendered an opinion regarding the tax treatment
of a unitholder whose units are loaned to a short seller to
cover a short sale of our units. Unitholders desiring to assure
their status as partners and avoid the risk of gain recognition
from a loan to a short seller are urged to modify any applicable
brokerage account agreements to prohibit their brokers from
borrowing and lending their units. The IRS has announced that it
is studying issues relating to the tax treatment of short sales
of partnership interests. Please read
Disposition of Units Recognition
of Gain or Loss.
Alternative
Minimum Tax
If a unitholder is subject to federal alternative minimum tax,
such tax will apply to such unitholders distributive share
of any items of our income, gain, loss or deduction. The current
alternative minimum tax rate for non-corporate
151
taxpayers is 26% on the first $175,000 of alternative minimum
taxable income in excess of the exemption amount and 28% on any
additional alternative minimum taxable income. Prospective
unitholders are urged to consult with their tax advisors with
respect to the impact of an investment in our units on their
alternative minimum tax liability.
Tax
Rates
Under current law, the highest marginal federal income tax rates
for individuals applicable to ordinary income and long-term
capital gains (generally, gains from the sale or exchange of
certain investment assets held for more than one year) are 35%
and 15%, respectively. However, absent new legislation extending
the current rates, beginning January 1, 2013, the highest
marginal federal income tax rate applicable to ordinary income
and long-term capital gains of individuals will increase to
39.6% and 20%, respectively. These rates are subject to change
by new legislation at any time.
A 3.8% Medicare tax on certain investment income earned by
individuals, estates, and trusts will apply for taxable years
beginning after December 31, 2012. For these purposes,
investment income generally includes a unitholders
allocable share of our income and gain realized by a unitholder
from a sale of units. In the case of an individual, the tax will
be imposed on the lesser of (i) the unitholders net
investment income from all investments, or (ii) the amount
by which the unitholders modified adjusted gross income
exceeds $250,000 (if the unitholder is married and filing
jointly or a surviving spouse) or $200,000 (if the unitholder is
unmarried). In the case of an estate or trust, the tax will be
imposed on the lesser of (i) undistributed net investment
income, or (ii) the excess adjusted gross income over the
dollar amount at which the highest income tax bracket applicable
to an estate or trust begins.
Section 754
Election
We have made the election permitted by Section 754 of the
Code that permits us to adjust the tax bases in our assets as to
specific purchased units under Section 743(b) of the Code
to reflect the unit purchase price. The Section 743(b)
adjustment separately applies to each purchaser of units based
upon the values and bases of our assets at the time of the
relevant purchase. The Section 743(b) adjustment does not
apply to a person who purchases units directly from us. For
purposes of this discussion, a unitholders basis in our
assets will be considered to have two components: (1) its
share of the tax basis in our assets as to all unitholders
(common basis) and (2) its Section 743(b)
adjustment to that tax basis (which may be positive or negative).
Under Treasury Regulations, a Section 743(b) adjustment
attributable to property depreciable under Section 168 of
the Code, such as our storage assets, may be amortizable over
the remaining cost recovery period for such property, while a
Section 743(b) adjustment attributable to properties
subject to depreciation under Section 167 of the Code, must
be amortized straight-line or using the 150% declining balance
method. As a result, if we owned any assets subject to
depreciation under Section 167 of the Code, the
amortization rates could give rise to differences in the
taxation of unitholders purchasing units from us and unitholders
purchasing from other unitholders.
Under our partnership agreement, we are authorized to take a
position to preserve the uniformity of units even if that
position is not consistent with these or any other Treasury
Regulations. Please read Uniformity of
Units. Consistent with this authority, we intend to treat
properties depreciable under Section 167, if any, in the
same manner as properties depreciable under Section 168 for
this purpose. These positions are consistent with the methods
employed by other publicly traded partnerships but are
inconsistent with the existing Treasury Regulations, and
Vinson & Elkins L.L.P. has not opined on the validity
of this approach.
The IRS may challenge our position with respect to depreciating
or amortizing the Section 743(b) adjustment we take to
preserve the uniformity of units due to lack of controlling
authority. Because a unitholders tax basis for its units
is reduced by its share of our items of deduction or loss, any
position we take that understates deductions will overstate a
unitholders basis in its units, and may cause the
unitholder to understate gain or overstate loss on any sale of
such units. Please read Disposition of
Units Recognition of Gain or Loss. If a
challenge to such treatment were sustained, the gain from the
sale of units may be increased without the benefit of additional
deductions.
The calculations involved in the Section 754 election are
complex and will be made on the basis of assumptions as to the
value of our assets and other matters. The IRS could seek to
reallocate some or all of any Section 743(b) adjustment we
allocated to our assets subject to depreciation to goodwill or
nondepreciable assets. Goodwill, as an intangible asset, is
generally nonamortizable or amortizable over a longer period of
time or under a less accelerated method than our tangible
152
assets. We cannot assure any unitholder that the determinations
we make will not be successfully challenged by the IRS or that
the resulting deductions will not be reduced or disallowed
altogether. Should the IRS require a different tax basis
adjustment to be made, and should, in our opinion, the expense
of compliance exceed the benefit of the election, we may seek
permission from the IRS to revoke our Section 754 election.
If permission is granted, a subsequent purchaser of units may be
allocated more income than it would have been allocated had the
election not been revoked.
Tax
Treatment of Operations
Accounting
Method and Taxable Year
We will use the year ending December 31 as our taxable year and
the accrual method of accounting for federal income tax
purposes. Each unitholder will be required to include in income
its share of our income, gain, loss and deduction for each
taxable year ending within or with its taxable year. In
addition, a unitholder who has a taxable year ending on a date
other than December 31 and who disposes of all of its units
following the close of our taxable year but before the close of
its taxable year must include its share of our income, gain,
loss and deduction in income for its taxable year, with the
result that it will be required to include in income for its
taxable year its share of more than one year of our income,
gain, loss and deduction. Please read
Disposition of Units Allocations
Between Transferors and Transferees.
Tax
Basis, Depreciation and Amortization
The tax basis of our assets will be used for purposes of
computing depreciation and cost recovery deductions and,
ultimately, gain or loss on the disposition of these assets. The
federal income tax burden associated with the difference between
the fair market value of our assets and their tax basis
immediately prior to an offering will be borne by our partners
holding interests in us prior to this offering. Please read
Tax Consequences of Unit Ownership
Allocation of Income, Gain, Loss and Deduction.
If we dispose of depreciable property by sale, foreclosure or
otherwise, all or a portion of any gain, determined by reference
to the amount of depreciation previously deducted and the nature
of the property, may be subject to the recapture rules and taxed
as ordinary income rather than capital gain. Similarly, a
unitholder who has taken cost recovery or depreciation
deductions with respect to property we own will likely be
required to recapture some or all of those deductions as
ordinary income upon a sale of its interest in us. Please read
Tax Consequences of Unit Ownership
Allocation of Income, Gain, Loss and Deduction and
Disposition of Units Recognition
of Gain or Loss.
The costs we incurred in offering and selling our units (called
syndication expenses) must be capitalized and cannot
be deducted currently, ratably or upon our termination. While
there are uncertainties regarding the classification of costs as
organization expenses, which may be amortized by us, and as
syndication expenses, which may not be amortized by us, the
underwriting discounts and commissions we incur will be treated
as syndication expenses.
Valuation
and Tax Basis of Our Properties
The federal income tax consequences of the ownership and
disposition of units will depend in part on our estimates of the
relative fair market values and the initial tax bases of our
assets. Although we may from time to time consult with
professional appraisers regarding valuation matters, we will
make many of the relative fair market value estimates ourselves.
These estimates and determinations of tax basis are subject to
challenge and will not be binding on the IRS or the courts. If
the estimates of fair market value or basis are later found to
be incorrect, the character and amount of items of income, gain,
loss or deduction previously reported by unitholders could
change, and unitholders could be required to adjust their tax
liability for prior years and incur interest and penalties with
respect to those adjustments.
Disposition
of Units
Recognition
of Gain or Loss
A unitholder will be required to recognize gain or loss on a
sale of units equal to the difference between the
unitholders amount realized and tax basis for the units
sold. A unitholders amount realized will equal the sum of
the cash or the fair market value of other property it receives
plus its share of our liabilities with respect to such units.
153
Because the amount realized includes a unitholders share
of our liabilities, the gain recognized on the sale of units
could result in a tax liability in excess of any cash received
from the sale.
Except as noted below, gain or loss recognized by a unitholder
on the sale or exchange of a unit held for more than one year
generally will be taxable as long-term capital gain or loss.
However, gain or loss recognized on the disposition of units
will be separately computed and taxed as ordinary income or loss
under Section 751 of the Code to the extent attributable to
Section 751 Assets, primarily depreciation recapture.
Ordinary income attributable to Section 751 Assets may
exceed net taxable gain realized on the sale of a unit and may
be recognized even if there is a net taxable loss realized on
the sale of a unit. Thus, a unitholder may recognize both
ordinary income and a capital loss upon a sale of units. Net
capital loss may offset capital gains and, in the case of
individuals, up to $3,000 of ordinary income per year.
The IRS has ruled that a partner who acquires interests in a
partnership in separate transactions must combine those
interests and maintain a single adjusted tax basis for all those
interests. Upon a sale or other disposition of less than all of
those interests, a portion of that tax basis must be allocated
to the interests sold using an equitable
apportionment method, which generally means that the tax
basis allocated to the interest sold equals an amount that bears
the same relation to the partners tax basis in its entire
interest in the partnership as the value of the interest sold
bears to the value of the partners entire interest in the
partnership.
Treasury Regulations under Section 1223 of the Code allow a
selling unitholder who can identify units transferred with an
ascertainable holding period to elect to use the actual holding
period of the units transferred. Thus, according to the ruling
discussed above, a unitholder will be unable to select high or
low basis units to sell as would be the case with corporate
stock, but, according to the Treasury Regulations, it may
designate specific units sold for purposes of determining the
holding period of units transferred. A unitholder electing to
use the actual holding period of units transferred must
consistently use that identification method for all subsequent
sales or exchanges of our units. A unitholder considering the
purchase of additional units or a sale of units purchased in
separate transactions is urged to consult its tax advisor as to
the possible consequences of this ruling and application of the
Treasury Regulations.
Specific provisions of the Code affect the taxation of some
financial products and securities, including partnership
interests, by treating a taxpayer as having sold an
appreciated partnership interest, one in which gain
would be recognized if it were sold, assigned or terminated at
its fair market value, if the taxpayer or related persons
enter(s) into:
|
|
|
|
|
a short sale;
|
|
|
|
an offsetting notional principal contract; or
|
|
|
|
a futures or forward contract with respect to the partnership
interest or substantially identical property.
|
Moreover, if a taxpayer has previously entered into a short
sale, an offsetting notional principal contract or a futures or
forward contract with respect to the partnership interest, the
taxpayer will be treated as having sold that position if the
taxpayer or a related person then acquires the partnership
interest or substantially identical property. The Secretary of
the Treasury is also authorized to issue regulations that treat
a taxpayer that enters into transactions or positions that have
substantially the same effect as the preceding transactions as
having constructively sold the financial position.
Allocations
Between Transferors and Transferee
In general, our taxable income or loss will be determined
annually, will be prorated on a monthly basis and will be
subsequently apportioned among the unitholders in proportion to
the number of units owned by each of them as of the opening of
the applicable exchange on the first business day of the month
(the Allocation Date). However, gain or loss
realized on a sale or other disposition of our assets or, in the
discretion of the general partner, any other extraordinary item
of income, gain, loss or deduction will be allocated among the
unitholders on the Allocation Date in the month in which such
income, gain, loss or deduction is recognized. As a result, a
unitholder transferring units may be allocated income, gain,
loss and deduction realized after the date of transfer.
Although simplifying conventions are contemplated by the Code
and most publicly traded partnerships use similar simplifying
conventions, the use of this method may not be permitted under
existing Treasury Regulations. Recently, however, the Department
of the Treasury and the IRS issued proposed Treasury Regulations
that provide a safe harbor pursuant to which a publicly traded
partnership may use a similar monthly simplifying convention to
allocate tax items among transferor and transferee unitholders,
although such tax items must be prorated on a daily basis.
Nonetheless, the
154
proposed regulations do not specifically authorize the use of
the proration method we have adopted. Accordingly,
Vinson & Elkins L.L.P. is unable to opine on the
validity of this method of allocating income and deductions
between transferee and transferor unitholders. If this method is
not allowed under the Treasury Regulations, or only applies to
transfers of less than all of the unitholders interest,
our taxable income or losses might be reallocated among the
unitholders. We are authorized to revise our method of
allocation between transferee and transferor unitholders, as
well as among unitholders whose interests vary during a taxable
year, to conform to a method permitted under future Treasury
Regulations.
A unitholder who disposes of units prior to the record date set
for a cash distribution for that quarter will be allocated items
of our income, gain, loss and deduction attributable to the
month of disposition but will not be entitled to receive a cash
distribution for that period.
Notification
Requirements
A unitholder who sells or purchases any of units is generally
required to notify us in writing of that transaction within
30 days after the transaction (or, if earlier, January 15
of the year following the transaction). Upon receiving such
notifications, we are required to notify the IRS of that
transaction and to furnish specified information to the
transferor and transferee. Failure to notify us of a transfer of
units may, in some cases, lead to the imposition of penalties.
However, these reporting requirements do not apply to a sale by
an individual who is a citizen of the United States and who
effects the sale through a broker who will satisfy such
requirements.
Constructive
Termination
We will be considered to have terminated our partnership for
federal income tax purposes upon the sale or exchange of 50% or
more of the total interests in our capital and profits within a
twelve-month period. For such purposes, multiple sales of the
same unit are counted only once. A constructive termination
results in the closing of our taxable year for all unitholders.
In the case of a unitholder reporting on a taxable year other
than a fiscal year ending December 31, the closing of our
taxable year may result in more than twelve months of our
taxable income or loss being includable in such
unitholders taxable income for the year of termination.
A constructive termination occurring on a date other than
December 31 will result in us filing two tax returns for one
fiscal year and the cost of the preparation of these returns
will be borne by all unitholders. However, pursuant to an IRS
relief procedure the IRS may allow, among other things, a
constructively terminated partnership to provide a single
Schedule K-1
for the calendar year in which a termination occurs. We would be
required to make new tax elections after a termination,
including a new election under Section 754 of the Code, and
a termination would result in a deferral of our deductions for
depreciation. A termination could also result in penalties if we
were unable to determine that the termination had occurred.
Moreover, a termination might either accelerate the application
of, or subject us to, any tax legislation enacted before the
termination.
Uniformity
of Units
Because we cannot match transferors and transferees of units and
for other reasons, we must maintain uniformity of the economic
and tax characteristics of the units to a purchaser of these
units. In the absence of uniformity, we may be unable to
completely comply with a number of federal income tax
requirements, both statutory and regulatory. A lack of
uniformity could result from a literal application of Treasury
Regulation
Section 1.167(c)-1(a)(6),
which is not anticipated to apply to a material portion of our
assets. Any non-uniformity could have a negative impact on the
value of the units. Please read Tax
Consequences of Unit Ownership Section 754
Election.
Our partnership agreement permits our general partner to take
positions in filing our tax returns that preserve the uniformity
of our units even under circumstances like those described
above. These positions may include reducing for some unitholders
the depreciation, amortization or loss deductions to which they
would otherwise be entitled or reporting a slower amortization
of Section 743(b) adjustments for some unitholders than
that to which they would otherwise be entitled.
Vinson & Elkins L.L.P. is unable to opine as to
validity of such filing positions.
A unitholders basis in units is reduced by its share of
our deductions (whether or not such deductions were claimed on
an individual income tax return) so that any position that we
take that understates deductions will overstate the
155
unitholders basis in its units, and may cause the
unitholder to understate gain or overstate loss on any sale of
such units. Please read Disposition of
Units Recognition of Gain or Loss above and
Tax Consequences of Unit Ownership
Section 754 Election above. The IRS may challenge one
or more of any positions we take to preserve the uniformity of
units. If such a challenge were sustained, the uniformity of
units might be affected, and, under some circumstances, the gain
from the sale of units might be increased without the benefit of
additional deductions.
Tax-Exempt
Organizations and Other Investors
Ownership of units by employee benefit plans, other tax-exempt
organizations, non-resident aliens,
non-U.S. corporations
and other
non-U.S. persons
raises issues unique to those investors and, as described below,
may have substantially adverse tax consequences to them.
Prospective unitholders who are tax-exempt entities or
non-U.S. persons
should consult their tax advisor before investing in our units.
Employee benefit plans and most other tax-exempt organizations,
including IRAs and other retirement plans, are subject to
federal income tax on unrelated business taxable income.
Virtually all of our income will be unrelated business taxable
income and will be taxable to a tax-exempt unitholder.
Non-resident aliens and foreign corporations, trusts or estates
that own units will be considered to be engaged in business in
the United States because of their ownership of our units.
Consequently, they will be required to file federal tax returns
to report their share of our income, gain, loss or deduction and
pay federal income tax at regular rates on their share of our
net income or gain. Moreover, under rules applicable to publicly
traded partnerships, distributions to
non-U.S. unitholders
are subject to withholding at the highest applicable effective
tax rate. Each
non-U.S. unitholder
must obtain a taxpayer identification number from the IRS and
submit that number to our transfer agent on a
Form W-8BEN
or applicable substitute form in order to obtain credit for
these withholding taxes. A change in applicable law may require
us to change these procedures.
In addition, because a foreign corporation that owns units will
be treated as engaged in a United States trade or business, that
corporation may be subject to the United States branch profits
tax at a rate of 30%, in addition to regular federal income tax,
on its share of our income and gain, as adjusted for changes in
the foreign corporations U.S. net equity,
which is effectively connected with the conduct of a United
States trade or business. That tax may be reduced or eliminated
by an income tax treaty between the United States and the
country in which the foreign corporate unitholder is a
qualified resident. In addition, this type of
unitholder is subject to special information reporting
requirements under Section 6038C of the Code.
A foreign unitholder who sells or otherwise disposes of a unit
will be subject to federal income tax on gain realized from the
sale or disposition of that unit to the extent the gain is
effectively connected with a U.S. trade or business of the
foreign unitholder. Under a ruling published by the IRS,
interpreting the scope of effectively connected
income, a foreign unitholder would be considered to be
engaged in a trade or business in the U.S. by virtue of the
U.S. activities of the partnership, and part or all of that
unitholders gain would be effectively connected with that
unitholders indirect U.S. trade or business.
Moreover, under the Foreign Investment in Real Property Tax Act,
a foreign unitholder generally will be subject to federal income
tax upon the sale or disposition of a unit if (i) it owned
(directly or constructively applying certain attribution rules)
more than 5% of our units at any time during the five-year
period ending on the date of such disposition and (ii) 50%
or more of the fair market value of all of our assets consisted
of U.S. real property interests at any time during the
shorter of the period during which such unitholder held the
units or the
5-year
period ending on the date of disposition. Currently, more than
50% of our assets consist of U.S. real property interests
and we do not expect that to change in the foreseeable future.
Therefore, foreign unitholders may be subject to federal income
tax on gain from the sale or disposition of their units.
Administrative
Matters
Information
Returns and Audit Procedures
We intend to furnish to each unitholder, within 90 days
after the close of each taxable year, specific tax information,
including a
Schedule K-1,
which describes its share of our income, gain, loss and
deduction for our preceding taxable year. In preparing this
information, which will not be reviewed by counsel, we will take
various accounting and reporting positions, some of which have
been mentioned earlier, to determine each unitholders
share of income, gain, loss and
156
deduction. We cannot assure our unitholders that those positions
will yield a result that conforms to the requirements of the
Code, Treasury Regulations or administrative interpretations of
the IRS.
Neither we, nor Vinson & Elkins L.L.P. can assure
prospective unitholders that the IRS will not successfully
contend in court that those positions are impermissible, and
such a contention could negatively affect the value of the
units. The IRS may audit our federal income tax information
returns. Adjustments resulting from an IRS audit may require
each unitholder to adjust a prior years tax liability, and
possibly may result in an audit of its own return. Any audit of
a unitholders return could result in adjustments not
related to our returns as well as those related to its returns.
Partnerships generally are treated as entities separate from
their owners for purposes of federal income tax audits, judicial
review of administrative adjustments by the IRS and tax
settlement proceedings. The tax treatment of partnership items
of income, gain, loss and deduction are determined in a
partnership proceeding rather than in separate proceedings with
the partners. The Code requires that one partner be designated
as the Tax Matters Partner for these purposes, and
our partnership agreement designates our general partner.
The Tax Matters Partner will make some elections on our behalf
and on behalf of unitholders. In addition, the Tax Matters
Partner can extend the statute of limitations for assessment of
tax deficiencies against unitholders for items in our returns.
The Tax Matters Partner may bind a unitholder with less than a
1% profits interest in us to a settlement with the IRS unless
that unitholder elects, by filing a statement with the IRS, not
to give that authority to the Tax Matters Partner. The Tax
Matters Partner may seek judicial review, by which all the
unitholders are bound, of a final partnership administrative
adjustment and, if the Tax Matters Partner fails to seek
judicial review, judicial review may be sought by any unitholder
having at least a 1% interest in profits or by any group of
unitholders having in the aggregate at least a 5% interest in
profits. However, only one action for judicial review will go
forward, and each unitholder with an interest in the outcome may
participate in that action.
A unitholder must file a statement with the IRS identifying the
treatment of any item on its federal income tax return that is
not consistent with the treatment of the item on our return.
Intentional or negligent disregard of this consistency
requirement may subject a unitholder to substantial penalties.
Nominee
Reporting
Persons who hold an interest in us as a nominee for another
person are required to furnish to us:
(1) the name, address and taxpayer identification number of
the beneficial owner and the nominee;
(2) a statement regarding whether the beneficial owner is:
(a) a
non-U.S. person;
(b) a
non-U.S. government,
an international organization or any wholly owned agency or
instrumentality of either of the foregoing; or
(c) a tax-exempt entity;
(3) the amount and description of units held, acquired or
transferred for the beneficial owner; and
(4) specific information including the dates of
acquisitions and transfers, means of acquisitions and transfers,
and acquisition cost for purchases, as well as the amount of net
proceeds from sales.
Brokers and financial institutions are required to furnish
additional information, including whether they are
U.S. persons and specific information on units they
acquire, hold or transfer for their own account. A penalty of
$100 per failure, up to a maximum of $1.5 million per
calendar year, is imposed by the Code for failure to report that
information to us. The nominee is required to supply the
beneficial owner of the units with the information furnished to
us.
Accuracy-Related
Penalties
An additional tax equal to 20% of the amount of any portion of
an underpayment of tax that is attributable to one or more
specified causes, including negligence or disregard of rules or
regulations, substantial understatements of income tax and
substantial valuation misstatements, is imposed by the Code. No
penalty will be imposed, however, for any portion of
157
an underpayment if it is shown that there was a reasonable cause
for the underpayment of that portion and that the taxpayer acted
in good faith regarding the underpayment of that portion.
For individuals, a substantial understatement of income tax in
any taxable year exists if the amount of the understatement
exceeds the greater of 10% of the tax required to be shown on
the return for the taxable year or $5,000. The amount of any
understatement subject to penalty generally is reduced if any
portion is attributable to a position adopted on the return:
(1) for which there is, or was, substantial
authority; or
(2) as to which there is a reasonable basis and the
relevant facts of that position are disclosed on the return.
If any item of income, gain, loss or deduction included in the
distributive shares of unitholders might result in that kind of
an understatement of income for which no
substantial authority exists, we must disclose the
relevant facts on their returns. In addition, we will make a
reasonable effort to furnish sufficient information for
unitholders to make adequate disclosure on their returns and to
take other actions as may be appropriate to permit unitholders
to avoid liability for this penalty. More stringent rules apply
to tax shelters, which we do not believe includes
us, or any of our investments, plans or arrangements.
A substantial valuation misstatement exists if (a) the
value of any property, or the tax basis of any property, claimed
on a tax return is 150% or more of the amount determined to be
the correct amount of the valuation or tax basis, (b) the
price for any property or services (or for the use of property)
claimed on any such return with respect to any transaction
between persons described in Code Section 482 is 200% or
more (or 50% or less) of the amount determined under
Section 482 to be the correct amount of such price, or
(c) the net Code Section 482 transfer price adjustment
for the taxable year exceeds the lesser of $5 million or
10% of the taxpayers gross receipts. No penalty is imposed
unless the portion of the underpayment attributable to a
substantial valuation misstatement exceeds $5,000 ($10,000 for a
corporation other than an S Corporation or a personal
holding company). The penalty is increased to 40% in the event
of a gross valuation misstatement. We do not anticipate making
any valuation misstatements.
In addition, the 20% accuracy-related penalty also applies to
any portion of an underpayment of tax that is attributable to
transactions lacking economic substance. To the extent that such
transactions are not disclosed, the penalty imposed is increased
to 40%. Additionally, there is no reasonable cause defense to
the imposition of this penalty to such transactions.
Reportable
Transactions
If we were to engage in a reportable transaction, we
(and possibly our unitholders and others) would be required to
make a detailed disclosure of the transaction to the IRS. A
transaction may be a reportable transaction based upon any of
several factors, including the fact that it is a type of tax
avoidance transaction publicly identified by the IRS as a
listed transaction or that it produces certain kinds
of losses for partnerships, individuals, S corporations,
and trusts in excess of $2 million in any single tax year,
or $4 million in any combination of six successive tax
years. Our participation in a reportable transaction could
increase the likelihood that our federal income tax information
return (and possibly our unitholders tax return) would be
audited by the IRS. Please read Administrative
Matters Information Returns and Audit
Procedures.
Moreover, if we were to participate in a reportable transaction
with a significant purpose to avoid or evade tax, or in any
listed transaction, our unitholders may be subject to the
following provisions of the American Jobs Creation Act of 2004:
|
|
|
|
|
accuracy-related penalties with a broader scope, significantly
narrower exceptions, and potentially greater amounts than
described above at Administrative
Matters Accuracy-Related Penalties;
|
|
|
|
for those persons otherwise entitled to deduct interest on
federal tax deficiencies, nondeductibility of interest on any
resulting tax liability; and
|
|
|
|
in the case of a listed transaction, an extended statute of
limitations.
|
We do not expect to engage in any reportable
transactions.
158
State,
Local and Other Tax Considerations
In addition to federal income taxes, unitholders will be subject
to other taxes, including state and local income taxes,
unincorporated business taxes, and estate, inheritance or
intangibles taxes that may be imposed by the various
jurisdictions in which we conduct business or own property or in
which the unitholder is a resident. We currently conduct
business or own property only in Texas, which imposes an income
tax on corporations and other entities but does not impose a
personal income tax. Moreover, we may also own property or do
business in other states in the future that impose income or
similar taxes on nonresident individuals. Although an analysis
of those various taxes is not presented here, each prospective
unitholder should consider their potential impact on its
investment in us.
It is the responsibility of each unitholder to investigate the
legal and tax consequences, under the laws of pertinent states
and localities, of its investment in us. Vinson &
Elkins L.L.P. has not rendered an opinion on the state, local,
or
non-U.S. tax
consequences of an investment in us. We strongly recommend that
each prospective unitholder consult, and depend on, its own tax
counsel or other advisor with regard to those matters. It is the
responsibility of each unitholder to file all tax returns that
may be required of it.
159
INVESTMENT
IN OILTANKING PARTNERS, L.P. BY
EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS
An investment in us by an employee benefit plan is subject to
additional considerations because the investments of these plans
are subject to the fiduciary responsibility and prohibited
transaction provisions of ERISA and restrictions imposed by
Section 4975 of the Internal Revenue Code. For these
purposes the term employee benefit plan includes,
but is not limited to, qualified pension, profit-sharing and
stock bonus plans, Keogh plans, simplified employee pension
plans and tax deferred annuities or IRAs established or
maintained by an employer or employee organization. Among other
things, consideration should be given to:
|
|
|
|
|
whether the investment is prudent under
Section 404(a)(1)(B) of ERISA;
|
|
|
|
whether in making the investment, that plan will satisfy the
diversification requirements of Section 404(a)(1)(C) of
ERISA; and
|
|
|
|
whether the investment will result in recognition of unrelated
business taxable income by the plan and, if so, the potential
after-tax investment return. Please read Material
U.S. Federal Income Tax Consequences Tax-Exempt
Organizations and Other Investors.
|
The person with investment discretion with respect to the assets
of an employee benefit plan, often called a fiduciary, should
determine whether an investment in us is authorized by the
appropriate governing instrument and is a proper investment for
the plan or IRA.
Section 406 of ERISA and Section 4975 of the Internal
Revenue Code prohibit employee benefit plans, and also IRAs that
are not considered part of an employee benefit plan, from
engaging in specified transactions involving plan
assets with parties that are parties in
interest under ERISA or disqualified persons
under the Internal Revenue Code with respect to the plan.
In addition to considering whether the purchase of common units
is a prohibited transaction, a fiduciary of an employee benefit
plan should consider whether the plan will, by investing in us,
be deemed to own an undivided interest in our assets, with the
result that our operations would be subject to the regulatory
restrictions of ERISA, including its prohibited transaction
rules, as well as the prohibited transaction rules of the
Internal Revenue Code.
The Department of Labor regulations provide guidance with
respect to whether the assets of an entity in which employee
benefit plans acquire equity interests would be deemed
plan assets under some circumstances. Under these
regulations, an entitys assets would not be considered to
be plan assets if, among other things:
(1) the equity interests acquired by employee benefit plans
are publicly offered securities i.e., the equity
interests are widely held by 100 or more investors independent
of the issuer and each other, freely transferable and registered
under some provisions of the federal securities laws;
(2) the entity is an operating
company i.e., it is primarily engaged in the
production or sale of a product or service other than the
investment of capital either directly or through a
majority-owned subsidiary or subsidiaries; or
(3) there is no significant investment by benefit plan
investors, which is defined to mean that less than 25% of the
value of each class of equity interest is held by the employee
benefit plans referred to above, and IRAs that are subject to
ERISA or Section 4975 of the Internal Revenue Code.
Our assets should not be considered plan assets
under these regulations because it is expected that the
investment will satisfy the requirements in (a) and
(b) above.
Plan fiduciaries contemplating a purchase of common units should
consult with their own counsel regarding the consequences under
ERISA and the Internal Revenue Code in light of the serious
penalties imposed on persons who engage in prohibited
transactions or other violations.
160
UNDERWRITING
Citigroup Global Markets Inc. is acting as sole book-running
manager of the offering and as representative of the
underwriters named below. Subject to the terms and conditions
stated in the underwriting agreement dated the date of this
prospectus, each underwriter named below has severally agreed to
purchase, and we have agreed to sell to that underwriter, the
number of common units set forth opposite the underwriters
name.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Number of
|
|
|
Common
|
Underwriter
|
|
Units
|
|
Citigroup Global Markets Inc.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The underwriting agreement provides that the obligations of the
underwriters to purchase the common units included in this
offering are subject to approval of legal matters by counsel and
to other conditions. The underwriters are obligated to purchase
all the common units (other than those covered by the
over-allotment option described below) if they purchase any of
the common units.
Common units sold by the underwriters to the public will
initially be offered at the initial public offering price set
forth on the cover of this prospectus. Any common units sold by
the underwriters to securities dealers may be sold at a discount
from the initial public offering price not to exceed
$ per common unit. If all the
common units are not sold at the initial public offering price,
the underwriters may change the offering price and the other
selling terms. Citigroup Global Markets Inc. has advised us that
the underwriters do not intend to make sales to discretionary
accounts.
If the underwriters sell more common units than the total number
set forth in the table above, we have granted to the
underwriters an option, exercisable for 30 days from the
date of this prospectus, to purchase up
to
additional common units at the public offering price less the
underwriting discount. The underwriters may exercise the option
solely for the purpose of covering over-allotments, if any, in
connection with this offering. To the extent the option is
exercised, each underwriter must purchase a number of additional
common units approximately proportionate to that
underwriters initial purchase commitment. Any common units
issued or sold under the option will be issued and sold on the
same terms and conditions as the other common units that are the
subject of this offering.
We, our general partner, our general partners officers and
directors and our affiliates, including OTA, and their officers
and directors have agreed that, for a period of 180 days
from the date of this prospectus, we and they will not, without
the prior written consent of Citi, dispose of or hedge any
common units or any securities convertible into or exchangeable
for our common units. Citi in its sole discretion may release
any of the securities subject to these
lock-up
agreements at any time without notice. Notwithstanding the
foregoing, if (i) during the last 17 days of the
180-day
restricted period, we issue an earnings release or material news
or a material event relating to our company occurs; or
(ii) prior to the expiration of the
180-day
restricted period, we announce that we will release earnings
results during the
16-day
period beginning on the last day of the
180-day
restricted period, the restrictions described above shall
continue to apply until the expiration of the
18-day
period beginning on the issuance of the earnings release or the
occurrence of the material news or material event.
At our request, the underwriters have reserved up
to % of the common units for sale
at the initial public offering price to persons who are
directors, officers or employees, or who are otherwise
associated with us through a directed unit program. The number
of common units available for sale to the general public will be
reduced by the number of directed units purchased by
participants in the program. Except for certain of our officers
and directors who have entered into
lock-up
agreements as contemplated in the immediately preceding
paragraph, each person buying common units through the directed
unit program has agreed that, for a period of 180 days from
the date of this prospectus, he or she will not, without the
prior written consent of Citi, dispose of or hedge any common
units or any securities convertible into or exchangeable for our
common stock with respect to common units purchased in the
program. For certain officers and directors purchasing common
units through the directed unit program, the
lock-up
agreements contemplated in the immediately preceding paragraph
shall govern with respect to their purchases. Citi in its sole
discretion may release any of the securities subject to these
lock-up
agreements at any time without notice. Any directed units not
purchased will be offered by the underwriters to the general
public on the same basis as all other common units offered. We
have agreed to
161
indemnify the underwriters against certain liabilities and
expenses, including liabilities under the Securities Act, in
connection with the sales of the directed units.
Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our
common units. Consequently, the initial public offering price
for the common units was determined by negotiations between us
and Citi. Among the factors considered in determining the
initial public offering price were our results of operations,
our current financial condition, our future prospects, our
markets, the economic conditions in and future prospects for the
industry in which we compete, our management, and currently
prevailing general conditions in the equity securities markets,
including current market valuations of publicly traded companies
considered comparable to our company. We cannot assure you,
however, that the price at which the common units will sell in
the public market after this offering will not be lower than the
initial public offering price or that an active trading market
in our common units will develop and continue after this
offering.
We intend to apply to have our common units listed on the NYSE
under the symbol OTLP.
The following table shows the underwriting discounts and
commission that we are to pay to the underwriters in connection
with this offering. These amounts are shown assuming both no
exercise and full exercise of the underwriters
over-allotment option.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Paid by Oiltanking Partners, L.P.
|
|
|
No Exercise
|
|
Full Exercise
|
|
Per common unit
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
We will pay Citigroup Global Markets Inc. a structuring fee
equal to % of the gross proceeds of
this offering for the evaluation, analysis and structuring of
our partnership.
In connection with the offering, the underwriters may purchase
and sell common units in the open market. Purchases and sales in
the open market may include short sales, purchases to cover
short positions, which may include purchases pursuant to the
over-allotment option, and stabilizing purchases.
|
|
|
|
|
Short sales involve secondary market sales by the underwriters
of a greater number of common units than they are required to
purchase in the offering.
|
|
|
|
|
|
Covered short sales are sales of common units in an
amount up to the number of common units represented by the
underwriters over-allotment option.
|
|
|
|
Naked short sales are sales of common units in an
amount in excess of the number of common units represented by
the underwriters over-allotment option.
|
|
|
|
|
|
Covering transactions involve purchases of common units either
pursuant to the over-allotment option or in the open market
after the distribution has been completed in order to cover
short positions.
|
|
|
|
|
|
To close a naked short position, the underwriters must purchase
common units in the open market after the distribution has been
completed. A naked short position is more likely to be created
if the underwriters are concerned that there may be downward
pressure on the price of the common units in the open market
after pricing that could adversely affect investors who purchase
in the offering.
|
|
|
|
To close a covered short position, the underwriters must
purchase common units in the open market after the distribution
has been completed or must exercise the over-allotment option.
In determining the source of common units to close the covered
short position, the underwriters will consider, among other
things, the price of common units available for purchase in the
open market as compared to the price at which they may purchase
common units through the over-allotment option.
|
|
|
|
|
|
Stabilizing transactions involve bids to purchase common units
so long as the stabilizing bids do not exceed a specified
maximum.
|
Purchases to cover short positions and stabilizing purchases, as
well as other purchases by the underwriters for their own
accounts, may have the effect of preventing or retarding a
decline in the market price of the common units. They may also
cause the price of the common units to be higher than the price
that would otherwise exist in the open market in
162
the absence of these transactions. The underwriters may conduct
these transactions on the NYSE, in the
over-the-counter
market or otherwise. If the underwriters commence any of these
transactions, they may discontinue them at any time.
We estimate that the expenses of the offering, not including the
underwriting discount, will be approximately
$ , all of which will be paid by us.
Citi and its affiliates have engaged, and may in the future
engage, in commercial banking, investment banking and advisory
services for us from time to time in the ordinary course of
their business for which they have received customary fees and
reimbursement of expenses.
We, our general partner and certain of our affiliates have
agreed to indemnify the underwriters against certain
liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act, or
to contribute to payments the underwriters may be required to
make because of any of those liabilities.
163
VALIDITY
OF OUR COMMON UNITS
The validity of our common units will be passed upon for us by
Vinson & Elkins L.L.P., Houston, Texas. Certain legal
matters in connection with our common units offered hereby will
be passed upon for the underwriters by Andrews Kurth LLP,
Houston, Texas.
EXPERTS
The financial statements of Oiltanking Predecessor as of
December 31, 2009 and 2010 and for each of the three years
in the period ended December 31, 2010 included in this
prospectus have been so included in reliance on the report of
BDO USA, LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm,
appearing elsewhere herein, given on the authority of said firm
as experts in auditing and accounting.
The balance sheet of Oiltanking Partners, L.P. as of
March 14, 2011 (date of inception) included in this
prospectus has been so included in reliance on the report of BDO
USA, LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm,
appearing elsewhere herein, given on the authority of said firm
as experts in auditing and accounting.
WHERE YOU
CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION
We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on
Form S-1
regarding our common units. This prospectus, which constitutes
part of the registration statement, does not contain all of the
information set forth in the registration statement. For further
information regarding us and our common units offered in this
prospectus, we refer you to the registration statement and the
exhibits and schedule filed as part of the registration
statement. The registration statement, including the exhibits,
may be inspected and copied at the public reference facilities
maintained by the SEC at 100 F Street, N.E.,
Room 1580, Washington, D.C. 20549. Copies of this
material can also be obtained upon written request from the
Public Reference Section of the SEC at 100 F Street,
N.E., Room 1580, Washington, D.C. 20549, at prescribed
rates or from the SECs web site on the Internet at
http://www.sec.gov.
Please call the SEC at
1-800-SEC-0330
for further information on public reference rooms.
As a result of the offering, we will file with or furnish to the
SEC periodic reports and other information. These reports and
other information may be inspected and copied at the public
reference facilities maintained by the SEC or obtained from the
SECs website as provided above. Our website address on the
Internet will be www.oiltankingpartners.com, and we
intend to make our periodic reports and other information filed
with or furnished to the SEC available, free of charge, through
our website, as soon as reasonably practicable after those
reports and other information are electronically filed with or
furnished to the SEC. Information on our website or any other
website is not incorporated by reference into this prospectus
and does not constitute a part of this prospectus.
We intend to furnish or make available to our unitholders annual
reports containing our audited financial statements prepared in
accordance with GAAP. We also intend to furnish or make
available to our unitholders quarterly reports containing our
unaudited interim financial information, including the
information required by
Form 10-Q,
for the first three fiscal quarters of each fiscal year.
FORWARD-LOOKING
STATEMENTS
Some of the information in this prospectus may contain
forward-looking statements. Forward-looking statements give our
current expectations, contain projections of results of
operations or of financial condition, or forecasts of future
events. Words such as may, assume,
forecast, position, predict,
strategy, expect, intend,
plan, estimate, anticipate,
believe, project, budget,
potential, or continue, and similar
expressions are used to identify forward-looking statements.
They can be affected by assumptions used or by known or unknown
risks or uncertainties. Consequently, no forward-looking
statements can be guaranteed. When considering these
forward-looking statements, you should keep in mind the risk
factors and other cautionary statements in this prospectus.
Actual results may vary materially. You are cautioned not to
place undue reliance on any forward-looking statements. You
should also understand that it is not possible to predict or
identify all such factors and should not consider the following
list to be a complete
164
statement of all potential risks and uncertainties. Factors that
could cause our actual results to differ materially from the
results contemplated by such forward-looking statements include:
|
|
|
|
|
changes in general economic conditions;
|
|
|
|
competitive conditions in our industry;
|
|
|
|
changes in the long-term supply and demand of crude oil, refined
petroleum products and liquified petroleum gas in the markets in
which we operate;
|
|
|
|
actions taken by our customers, competitors, and third party
operators;
|
|
|
|
changes in the availability and cost of capital;
|
|
|
|
operating hazards, natural disasters, weather-related delays,
casualty losses and other matters beyond our control;
|
|
|
|
the effects of existing and future laws and governmental
regulations;
|
|
|
|
the effects of future litigation; and
|
|
|
|
certain factors discussed elsewhere in this prospectus.
|
All forward-looking statements are expressly qualified in their
entirety by the foregoing cautionary statements.
165
INDEX TO
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
|
|
|
|
|
OILTANKING PARTNERS, L.P.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-2
|
|
|
|
|
F-3
|
|
|
|
|
F-4
|
|
|
|
|
F-5
|
|
HISTORICAL BALANCE SHEET
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-8
|
|
|
|
|
F-9
|
|
|
|
|
F-10
|
|
OILTANKING HOUSTON, L.P. AND OILTANKING BEAUMONT PARTNERS,
L.P.
|
|
|
|
|
HISTORICAL COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-11
|
|
|
|
|
F-12
|
|
|
|
|
F-13
|
|
|
|
|
F-14
|
|
|
|
|
F-15
|
|
|
|
|
F-16
|
|
F-1
OILTANKING
PARTNERS, L.P.
UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED COMBINED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS
INTRODUCTION
In connection with the closing of this offering, Oiltanking
Holding Americas, Inc. (OTA) will contribute all of
the outstanding equity interests in Oiltanking Houston, L.P. and
Oiltanking Beaumont Partners, L.P. (collectively
Oiltanking Predecessor) to Oiltanking Partners,
L.P., a newly formed Delaware limited partnership (the
Partnership).
The accompanying unaudited pro forma condensed combined
financial statements give pro forma effect to:
|
|
|
|
|
the contribution by OTA of its partnership interests in
Oiltanking Houston, L.P. and Oiltanking Beaumont Partners, L.P.
to us;
|
|
|
|
the issuance by us to OTA
of
common units
and subordinated
units;
|
|
|
|
the issuance by us to our general partner of a 2.0% general
partner interest in us and incentive distribution rights;
|
|
|
|
the issuance by us to the public
of
common units and the application of proceeds therefrom;
|
|
|
|
the change in sponsor of the postretirement benefit plan from
Oiltanking Houston, L.P. to OTA;
|
|
|
|
the elimination of certain assets not contributed by us;
|
|
|
|
the change in tax status of Oiltanking Houston, L.P. to a
non-taxable entity; and
|
|
|
|
the elimination of historical interest expense associated with
the repayment of intercompany indebtedness to Oiltanking
Finance B.V. in the amount of approximately
$125 million from the net proceeds of the offering.
|
The unaudited pro forma condensed combined balance sheet assumes
the events listed above occurred as of December 31, 2010.
The unaudited pro forma condensed combined statement of income
for the year ended December 31, 2010 assumes the events
listed above occurred as of January 1, 2010. All of the
assets, liabilities and operations of Oiltanking Predecessor
contributed to Oiltanking Partners, L.P. will be recorded
retroactively as a reorganization of entities under common
control.
The unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial statements
have been prepared on the basis that Oiltanking Partners, L.P.
will be treated as a partnership for federal tax purposes.
The accompanying unaudited pro forma condensed combined
financial statements of Oiltanking Partners, L.P. should be read
together with the historical combined financial statements of
Oiltanking Predecessor included elsewhere in this prospectus.
The accompanying unaudited pro forma condensed combined
financial statements of Oiltanking Partners, L.P. were derived
by making certain adjustments to the historical combined
financial statements of Oiltanking Predecessor. The adjustments
are based on currently available information and certain
estimates and assumptions. Therefore, the actual effects of the
events may differ from the pro forma adjustments. However,
management believes the assumptions utilized to prepare the pro
forma adjustments provide a reasonable basis for presenting the
significant effects of the formation, offering, and related
events as currently contemplated and that the unaudited pro
forma adjustments are factually supportable and give appropriate
effect to the expected impact of events that are directly
attributable to the formation and offering.
The unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial statements
of Oiltanking Partners, L.P., are not necessarily indicative of
the results that actually would have occurred if Oiltanking
Partners, L.P., had completed the offering on the dates
indicated or which could be achieved in the future because they
do not reflect all of the operating expenses that Oiltanking
Partners, L.P. expects to incur in the future.
F-2
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Pro Forma
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Historical
|
|
|
Adjustments
|
|
|
Pro Forma
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
ASSETS
|
Current assets
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents
|
|
$
|
8,746
|
|
|
$
|
183,000
|
B
|
|
$
|
13,496
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(44,000
|
)B(i)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(124,958
|
)B(ii)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(4,042
|
)B(iii)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(250
|
)E
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(5,000
|
)F
|
|
|
|
|
Receivables:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Trade
|
|
|
7,573
|
|
|
|
(5,000
|
)F
|
|
|
2,573
|
|
Affiliates
|
|
|
5,708
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5,708
|
|
Refundable federal income taxes due from parent
|
|
|
2,964
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,964
|
|
Other
|
|
|
466
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
466
|
|
Note receivable, affiliate
|
|
|
12,903
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
12,903
|
|
Prepaid expenses and other
|
|
|
1,584
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,584
|
|
Deferred tax assets
|
|
|
349
|
|
|
|
(349
|
)D
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total current assets
|
|
|
40,293
|
|
|
|
(599
|
)
|
|
|
39,694
|
|
Property, plant and equipment, less accumulated depreciation
|
|
|
265,616
|
|
|
|
(6,328
|
)F
|
|
|
259,288
|
|
Other assets
|
|
|
4,560
|
|
|
|
250
|
E
|
|
|
4,810
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total assets
|
|
$
|
310,469
|
|
|
$
|
(6,677
|
)
|
|
$
|
303,792
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
LIABILITIES AND PARTNERS CAPITAL
|
Current liabilities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accounts payable and accrued expenses
|
|
$
|
16,940
|
|
|
$
|
(82
|
)C
|
|
$
|
16,858
|
|
Current maturities of long-term debt, affiliates
|
|
|
18,757
|
|
|
|
(16,257
|
)B(ii)
|
|
|
2,500
|
|
Accounts payable, affiliates
|
|
|
3,706
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3,706
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total current liabilities
|
|
|
39,403
|
|
|
|
(16,339
|
)
|
|
|
23,064
|
|
Long-term debt, affiliates, less current maturities
|
|
|
129,501
|
|
|
|
(108,701
|
)B(ii)
|
|
|
20,800
|
|
Deferred compensation
|
|
|
3,033
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3,033
|
|
Accumulated postretirement benefit obligation
|
|
|
7,952
|
|
|
|
(7,952
|
)C
|
|
|
|
|
Deferred revenue
|
|
|
3,314
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3,314
|
|
Deferred income taxes
|
|
|
23,217
|
|
|
|
(23,217
|
)D
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total liabilities
|
|
|
206,420
|
|
|
|
(156,209
|
)
|
|
|
50,211
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Partners Capital
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Partners capital
|
|
|
104,049
|
|
|
|
(70,581
|
)A
|
|
|
253,581
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(44,000
|
)B(i)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(4,042
|
)B(iii)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
8,034
|
C
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
22,868
|
D
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(6,328
|
)F
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(10,000
|
)F
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
183,000
|
B
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
70,581
|
A
|
|
|
|
|
Held by public:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Common units
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Held by general partner and affiliates:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Common units
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Subordinated units
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
General partner interest
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Partners capital
|
|
|
104,049
|
|
|
|
149,532
|
|
|
|
253,581
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Liabilities and Partners Capital
|
|
$
|
310,469
|
|
|
$
|
(6,677
|
)
|
|
$
|
303,792
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these Pro Forma
Condensed Combined Financial Statements.
F-3
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Pro Forma
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Historical
|
|
|
Adjustments
|
|
|
Pro Forma
|
|
|
|
(In thousands, except unit and
|
|
|
|
per unit amounts)
|
|
|
Revenues
|
|
$
|
116,450
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
116,450
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating costs and expenses:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating
|
|
|
32,415
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
32,415
|
|
Depreciation and amortization
|
|
|
15,579
|
|
|
|
(573
|
)G
|
|
|
15,006
|
|
Selling, general and administrative
|
|
|
15,775
|
|
|
|
(1,265
|
)K
|
|
|
14,510
|
|
Gain on disposal of fixed assets
|
|
|
(339
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(339
|
)
|
Gain on property casualty indemnification
|
|
|
(4,688
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(4,688
|
)
|
Loss on impairment of assets
|
|
|
46
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
46
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Operating Costs and Expenses
|
|
|
58,788
|
|
|
|
(1,838
|
)
|
|
|
56,950
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating Income
|
|
|
57,662
|
|
|
|
1,838
|
|
|
|
59,500
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other income (expense):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest expense
|
|
|
(9,538
|
)
|
|
|
8,000
|
H
|
|
|
(1,913
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(375
|
)I
|
|
|
|
|
Interest income
|
|
|
74
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
74
|
|
Other income
|
|
|
1,100
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,100
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Other Expense, Net
|
|
|
(8,364
|
)
|
|
|
7,625
|
|
|
|
(739
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income From Operations Before Income Tax Expense
|
|
|
49,298
|
|
|
|
9,463
|
|
|
|
58,761
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income Tax Expense
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Current
|
|
|
7,527
|
|
|
|
(7,336
|
)J
|
|
|
191
|
|
Deferred
|
|
|
3,956
|
|
|
|
(3,956
|
)J
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Income Tax Expense
|
|
|
11,483
|
|
|
|
(11,292
|
)
|
|
|
191
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net Income
|
|
$
|
37,815
|
|
|
$
|
20,755
|
|
|
$
|
58,570
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
General partner interest in net income
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
Common unitholders interest in net income
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
Subordinated unitholders interest in net income
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
Net income per common unit (basic and diluted)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
Net income per subordinated unit (basic and diluted)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
Weighted-average number of limited partners units
outstanding
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Common units
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Subordinated units
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these Pro Forma
Condensed Combined Financial Statements.
F-4
OILTANKING
PARTNERS, L.P.
The unaudited pro forma condensed combined balance sheet of
Oiltanking Partners, L.P. (Oiltanking Partners) as
of December 31, 2010, and the related unaudited pro forma
condensed combined statement of income for the year ended
December 31, 2010 are derived from the historical combined
financial statements of Oiltanking Predecessor included
elsewhere in the prospectus.
The unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial statements
reflect the contribution by OTA of Oiltanking Houston, L.P. and
Oiltanking Beaumont Partners, L.P. to Oiltanking Partners as
well as the other transactions discussed in Notes 2 and 3.
As the contribution of Oiltanking Houston, L.P. and Oiltanking
Beaumont Partners, L.P. will be a reorganization of entities
under common control, the pro forma condensed combined financial
statements reflect the historical carrying amount of the net
assets of Oiltanking Predecessor.
The pro forma adjustments included herein assume no exercise of
underwriters option to purchase additional common units.
If and to the extent the underwriters exercise their option to
purchase additional
common units, the number of common units purchased by the
underwriters pursuant to such exercise will be issued to the
public and the remainder, if any, will be issued to OTA for no
consideration other than OTAs contribution of assets to us
in connection with the closing of this offering. If the
underwriters exercise their option to
purchase
additional common units in full, the additional net proceeds
would be approximately
$ million (based upon the
midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this
prospectus). The net proceeds from any exercise of such option
will be used to make a distribution to OTA. If the underwriters
do not exercise their option to
purchase additional
common units, we will
issue
common units to OTA upon the options expiration for no
additional consideration.
Upon completion of this offering, Oiltanking Partners
anticipates incurring incremental general and administrative
expenses related to operating as a public entity (e.g.,
additional cost of tax return preparation, directors and
officers insurance, annual and quarterly reports to
unitholders, stock exchange listing fees and registrar and
transfer agent fees) in an annual amount of approximately
$3 million. The unaudited pro forma condensed combined
financial statements do not reflect these incremental general
and administrative expenses.
|
|
2.
|
Pro Forma
Balance Sheet Adjustments
|
The following adjustments to the pro forma condensed combined
balance sheet assume the following transactions occurred on
December 31, 2010:
A. Reflects the contribution by OTA Holdings of its
ownership of Oiltanking Predecessor in exchange for:
(i) $ million
for
common units of Oiltanking Partners
( common
units if the underwriters exercise their option to
purchase additional
common units in full);
(ii) $ million
for
subordinated units of Oiltanking Partners; and
(iii) $ million for the
2% general partner interest of Oiltanking Partners.
B. Reflects the estimated net proceeds to the Partnership
of $183 million from the issuance
of
common units at an assumed initial public offering price of
$ per common unit, net of
underwriters discounts and commissions and offering
expenses of approximately $17 million. Oiltanking Partners
will use the net proceeds of $183 million as follows:
(i) to make a $44 million distribution to OTA;
(ii) to repay borrowings of $125 million;
F-5
OILTANKING
PARTNERS, L.P.
NOTES TO
UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED COMBINED
FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
(iii) to reimburse Oiltanking Finance B.V. for
approximately $4.0 million of fees incurred in connection
with the repayment of borrowings described in B(ii) above; and
(iv) to retain $10 million for general company
purposes.
C. Oiltanking Predecessor historically sponsored a
non-pension postretirement benefit plan for the employees of all
entities owned by OTA. In connection with the offering, the
benefit plan and associated liabilities will be transferred to
OTA. This adjustment reflects the elimination of the accumulated
projected benefit obligation resulting from the change in plan
sponsor as if Oiltanking Partners historically was participating
in a multiemployer benefit plan.
D. Reflects the change in the tax status whereby Oiltanking
Partners will not be subject to federal or state income taxes
except for Texas margin tax. Upon the change in tax status,
Oiltanking Partners will recognize a non-recurring gain related
to the elimination of the deferred tax positions. Given the
non-recurring nature of the tax adjustment, this adjustment has
not been reflected in the accompanying pro forma condensed
combined statement of income.
E. Represents the capitalization as debt issue cost a
$0.25 million arrangement fee incurred to establish the
credit new facility.
F. Reflects an adjustment to remove certain assets that
will not be contributed to Oiltanking Partners.
|
|
3.
|
Pro Forma
Statements of Income Adjustments
|
The following adjustments to the condensed combined pro forma
statement of income assume the above-noted transactions occurred
as of January 1, 2010:
G. Reflects the elimination of depreciation expense related
to the assets that will not be contributed to Oiltanking
Partners as described above in adjustment F.
H. Reflects the elimination of $8.0 million of
interest expense relating to the previous indebtedness repaid as
described (B)(ii) above.
I. Reflects the inclusion of a commitment fee of
$0.25 million related to the unused balance under the
$50 million maximum availability using a fee of 0.5%
applicable to such unused balances and amortization of
$0.13 million associated with the capitalized arrangement
fee, as described above in adjustment F, recognized over the
two-year term of the credit facility.
J. Oiltanking Houston, L.P. historically has elected to be
taxed as a corporation, and the historical combined financial
statements of Oiltanking Predecessor include U.S. federal
and state income tax expenses that Oiltanking Houston, L.P.
historically has recorded as if it filed a separate tax return.
Due to our status as a partnership, we will not be subject to
U.S. federal income tax and certain state income taxes in
the future. This adjustment reflects the change in the tax
status whereby Oiltanking Partners will not be subject to
federal or state income taxes except for Texas margin tax.
K. This adjustment reflects the reduction in the net
periodic benefit cost, resulting from the change in plan
sponsor, as if Oiltanking Partners historically was
participating in a multiemployer benefit plan.
|
|
4.
|
Pro Forma
Net Earnings per Unit
|
Pro forma net income per unit is determined by dividing the pro
forma net earnings available to common and subordinated
unitholders of Oiltanking Partners by the number of common and
subordinated units to be issued to OTA in exchange for all of
the outstanding equity interests in Oiltanking Houston, L.P. and
F-6
OILTANKING
PARTNERS, L.P.
NOTES TO
UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED COMBINED
FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
Oiltanking Beaumont Partners, L.P. plus the number of common
units expected to be sold to fund the distribution and debt
repayment. For purposes of this calculation, the number of
common and subordinated units outstanding was assumed to
be units
and
units, respectively. If the underwriters exercise their option
to purchase additional common units in full, the total number of
common units outstanding on a pro forma basis will not change.
If the incentive distribution rights to be issued to our general
partner had been outstanding from January 1, 2010, then
based on the amount of pro forma net income for the year ended
December 31, 2010, no distribution to our general partner
would have been made. Accordingly, no effect has been given to
the incentive distribution rights in computing pro forma
earnings per common unit for the year ended December 31,
2010.
All units were assumed to have been outstanding since the
beginning of the periods presented. Basic and diluted pro forma
net earnings per unit are the same, as there are no potentially
dilutive units expected to be outstanding at the closing of the
offering.
F-7
Report of
Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
Board of Directors and Partners
Oiltanking Partners, L.P.
We have audited the accompanying balance sheet of Oiltanking
Partners, L.P. as of March 14, 2011 (date of inception).
This balance sheet is the responsibility of the
Partnerships management. Our responsibility is to express
an opinion on this balance sheet based on our audit.
We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the
Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those
standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the balance sheet is free of
material misstatement. The Partnership is not required to have,
nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control
over financial reporting. Our audit included consideration of
internal control over financial reporting as a basis for
designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the
circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion
on the effectiveness of the Partnerships internal control
over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such
opinion. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis,
evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the balance
sheet, assessing the accounting principles used and significant
estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall
balance sheet presentation. We believe that our audit provides a
reasonable basis for our opinion.
In our opinion, the balance sheet referred to above presents
fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of
Oiltanking Partners, L.P. at March 14, 2011, in conformity
with accounting principles generally accepted in the United
States of America.
Houston, Texas
March 28, 2011
F-8
OILTANKING
PARTNERS, L.P.
|
|
|
|
|
|
Assets
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Assets
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Partners Equity
|
|
|
|
|
Limited Partners Equity
|
|
$
|
980
|
|
General Partners Equity
|
|
|
20
|
|
Receivables from Partners
|
|
|
(1,000
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Partners Equity
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The accompanying notes are an integral part of this balance
sheet.
F-9
OILTANKING
PARTNERS, L.P.
Oiltanking Partners, L.P. (the Partnership) is a
Delaware limited partnership formed on March 14, 2011. The
Partnership was formed to engage in the terminaling, storage and
transportation of crude oil, refined petroleum products and
liquefied petroleum gas.
Oiltanking Holding Americas, Inc. has committed to contribute
$980 to the Partnership in exchange for a 98% limited partner
interest and OTLP GP, LLC has committed to contribute $20 in
exchange for a 2% general partner interest. These contributions
receivable are reflected as a reduction to equity in accordance
with generally accepted accounting principles. The accompanying
financial statements reflect the financial position of the
Partnership immediately subsequent to this initial
capitalization. There have been no other transactions involving
the Partnership as of March 14, 2011. OTLP GP, LLC will
serve as the general partner of the Partnership.
Management of the Partnership evaluated subsequent events
through March 28, 2011, which is the date the balance sheet
was available to be issued.
F-10
Report of
Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
Board of Directors and Partners
Oiltanking Houston, L.P. and
Oiltanking Beaumont Partners, L.P.
Houston, Texas
We have audited the accompanying combined balance sheets of
Oiltanking Houston, L.P. and Oiltanking Beaumont Partners, L.P.
as of December 31, 2009 and 2010 and the related combined
statements of income and comprehensive income, partners
capital and cash flows for each of the three years in the period
ended December 31, 2010. These financial statements are the
responsibility of the Partnerships management. Our
responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial
statements based on our audits.
We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the
Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those
standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are
free of material misstatement. The Partnerships are not required
to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of their
internal control over financial reporting. Our audits included
consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a
basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the
circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion
on the effectiveness of the Partnerships internal control
over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such
opinion. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis,
evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial
statements, assessing the accounting principles used and
significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating
the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that
our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
In our opinion, the combined financial statements referred to
above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial
position of Oiltanking Houston, L.P. and Oiltanking Beaumont
Partners, L.P. at December 31, 2009 and 2010, and the
results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the
three years in the period ended December 31, 2010,
in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted
in the United States of America.
Houston, Texas
March 28, 2011
F-11
OILTANKING
HOUSTON, L.P. AND OILTANKING BEAUMONT PARTNERS, L.P.
(WHOLLY OWNED SUBSIDIARIES OF OILTANKING HOLDING AMERICAS,
INC.)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
ASSETS
|
Current Assets
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents
|
|
$
|
5,856
|
|
|
$
|
8,746
|
|
Receivables:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Trade
|
|
|
5,195
|
|
|
|
7,573
|
|
Affiliates (Note 3)
|
|
|
10,406
|
|
|
|
5,708
|
|
Refundable federal income taxes due from parent (Note 3)
|
|
|
5,785
|
|
|
|
2,964
|
|
Other
|
|
|
2,364
|
|
|
|
466
|
|
Note receivable, affiliate (Note 3)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
12,903
|
|
Prepaid expenses and other
|
|
|
685
|
|
|
|
1,584
|
|
Deferred tax assets (Notes 3 and 7)
|
|
|
339
|
|
|
|
349
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total current assets
|
|
|
30,630
|
|
|
|
40,293
|
|
Property, plant and equipment, less accumulated depreciation
(Note 4)
|
|
|
268,057
|
|
|
|
265,616
|
|
Other assets (Note 5)
|
|
|
4,813
|
|
|
|
4,560
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Assets
|
|
$
|
303,500
|
|
|
$
|
310,469
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
LIABILITIES AND PARTNERS CAPITAL
|
Current liabilities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accounts payable and accrued expenses (Notes 3 and 6)
|
|
$
|
14,027
|
|
|
$
|
16,940
|
|
Current maturities of long-term debt, affiliates (Note 3)
|
|
|
22,057
|
|
|
|
18,757
|
|
Accounts payable, affiliates (Note 3)
|
|
|
4,395
|
|
|
|
3,706
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total current liabilities
|
|
|
40,479
|
|
|
|
39,403
|
|
Long-term debt, affiliates, less current maturities (Note 3)
|
|
|
142,158
|
|
|
|
129,501
|
|
Deferred compensation (Note 8)
|
|
|
3,103
|
|
|
|
3,033
|
|
Accumulated postretirement benefit obligation (Note 10)
|
|
|
6,448
|
|
|
|
7,952
|
|
Deferred revenue (Note 11)
|
|
|
1,886
|
|
|
|
3,314
|
|
Deferred income taxes (Notes 3 and 7)
|
|
|
19,330
|
|
|
|
23,217
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total liabilities
|
|
|
213,404
|
|
|
|
206,420
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Commitments and contingencies (Note 17)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Partners capital
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Limited partners interest
|
|
|
90,636
|
|
|
|
104,595
|
|
General partners interest
|
|
|
915
|
|
|
|
1,056
|
|
Accumulated other comprehensive loss
|
|
|
(1,455
|
)
|
|
|
(1,602
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total partners capital
|
|
|
90,096
|
|
|
|
104,049
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Liabilities and Partners Capital
|
|
$
|
303,500
|
|
|
$
|
310,469
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these combined
financial statements.
F-12
OILTANKING
HOUSTON, L.P. AND OILTANKING BEAUMONT PARTNERS, L.P.
(WHOLLY OWNED SUBSIDIARIES OF OILTANKING HOLDING AMERICAS,
INC.)
COMBINED
STATEMENTS OF INCOME AND COMPREHENSIVE INCOME
FOR YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2008, 2009 AND 2010
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
Revenues (Note 3)
|
|
$
|
79,112
|
|
|
$
|
100,840
|
|
|
$
|
116,450
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating costs and expenses:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating
|
|
|
29,437
|
|
|
|
29,158
|
|
|
|
32,415
|
|
Depreciation and amortization
|
|
|
12,854
|
|
|
|
14,191
|
|
|
|
15,579
|
|
Selling, general and administrative (Note 3)
|
|
|
9,709
|
|
|
|
13,830
|
|
|
|
15,775
|
|
(Gain) loss on disposal of fixed assets
|
|
|
(4
|
)
|
|
|
96
|
|
|
|
(339
|
)
|
Gain on property casualty indemnification
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(4,688
|
)
|
Loss on impairment of assets
|
|
|
213
|
|
|
|
155
|
|
|
|
46
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Operating Costs and Expenses
|
|
|
52,209
|
|
|
|
57,430
|
|
|
|
58,788
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating Income
|
|
|
26,903
|
|
|
|
43,410
|
|
|
|
57,662
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other income (expense):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest expense (Notes 3 and 12)
|
|
|
(7,356
|
)
|
|
|
(8,401
|
)
|
|
|
(9,538
|
)
|
Interest income (Note 3)
|
|
|
116
|
|
|
|
98
|
|
|
|
74
|
|
Other income (expense) (Note 13)
|
|
|
(912
|
)
|
|
|
491
|
|
|
|
1,100
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Other Expense, Net
|
|
|
(8,152
|
)
|
|
|
(7,812
|
)
|
|
|
(8,364
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income Before Income Tax Expense
|
|
|
18,751
|
|
|
|
35,598
|
|
|
|
49,298
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income tax expense (Notes 3 and 7):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Current
|
|
|
3,202
|
|
|
|
5,579
|
|
|
|
7,527
|
|
Deferred
|
|
|
2,964
|
|
|
|
4,903
|
|
|
|
3,956
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Income Tax Expense
|
|
|
6,166
|
|
|
|
10,482
|
|
|
|
11,483
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net Income
|
|
|
12,585
|
|
|
|
25,116
|
|
|
|
37,815
|
|
Postretirement benefit plan adjustment, net of $88, $59, and $79
tax benefit, respectively
|
|
|
(164
|
)
|
|
|
(111
|
)
|
|
|
(147
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Comprehensive Income
|
|
$
|
12,421
|
|
|
$
|
25,005
|
|
|
$
|
37,668
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these combined
financial statements.
F-13
OILTANKING
HOUSTON, L.P. AND OILTANKING BEAUMONT PARTNERS, L.P.
(WHOLLY OWNED SUBSIDIARIES OF OILTANKING HOLDING AMERICAS,
INC.)
COMBINED
STATEMENTS OF PARTNERS CAPITAL
FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2008, 2008
AND 2010
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accumulated
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Limited
|
|
|
General
|
|
|
Other
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Partners
|
|
|
Partners
|
|
|
Comprehensive
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest
|
|
|
Interest
|
|
|
Loss
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
Balance, December 31, 2007
|
|
$
|
57,435
|
|
|
$
|
580
|
|
|
$
|
(1,180
|
)
|
|
$
|
56,835
|
|
Postretirement benefit plan adjustment, net of $88 tax benefit
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(164
|
)
|
|
|
(164
|
)
|
Distributions to partners
|
|
|
(262
|
)
|
|
|
(3
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(265
|
)
|
Net income
|
|
|
12,459
|
|
|
|
126
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
12,585
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance, December 31, 2008
|
|
|
69,632
|
|
|
|
703
|
|
|
|
(1,344
|
)
|
|
|
68,991
|
|
Postretirement benefit plan adjustment, net of $59 tax benefit
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(111
|
)
|
|
|
(111
|
)
|
Distributions to partners
|
|
|
(21,780
|
)
|
|
|
(220
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(22,000
|
)
|
Partners cash contributions
|
|
|
17,919
|
|
|
|
181
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
18,100
|
|
Net income
|
|
|
24,865
|
|
|
|
251
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
25,116
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance, December 31, 2009
|
|
|
90,636
|
|
|
|
915
|
|
|
|
(1,455
|
)
|
|
|
90,096
|
|
Postretirement benefit plan adjustment, net of $79 tax benefit
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(147
|
)
|
|
|
(147
|
)
|
Distributions declared to partners, $23,737 distributed
|
|
|
(25,480
|
)
|
|
|
(257
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(25,737
|
)
|
Partners non-cash contribution land
|
|
|
2,002
|
|
|
|
20
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,022
|
|
Net income
|
|
|
37,437
|
|
|
|
378
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
37,815
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance, December 31, 2010
|
|
$
|
104,595
|
|
|
$
|
1,056
|
|
|
$
|
(1,602
|
)
|
|
$
|
104,049
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these combined
financial statements.
F-14
OILTANKING
HOUSTON, L.P. AND OILTANKING BEAUMONT PARTNERS, L.P.
(WHOLLY OWNED SUBSIDIARIES OF OILTANKING HOLDING AMERICAS,
INC.)
COMBINED
STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
FOR THE
YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2008, 2009 AND 2010
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
Cash Flows From Operating Activities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income
|
|
$
|
12,585
|
|
|
$
|
25,116
|
|
|
$
|
37,815
|
|
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by
operations:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Depreciation and amortization
|
|
|
12,854
|
|
|
|
14,191
|
|
|
|
15,579
|
|
Deferred income taxes
|
|
|
2,964
|
|
|
|
4,903
|
|
|
|
3,956
|
|
Postretirement net periodic benefit cost
|
|
|
1,104
|
|
|
|
1,219
|
|
|
|
1,265
|
|
Impairment of assets
|
|
|
213
|
|
|
|
155
|
|
|
|
46
|
|
Unrealized appreciation of investment in mutual funds
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(124
|
)
|
(Increase) decrease in cash surrender value of life insurance
policies
|
|
|
1,092
|
|
|
|
(471
|
)
|
|
|
(39
|
)
|
(Gain) loss on disposal of fixed assets
|
|
|
(4
|
)
|
|
|
96
|
|
|
|
(339
|
)
|
Gain on property casualty indemnification
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(4,688
|
)
|
Changes in assets and liabilities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Trade and other receivables
|
|
|
(226
|
)
|
|
|
(990
|
)
|
|
|
(1,409
|
)
|
Refundable income taxes
|
|
|
(4,272
|
)
|
|
|
(1,242
|
)
|
|
|
2,821
|
|
Prepaid expenses and other assets
|
|
|
(115
|
)
|
|
|
1,129
|
|
|
|
(498
|
)
|
Accounts receivable/payable, affiliates
|
|
|
1,366
|
|
|
|
(8,642
|
)
|
|
|
2,009
|
|
Accounts payable and accrued expenses
|
|
|
949
|
|
|
|
(3,459
|
)
|
|
|
2,638
|
|
Deferred compensation
|
|
|
(1,333
|
)
|
|
|
402
|
|
|
|
6
|
|
Deferred revenue
|
|
|
(155
|
)
|
|
|
(154
|
)
|
|
|
1,640
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash provided by operating activities
|
|
|
27,022
|
|
|
|
32,253
|
|
|
|
60,678
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash Flows From Investing Activities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Issuance of notes receivable
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(51,500
|
)
|
Collections of notes receivable
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
26,500
|
|
Payments for purchase of property, plant and equipment
|
|
|
(64,468
|
)
|
|
|
(34,479
|
)
|
|
|
(11,167
|
)
|
Proceeds from sale of property, plant and equipment
|
|
|
33
|
|
|
|
10
|
|
|
|
359
|
|
Proceeds from property casualty indemnification
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5,617
|
|
Proceeds from surrender of life insurance policies
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,525
|
|
Payments for purchase of mutual funds
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(2,525
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash used in investing activities
|
|
|
(64,435
|
)
|
|
|
(34,469
|
)
|
|
|
(30,191
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash Flows From Financing Activities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Borrowings under notes payable, affiliates
|
|
|
151,000
|
|
|
|
28,000
|
|
|
|
6,000
|
|
Payments under notes payable, affiliates
|
|
|
(105,177
|
)
|
|
|
(20,857
|
)
|
|
|
(19,860
|
)
|
Payments on long term debt
|
|
|
(6,000
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Contributions from partners
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
18,100
|
|
|
|
|
|
Distributions to partners
|
|
|
(265
|
)
|
|
|
(22,000
|
)
|
|
|
(13,737
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities
|
|
|
39,558
|
|
|
|
3,243
|
|
|
|
(27,597
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net increase in cash and cash equivalents
|
|
|
2,145
|
|
|
|
1,027
|
|
|
|
2,890
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year
|
|
|
2,684
|
|
|
|
4,829
|
|
|
|
5,856
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year
|
|
$
|
4,829
|
|
|
$
|
5,856
|
|
|
$
|
8,746
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these combined
financial statements.
F-15
OILTANKING
HOUSTON, L.P. AND OILTANKING BEAUMONT PARTNERS, L.P.
(Wholly Owned Subsidiaries of Oiltanking Holding Americas,
Inc.)
NOTES TO
THE COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(In thousands)
|
|
1.
|
Business
and Basis of Presentation
|
The accompanying combined financial statements and related notes
present the accounts of Oiltanking Houston, L.P.
(OTH) and Oiltanking Beaumont Partners, L.P.
(OTB) (combined, the Partnerships),
which are wholly owned subsidiaries of Oiltanking Holding
Americas, Inc. (OTA). OTA is a wholly owned
subsidiary of Oiltanking GmbH. The Partnerships are engaged
primarily in the storage, terminaling and transportation of
crude oil and petroleum products in the Houston and Beaumont,
Texas areas. The combined financial statements have been
prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally
accepted in the United States of America (GAAP). All
significant transactions and balances between OTH and OTB have
been eliminated in combination.
At December 31, 2009 and 2010, partners capital for
OTH and OTB is as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
|
|
|
OTB
|
|
|
|
OTH
|
|
|
|
OTB
|
|
|
|
OTH
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Limited partners interest
|
|
$
|
43,820
|
|
|
$
|
46,816
|
|
|
$
|
46,228
|
|
|
$
|
58,367
|
|
General partners interest
|
|
|
443
|
|
|
|
472
|
|
|
|
467
|
|
|
|
589
|
|
Accumulated other comprehensive loss
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1,455
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1,602
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
44,263
|
|
|
$
|
45,833
|
|
|
$
|
46,695
|
|
|
$
|
57,354
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2.
|
Summary
of Significant Accounting Policies
|
Use of
Estimates
The preparation of the Partnerships financial statements
in conformity with GAAP requires management to make extensive
use of estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amount
of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets
and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the
reported amounts of expenses during the reporting period. The
Partnerships base their estimates and judgments on historical
experience and on various other assumptions and information that
are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances. Estimates
and assumptions about future events and their effects cannot be
perceived with certainty and, accordingly, these estimates may
change as new events occur, as more experience is acquired, as
additional information is obtained and as our operating
environment changes. While the Partnerships believe that the
estimates and assumptions used in the preparation of the
combined financial statements are appropriate, actual results
could differ from those estimates.
Revenue
Recognition
The Partnerships provide integrated storage, throughput and
ancillary services for third-party companies engaged in the
production, distribution and marketing of crude oil, refined
petroleum products and liquified petroleum gas. The Partnerships
generate revenues through the provision of fee-based services to
their customers under a combination of multi-year and
month-to-month
agreements. Certain agreements contain
take-or-pay
provisions whereby the Partnerships are entitled to a minimum
throughput or storage fee. The Partnerships recognize revenues
when the service is provided, the crude oil, refined petroleum
products and liquefied petroleum gas are handled or when the
customers ability to make up the minimum volume has
expired, in accordance with the terms of the contracts.
F-16
OILTANKING
HOUSTON, L.P. AND OILTANKING BEAUMONT PARTNERS, L.P.
(Wholly Owned Subsidiaries of Oiltanking Holding Americas,
Inc.)
NOTES TO
THE COMBINED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
(In thousands)
The Partnerships recognize revenues in accordance with
applicable accounting standards including ASC 605
Revenue Recognition. The Partnerships
assessment of each of the four revenue recognition criteria as
they relate to their revenue producing activities is as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
Persuasive Evidence of an Arrangement
Exists. The Partnerships customary
practices are to enter into a written contract, executed by both
the customer and the Partnerships.
|
|
|
|
Service is Provided. The Partnerships
consider services provided when the crude oil, refined petroleum
products and liquefied petroleum gas are shipped through,
delivered by or stored in their pipelines, terminals and storage
facilities, as applicable.
|
|
|
|
Fixed or Determinable Fee. The
Partnerships negotiate the fees for their services at the outset
of their fee-based agreements. Under certain contracts, the fees
generally are due in advance on the first of the month. For
other agreements, the amount of revenue is determinable after
services are provided and volumes handled can be measured.
|
|
|
|
Collection is Deemed
Probable. Collectability is evaluated on a
customer-by-customer
basis. The Partnerships conduct a credit review for all
customers at the inception of a new agreement to determine the
creditworthiness of potential and existing customers. Collection
is deemed probable if the Partnerships expect that the customer
will be able to pay amounts under the agreement as payments
become due. If the Partnerships determine that collection is not
probable, revenues are deferred and recognized upon cash
collection.
|
We collect taxes on certain revenue transactions to be remitted
to governmental authorities, which may include sales, use, value
added and some excise taxes. These taxes are not included in
revenue.
Trade
Accounts Receivable and Allowance for Doubtful
Accounts
Trade accounts receivable are customer obligations due under
agreed-upon
trade terms. The Partnerships regularly perform credit
evaluations of their customers and generally do not require
collateral. Management regularly reviews trade accounts
receivable to determine if any receivables could potentially be
uncollectible, and if so, includes a determined amount in the
allowance for doubtful accounts. Based on the information
available, management believes no allowance for doubtful
accounts is needed at December 31, 2009 or 2010. However,
actual write-offs may occur.
Other
Receivables
Other receivables include employee receivables, insurance
proceeds, funds held in escrow, and unbilled reimbursable costs,
which management believes have minimal credit risk.
Property,
Plant and Equipment
Property, plant and equipment are stated at the lower of
historical cost less accumulated depreciation or fair value less
accumulated depreciation, if impaired. The Partnerships
capitalize all direct and indirect construction costs and
related interest. Indirect construction costs include general
engineering, taxes and the cost of funds used during
construction. Costs, including complete asset replacements and
enhancements or upgrades that increase the original efficiency,
productivity or capacity of property, plant and equipment, are
also capitalized. The costs of repairs, minor replacements and
maintenance projects which do not increase the original
efficiency, productivity or capacity of property, plant and
equipment, are expensed as incurred.
F-17
OILTANKING
HOUSTON, L.P. AND OILTANKING BEAUMONT PARTNERS, L.P.
(Wholly Owned Subsidiaries of Oiltanking Holding Americas,
Inc.)
NOTES TO
THE COMBINED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
(In thousands)
Property, plant and equipment are depreciated using the
straight-line method, over the estimated useful life of each
asset as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
Estimated Life
|
|
|
in Years
|
|
Office Facilities
|
|
4 to 40
|
Production Facilities
|
|
10 to 40
|
Rights-of-way
|
|
10 to 15
|
The Partnerships assign asset lives based on reasonable
estimates when an asset is placed into service. Subsequent
events could cause us to change our estimates, which would
impact the future calculation of depreciation expense.
Interest
Capitalized
Interest on borrowed funds is capitalized on projects during
construction based on the weighted-average interest rate of our
debt. The Partnerships capitalize interest on all construction
projects requiring a completion period of six months or longer
and total projects costs of $1,000 or greater.
Debt
Issuance Costs
Costs incurred to issue debt are deferred and amortized over the
life of the associated debt instrument using the effective
interest method.
Impairment
Assessment of Long-Lived Assets
In accordance with ASC 360, Accounting for the
Impairment or Disposal of Long-Lived Assets, the
Partnerships continually evaluate whether events or
circumstances have occurred that indicate that the estimated
remaining useful life of long-lived assets, including property
and equipment, may warrant revision or that the carrying value
of these assets may be impaired. The Partnerships evaluate the
potential impairment of long-lived assets based on undiscounted
cash flow expectations for the related asset relative to its
carrying value. These future estimates are based on historical
results, adjusted to reflect the Partnerships best
estimates of future market and operating conditions. Actual
results may vary materially from the Partnerships
estimates, and accordingly may cause a full impairment of the
long-lived assets. If a long-lived asset is considered to be
impaired, the impairment loss is measured as the amount by which
the carrying amount of the asset exceeds its fair value,
calculated using a discounted future cash flows analysis. During
the years ended December 31, 2008, 2009 and 2010, the
Partnerships recorded impairments totaling approximately $213,
$155 and $46, respectively.
Environmental
Matters
Environmental costs are expensed if they relate to an existing
condition caused by past operations and do not contribute to
current or future revenue generation. Liabilities are recorded
when site restoration, environmental remediation, cleanup or
other obligations are either known or considered probable and
can be reasonably estimated. At December 31, 2009 and 2010,
the Partnerships had no accruals for environmental obligations.
Contingencies
Certain conditions may exist as of the date our combined
financial statements are issued that may result in a loss to us,
but which will only be resolved when one or more future events
occur or fail to occur. Our
F-18
OILTANKING
HOUSTON, L.P. AND OILTANKING BEAUMONT PARTNERS, L.P.
(Wholly Owned Subsidiaries of Oiltanking Holding Americas,
Inc.)
NOTES TO
THE COMBINED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
(In thousands)
management, with input from legal counsel, assesses such
contingent liabilities, and such assessment inherently involves
an exercise in judgment. In assessing loss contingencies related
to legal proceedings that are pending against us or unasserted
claims that may result in proceedings, our management, with
input from legal counsel, evaluates the perceived merits of any
legal proceedings or unasserted claims as well as the perceived
merits of the amount of relief sought or expected to be sought
therein.
If the assessment of a contingency indicates that it is probable
that a material loss has been incurred and the amount of
liability can be estimated, then the estimated liability is
accrued in our consolidated financial statements. If the
assessment indicates that a potentially material loss
contingency is not probable but is reasonably possible, or is
probable but cannot be estimated, then the nature of the
contingent liability, together with an estimate of the range of
possible loss if determinable and material, is disclosed.
Loss contingencies considered remote are generally not disclosed
unless they involve guarantees, in which case the guarantees
would be disclosed.
Cash
and Cash Equivalents
The Partnerships consider all highly liquid investments with
original maturities of three months or less to be cash
equivalents. Cash equivalents are recorded at cost, which
approximates fair value. As of December 31, 2009 and 2010
cash and cash equivalents comprised of cash held in banks.
Investments
The Partnerships hold mutual funds and life insurance policies
with cash surrender values in conjunction with their deferred
compensation plan. The investments are carried at fair value,
with unrealized gains and losses reported as other income
(expense). See Notes 8 and 9 for additional information.
Fair
Value Measurements
In accordance with ASC 820, fair value measurements are
derived using inputs and assumptions that market participants
would use in pricing an asset or liability, including
assumptions about risk. ASC 820 establishes a valuation
hierarchy for disclosure of the inputs to valuation used to
measure fair value. A financial assets or liabilitys
classification within the hierarchy is determined based on the
lowest level input that is significant to the fair value
measurement.
The Partnerships only assets and liabilities that fell
under the scope of ASC 820 were those associated with the
deferred compensation plan established. See Notes 8 and 9
for additional information.
Fair
Values of Financial Instruments
The fair values of the Partnerships financial instruments
that are not carried at fair value and the methodology for
estimating these fair values are as follows:
Cash and Cash Equivalents, Trade Receivables, Other
Current Assets, Accounts Payable, Accrued Expenses, and Other
Current Liabilities. These financial
instruments are carried at cost which approximates fair value
due to their short-term nature.
Long-Term Debt. Based on borrowing
rates currently available to the Partnerships for loans with
similar terms, the carrying values of long-term debt approximate
fair value.
The methods described above may produce fair value estimates
that may not be indicative of net realizable value or reflective
of future fair values. Furthermore, while the Partnerships
believe their valuation
F-19
OILTANKING
HOUSTON, L.P. AND OILTANKING BEAUMONT PARTNERS, L.P.
(Wholly Owned Subsidiaries of Oiltanking Holding Americas,
Inc.)
NOTES TO
THE COMBINED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
(In thousands)
methods are appropriate and consistent with the values that
would be determined by market participants, the use of different
methodologies or assumptions to determine the fair value of
certain financial instruments could result in a different
estimate of fair value at the reporting date.
Postretirement
Benefit Plan Obligations
OTH sponsors an unfunded multi-employer postretirement
healthcare benefit plan, covering employees and retirees of OTH,
OTB and other subsidiaries of OTA. Because OTH is the primary
obligor, the postretirement benefit liabilities represent the
present value of all of the benefit obligations of the plan.
Postretirement benefit costs are developed from actuarial
valuations. Actuarial assumptions are established to anticipate
future events and are used in calculating the expense and
liabilities related to this plan. These factors include
assumptions management makes with regards to interest rates,
rates of increase in health care costs, and employee turnover
rates, among others. Management reviews and updates these
assumptions on an annual basis. The actuarial assumptions that
are used may differ from actual results due to changing market
rates or other factors. These differences could impact the
amount of postretirement benefit expense recorded.
Deferred
Compensation
The Partnerships established and maintain an unfunded,
nonqualified deferred compensation plan for a select group of
management or highly compensated employees. The purpose of the
deferred compensation plan is to permit designated employees to
accumulate additional retirement income through a nonqualified
deferred compensation plan that enables them to defer
compensation to which they will become entitled in the future.
Other
Comprehensive Income (Loss)
Other comprehensive income (loss) consists of postretirement
benefit plan costs not recognized in earnings, and is reflected
net of the related income tax effects.
Income
Taxes
No provision for U.S. federal income taxes has been made in
the Partnerships financial statements related to the
operations of OTB, as OTB is treated as a partnership not
subject to federal income tax and the tax effects of OTBs
operations are included in the consolidated federal income tax
return of OTA. OTH also is included in the consolidated federal
income tax return of OTA, but has elected to be treated as a
taxable entity for tax purposes. Income taxes for OTH are
calculated as if OTH had filed a return on a separate company
basis utilizing a statutory rate of 35%. Deferred income taxes
result from temporary differences between the tax basis of the
assets and liabilities and the amounts reported in OTHs
financial statements. Refundable federal income taxes due from
parent represent the excess of the taxes paid by OTH over its
tax liabilities computed on a separate return basis.
The financial statement benefit of an uncertain tax position is
recognized only after considering the probability that a tax
authority would sustain the position in an examination. For tax
positions meeting a more-likely-than-not threshold,
the amount recognized in the financial statements is the benefit
expected to be realized upon settlement with the tax authority.
For tax positions not meeting the threshold, no financial
statement benefit is recognized. The Partnerships recognize
interest and other charges relating to unrecognized tax benefits
as additional tax expense.
Effective January 1, 2007, the Texas margin tax applied to
legal entities conducting business in Texas, including
previously non-taxable entities such as limited partnerships and
limited liability partnerships. The
F-20
OILTANKING
HOUSTON, L.P. AND OILTANKING BEAUMONT PARTNERS, L.P.
(Wholly Owned Subsidiaries of Oiltanking Holding Americas,
Inc.)
NOTES TO
THE COMBINED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
(In thousands)
margin tax is based on our Texas sourced taxable margin. The tax
is calculated by applying a tax rate to a base that considers
both revenues and expenses and therefore has the characteristics
of an income tax.
Asset
Retirement Obligation
We record asset retirement obligations under the provisions of
ASC 410-20,
Asset Retirement and Environmental Obligations Asset
Retirement Obligations.
ASC 410-20
requires the fair value of a liability related to the retirement
of long-lived assets be recorded at the time a legal obligation
is incurred, if the liability can be reasonably estimated. When
the liability is initially recorded, the carrying amount of the
related asset is increased by the amount of the liability. Over
time, the liability is accreted to its future value, with the
accretion recorded to expense.
ASC 410-20
further clarifies that where there is an obligation to perform
an asset retirement activity, even though uncertainties exist
about the timing or method of settlement, an entity is required
to recognize a liability for the fair value of a conditional
asset retirement obligation if the fair value of the liability
can be determined.
Our operating assets generally consist of storage tanks and
underground pipelines and related facilities along
rights-of-way
and related facilities. Our
right-of-way
agreements typically do not require the dismantling, removal and
reclamation of the
right-of-way
upon permanent removal of the pipelines and related facilities
from service. Additionally, management is unable to predict
when, or if, our pipelines, storage tanks and related facilities
would become completely obsolete and require decommissioning.
Accordingly, we have not recorded a liability or corresponding
asset in conjunction with
ASC 410-20
as both the amounts and timing of such potential future costs
are indeterminable.
Segment
Reporting
The Partnerships have one reportable segment. The aggregation of
operating segments into one reportable segment requires
management to evaluate whether there are similar expected
long-term economic characteristics for each operating segment,
and is an area of significant judgment. If the expected
long-term economic characteristics of our operating segments
were to become dissimilar, then we could be required to
re-evaluate the number of reportable segments. See Note 16
for additional information.
Concentrations
of Credit Risk
Financial instruments that potentially subject the Partnerships
to concentrations of credit risk consist principally of cash,
cash equivalents, trade receivables and other receivables. Cash
and cash equivalents are held on deposit with major banks.
Management believes that the financial institutions holding
these amounts are financially sound and, accordingly, minimal
credit risk exists with respect to these assets. The
Partnerships maintain their cash and cash equivalents at
financial institutions for which the combined account balances
in individual institutions may exceed Federal Deposit Insurance
Corporation (FDIC) insurance coverage and, as a
result, there is a credit risk related to amounts on deposits in
excess of FDIC coverage. At December 31, 2009 and 2010, the
Partnerships cash and cash equivalents in financial
institutions exceeded the federally insured deposits limit by
approximately $5,350 and $8,323, respectively.
The Partnerships extend credit to their customers primarily in
the petroleum and related service industries but do not consider
there to be any concentration of credit risk with any single
customer. See Note 14 for additional information.
F-21
OILTANKING
HOUSTON, L.P. AND OILTANKING BEAUMONT PARTNERS, L.P.
(Wholly Owned Subsidiaries of Oiltanking Holding Americas,
Inc.)
NOTES TO
THE COMBINED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
(In thousands)
Subsequent
Events
Management of the Partnerships evaluated subsequent events
through March 28, 2011, which is the date the financial
statements were available to be issued.
|
|
3.
|
Related
Party Transactions
|
The Partnerships are wholly owned subsidiaries of OTA and engage
in certain transactions with other OTA subsidiaries, as well as
other companies that are related by common ownership. These
transactions include revenue earned by the Partnerships
providing storage and ancillary services, as well as certain
centralized administrative services including, among others,
rental of administrative and operations office facilities, human
resource, information technology, engineering, environmental and
regulatory, treasury and certain financial services. Revenues
earned for storage and ancillary services are classified as
revenues. Revenues associated with the other administrative
services discussed above are classified as a reduction of
selling, general and administrative expense. Total revenues
earned for these related party services were $4,514, $5,577, and
$5,693 for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2009 and
2010, respectively, of which $2,413, $2,868, and $3,256,
respectively, represent revenues earned for storage and
ancillary services.
The Partnerships pay fees to Oiltanking GmbH for various general
and administrative services, which include, among others, risk
management, environmental compliance, legal consulting,
information technology, engineering, centralized cash management
and certain treasury and financial services. Oiltanking GmbH
allocates these costs to the Partnerships using several factors,
such as the Partnerships tank capacity and total volumes
handled. In managements estimation, the costs charged for
these services approximate the amounts that would have been
incurred for similar services purchased from third parties or
provided by the Partnerships own employees. In 2008, 2009
and 2010 the Partnerships capitalized $1,885, $950 and $400,
respectively, of related party engineering services into
construction-in-progress.
The Partnerships also pay annual maintenance and technical
support costs for proprietary software owned by Oiltanking GmbH,
which is used by the Partnerships in performing terminaling
services for their customers. Each terminal location is
allocated a portion of the global Oiltanking GmbH maintenance
costs based on the number of users located at each facility. In
managements estimation, the costs incurred approximate the
amounts that would have been incurred for similar third-party
software programs for terminaling operations.
Total related party accounts receivable were $10,406 and $5,708
as of December 31, 2009 and 2010, respectively. Total
related party accounts payable were $4,395 and $3,706 as of
December 31, 2009 and 2010, respectively. Additionally, the
Partnerships accrued $2,485 and $834 within accrued expenses at
December 31, 2009 and 2010, respectively associated with
related party administrative fees, see Note 6.
During 2003, Oiltanking GmbH enacted a policy of centrally
financing the expansion and growth of its global holdings of
terminaling subsidiaries and in 2008, established Oiltanking
Finance B.V., a wholly owned finance company located in
Amsterdam, The Netherlands. Oiltanking Finance B.V. now serves
as the global bank for Oiltanking GmbHs terminal holdings,
including the Partnerships, and provides loans at market rates
and terms for terminal construction projects approved by the
related management.
Prior to the central financing arrangement, the Partnerships
borrowed funds directly from Oiltanking GmbH.
From time to time, the Partnerships invest excess cash with
Oiltanking Finance B.V. in short term notes receivable. At
December 31, 2010 the Partnerships have a short term
receivable of $12,903 from Oiltanking Finance B.V., bearing
interest at 0.34%.
F-22
OILTANKING
HOUSTON, L.P. AND OILTANKING BEAUMONT PARTNERS, L.P.
(Wholly Owned Subsidiaries of Oiltanking Holding Americas,
Inc.)
NOTES TO
THE COMBINED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
(In thousands)
Total interest and commitment fees payable to Oiltanking Finance
B.V. under term loans and credit financing arrangements of $974
and $967 as of December 31, 2009 and 2010, respectively,
are included in accrued expenses, see Note 6.
Additionally interest was accrued through 2008 on certain
declared, but unpaid dividends. This accrued interest was
included in accounts payable, affiliates and was paid in 2010.
The following table summarizes related party costs and expenses
that are reflected in the accompanying combined statements of
income:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
Selling, general and administrative
|
|
$
|
3,069
|
|
|
$
|
3,464
|
|
|
$
|
3,526
|
|
Interest income
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
11
|
|
|
|
73
|
|
Interest expense (net of amounts capitalized)
|
|
|
6,895
|
|
|
|
8,361
|
|
|
|
9,508
|
|
Notes Payable to Oiltanking Finance B.V. at December 31,
2009 and 2010 were as follows. These notes are payable in
varying amounts to the due dates stated below:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
3.86% Note due 2010
|
|
$
|
4,000
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
5.93% Note due 2014
|
|
|
16,400
|
|
|
|
12,800
|
|
6.81% Note due 2015
|
|
|
13,600
|
|
|
|
11,200
|
|
5.96% Note due 2017
|
|
|
14,500
|
|
|
|
12,500
|
|
6.63% Note due 2018
|
|
|
3,215
|
|
|
|
2,858
|
|
6.63% Note due 2018
|
|
|
15,000
|
|
|
|
15,000
|
|
6.88% Note due 2018
|
|
|
6,000
|
|
|
|
6,000
|
|
4.90% Note due 2018
|
|
|
27,000
|
|
|
|
24,000
|
|
4.90% Note due 2018
|
|
|
27,000
|
|
|
|
24,000
|
|
7.59% Note due 2018
|
|
|
4,500
|
|
|
|
4,000
|
|
6.78% Note due 2019
|
|
|
9,000
|
|
|
|
8,100
|
|
6.35% Note due 2019
|
|
|
14,000
|
|
|
|
12,600
|
|
7.45% Note due 2019
|
|
|
8,000
|
|
|
|
7,200
|
|
7.02% Note due 2020
|
|
|
2,000
|
|
|
|
8,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total debt
|
|
|
164,215
|
|
|
|
148,258
|
|
Less current maturities
|
|
|
(22,057
|
)
|
|
|
(18,757
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
142,158
|
|
|
$
|
129,501
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-23
OILTANKING
HOUSTON, L.P. AND OILTANKING BEAUMONT PARTNERS, L.P.
(Wholly Owned Subsidiaries of Oiltanking Holding Americas,
Inc.)
NOTES TO
THE COMBINED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
(In thousands)
Total principal payment obligation for the next five years and
thereafter are as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
2011
|
|
$
|
18,757
|
|
2012
|
|
|
18,757
|
|
2013
|
|
|
18,757
|
|
2014
|
|
|
17,157
|
|
2015
|
|
|
14,357
|
|
Thereafter
|
|
|
60,473
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
148,258
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Effective December 15, 2010, the Partnerships entered into
an additional agreement with Oiltanking Finance B.V., which
provides for a maximum borrowing of $24,000, is payable in
semi-annual installments of $1,200, plus accrued interest,
through December 15, 2021. The borrowings bear interest at
the ten-year USD swap rate plus 2.5% per annum (3.52% at
December 31, 2010). No borrowings have been made under this
agreement.
Certain of the debt agreements with Oiltanking Finance B.V.
contain loan covenants that require the Partnerships to maintain
certain debt, leverage, and equity ratios and prohibit the
Partnerships from pledging their assets to third parties or
incurring any indebtedness other than from Oiltanking Finance
B.V. At December 31, 2009 OTB was in violation of these
covenants and received a waiver of these covenant violations. At
December 31, 2010 the covenants restrict the Partnerships
from declaring distributions in excess of $23,000.
OTH is included in the consolidated OTA federal tax returns, and
as a result is entitled to the excess of taxes paid over its tax
liabilities computed on a separate return basis. As such, OTH
has recorded refundable federal income taxes due from parent of
$5,785 and $2,964 as of December 31, 2009 and 2010,
respectively.
In 2010 the Partnerships received a partners contribution
in the form of land, which was recorded at the partners
book value of $2,022.
|
|
4.
|
Property,
Plant and Equipment
|
Property, plant and equipment, at cost, is as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
Land
|
|
$
|
10,461
|
|
|
$
|
12,483
|
|
Office facilities
|
|
|
31,083
|
|
|
|
32,321
|
|
Production facilities
|
|
|
373,815
|
|
|
|
391,163
|
|
Rights-of-way
|
|
|
30
|
|
|
|
30
|
|
Construction-in-progress
|
|
|
12,850
|
|
|
|
5,048
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
428,239
|
|
|
|
441,045
|
|
Less: accumulated depreciation
|
|
|
(160,182
|
)
|
|
|
(175,429
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net property, plant and equipment
|
|
$
|
268,057
|
|
|
$
|
265,616
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
For the years ended December 31, 2008, 2009 and 2010,
interest costs of $1,575, $1,290 and $21, respectively, were
capitalized as part of the costs of
construction-in-progress.
On June 20, 2008, one of the Partnerships docks in
Beaumont was struck by a vessel owned and operated by a third
party. The primary assets impacted included the dock, dock
platform, and related
F-24
OILTANKING
HOUSTON, L.P. AND OILTANKING BEAUMONT PARTNERS, L.P.
(Wholly Owned Subsidiaries of Oiltanking Holding Americas,
Inc.)
NOTES TO
THE COMBINED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
(In thousands)
unloading equipment. The Partnerships remaining docks were
not affected by the damages. The terminal facility is covered by
replacement cost property casualty insurance and business
interruptions insurance. To account for the property casualty
damage, in 2008 the Partnerships charged demolition costs to
expense as incurred and also wrote off the net book value of the
assets that were damaged or destroyed. The Partnerships offset
the book value of all damaged and destroyed assets and
demolition costs incurred with indemnity proceeds receivable in
future, according to the provisions of the insurance policies in
force. The Partnerships also incurred capital expenditures
related to the reconstruction and replacement of the damaged
assets, which were capitalized. During 2009, the dock
reconstruction and replacement was completed and placed in
service.
The Partnerships settled substantially all of their insurance
claims related to the Beaumont dock in late 2010 for
approximately $5,987 in total recoveries, of which $5,000 was
related to physical property damage recoveries and $987 was
related to business interruption recoveries. Insurance
recoveries aggregating $1,299, which were previously deemed
probable and reasonably estimable, were recognized to the extent
of the related loss in 2008. The remaining $4,688 was recognized
as a gain in 2010, of which $4,318 was received in 2010, with
the remaining amount collected in January 2011. At
December 31, 2009 and 2010, the Partnerships had
receivables due from the incident of $1,299 and $370,
respectively, which are recorded in other receivables. As of
December 31, 2010, the Partnerships had approximately $300
of unresolved claims pertaining to this incident.
Other assets are as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
Cash surrender value of life insurance policies
|
|
$
|
3,709
|
|
|
$
|
1,224
|
|
Investments in mutual funds
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,649
|
|
Other
|
|
|
1,104
|
|
|
|
687
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other assets
|
|
$
|
4,813
|
|
|
$
|
4,560
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
6.
|
Accounts
Payable and Accrued Expenses
|
Accounts payable and accrued expenses are as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
Accounts payable, trade
|
|
$
|
1,141
|
|
|
$
|
3,791
|
|
Salaries and benefits
|
|
|
3,557
|
|
|
|
4,553
|
|
Property taxes
|
|
|
5,114
|
|
|
|
5,289
|
|
Related party interest and commitment fees
|
|
|
974
|
|
|
|
967
|
|
Related party administrative fees
|
|
|
2,485
|
|
|
|
834
|
|
Other
|
|
|
756
|
|
|
|
1,506
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accounts Payable and Accrued Expenses
|
|
$
|
14,027
|
|
|
$
|
16,940
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As discussed in Note 1, OTH has elected to be treated as a
taxable entity. The amounts presented below were calculated as
if OTH had filed a separate tax return. OTB is a non-taxable
entity and as such no income
F-25
OILTANKING
HOUSTON, L.P. AND OILTANKING BEAUMONT PARTNERS, L.P.
(Wholly Owned Subsidiaries of Oiltanking Holding Americas,
Inc.)
NOTES TO
THE COMBINED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
(In thousands)
taxes related to OTB were recorded. OTBs book basis in its
net assets exceeded its tax basis by $50,243 at
December 31, 2010.
Total income tax expense differed from the amounts computed by
applying the tax rate to income before income tax expense as a
result of the following:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
Income from operations before income tax expense
|
|
$
|
18,751
|
|
|
$
|
35,598
|
|
|
$
|
49,298
|
|
U.S. Federal corporate statutory rate
|
|
|
35
|
%
|
|
|
35
|
%
|
|
|
35
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Expected income tax expense
|
|
|
6,563
|
|
|
|
12,459
|
|
|
|
17,254
|
|
OTB income not subject to income tax
|
|
|
(561
|
)
|
|
|
(1,998
|
)
|
|
|
(5,920
|
)
|
Texas margin tax, net of federal income tax benefit
|
|
|
164
|
|
|
|
21
|
|
|
|
149
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total income tax expense
|
|
$
|
6,166
|
|
|
$
|
10,482
|
|
|
$
|
11,483
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Deferred income taxes are determined based on the temporary
differences between the financial statement and income tax basis
of assets and liabilities as measured by the enacted tax rates
which would be in effect when these differences reverse.
The tax effect of temporary differences that give rise to
significant components of the deferred income tax assets and
deferred income liabilities at December 31, 2009 and 2010
are presented below:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
Current Deferred Tax Asset:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accrued liabilities
|
|
$
|
512
|
|
|
$
|
546
|
|
Current Deferred Tax Liability:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Prepaid assets
|
|
|
173
|
|
|
|
197
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net current deferred tax asset
|
|
$
|
339
|
|
|
$
|
349
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Long-term Deferred Tax Asset:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Deferred compensation
|
|
|
1,086
|
|
|
|
1,060
|
|
Accumulated postretirement benefit obligation
|
|
|
2,290
|
|
|
|
2,812
|
|
Deferred revenue
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
553
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Long-term deferred tax asset
|
|
|
3,376
|
|
|
|
4,425
|
|
Long-term Deferred Tax Liability:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Property and equipment
|
|
|
22,706
|
|
|
|
27,642
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net long-term deferred tax liability
|
|
$
|
19,330
|
|
|
$
|
23,217
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The Partnerships policy is to classify any interest and
penalties associated with income taxes as income tax expense.
During the years ended December 31, 2008, 2009 and 2010 the
Partnerships did not recognize any amounts in respect of
potential interest and penalties associated with income taxes.
The Partnerships 2007 through 2010 tax years are subject
to examination by the federal and state taxing jurisdictions.
F-26
OILTANKING
HOUSTON, L.P. AND OILTANKING BEAUMONT PARTNERS, L.P.
(Wholly Owned Subsidiaries of Oiltanking Holding Americas,
Inc.)
NOTES TO
THE COMBINED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
(In thousands)
401(K)
Retirement Plan
The Partnerships sponsor a retirement plan which is available to
all employees who have six months of continuous service and
covers all employees of OTA. The plan is subject to the
provisions of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of
1974 (ERISA) and is qualified under Section 401(k) of the
Internal Revenue Code. The contributions to the plan, as
determined by management, are discretionary but may not exceed
the maximum amount deductible under the applicable provisions of
the Internal Revenue Code. The Partnerships make contributions
into the plan on behalf of all OTA subsidiaries and are then
reimbursed by the related subsidiary. The Partnerships
contributions to the retirement plan, net of amounts charged to
other OTA entities, were $777, $747 and $1,015, in 2008, 2009
and 2010, respectively.
Deferred
Compensation Plan
Effective August 15, 1994, the Partnerships adopted a
special non-qualified deferred compensation plan for the purpose
of providing deferred compensation to certain employees. The
plan provides for elective salary deferrals by participants and
discretionary contributions by the Partnerships as defined by
the plan. The Partnerships accrued $107, $105, and $130 of
compensation to participants for the years ended
December 31, 2008, 2009 and 2010, respectively.
Distributions for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2009
and 2010 totaled a $679, $496 and $625, respectively. Employee
deferrals for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2009 and
2010 totaled $261, $182 and $256, respectively.
The Partnerships have purchased life insurance policies on
certain of the Partnerships employees and invested in
mutual funds to assist in funding the deferred compensation
liability. To date, all distributions to participants have been
funded by the Partnerships operating cash flows. At
December 31, 2009 and 2010, the cash surrender value of the
life insurance policies and the fair value of the mutual fund
assets totaled $3,709 and $3,873, respectively. At
December 31, 2009 and 2010 the deferred compensation
liability totaled $3,665 and $3,670, respectively, of which $562
and $637, respectively, has been classified as current based on
the expected payments for the upcoming year. The deferred
compensation liability is determined by hypothetical investment
accounts based on actual mutual funds or money market funds
selected by each participant.
|
|
9.
|
Fair
Value Measurements
|
The Partnerships record certain investment securities at fair
value. Fair value is determined based on the price that would be
received for an asset or paid to transfer a liability in the
most advantageous market, utilizing a hierarchy of three
different valuation techniques:
Level 1 Quoted market prices for identical
instruments in active markets;
Level 2 Quoted prices for similar instruments
in active markets; quoted prices for identical or similar
instruments in markets that are not active; and model-derived
valuations whose inputs, or significant value drivers, are
observable; and
Level 3 Prices reflecting the
Partnerships own assumptions concerning unobservable
inputs to a valuation model.
F-27
OILTANKING
HOUSTON, L.P. AND OILTANKING BEAUMONT PARTNERS, L.P.
(Wholly Owned Subsidiaries of Oiltanking Holding Americas,
Inc.)
NOTES TO
THE COMBINED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
(In thousands)
The following table summarizes the Partnerships financial
assets that are measured at fair value on a recurring basis. The
Partnerships did not have any nonfinancial assets or
nonfinancial liabilities which required remeasurement during the
years ended December 31, 2009 and 2010.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
Fair Value Measurements
|
|
|
2009
|
|
Level 1
|
|
Level 2
|
|
Level 3
|
|
Cash surrender value of life insurance policies
|
|
$
|
3,709
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
3,709
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
Fair Value Measurements
|
|
|
2010
|
|
Level 1
|
|
Level 2
|
|
Level 3
|
|
Cash surrender value of life insurance policies
|
|
$
|
1,224
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
1,224
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
Investments in mutual funds
|
|
|
2,649
|
|
|
|
2,649
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
10.
|
Medical
Insurance and Postretirement Benefit Obligations
|
The Partnerships sponsor a self-insurance program for medical
and dental insurance administered by a third party, which covers
all employees of the Partnerships. The total expense and
obligations to the administrator is a result of administrative
fees, premiums and actual incidence of claims. Under the
program, the Partnerships are responsible for predetermined
limit of claims per participant per year, or a maximum of $3,000
to $4,000 in the aggregate per year, in accordance with the plan
agreements. Claims exceeding these amounts are covered by an
insurance policy. During the years ended December 31, 2008,
2009 and 2010, the Partnerships incurred administrative fees,
premiums and claims totaling $1,526, $1,894 and $2,235,
respectively.
Effective June 1, 2004, OTH established a non-pension
postretirement benefit plan. The plan is designed to provide
healthcare coverage, upon retirement, to the employees of OTA
who meet the age and service requirements. The health plan is
contributory, with participants contributions adjusted
annually. The plan is accounted for in accordance with
ASC 715, Employers Accounting for Defined
Benefit Pension and Other Postretirement Plans.
ASC 715 requires OTH to disclose the funded status of the
defined benefit postretirement health plan as a prepaid asset or
an accrued liability and to show the net deferred and
unrecognized gains and losses, net of tax, as part of
accumulated other comprehensive income within partners
capital. OTH uses a December 31 measurement date for the plan.
F-28
OILTANKING
HOUSTON, L.P. AND OILTANKING BEAUMONT PARTNERS, L.P.
(Wholly Owned Subsidiaries of Oiltanking Holding Americas,
Inc.)
NOTES TO
THE COMBINED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
(In thousands)
The following table sets forth information related to the
postretirement benefit obligation and the fair value of plan
assets for the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2010:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
Change in Benefit Obligation:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Benefit obligation January 1,
|
|
$
|
5,154
|
|
|
$
|
6,543
|
|
Service cost
|
|
|
777
|
|
|
|
840
|
|
Interest cost
|
|
|
320
|
|
|
|
315
|
|
Contributions by employer
|
|
|
8
|
|
|
|
13
|
|
Contributions by plan participants
|
|
|
19
|
|
|
|
46
|
|
Actuarial loss
|
|
|
292
|
|
|
|
336
|
|
Benefits paid
|
|
|
(27
|
)
|
|
|
(59
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Benefit obligation December 31,
|
|
$
|
6,543
|
|
|
$
|
8,034
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Change in Plan Assets:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fair value of plan assets January 1,
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
Actual return on plan assets
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Employer contributions
|
|
|
8
|
|
|
|
13
|
|
Plan participants contributions
|
|
|
19
|
|
|
|
46
|
|
Benefits paid
|
|
|
(27
|
)
|
|
|
(59
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fair value of plan assets December 31,
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Reconciliation of funded status at December 31:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
Funded Status:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Benefit obligation
|
|
$
|
(6,543
|
)
|
|
$
|
(8,034
|
)
|
Fair value of plan assets
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Funded Status:
|
|
$
|
(6,543
|
)
|
|
$
|
(8,034
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Amounts recognized in the combined balance sheets and
accumulated other comprehensive loss at December 31:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
Amounts included in the combined balance sheet:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Current liabilities
|
|
$
|
95
|
|
|
$
|
82
|
|
Noncurrent liabilities
|
|
|
6,448
|
|
|
|
7,952
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net medical post-retirement obligation
|
|
$
|
6,543
|
|
|
$
|
8,034
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-29
OILTANKING
HOUSTON, L.P. AND OILTANKING BEAUMONT PARTNERS, L.P.
(Wholly Owned Subsidiaries of Oiltanking Holding Americas,
Inc.)
NOTES TO
THE COMBINED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
(In thousands)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
Amounts recognized in accumulated other comprehensive loss:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Unrecognized prior service cost
|
|
$
|
1,230
|
|
|
$
|
1,120
|
|
Unrecognized net actuarial loss
|
|
|
1,008
|
|
|
|
1,344
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
2,238
|
|
|
$
|
2,464
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Components of net periodic benefit cost for the year ended
December 31:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
Net Periodic Benefit Cost:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Service cost
|
|
$
|
746
|
|
|
$
|
777
|
|
|
$
|
840
|
|
Interest cost
|
|
|
248
|
|
|
|
320
|
|
|
|
315
|
|
Expected return on plan assets
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Amortization of unrecognized amounts:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Prior service cost
|
|
|
110
|
|
|
|
109
|
|
|
|
110
|
|
Net actuarial loss
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
13
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Net Periodic Benefit Cost
|
|
$
|
1,104
|
|
|
$
|
1,219
|
|
|
$
|
1,265
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Changes in plan assets and benefit obligations recognized in
other comprehensive income for the year ended December 31:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
Current Period net loss
|
|
$
|
(362
|
)
|
|
$
|
(292
|
)
|
|
$
|
(336
|
)
|
Amortization of prior service cost
|
|
|
110
|
|
|
|
109
|
|
|
|
110
|
|
Amortization of prior net actuarial loss
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
13
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total recognized in other comprehensive loss
|
|
|
(252
|
)
|
|
|
(170
|
)
|
|
|
(226
|
)
|
Net periodic postretirement benefit cost
|
|
|
(1,104
|
)
|
|
|
(1,219
|
)
|
|
|
(1,265
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total recognized in net periodic postretirement benefit cost and
other comprehensive income:
|
|
$
|
(1,356
|
)
|
|
$
|
(1,389
|
)
|
|
$
|
(1,491
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Amounts expected to be recognized in net periodic cost in 2011
for the postretirement benefit plan:
|
|
|
|
|
Amortization of prior service cost
|
|
$
|
110
|
|
Amortization of unrecognized net loss
|
|
|
23
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
133
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The weighted-average assumptions in the following table
represent the rates used to develop the net periodic benefit
cost for the year ended December 31:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
2009
|
|
2010
|
|
Discount rate at the beginning of year
|
|
|
6.50
|
%
|
|
|
6.25
|
%
|
|
|
6.00
|
%
|
Initial health care cost trend rate
|
|
|
8.50
|
%(1)
|
|
|
8.00
|
%(2)
|
|
|
9.50
|
%(3)
|
Ultimate health care cost trend rate
|
|
|
5.00
|
%
|
|
|
5.00
|
%
|
|
|
5.00
|
%
|
Number of years to reach ultimate trend
|
|
|
10
|
|
|
|
8
|
|
|
|
10
|
|
F-30
OILTANKING
HOUSTON, L.P. AND OILTANKING BEAUMONT PARTNERS, L.P.
(Wholly Owned Subsidiaries of Oiltanking Holding Americas,
Inc.)
NOTES TO
THE COMBINED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
(In thousands)
|
|
|
(1) |
|
Rate represents assumed trend rate for
pre-age 65 employee costs.
Post-age 65 employee costs have a trend rate of 8.0%
and drug costs have a trend rate of 10.0%. |
|
(2) |
|
Rate represents assumed trend rate for
pre-age 65 employee costs.
Post-age 65 employee costs have a trend rate of 7.5%
and drug costs have a trend rate of 9.0% |
|
(3) |
|
Rate represents assumed medical cost trend rate for all employee
costs. Drug costs have a trend rate of 8.5%. |
The weighted-average assumptions in the following table
represent the rates used to develop the actuarial present value
of the projected benefit obligation for the following years:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
2010
|
|
Discount rate at the end of year
|
|
|
6.00
|
%
|
|
|
5.68
|
%
|
Initial health care cost trend rate
|
|
|
8.00
|
%(1)
|
|
|
9.50
|
%(2)
|
Ultimate health care cost trend rate
|
|
|
5.00
|
%
|
|
|
5.00
|
%
|
Number of years to reach ultimate trend
|
|
|
7
|
|
|
|
9
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
Rate represents assumed trend rate for
pre-age 65 employee costs.
Post-age 65 employee costs have a trend rate of 7.5%
and drug costs have a trend rate of 9.0%. |
|
(2) |
|
Rate represents assumed medical cost trend rate for all employee
costs. Drug costs have a trend rate of 8.5%. |
The discount rates are based on a discount rate analysis using
the Citigroup Pension Discount Curve and the expected
postretirement benefit cash flows. The resulting discount rates
are consistent with the duration of plan liabilities.
A one-percentage-point change in assumed health care cost trend
rates would have the following effect on the amounts recorded in
2010:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1% Point
|
|
1% Point
|
|
|
Increase
|
|
Decrease
|
|
Effect on total service cost and interest cost components
|
|
$
|
453
|
|
|
$
|
334
|
|
Effect of postretirement benefit obligation
|
|
|
2,286
|
|
|
|
1,740
|
|
The following table displays the projected future benefit
payments from the postretirement benefit plan:
|
|
|
|
|
2011
|
|
$
|
82
|
|
2012
|
|
|
96
|
|
2013
|
|
|
104
|
|
2014
|
|
|
107
|
|
2015
|
|
|
143
|
|
Years
2016-2020
|
|
|
1,747
|
|
Expected recognition of benefit expense for 2011 is
approximately $2,217.
During 2007, the Partnerships entered into a modification of a
lease as a lessor and received a one-time upfront rental payment
of $2,467, which is being amortized on a straight-line basis
over approximately sixteen years, the term of the lease. At
December 31, 2009 and 2010, deferred rental revenue totaled
$2,057 and
F-31
OILTANKING
HOUSTON, L.P. AND OILTANKING BEAUMONT PARTNERS, L.P.
(Wholly Owned Subsidiaries of Oiltanking Holding Americas,
Inc.)
NOTES TO
THE COMBINED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
(In thousands)
$1,896, respectively, of which $171 and $163, respectively, was
current and included in accrued expenses. Annual rentals are not
significant.
During 2010, the Partnerships entered into a modification of a
revenue agreement and received a one-time payment of $2,000,
which is being amortized on a straight-line basis over
approximately nine years, the remaining term of the agreement.
At December 31, 2010, deferred revenue totaled $1,796, of
which $215 was current and included in accrued expenses.
Interest expense consists of the following:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
Related party interest expense
|
|
$
|
(8,470
|
)
|
|
$
|
(9,651
|
)
|
|
$
|
(9,529
|
)
|
Capitalized related party interest
|
|
|
1,575
|
|
|
|
1,290
|
|
|
|
21
|
|
Other
|
|
|
(461
|
)
|
|
|
(40
|
)
|
|
|
(30
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
(7,356
|
)
|
|
$
|
(8,401
|
)
|
|
$
|
(9,538
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
13.
|
Other
Income (Expense)
|
Other income (expense) consists of the following:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
Unrealized gain (loss) on the cash surrender value of life
insurance policies
|
|
$
|
(1,092
|
)
|
|
$
|
471
|
|
|
$
|
39
|
|
Gain on sale of residual product
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
930
|
|
Unrealized gain on the investments in mutual funds
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
124
|
|
Other
|
|
|
180
|
|
|
|
20
|
|
|
|
7
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
(912
|
)
|
|
$
|
491
|
|
|
$
|
1,100
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The following table sets forth revenues and receivables
associated with the Partnerships significant customers:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
% of Revenues
|
|
|
% of Receivables
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
Company A
|
|
|
21
|
%
|
|
|
17
|
%
|
|
|
12
|
%
|
|
|
9
|
%
|
|
|
13
|
%
|
Company B
|
|
|
8
|
|
|
|
12
|
|
|
|
12
|
|
|
|
30
|
|
|
|
22
|
|
Company C
|
|
|
4
|
|
|
|
9
|
|
|
|
12
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
33
|
%
|
|
|
38
|
%
|
|
|
36
|
%
|
|
|
40
|
%
|
|
|
36
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-32
OILTANKING
HOUSTON, L.P. AND OILTANKING BEAUMONT PARTNERS, L.P.
(Wholly Owned Subsidiaries of Oiltanking Holding Americas,
Inc.)
NOTES TO
THE COMBINED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
(In thousands)
|
|
15.
|
Supplemental
Cash Flow Information
|
During the year ended December 31, 2008 the Partnerships
recorded insurance proceeds receivable totaling $1,299 for the
net book value of the assets written off that were damaged or
destroyed due to the Beaumont dock damage and the demolition
costs incurred to remove the damaged assets.
During the year ended December 31, 2010 the Partnerships
paid a $2,097 loan payment to Oiltanking Finance B.V. by
reducing a $2,097 short-term note receivable due from Oiltanking
Finance B.V.
During the year ended December 31, 2009 the Partnerships
received cash contributions of $18,100 from OTA. During the year
ended December 31, 2010 the Partnerships received a
non-cash contribution of land from OTA, which was recorded at
OTAs book value of $2,022.
During the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2010, the
Partnerships declared distributions of $22,000 and $25,737,
respectively. The Partnerships paid distributions to OTA of
$22,000 and $13,737 in 2009 and 2010, respectively. Of the
remaining $12,000 of 2010 distributions, $10,000 was paid by
reducing a short-term note receivable due from Oiltanking
Finance B.V. and $2,000 was paid in January 2011, and is
recorded in accounts payable, affiliates at December 31,
2010. The Partnerships paid distributions of $265 during the
year ended December, 31, 2008.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
|
Interest and Taxes Paid:
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
Cash interest paid (net of amounts capitalized)
|
|
$
|
4,659
|
|
|
$
|
9,764
|
|
|
$
|
9,996
|
|
Cash taxes paid
|
|
$
|
3,989
|
|
|
$
|
1,394
|
|
|
$
|
2,130
|
|
The Partnerships derive their net revenues from two operating
segments OTH and OTB. The two operating segments
have been aggregated into one reportable segment because they
have similar long-term economic characteristics, products,
production processes, types and classes of customers and methods
use to distribute their products.
Revenues by product are as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
Storage services fees
|
|
$
|
56,736
|
|
|
$
|
74,865
|
|
|
$
|
87,172
|
|
Throughput fees
|
|
|
16,329
|
|
|
|
20,270
|
|
|
|
23,150
|
|
Ancillary services fees
|
|
|
6,047
|
|
|
|
5,705
|
|
|
|
6,128
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
79,112
|
|
|
$
|
100,840
|
|
|
$
|
116,450
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
17.
|
Commitments
and Contingencies
|
Commitments
OTH entered into a land lease agreement covering approximately
63 acres with a third party beginning December 15, 2010
through December 14, 2035. The lease provides for annual
rental payments of $600, which will be adjusted to correspond
with variations in the Consumer Price Index beginning with the
sixth year of the lease. OTH can terminate the lease at the end
of the fifth or tenth year and pay a termination fee of $3,000,
as provided in the lease agreement. The agreement also contains
an option to purchase the land for
F-33
OILTANKING
HOUSTON, L.P. AND OILTANKING BEAUMONT PARTNERS, L.P.
(Wholly Owned Subsidiaries of Oiltanking Holding Americas,
Inc.)
NOTES TO
THE COMBINED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
(In thousands)
a price ranging from $6,000 to $6,700. Future minimum lease
payments under this non-cancelable lease as of December 31,
2010 are as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
2011
|
|
$
|
600
|
|
2012
|
|
|
600
|
|
2013
|
|
|
600
|
|
2014
|
|
|
600
|
|
2015
|
|
|
600
|
|
Years 2016 and thereafter
|
|
|
11,400
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total minimum lease payments
|
|
$
|
14,400
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Contingencies
Litigation. From time to time, the
Partnerships may become a party to certain claims or legal
complaints arising in the ordinary course of business. In the
opinion of management, the ultimate resolution of the potential
or existing claims and complaints will not have a material
adverse effect on our financial position, results of operations
or cash flows.
Environmental Liabilities. We may
experience releases of crude oil, petroleum products and fuels,
liquid petroleum gas or other contaminants into the environment,
or discover past releases that were previously unidentified.
Although we maintain an inspection program designed to prevent
and, as applicable, to detect and address such releases
promptly, damages and liabilities incurred due to any such
environmental releases from our assets may affect our business.
As of December 31, 2010, we have not identified any
material environmental obligations.
Other. Our liquid storage and transport
systems may experience damage as a result of an accident,
natural disaster or terrorist activity. These hazards can cause
personal injury and loss of life, severe damage to and
destruction of property, and equipment, pollution or
environmental damage and suspension of operations. We maintain
insurance of various types that we consider adequate to cover
our operations and properties. The insurance covers our assets
in amounts considered reasonable. The insurance policies are
subject to deductibles that we consider reasonable and not
excessive. Our insurance does not cover every potential risk
associated with operating our facilities, including the
potential loss of significant revenues.
The occurrence of a significant event not fully insured,
indemnified or reserved against, or the failure of a party to
meet its indemnification obligations, could materially and
adversely affect our operations and financial condition.
F-34
Appendix B
GLOSSARY
OF TERMS
adjusted operating surplus: Adjusted operating
surplus is intended to reflect the cash generated from
operations during a particular period and therefore excludes net
increases in working capital borrowings and net drawdowns of
reserves of cash generated in prior periods. For any period,
operating surplus generated during that period (not including
that portion of operating surplus described in clause (a)(1) of
the definition of operating surplus) is adjusted to:
|
|
|
|
(a)
|
decrease operating surplus by:
|
|
|
|
|
(1)
|
any net increase in working capital borrowings with respect to
that period; and
|
|
|
(2)
|
any net decrease in cash reserves for operating expenditures
with respect to that period not relating to an operating
expenditure made with respect to that period; and
|
|
|
|
|
(b)
|
increase operating surplus by:
|
(1) any net decrease in working capital borrowings with
respect to that period;
|
|
|
|
(2)
|
any net increase in cash reserves for operating expenditures
with respect to that period required by any debt instrument for
the repayment of principal, interest or premium; and
|
|
|
(3)
|
any net decrease made in subsequent periods in cash reserves for
operating expenditures initially established with respect to
such period to the extent such decrease results in a reduction
of adjusted operating surplus in subsequent periods pursuant to
(a)(2) above.
|
Adjusted EBITDA: A supplemental financial measure
defined as net income before interest expense, income taxes and
depreciation and amortization, as further adjusted for certain
non-cash and non-recurring items. This measure is not calculated
or presented in accordance with generally accepted accounting
principles.
ancillary services fees: Fees charged to our
storage customers for services such as heating, mixing, and
blending products stored in our tanks, transferring products
between our tanks and marine vapor recovery.
available cash: For any quarter:
|
|
|
|
(1)
|
all of our cash and cash equivalents on hand at the end of that
quarter; and
|
|
|
(2)
|
if our general partner so determines, all or a portion of cash
on hand on the date of determination of available cash for the
quarter resulting from working capital borrowings made after the
end of the quarter; less
|
|
|
|
|
(b)
|
the amount of cash reserves established by our general partner
to:
|
|
|
|
|
(1)
|
provide for the proper conduct of our business (including cash
reserves for future capital expenditures and for future credit
needs);
|
|
|
(2)
|
comply with applicable law or any debt instrument or other
agreement or obligation to which we are a party or our assets
are subject; and
|
|
|
(3)
|
provide funds for minimum quarterly distributions and cumulative
common unit arrearages for any one or more of the next four
quarters (provided that our general partner may not establish
cash reserves for future distributions unless it determines that
the establishment of reserves will not prevent us from
distributing the minimum quarterly distribution on all common
units and any cumulative arrearages for such quarter).
|
barrel or bbl: One barrel of
petroleum products equals 42 U.S. gallons.
B-1
capital account: The capital account maintained
for a partner under the partnership agreement. The capital
account of a partner for a common unit, a subordinated unit, an
incentive distribution right or any other partnership interest
will be the amount which that capital account would be if that
common unit, subordinated unit, incentive distribution right or
other partnership interest were the only interest in the
partnership held by a partner.
capital surplus: All available cash distributed by
us on any date from any source will be treated as distributed
from operating surplus until the sum of all available cash
distributed since the closing of the initial public offering
equals the operating surplus from the closing of the initial
public offering through the end of the quarter immediately
preceding that distribution. Any excess available cash
distributed by us on that date will be deemed to be capital
surplus.
chemical feedstocks: The inputs for chemical
production, such as naphtha and condensate.
closing price: The last sale price on a day,
regular way, or in case no sale takes place on that day, the
average of the closing bid and asked prices on that day, regular
way, in either case, as reported in the principal consolidated
transaction reporting system for securities listed or admitted
to trading on the principal national securities exchange on
which the units of that class are listed or admitted to trading.
If the units of that class are not listed or admitted to trading
on any national securities exchange, the last quoted price on
that day. If no quoted price exists, the average of the high bid
and low asked prices on that day in the
over-the-counter
market, as reported by the New York Stock Exchange or any other
system then in use. If on any day the units of that class are
not quoted by any organization of that type, the average of the
closing bid and asked prices on that day as furnished by a
professional market maker making a market in the units of the
class selected by the our board of directors. If on that day no
market maker is making a market in the units of that class, the
fair value of the units on that day as determined reasonably and
in good faith by our board of directors.
cumulative common unit arrearage: The amount by
which the minimum quarterly distribution for a quarter during
the subordination period exceeds the distribution of available
cash from distributable cash flow actually made for that quarter
on a common unit, cumulative for that quarter and all prior
quarters during the subordination period.
deadweight tons or dwt: A measure of
how much weight a ship is carrying or can safely carry. The term
is often used to specify a ships maximum permissible
deadweight when the ship is fully loaded so that its Plimsoll
line is at the point of submersion.
demurrage: The period when a charterer remains in
possession of the vessel after the period normally allowed to
load and unload cargo. Demurrage also refers to the charges that
the charterer pays to the ship owner for its extra use of the
vessel.
draft: The vertical distance between the waterline
and the bottom of the hull. Draft determines the minimum depth
of water that a ship can safely navigate.
incentive distributions: The distributions of
available cash from operating surplus initially made to the
general partner that are in excess of the general partners
aggregate 2% general partner interest.
feedstock: Raw material required for an industrial
process.
marine vapor recovery: The generally used term for
the process of recovering the vapors of volatile organic
compounds during the loading of bulk liquid tankers or barges,
rail tank cars and tank trucks so that they do not escape into
the atmosphere. This can be a process of condensing,
incineration or vapor balancing.
maintenance capital expenditures: Capital
expenditures made for the purpose of maintaining or replacing
the long-term operating capacity, service capability
and/or
functionality of the assets of the partnership and its
subsidiaries. Maintenance capital expenditures will also include
interest (and related fees) on debt incurred and distributions
on equity issued (including incremental distributions on
incentive distribution rights) to finance all or any portion of
the construction or development of a replacement asset that is
paid in respect of the period that begins when we enter into a
binding obligation to commence constructing or developing a
replacement asset and ending on the earlier to occur of the date
that any such replacement asset commences
B-2
commercial service and the date that it is abandoned or disposed
of. Capital expenditures made solely for investment purposes
will not be considered maintenance capital expenditures.
mbpd: One thousand barrels per day.
mmbbls: One million barrels.
operating expenditures: Generally means all of our
cash expenditures, including, but not limited to, taxes,
reimbursement of expenses to our general partner or its
affiliates, payments made under interest rate hedge agreements
or commodity hedge agreements (provided that
(i) with respect to amounts paid in connection with the
initial purchase of an interest rate hedge contract or a
commodity hedge contract, such amounts will be amortized over
the life of the applicable interest rate hedge contract or
commodity hedge contract and (ii) payments made in
connection with the termination of any interest rate hedge
contract or commodity hedge contract prior to the expiration of
its stipulated settlement or termination date will be included
in operating expenditures in equal quarterly installments over
the remaining scheduled life of such interest rate hedge
contract or commodity hedge contract), officer compensation,
repayment of working capital borrowings, debt service payments
and estimated maintenance capital expenditures (except as
otherwise provided), provided that operating expenditures
will not include:
|
|
|
|
(a)
|
repayment of working capital borrowings deducted from operating
surplus pursuant to the penultimate bullet point of the
definition of operating surplus above when such repayment
actually occurs;
|
|
|
|
|
(b)
|
payments (including prepayments and prepayment penalties) of
principal of and premium on indebtedness, other than working
capital borrowings;
|
|
|
|
|
(c)
|
expansion capital expenditures;
|
|
|
|
|
(d)
|
actual maintenance capital expenditure;
|
|
|
|
|
(e)
|
investment capital expenditures;
|
|
|
|
|
(f)
|
payment of transaction expenses relating to interim capital
transactions;
|
|
|
|
|
(g)
|
distributions to our partners (including distributions in
respect of our incentive distribution rights); or
|
|
|
(h)
|
repurchases of equity interests except to fund obligations under
employee benefit plans.
|
operating surplus: For any period, on a cumulative
basis and without duplication:
|
|
|
|
(1)
|
$ million;
|
|
|
(2)
|
all cash receipts of the partnership and its subsidiaries on
hand after the closing of the initial public offering, excluding
cash from interim capital transactions, which include the
following:
|
(i) borrowings other than working capital borrowings;
(ii) sales of equity and debt securities;
|
|
|
|
(iii)
|
sales or other dispositions of assets for cash, other than
inventory, accounts receivable and other assets sold in the
ordinary course of business or as part of normal retirement or
replacement of assets; and
|
|
|
(iv)
|
the termination of interest rate swap agreements or commodity
hedges prior to the termination date specified therein;
|
|
|
|
|
(3)
|
working capital borrowings made after the end of a period but on
or before the date of determination of operating surplus for the
period;
|
B-3
|
|
|
|
(4)
|
cash distributions paid on equity issued (including incremental
distributions on incentive distribution rights), other than
equity issued on the closing date of the initial public
offering, to finance all or a portion of expansion capital
expenditures in respect of the period from such financing until
the earlier to occur of the date the capital asset commences
commercial service and the date that it is abandoned or disposed
of; and
|
|
|
(5)
|
cash distributions paid on equity issued by us (including
incremental distributions on incentive distribution rights) to
pay the construction period interest on debt incurred, or to pay
construction period distributions on equity issued, to finance
the expansion capital expenditures referred to above, in each
case, in respect of the period from such financing until the
earlier to occur of the date the capital asset is placed in
service and the date that it is abandoned or disposed of;
less
|
|
|
|
|
(1)
|
all of our operating expenditures after the closing of the
initial public offering;
|
|
|
(2)
|
the amount of cash reserves established by our general partner
to provide funds for future operating expenditures;
|
|
|
(3)
|
all working capital borrowings not repaid within twelve months
after having been incurred or repaid within such twelve-month
period with the proceeds of additional working capital
borrowings; and
|
|
|
(4)
|
any loss realized on disposition of an investment capital
expenditure.
|
shell capacity: The maximum amount of liquid
volumes of product that a storage tank can hold.
storage services fees: Fixed monthly fees paid by
our customers to reserve tank storage space at our terminals and
to compensate us for receiving and handling up to a fixed amount
of product volumes.
subordination period: The subordination period
will begin on the closing date of the initial public offering
and, unless terminated early pursuant to the partnership
agreement, expire on the first business day after the
distribution to unitholders in respect of any quarter, beginning
with the quarter
ending ,
2014, if each of the following has occurred:
|
|
|
|
(a)
|
distributions of available cash from operating surplus on each
of the outstanding common and subordinated units and the general
partner interest equaled or exceeded the minimum quarterly
distribution for each of the three consecutive, non-overlapping
four-quarter periods immediately preceding that date;
|
|
|
|
|
(b)
|
the adjusted operating surplus (as defined above) generated
during each of the three consecutive, non-overlapping
four-quarter periods immediately preceding that date equaled or
exceeded the sum of the minimum quarterly distribution on all of
the outstanding common and subordinated units and the general
partner interest during those periods on a fully diluted
weighted average basis; and
|
|
|
|
|
(c)
|
there are no arrearages in payment of the minimum quarterly
distribution on the common units.
|
The subordination period also will end upon the removal of our
general partner other than for cause if no subordinated units or
common units held by the holder(s) of subordinated units or
their affiliates are voted in favor of that removal
throughput fees: Incremental fees collected for
receiving or delivering volumes of products over our docks based
on the volume of product received from our non-storage customers
as well as for handling volumes of product for our storage
customers exceeding the base throughput contemplated under a
storage service contract, in excess of the fixed storage service
fee.
vacuum gas oil: A heavy distillate produced in the
refining process.
working capital borrowings: Borrowings that are
made under a credit agreement, commercial paper facility or
similar financing arrangement, and in all cases are used solely
for working capital purposes or to pay distributions to partners
and with the intent of the borrower to repay such borrowings
within twelve months from sources other than additional working
capital borrowings.
B-4
Common Units
Representing Limited Partner
Interests
Oiltanking Partners,
L.P.
PRELIMINARY PROSPECTUS
,
2011
Citi
Until , 20 (25 days
after the date of this prospectus), all dealers that buy, sell
or trade our common units, whether or not participating in this
offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in
addition to the dealers obligation to deliver a prospectus
when acting as underwriters and with respect to their unsold
allotments or subscriptions.
Part II
Information
required in the registration statement
|
|
ITEM 13.
|
OTHER
EXPENSES OF ISSUANCE AND DISTRIBUTION.
|
Set forth below are the expenses (other than underwriting
discounts) expected to be incurred in connection with the
issuance and distribution of the securities registered hereby.
With the exception of the Securities and Exchange Commission
registration fee, the FINRA filing fee and the New York Stock
Exchange listing fee the amounts set forth below are estimates.
|
|
|
|
|
SEC registration fee
|
|
$
|
23,220
|
|
FINRA filing fee
|
|
|
20,500
|
|
Printing and engraving expenses
|
|
|
*
|
|
Fees and expenses of legal counsel
|
|
|
*
|
|
Accounting fees and expenses
|
|
|
*
|
|
Transfer agent and registrar fees
|
|
|
*
|
|
New York Stock Exchange listing fee
|
|
|
*
|
|
Miscellaneous
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
*
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* |
|
To be filed by amendment. |
|
|
ITEM 14.
|
INDEMNIFICATION
OF OFFICERS AND MEMBERS OF OUR BOARD OF DIRECTORS.
|
Subject to any terms, conditions or restrictions set forth in
the partnership agreement,
Section 17-108
of the Delaware Revised Uniform Limited Partnership Act empowers
a Delaware limited partnership to indemnify and hold harmless
any partner or other persons from and against all claims and
demands whatsoever. The section of the prospectus entitled
The Partnership Agreement
Indemnification discloses that we will generally indemnify
officers, directors and affiliates of the general partner to the
fullest extent permitted by the law against all losses, claims,
damages or similar events and is incorporated herein by this
reference.
Our general partner will purchase insurance covering its
officers and directors against liabilities asserted and expenses
incurred in connection with their activities as officers and
directors of the general partner or any of its direct or
indirect subsidiaries.
|
|
ITEM 15.
|
RECENT
SALES OF UNREGISTERED SECURITIES.
|
On March 14, 2011, in connection with the formation of
Oiltanking Partners, L.P., we issued (i) the 2.0% general
partner interest in us to OTLP GP, LLC for $20 and (ii) the
98.0% limited partner interest in us to Oiltanking Holding
Americas, Inc. for $980. The issuance was exempt from
registration under Section 4(2) of the Securities Act.
There have been no other sales of unregistered securities within
the past three years.
The following documents are filed as exhibits to this
registration statement:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Exhibit
|
|
|
|
|
Number
|
|
|
|
Description
|
|
|
1
|
.1*
|
|
|
|
Form of Underwriting Agreement
|
|
3
|
.1
|
|
|
|
Certificate of Limited Partnership of Oiltanking Partners, L.P.
|
|
3
|
.2
|
|
|
|
Agreement of Limited Partnership of Oiltanking Partners, L.P.
|
|
3
|
.3*
|
|
|
|
Form of Amended and Restated Limited Partnership Agreement of
Oiltanking Partners, L.P. (included as Appendix A in the
prospectus included in this Registration Statement)
|
II-1
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Exhibit
|
|
|
|
|
Number
|
|
|
|
Description
|
|
|
3
|
.4
|
|
|
|
Certificate of Formation of OTLP GP, LLC
|
|
3
|
.5
|
|
|
|
Limited Liability Company Agreement of OTLP GP, LLC
|
|
3
|
.6*
|
|
|
|
Form of Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement
of OTLP GP, LLC
|
|
5
|
.1*
|
|
|
|
Opinion of Vinson & Elkins L.L.P. as to the legality
of the securities being registered
|
|
8
|
.1*
|
|
|
|
Opinion of Vinson & Elkins L.L.P. relating to tax
matters
|
|
10
|
.1*
|
|
|
|
Form of Contribution Agreement
|
|
10
|
.2*
|
|
|
|
Form of Omnibus Agreement
|
|
10
|
.3*
|
|
|
|
Form of Oiltanking Partners, L.P. Long-Term Incentive Plan
|
|
10
|
.4*
|
|
|
|
Form of Services Agreement
|
|
10
|
.5*
|
|
|
|
Form of Long-Term Incentive Plan Grant Letter
|
|
10
|
.6*
|
|
|
|
Form of Revolving Line of Credit
|
|
10
|
.7*
|
|
|
|
Form of Tax Sharing Agreement
|
|
10
|
.8*
|
|
|
|
Directors Compensation Summary
|
|
21
|
.1*
|
|
|
|
List of Subsidiaries of Oiltanking Partners, L.P.
|
|
23
|
.1
|
|
|
|
Consent of BDO USA, LLP
|
|
23
|
.2*
|
|
|
|
Consent of Vinson & Elkins L.L.P. (contained in
Exhibit 5.1)
|
|
23
|
.3*
|
|
|
|
Consent of Vinson & Elkins L.L.P. (contained in
Exhibit 8.1)
|
|
24
|
.1
|
|
|
|
Powers of Attorney (contained on
page II-3)
|
|
|
|
* |
|
To be filed by amendment. |
The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the
underwriters at the closing specified in the underwriting
agreement certificates in such denominations and registered in
such names as required by the underwriters to permit prompt
delivery to each purchaser.
Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the
Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers and
controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the foregoing
provisions, or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that
in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such
indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the
Securities Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event
that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other
than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid
by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrant
in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is
asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in
connection with the securities being registered, the registrant
will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been
settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of
appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such
indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in
the Securities Act and will be governed by the final
adjudication of such issue.
The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes that, for the
purpose of determining liability of the registrant under the
Securities Act to any purchaser in the initial distribution of
the securities, in a primary offering of securities of the
undersigned registrant pursuant to this registration statement,
regardless of the underwriting method used to sell the
securities to the purchaser, if the securities are offered or
sold to such purchaser by means of any of the following
communications, the undersigned registrant will be a seller to
the purchaser and will be considered to offer or sell such
securities to such purchaser:
(1) Any preliminary prospectus or prospectus of the
undersigned registrant relating to the offering required to be
filed pursuant to Rule 424;
II-2
(2) Any free writing prospectus relating to the offering
prepared by or on behalf of the undersigned registrant or used
or referred to by the undersigned registrant;
(3) The portion of any other free writing prospectus
relating to the offering containing material information about
the undersigned registrant or its securities provided by or on
behalf of the undersigned registrant; and
(4) Any other communication that is an offer in the
offering made by the undersigned registrant to the purchaser.
The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes that:
(1) For purposes of determining any liability under the
Securities Act, the information omitted from the form of
prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in
reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of
prospectus filed by the registrant pursuant to
Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities
Act shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as
of the time it was declared effective.
(2) For the purpose of determining any liability under the
Securities Act, each post-effective amendment that contains a
form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration
statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the
offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be
the initial bona fide offering thereof.
The undersigned registrant undertakes to send to each common
unitholder, at least on an annual basis, a detailed statement of
any transactions with Oiltanking Holding Americas, Inc. or its
subsidiaries, and of fees, commissions, compensation and other
benefits paid, or accrued to Oiltanking Holding Americas, Inc.
or its subsidiaries for the fiscal year completed, showing the
amount paid or accrued to each recipient and the services
performed.
The registrant undertakes to provide to the common unitholders
the financial statements required by
Form 10-K
for the first full fiscal year of operations of the registrant.
II-3
SIGNATURES
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as
amended, the registrant has duly caused this Registration
Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned,
thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Houston, State of
Texas, on March 31, 2011.
Oiltanking Partners, L.P.
By: OTLP GP, LLC
Carlin G. Connor
|
|
|
|
Its:
|
Chief
Executive Officer
|
Each person whose signature appears below appoints
Carlin G. Conner and Kenneth F. Owen, and each of
them, any of whom may act without the joinder of the other, as
his true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, with full
power of substitution and re-substitution, for him and in his
name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign any
and all amendments (including post-effective amendments) to this
Registration Statement and any Registration Statement (including
any amendment thereto) for this offering that is to be effective
upon filing pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities
Act of 1933, as amended, and to file the same, with all exhibits
thereto, and all other documents in connection therewith, with
the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said
attorneys-in-fact and agents full power and authority to do and
perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to
be done, as fully to all intents and purposes as he might or
would do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that
said attorneys-in-fact and agents or any of them of their or his
substitute and substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done
by virtue hereof.
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as
amended, this Registration Statement has been signed below by
the following persons in the capacities and the dates indicated.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Signature
|
|
Title
|
|
Date
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ CARLIN
G. CONNER
Carlin
G. Conner
|
|
President, Chief Executive Officer and Director
(Principal Executive Officer)
|
|
March 31, 2011
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ KENNETH
F. OWEN
Kenneth
F. Owen
|
|
Chief Financial Officer
(Principal Financial Officer)
|
|
March 31, 2011
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ DONNA
HYMEL
Donna
Hymel
|
|
Controller
(Principal Accounting Officer)
|
|
March 31, 2011
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ DAVID L.
GRIFFIS
David L.
Griffis
|
|
Director
|
|
March 31, 2011
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ KAPIL
JAIN
Kapil
Jain
|
|
Director
|
|
March 31, 2011
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ RUTGER
VAN THIEL
Rutger
Van Thiel
|
|
Director
|
|
March 31, 2011
|
II-4
Index to
Exhibits
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Exhibit
|
|
|
|
|
Number
|
|
|
|
Description
|
|
|
1
|
.1*
|
|
|
|
Form of Underwriting Agreement
|
|
3
|
.1
|
|
|
|
Certificate of Limited Partnership of Oiltanking Partners, L.P.
|
|
3
|
.2
|
|
|
|
Agreement of Limited Partnership of Oiltanking Partners, L.P.
|
|
3
|
.3*
|
|
|
|
Form of Amended and Restated Limited Partnership Agreement of
Oiltanking Partners, L.P. (included as Appendix A in the
prospectus included in this Registration Statement)
|
|
3
|
.4
|
|
|
|
Certificate of Formation of OTLP GP, LLC
|
|
3
|
.5
|
|
|
|
Limited Liability Company Agreement of OTLP GP, LLC
|
|
3
|
.6*
|
|
|
|
Form of Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement
of OTLP GP, LLC
|
|
5
|
.1*
|
|
|
|
Opinion of Vinson & Elkins L.L.P. as to the legality
of the securities being registered
|
|
8
|
.1*
|
|
|
|
Opinion of Vinson & Elkins L.L.P. relating to tax
matters
|
|
10
|
.1*
|
|
|
|
Form of Contribution Agreement
|
|
10
|
.2*
|
|
|
|
Form of Omnibus Agreement
|
|
10
|
.3*
|
|
|
|
Form of Oiltanking Partners, L.P. Long-Term Incentive Plan
|
|
10
|
.4*
|
|
|
|
Form of Services Agreement
|
|
10
|
.5*
|
|
|
|
Form of Long-Term Incentive Plan Grant Letter
|
|
10
|
.6*
|
|
|
|
Form of Revolving Line of Credit
|
|
10
|
.7*
|
|
|
|
Form of Tax Sharing Agreement
|
|
10
|
.8*
|
|
|
|
Directors Compensation Summary
|
|
21
|
.1*
|
|
|
|
List of Subsidiaries of Oiltanking Partners, L.P.
|
|
23
|
.1
|
|
|
|
Consent of BDO USA, LLP
|
|
23
|
.2*
|
|
|
|
Consent of Vinson & Elkins L.L.P. (contained in
Exhibit 5.1)
|
|
23
|
.3*
|
|
|
|
Consent of Vinson & Elkins L.L.P. (contained in
Exhibit 8.1)
|
|
24
|
.1
|
|
|
|
Powers of Attorney (contained on
page II-3)
|
|
|
|
* |
|
To be filed by amendment. |
exv3w1
Exhibit 3.1
CERTIFICATE OF LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
OF
OILTANKING PARTNERS, L.P.
This Certificate of Limited Partnership, dated March 14, 2011, has been duly executed and is
filed pursuant to Sections 17-201 and 17-204 of the Delaware Revised Uniform Limited Partnership
Act (the Act) to form a limited partnership (the Partnership) under the Act.
1. Name. The name of the Partnership is Oiltanking Partners, L.P.
2. Registered Office; Registered Agent. The address of the registered office required to be
maintained by Section 17-104 of the Act is:
Corporation Trust Center
1209 Orange Street
Wilmington, DE 19801
The name and the address of the registered agent for service of process required to be
maintained by Section 17-104 of the Act are:
Corporation Trust Center
1209 Orange Street
Wilmington, DE 19801
3. General Partner. The name and the business, residence or mailing address of the general
partner are:
OTLP GP, LLC
15631 Jacintoport Blvd.
Houston, Texas 77015
EXECUTED as of the date written first above.
|
|
|
|
|
|
OILTANKING PARTNERS, L.P.
|
|
|
By: |
OTLP GP, LLC, its general
partner |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By: |
/s/ Jan Vogel |
|
|
Name: Jan Vogel
Title: Authorized Person
|
|
|
exv3w2
Exhibit 3.2
AGREEMENT OF LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
OF
OILTANKING PARTNERS, L.P.
a Delaware limited partnership
THIS AGREEMENT OF LIMITED PARTNERSHIP, dated as of March 15, 2011 (this Agreement), is
adopted, executed and agreed to by OTLP GP, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, as general
partner, and Oiltanking Holding Americas, Inc., a Delaware corporation, as Organizational Limited
Partner.
ARTICLE I
DEFINITIONS
The following definitions shall for all purposes, unless otherwise clearly indicated to the
contrary, apply to the terms used in this Agreement.
Certificate of Limited Partnership means the Certificate of Limited Partnership filed with
the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware as described in the first sentence of Section 2.5
as amended or restated from time to time.
Delaware Act means the Delaware Revised Uniform Limited Partnership Act, as amended from
time to time, and any successor to such act.
General Partner means OTLP GP, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company.
Limited Partner means the Organizational Limited Partner and any other limited partner
admitted to the Partnership from time to time.
Organizational Limited Partner means Oiltanking Holding Americas, Inc., a Delaware
corporation.
Partner means the General Partner or any Limited Partner.
Partnership means Oiltanking Partners, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership.
Percentage Interest means, with respect to any Partner, the percentage of cash contributed
by such Partner to the Partnership as a percentage of all cash contributed by all the Partners to
the Partnership.
ARTICLE II
ORGANIZATIONAL MATTERS
2.1 Formation. Subject to the provisions of this Agreement, the General Partner and the
Organizational Limited Partner have formed the Partnership as a limited partnership pursuant to the
provisions of the Delaware Act. The General Partner and the Organizational Limited Partner hereby
enter into this Agreement to set forth the rights and obligations of the Partnership and certain
matters related thereto. Except as expressly provided herein to the contrary, the rights and
obligations of the Partners and the administration, dissolution and termination of the Partnership
shall be governed by the Delaware Act.
2.2 Name. The name of the Partnership shall be, and the business of the Partnership shall be
conducted under the name Oiltanking Partners, L.P..
2.3 Principal Office; Registered Office.
(a) The principal office of the Partnership shall be at 15631 Jacintoport Blvd., Houston,
Texas 77015 or such other place as the General Partner may from time to time designate.
(b) The address of the Partnerships registered office in the State of Delaware shall be
Corporation Trust Center, 1201 Orange Street, Wilmington, DE 19801, and the name of the
Partnerships registered agent for service of process at such address shall be The Corporation
Trust Company.
2.4 Term. The Partnership shall continue in existence until an election to dissolve the
Partnership by the General Partner.
2.5 Organizational Certificate. A Certificate of Limited Partnership of the Partnership has
been filed by the General Partner with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware as required
by the Delaware Act. The General Partner shall cause to be filed such other certificates or
documents as may be required for the formation, operation and qualification of a limited
partnership in the State of Delaware and any state in which the Partnership may elect to do
business. The General Partner shall thereafter file any necessary amendments to the Certificate of
Limited Partnership and any such other certificates and documents and do all things requisite to
the maintenance of the Partnership as a limited partnership (or as a partnership in which the
Limited Partners have limited liability) under the laws of Delaware and any state or jurisdiction
in which the Partnership may elect to do business.
2.6 Partnership Interests. Effective as of the date hereof, the General Partner shall have a
2.0% general partner Percentage Interest and the Organizational Limited Partner shall have a 98.0%
limited partner Percentage Interest. On or about the date hereof, the Organizational Limited
Partner contributed to the Partnership $980.00 in cash and the General Partner contributed to the
Partnership $20.00 in cash.
2
ARTICLE III
PURPOSE
The purpose and business of the Partnership shall be to engage in any lawful activity for
which limited partnerships may be organized under the Delaware Act.
ARTICLE IV
CAPITAL ACCOUNT ALLOCATIONS
4.1 Capital Accounts. The Partnership shall maintain a capital account for each of the
Partners in accordance with the regulations issued pursuant to Section 704 of the Internal Revenue
Code of 1986, as amended (the Code), and as determined by the General Partner as consistent
therewith.
4.2 Allocations. For federal income tax purposes, each item of income, gain, loss, deduction
and credit of the Partnership shall be allocated among the Partners in accordance with their
Percentage Interests, except that the General Partner shall have the authority to make such other
allocations as are necessary and appropriate to comply with Section 704 of the Code and the
regulations pursuant thereto.
4.3 Distributions. From time to time, but not less often than quarterly, the General Partner
shall review the Partnerships accounts to determine whether distributions are appropriate. The
General Partner may make such cash distribution as it, in its sole discretion, may determine
without being limited to current or accumulated income or gains from any Partnership funds,
including, without limitation, Partnership revenues, capital contributions or borrowed funds;
provided, however, that no such distribution shall be made if, after giving effect thereto, the
liabilities of the Partnership exceed the fair market value of the assets of the Partnership. In
its sole discretion, the General Partner may, subject to the foregoing proviso, also distribute to
the Partners other Partnership property, or other securities of the Partnership or other entities.
All distributions by the General Partner shall be made in accordance with the Percentage Interests
of the Partners.
ARTICLE V
MANAGEMENT AND OPERATIONS OF BUSINESS
Except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement, all powers to control and manage the
business and affairs of the Partnership shall be vested exclusively in the General Partner; the
Limited Partner shall not have any power to control or manage the Partnership.
ARTICLE VI
RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS OF LIMITED PARTNER
The Limited Partner shall have no liability under this Agreement except as provided in Article
IV.
3
ARTICLE VII
DISSOLUTION AND LIQUIDATION
The Partnership shall be dissolved, and its affairs shall be wound up as provided in Section
2.4.
ARTICLE VIII
AMENDMENT OF PARTNERSHIP AGREEMENT
The General Partner may amend any provision of this Agreement without the consent of the
Limited Partner and may execute, swear to, acknowledge, deliver, file and record whatever documents
may be required in connection therewith.
ARTICLE IX
GENERAL PROVISIONS
9.1 Addresses and Notices. Any notice to the Partnership, the General Partner or the Limited
Partner shall be deemed given if received by it in writing at the principal office of the
Partnership designated pursuant to Section 2.3(a).
9.2 Binding Effect. This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the
parties hereto and their successors and assigns.
9.3 Integration. This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement among the parties pertaining
to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior agreements and understandings pertaining
thereto.
9.4 Severability. If any provision of this Agreement is or becomes invalid, illegal or
unenforceable in any respect, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions
hereof, or of such provision in other respects, shall not be affected thereby.
9.5 Applicable Law. This Agreement shall be governed by and construed and enforced in
accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware.
[Signature Page Follows]
4
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Agreement has been duly executed by the General Partner and the
Organizational Limited Partner as of the date first set forth above.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
GENERAL PARTNER: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
OTLP GP, LLC |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By:
|
|
/s/ Carlin G. Conner
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Name: Carlin G. Conner |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Title: President and Chief Executive Officer |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ORGANIZATIONAL LIMITED PARTNER: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
OILTANKING HOLDING AMERICAS, INC. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By:
|
|
/s/ Carlin G. Conner
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Name: Carlin G. Conner |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Title: President |
|
|
5
exv3w4
Exhibit 3.4
CERTIFICATE OF FORMATION
OF
OTLP GP, LLC
This Certificate of Formation, dated March 14, 2011, has been duly executed and is filed
pursuant to Sections 18-201 and 18-204 of the Delaware Limited Liability Company Act (the Act) to
form a limited liability company (the Company) under the Act.
1. Name. The name of the Company is OTLP GP, LLC.
2. Registered Office; Registered Agent. The address of the registered office required to be
maintained by Section 18-104 of the Act is:
Corporation Trust Center
1209 Orange Street
Wilmington, DE 19801
The name and the address of the registered agent for service of process required to be
maintained by Section 18-104 of the Act are:
Corporation Trust Center
1209 Orange Street
Wilmington, DE 19801
EXECUTED as of the date written first above.
|
|
|
|
|
|
OTLP GP, LLC
|
|
|
By: |
/s/ Jan Vogel |
|
|
Name: Jan Vogel
Title: Authorized Person
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
exv3w5
Exhibit 3.5
LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY AGREEMENT
OF
OTLP GP, LLC
a Delaware limited liability company
THIS LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY AGREEMENT, dated as of March 15, 2011 (this Agreement), is
adopted, executed and agreed to by Oiltanking Holding Americas, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the
Sole Member).
1. Formation. OTLP GP, LLC (the Company) has been formed as a Delaware limited liability
company under and pursuant to the Delaware Limited Liability Company Act (the Act). This
Agreement shall be deemed to have become effective upon the formation of the Company.
2. Term. The Company shall have perpetual existence.
3. Purposes. The purpose and nature of the business to be conducted by the Company shall be
to engage directly in, or enter into or form, hold and dispose of any corporation, partnership,
joint venture, limited liability company or other arrangement to engage indirectly in, any business
activity that lawfully may be conducted by a limited liability company organized pursuant to the
Act and, in connection therewith, to exercise all of the rights and powers conferred upon the
Company pursuant to the agreements relating to such business activity, and to do anything necessary
or appropriate to effect the foregoing.
4. Members; Membership Interests; Liabilities of Members. Upon execution of this Agreement,
the Sole Member shall be admitted as the sole member of the Company. The membership interest of
the Sole Member is set forth on Exhibit A (the Membership Interest). The debts,
obligations and liabilities of the Company, whether arising in contract, tort or otherwise, shall
be solely the debts, obligations and liabilities of the Company and the Sole Member shall not be
obligated for any such debt, obligation or liability of the Company. The failure to observe any
formalities relating to the business or affairs of the Company shall not be grounds for imposing
personal liability on the Sole Member for the debts, obligations or liabilities of the Company.
5. Contributions. The Sole Member has made an initial contribution to the capital of the
Company in the amount of $1,000.00 in exchange for the Membership Interest. Without creating any
rights in favor of any third party, the Sole Member may, from time to time, make additional
contributions of cash or property to the capital of the Company, but shall have no obligation to do
so.
6. Allocations. All items of income, gain, loss, deduction and credit of the Company shall be
allocated to the Sole Member.
7. Distributions. The Sole Member shall be entitled (a) to receive all distributions
(including, without limitation, liquidating distributions) made by the Company, and (b) to enjoy
all other rights, benefits and interests in the Company.
8. Management. The management of the Company shall be vested in a Board of Directors (the
Board) and, subject to the direction of the Board, the officers (the Officers), who shall
collectively (Board and Officers) constitute managers of the Company within the meaning of the
Act. The authority and functions of the Board on the one hand and of the Officers on the other
shall be identical to the activity and functions of the board of directors and officers,
respectively, of a corporation organized under the General Corporation Law of the State of
Delaware. Thus, the business and affairs of the Company shall be managed by the Board, and the
day-to-day activities of the Company shall be conducted on the Companys behalf by the Officers,
who shall be agents of the Company.
9. Board of Directors. The Board shall consist of one or more individuals (the Directors)
appointed by the Sole Member, such number of Directors to be determined from time to time by the
Sole Member. Vacancies on the Board for whatever cause shall be filled by the Sole Member. The
Directors shall hold office until their respective successors are chosen and qualify or until their
earlier death, resignation or removal by the Sole Member, in the Sole Members discretion. The
Board may act (a) by majority vote of Directors present at a meeting at which a quorum (consisting
of a majority of Directors) is present or (b) by unanimous written consent. The initial number of
Directors shall be four (4), and each of the following persons is hereby appointed to serve as a
Director of the Company until his or her respective successor is chosen and qualified or until his
or her earlier death, resignation or removal:
Carlin G. Conner
David L. Griffis
Kapil Jain
Rutger van Thiel
10. Officers. The Board shall have the power to appoint any individual or individuals as the
Companys Officers to act for the Company and to delegate to such Officers such of the powers as
are granted to the Board hereunder. The Officers shall have such titles as the Board shall deem
appropriate. Unless the authority of an Officer is limited by the Board, any Officer so appointed
shall have the same authority to act for the Company as a corresponding officer of a Delaware
corporation would have to act for a Delaware corporation in the absence of a specific delegation of
authority. Any decision or act of an Officer within the scope of the Officers designated or
delegated authority shall control and shall bind the Company (and any business entity for which the
Company exercises direct or indirect executory authority). A Director may be an Officer. The
Officers shall hold office until their respective successors are chosen and qualify or until their
earlier death, resignation or removal. Any Officer elected or appointed by the Board may be
removed at any time by the Board. Any vacancy occurring in any office of the Company shall be
filled by the Board.
11. Exculpation; Indemnification. Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Agreement,
whether express or implied, or any obligation or duty at law or in equity, neither the Sole Member,
nor any officers, directors, stockholders, partners, employees, affiliates,
2
representatives or agents of the Sole Member, or any manager, officer, employee,
representative or agent of the Company (individually, a Covered Person and, collectively, the
Covered Persons) shall be liable to the Company or any other person for any act or omission (in
relation to the Company, its property or the conduct of its business or affairs, this Agreement,
any related document or any transaction or investment contemplated hereby or thereby) taken or
omitted by a Covered Person in the reasonable belief that such act or omission is in or is not
contrary to the best interests of the Company and is within the scope of authority granted to such
Covered Person by the Company, provided such act or omission does not constitute fraud, willful
misconduct, bad faith or gross negligence. To the fullest extent permitted by law, the Company
shall indemnify and hold harmless each Covered Person from and against any and all civil, criminal,
administrative or investigative losses, claims, demands, liabilities, expenses, judgments, fines,
settlements and other amounts arising from any and all claims, demands, actions, suits or
proceedings (Claims), in which the Covered Person may be involved, or threatened to be involved,
as a party or otherwise, by reason of its management of the affairs of the Company or which relates
to or arises out of the Company or its property, business or affairs. A Covered Person shall not
be entitled to indemnification under this Section 11 with respect to (i) any Claim with respect to
which such Covered Person has engaged in fraud, willful misconduct, bad faith or gross negligence
or (ii) any Claim initiated by such Covered Person unless such Claim (or part thereof) (A) was
brought to enforce such Covered Persons rights to indemnification hereunder or (B) was authorized
or consented to by the Board or the Sole Member. Expenses incurred by a Covered Person in
defending any Claim shall be paid by the Company in advance of the final disposition of such Claim
upon receipt by the Company of an undertaking by or on behalf of such Covered Person to repay such
amount if it shall be ultimately determined that such Covered Person is not entitled to be
indemnified by the Company as authorized by this Section 11.
12. Dissolution. The Company shall dissolve and its affairs shall be wound up at such time,
if any, as the Board may elect. No other event will cause the Company to dissolve.
13. Governing Law. THIS AGREEMENT IS GOVERNED BY AND SHALL BE CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH
THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF DELAWARE (EXCLUDING ITS CONFLICT-OF-LAWS RULES).
14. Amendments. This Agreement may be modified, altered, supplemented or amended at any time
by a written agreement executed and delivered by the Sole Member.
[Signature Page Follows]
3
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned, being the Sole Member of the Company, has caused this
Agreement to be duly executed as of the date first set forth above.
|
|
|
|
|
|
OILTANKING HOLDING AMERICAS, INC.
|
|
|
By: |
/s/ Carlin G. Conner
|
|
|
Name: Carlin G. Conner |
|
|
Title: President |
|
|
4
EXHIBIT A
|
|
|
|
|
Member |
|
Membership Interest |
|
|
|
|
|
Oiltanking Holding Americas, Inc.
|
|
|
100 |
% |
exv23w1
Exhibit 23.1
Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
Oiltanking Partners, L.P.
Houston, Texas
We hereby consent to the use in the Prospectus constituting a part of this Registration Statement
of our report dated March 28, 2011, relating to the combined financial statements of Oiltanking
Houston, L.P. and Oiltanking Beaumont Partners, L.P., which is contained in that Prospectus.
We hereby consent to the use in the Prospectus constituting a part of this Registration Statement
of our report dated March 28, 2011, relating to the balance sheet of Oiltanking Partners, L.P.,
which is contained in that Prospectus.
We also consent to the reference to us under the caption Experts in the Prospectus.
Houston, Texas
March 31, 2011